Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit B94-0112 - BARNES AND NOBLE - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
City of ?ttkwili (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 BUILDING PERMIT Permit No: B94 -0112 Type: B -BUILD Category: ACOM Address: 300 ANDOVER PK W Location: Parcel #: 262304 -9119 Zoning: Type Const: II -N Gas /Elec: Wetlands: Water: N/A Contractor License No.: RETAICS123N5 Status: ISSUED Issued: 05/11/1994 Expires: 11/07/1994 Suite: 200 Type of Occupancy: STORE Slopes: N Sewer: N/A TENANT BARNES & NOBLE 300 ANDOVER PK W, TUKWILA, WA 98188 OWNER SEGALE M A INC PO BOX 88050, TUKWILA WA 98188 CONTACT HANES B. DAVIS Phone: 206 641 -0763 15103 SE 22 ST, BELLEVUE, WA 98007 CONTRACTOR RETAIL CONSTRUCTION SERVICES Phone: 612 738 -7974 7582 CURRELL BOULEVARD, ST. PAUL, MN 55125 ******************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. SETBACKS Units: 001 Front: .0 Back: .0 Buildings: 001 Left: .0 Right: .0 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED UBC Edition: 1991 Valuation: 375,000.00 Total Permit Fee: 2,647.80 ******************************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * ** * * * * ** \--(Sh.611,2, 1/44. odw S-- t-cl Permit Center Authorized Signature Date I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this bu 'ing permi Signature: Print Name:__ This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. All PERMITS ISSUED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING, OR DEMOLITION PROJECTS REQUIRE CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION AND LANDCLEARING WASTE MATERIAL FROM THESE PROJECTS TO BE RECYCLED AT A KING COUNTY LICENSED OR APPROVED FACILITY, OR TAKEN TO REGIONAL DISPOSAL FACILITIES. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED ' PURSUANT. TO THE REOUI,REMENTTS ,OF SECTION 307 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE7CERTIFYIN6 THAT AT,,THEr`TIME'OFS °ISS1,UANCE .,THIS STRUCTURE WAS IN COMPLIANC,EWITH TIDE =VARIOUS • ORDINANCES OF THE C ITY REGULATING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OR;,°,•USE AND4ALL ApPL ICABLE..CITY FIRE 'CODES . FOR THE FOLLOWING: Ter a it:''B,ARNES. :& NOBL; , Building Addr ss 4::300 ANDOVER''' W Par;c.e1 : : x,62304-9.119`',. - 5Q vner : SEGALE aclupancy: STORE °ccupanc..yt Gro.up': 8 2' Perini t Na "'B944:, =Q:1 12 Suite No ,,400 " 0ccupant!;, Loeb . 57Q;$ Type of Const'a A I *N; 1CN`. N1':> IMPROVEMENTS. ATE THIS CERTIFIC, ;;THE PREMISES CITY OF TUKWIL1 Department of Co ., nunity Development — Permit Cent... 6300 Southcenter Boulevard - #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Building Permit Application Tracking PLAN CHECK NUMBER PROJECT NAME 13M2.1IES t' NUBLE CONTACTED SITE ADDRESS Soo , tucvW:gL SK I NO. aoo INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that the status of the project may be ascertained at any time. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted in the Sierra system or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ", date and initial. DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments need to review the project. DEPARTMEN TE IN APPROVED QUIREMEN' MMEN< BUILDING - initial review FIRE a -zt- 11. O PLANNING O PUBLIC WORKS /VA Z-2.1 -94 R. (ROUTED 3(2Y (41 INIT: 3(2t Z- CONSULTANT: Date Sent - Date Approved - FIRE PROTECTION: (Sprinklers FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: Detectors INSPECTOR: N/A INIT: 3/a 94 INIT: J1c ZONING: REFERENCE FILE NOS.: BAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- E- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? No PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: 0 OTHER BUILDING - final review BUILDING OFFICIAL INIT: INIT: 11)1/Y)PL\ INIT: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: ZC N CERT. OF OCCUPANCY? Yes O No UBC EDITION (year): 1991 REVIEW COMPLETED AMOUNT OWING: �I a3 D CONTACTED LeE • QL- Ia. _ _�r DATE NOTIFIED 5,43_ / I p Y (init.) 2nd NOTIFICATION BY: , (snit.) 3RD NOTIFICATION BY: (init.) 01108193 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 BUILDII' PERMIT APPLICATION PLAN CHECK NUMBER .L.D 1'i- 0 I I a-- DESCRIPTION BUILDING PERMIT FEE PLAN CHECK FEE BUILDING SURCHARGE AMOUNT r£O�•W /0 RCPT # I: DATE TOTAL - 47, SD SITE ADDRESS SUITE # VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION - $ r- PROJECT NAME/TENANT _ _ $ NI tn. ASSESSOR ACCOUNT# .�. — 7027 260 -- q //'/ TYPE OF New Building U Addition WORK: 0 Rack Storage 0 Reroof Tenant lmprovemen 0 Remodel (residential) (commercial) U Demolition (building) 0 Other DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: BUILDING USE (office, warehouse, etc.) cIM1 cc.iAL- NATURE OF BUSINESS: ��LL '�"L_L_) �Ct. 0 Yes If Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? No SQUARE FOOTAGE - Building: -7-, 6-)z0 Tenant Space: I el i'50 Area of Construction: t g irrE0 WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? ipo 0 Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: _FIRE PROTECTION FEATURES: Sprinklers ', Automatic Fire Alarm System OWNER ✓Lio,ALE47...j..3.511\\ 0;5 va 1 / PHONEZ '76 .2.000 ooCPROPERTY ADDRESS i `�a:i ic■04 'n We':-..[ PHONE zwiew 635 CONTRACTOR ADDRESS ZIP WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # EXP. DATE ARCHITECT , J,A (Yl(� J �l3 PHONE (A1_62-/b3 . ZIP G�-ee / ADDRESS 15-10:3 �5L, 2.2- (��`7C - t-- 'c��-L- -��� i GC)4- HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I. HAVE READ AND;:: EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION W AND KNO THE SAME BE TRUE AND CORRECT, AND I A AUTHORIED TQ'.PLY: FOR ;THIS PERMIT BUILDING OWNER . Lr— DATE OR SIGNATURE AUTHORIZED PRINT NAME AGENT ADDRESS •-- z• 7 CONTACT PERSON \A� PHONE l C' -T63 CITY/Z IP 4:6-g/ 9 -e.57 PHONED APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. 11 you have any questions about our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Departments (immunity Development Building Division at 431 -3670. M DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED 1L( MAR 1 8 1994 DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES iM1T CENTER COMMERCIAL NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS/ADDITIONS • • LiCompleted building permit application (one for each structure) . SUMAITTAL CHECKLIST Assessor Account Number : • • ": •• ". " Twa sots (2) of the following: : .• : :.• : Li Specifications — Structural calculations stamped by aWashington State licenSeci : . Solis report stamped by a Washington State licensed engineer LITopographical survey . • jEnergy calculations stamped by a WaitilngtortState licensed . . engineer or architect • : . : : Legal description • • . • . . . • Working drawings, stamped by a Washington State licensed .. architect, which include: . . • Site plan .. • • Architectural drawings:. • • Structural drawings • • Mechanical drawings • Elevations . . .• Civil drawings ... •• • Landscape plan . . . 1.1 Completed utility permit application (one for entire Six (6) sets of civil drawings .. NOTE: Sae utility permit application and checklist for specific utility' submittal requirements. .. . . RACK STORAGE Li Completed building permit application Assessor Account Number • Two (2) sets of plans, which include: .:. Building floor plan showing: . • • • • Entire space where racks will be located • Exit doors .• • Dimensions of all aisles . . . Tenant space floor plan showing rack storage layout, aisles and NOTE: Include dimensions of racks (height, :width and length), !aisles and exit ways on plan. ;•::. Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed . • engineer (rack storage 8 and over). . • : . : : RESIDENTIAL . : COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS riCompleted building permit application (one for each structure or tonant). . . Assessor Account Number • Two (2) sets of construction plans, which include: • . . • . ....... • Location of tenant space • Exist' ng and proPO Pad parklng ••■ Landscape pion (If ...tiPpliCable;".1.6harige of Overall building Plan .11111••••:=■11.11 NEW SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLINGS/ADDITIONS LiCompleted building permit application (one for each•structure) 1 I I 1 . . . . • . ...•• ;.:. •••,.: Assessor Account Number . . Two sets (2) .of Working .draWingi, which - - Site plan "how ckiseisf hydrant Iocadori Foundation plan Include access ai bulldinp showing..::: Floor plan Wldt7 andlength of Roof plan Building oloVahons (all views) Buliding cross section . .:• Structural learning plans [1 Washington State Energy Code data Completed UtilitY peMtit application 1 Six (6) pets of site plans showing utihties NOTE; ..Building titq.plqn:and utility site plan utility perntit application, and checklist for'specfficisUbmittal.recOrements..'1': Additional topographical and Soils information May be reqiiiriid if uni001..: site conditions. . : • • Use of adjacent (common wa I) tenant • • Overall dimensions of building or square footago 1 1 Floor pltin.of proposed tartan! apace • Tenant space 'plan with use of each room tabelled ;." Exit'doors,'egresa patterns NeWWalla,.existing Wall, and Walli.to bo damolished ' , • •" ' ,'•••••••• -• • .. • . .. •,.• . • . • . • • .• attachment for (icier :and . . • .• engineer may be required ifistructtiraiwork::lato...pe:done12,6etsr.:::',:;::•;,..; •• . :•:.• . : • NOTE -.'llanYbrility.Workisto.i:Ip:.donei:SubMit.Sepatfitelirilfty..perrpit:',:::::::::::::; :.•':iipplicatidir. and Completed builcflng permit ..••••••.."..:"-••••••••• Narrative desciibing exiiiiiig roof, Material:being:removed, • 1 'material being Installed.: - •• .NOTE LA certification fetter is required prior to final inSpar?tioni!nd sign oflefthe -• . . • •••••••••• . . . ANTENNA/SATELLITE •.DISHES • . . . . Completed building permit application Assessor ACCount Number . . • •• , •.: Two(2)setaof plans, whlch lncludo Site Plan (showing building and loceticref.anrenna/sateliite DetallS antenna/satellite dish and Structural .calculations stamped. by a Washington:State licensed engineer may be required RESIDENTIAL REMODELS... : • • ..• Completed building permit application (ono for each structure) • ::.: : Assessor Account Number ri Two (2) sets of working drawings, which INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 AWIZIO (206) 431 -3670 struct equester: liONEirdi Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:. ' .�r nspector: Oimagammusanwirai ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at ¢' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. /c.�% ;.+an^4.'b[^» +. ���I ?�cr«„r.M�+r?�,.'Jr14i^t!h�7J r`. �r^'_.•::' �� .�;»::.:; > >::a:z:....:...:_:.:: • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION V 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 r e ■ di,/ S 5 l 0 Type of Inspection: .' ress'7 ,.0 (OUW r e'T P' Special Instructions: 1. -f) Date Wanted:1 ' Z.0' %� am. p.m. Requester: Nona No.:e1701 , 5s- ! 3 0 Approved per applicable codes. J2: Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • Parniv-e tiay_ee kf 3/-) fre;4".) Ve.if 047 1091-- .r ! o 0 $30.00 REINSPECTIO FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Ark—. .e■ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECT • `0, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PER IT (206) 431 -3670 Project :8�J v..-/C6 ! Ya' TYpe of Inspection: Sty /Li Address pee", Date Called: ?.., /' f,7 C� Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7.7 Requester: Phone No.: 0 Approved per applicable codes. jK Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 6.9.2:61/`14c1--7/ 75 ti.94 eeret•-€ • /( '04, . JG (5' Sim 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: -I Date: .. e.,:. •_._:may_ - ^'`.r v ay:M`cratei �_ . , •t.i%;,4;.i41;�t'.w.s` i':3.+'i�i"5h`i4+i7�7�m:'�Gi.ir INSPEO. ONSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 rOJ ea id-0 ype o nspe. ion: Address: r5trd Da te Called: 7' (e Special InstructionsAA"( Date Wanted: 7 , -7A1 P. . Requester: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 0 Corrections required prior to approval. o $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, tee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Dale: 1 INSPECTION RECORD ° /69*1 Retain a copy with permit 4// CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PE (206) 431 -3670 —Project: 7 Type of Inspection: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: fi: a.m. Requester: -"m Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. CO MENTS: Inspector: bate ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ecrr73—Rept °INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 • . act: '' �" A6b ype o ns.: • • . : Address!" " ` Date C led: .. ` - "— Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 -/ --9,y ' am n. Requester, Plane No.: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 55 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION F ,REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. eoirnopt Date: INSPECTION RECORD (A89 Retain a copy with permit (0f /?-. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. )Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (7fri �; � 4ej C72, 31 41,cr ✓� �� 5 s ` as " CT—) GK'S 22q�S ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION F 'REQOIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Sul e 100. Call to schedule reinspection. rl-1 -2�5 y �4).1 �Q Dade Cad: ./1--e.,7)-,..//.2,5 r Special, rtu to tbns: Data Wanted: J Requester. Phone No.: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. )Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (7fri �; � 4ej C72, 31 41,cr ✓� �� 5 s ` as " CT—) GK'S 22q�S ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION F 'REQOIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Sul e 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TU1(WILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 206) 431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd,, Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. °INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 206) 431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: ' 0IL ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. r7 Pi 5 / .00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 7+7* ••f at art,:h.t%MVL VORN .+.. ' : fiei ". ""!':C .etlrleVrUtti .fta2Ygf r7tZ. tktfte *AO.*AYnm.s.r..VW... v... NSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with per.,it CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION NO, (206) 431-3670 Project: �' Type o ns ion: �� ``,, Addre /oil) Date Gaited: ``-""' ,r Special structions(" Date Wanted; . l0 - -�%� -- �' am. p.m. Requester: Phone No.: CI_ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: No „a f ei S // re",. spa Inspector: Date: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at ' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. L1 fie: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT No. / (206) 431 -3670 Pr ,e-V P 5 F A bk/e- Type of Inspection; J, _ 1 A r((ess ,t /DVf� {�fy� UV 6ateCatled; �� ,.-_ _ G�c,� Spedal Instructions: Date Wanted — �— R p.m Requester rat r- Phone No.; T 767 -- - -3-K Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. O $30.0011EINSPECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ._ INSPECTION NO. CITY OF 'TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 5Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINFECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Dale: ...... —.... M.-aale& at .!r.....l.rrk....kri `3R.'••! '.+'.-.:.j ..._ •rasa: Date Called: — 1 Special Instruct ons: Date Wanted: / (n - ) - q/4" am. Cm Requesier :ki. Phone No 1 c _ 3 sue) 3 5Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINFECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Dale: ...... —.... M.-aale& at .!r.....l.rrk....kri `3R.'••! '.+'.-.:.j ..._ 1 I WPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 EKApproved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i`�.) ∎.., �I Q, �%� Type of Inspediol') ftlL �.„I J (1,, co L rre C1b l) .-4. -- P j� C) Date Calledh I ,4 L 1-- ' r - -- (C c c iM ST1 & u ‘.F' Special Instructions: Date Wante d ! Cv -_ (' ` � e T am, p .m. Requester PhoneNa;1 -1 61 - 359 5_____. EKApproved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i`�.) ∎.., -.,e= YY, A 11.J vi..'L. of .s- elf -.i- -t \ . Y c la t L-1) a.. --)4 S 714 ErA ter.-- - lbc—SrYLAN-61-r-, WA L & N • WAn -A.-- u/ NAF'S it 6 tt-t-G- ...IQ SuLA wJ ,4 L 1-- ' r - -- (C c c iM ST1 & u ‘.F' ()nspecta Date:6F(r5,/ ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to relnspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. Rece4t No,: Date: INSPECTION RECORD 0 w Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 55 y 6// Z PERMIT No. (206) 431 -3670 7 FYLA rn it,* otC St K. C. L lk 1-16 r. C--77.1 C t.031,LR. ;3. rn 47471,—.4to 7�di3ress: 30 // -�Cc.I Date Called: �.. , Or— cc A /2-Z1N , P.. ■KIY1Y11"1l R A- ( Special Instructions: 0Art u� r t(::& )..1 i wpkt.e. Date Wanted: ��Sgt-- �'�' Requester. Phone No.: ved per applicable codes. O Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: FYLA rn it,* otC St K. C. L lk 1-16 r. C--77.1 C t.031,LR. ;3. (L c1'4' 'f-- -cVv --■ C.,.� 't Lk s C, S e A c 14--- -- . , Or— cc A /2-Z1N , P.. ■KIY1Y11"1l R A- ( cr(C• t(::& )..1 i wpkt.e. $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. o INSPECTION RECORD C� Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 135 zr a //2_ PERMT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project eiti � . / Type ofInspection j-,1,. Address :---�,�.�,, p4; Date Called; : 26,-�/ Spedal Inst ns: � m Date Wanted r1.- L cG ii siz,..�--7 v i ,)G /41t Thoc) 1 Requester r. Phone No.: 5/ iVC—CS FAQ- - . Approved per applicable codes. ,Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 6- L;! 1 i /L4 l m (-;-.1<m.----4.-( o ri---- L" r1.- L cG ii siz,..�--7 v i ,)G /41t Thoc) 1 // // 0 r 5/ iVC—CS FAQ- - . nspector: ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Callao schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98186 (206) 431 -3670 Proj : i V� . 1 t �r�� Type of inspection: dA. . .4 I i II t `/nL Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ,_7S e ` Requester: / � Phone No.: V4 Approved per applicable codes. s COMMENTS: ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 647r4 —1 ,..•e.L ; Ai 6 4 J P e '' - 411'17 .0'5 `? !-'> 4 j It 74. 54-4_44 5(:f / )- s 41'127 J..S. rfc`a ,?4 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. 1 4 INSPECTION RECORD OB`AL)- -- Retain a copy with perrlt 0(1a- -15E11W NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #1 QQ7,Tukwita, WA 98188 � (206) 431 -3670 1774SM/Yit-C> ee AWL_ ype o ns Ad a Date Called: edallnslructions: Date Wanted: ,r Requester. Plane No.: ° Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. ece e: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; .Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 g- A alla n Instrudiens: . Nile Wanted: Requester.—• Phone Ns.: Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: j"°^° ID $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: air" smpiihen' :n * r' 4 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO (206) 431 -3670 rqa / .� rte.- . • . Ion / � type of Inspection: t't�� Aga re ress: 4.' A-P I- e :: , ; ��i-- f S• Instructions Dale Wanted: LeJ a . p. Requester: . .., Phone No.: AO . ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: vs . .., AO . ,► ie_. j _ ii► - ��9 i� Z• r r %^-' i (., - A aspect ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • :.: . e: ***** h************** ****• k*** k* k *•k * * * * * * * * *k ** ** * **** * *k * ** * ** ** CITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT k ** irk *** 4• k• k*.k***r 4*l 4***. 4.4** k, k***** * *•.4k•k*h** *k** * *h ***.•k*y474* k.* TRANSMIT Number: 94000534 Amount: 1,322.12 05/11/94 07 :56 Permit No: R94 -0112 Type: B- BUILD BUILDING PERMIT Parcel •Nc 262304 -9119 Site Address: 300 ANDOVE i . PI( W Payment Method: CHECK Natation RETAIL CONSTRUCT Init: SLR * 4*• kk• k• k*• k• k*********************s 4.** kA •*. * ******* *,4 *•k**k *k ******* ** 05/11/94 Account.Code Description 000/322.100 BUILDING -- NONRES 000/386.904 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE Total (This Payment): Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: 2,647.110 2,647.80 .00 Paid 1,317.62 4.50 1,322.12 GENERA 1317.62 GENERA 4.50 TOTAL 1322.12 CHECK 1322.12 CHANGE 0.00 1847A000 08 :33 h * ** * * * * *** *k * ** *******• A * * * * * ***** * ** * * * * ** * ** * * * * *h**) ** *•k *A CITY OF TU,KWI:LA, . WA • TRANSMIT * * *k *k***•k* *****• k*******•******• k•** k* *k * * * **k ** * ** ** *** ***•k ** **k* TRANSMIT Number :, 94000323 Amount: 1,32; "68 08/1E1/`q4, /'4 "4:'. Pei.mit No: •1394 -0112 Type: 0 -GUILD BUILDING PEI Xf Parcel No: 2623O4-9119. Site Address: 300 ANDOVER PK W Payment Method: CHECK Notation: SNIPER LITCHFIEL knit: SAO * *) ********* k• k****** * * **** ** **** * **** ** * ** * *** * ** * * * *k * ** ** *k* Account Code . Description. Paid 000/340.830 • PLAN CHECK. - NONRL"S 1,325.60 Total (This 'Payment): 1,325.68 Total Feet: Total All Payments: Balance: 2,647.00 1,325.68 1,322.12 GENERA 1325.68 TOTAL 1325.68 CHECK 1325.68 CHANGE 0.00 0301A000 22 :21 CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 300 ANDOVER PK W Suite: 200 Tenant: BARNES & NOBLE Type: B-BUILD Parcel #: 262304-9119 Permit No: 894-0112 Status: Applied: Issued: ISSUED 03/18/1994 05/11/1994 *****************************k*h*****k**kkk*k***14k**k*****Irkkkkkkk*kkkkk*** Permit Conditions: 1. No changes will be made to. the PlanS;unless approved by the Architect and the Tukwqvi:Iilding"Divisidn:.-' 2. Plumbing permit shall be Ota,ined through the Seattle-King County Department„of' PubliC:Health.Plumbing Wi-W4e inspected bY'Oat agencinc)Udlng-all gas (296-4722) . 3. ElectricaKpormit shall'be.obtained through the Washington State DiOilon. of Labor and Industries and all electr,ical . work wirr',be inspeCted'by that ,agency (248-6630). I• , . 4. All mechanical work shall be under separate permit through - the ClIty of Tukwila. 5. All perimits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be,- maintained available at the job site prior to the start of any construction. These ,documents ,are to be maintained avvOible until final inspection approval is granted. 6. Any/new ceiling grid and :light fixture installation is tf rectufred to meet lateral bracing re9uirements for Seismic , Zone 3. 7. Partition, walls attached to 'ceiling grid must be laterally , * braced 11 over eight (8) feet 'in length. 8. Fire:+etardant treated wood shall Have a'flame spread of notvgeatex‘than 25. All materials shall bear identiftha- , tionTShdwingthe fire performance rating thereof. Such identification Shall be issued bY,.an_approved, agency having a service for inspection at the factory., , 9. All construction to be done in conformance .with pproved plans ati'd requirements of the UnfforM Buildipg Code (1991,/ Cdition) amended by the Washington State Uniform MeohanitaT Code (1991 Edition), and Washington State Energy Code (1991 Second Edition), 10. There shalibi:no occupancy of the building(s) until 'the' final inspection, has been completed by the Tukwila:Byilding Inspector. 11. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY WILL BE REQUIRED, FOR ,THIS PERMIT 12. Validity of Permit. -The'isspance.of-a permit or approval of plans, specifications and ComputatAans, shall not be con- strued to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority or violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. rt1:. ,. !ei"2 ' '':E'T'$7n'v- b tz,,. ; h f J r` , " Fi y: 'r n'"��✓ " ri City of Tukwila Fire Department 09%r?FO . f John W. Rants, Mayor TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name w' /" c • `i Address 9 A ,P14.1. Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No.,�7�/� / /-- Retain current inspection schedule _,__ Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Suite # c."-' Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: +1� to , v\ S tl (h 't f11 /0 6.5 / 2- Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM 7/2 1 9" C/ D to T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444AndoverPark,'F,,st ' Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206 ) S7S -4404 • Fax (206 ) 575.4439 . DATE CM OF JUN 2Z 199' peimir coma 6(311-4-D1 FAX TRANSMISSION COVER SHEET TO: 1C 1�1 (pm si 01:k/ ATTN: S RE: ELCCO-AM 'ifl.Pxt•� 1�.. l ' NUMBER OF P (3E$ -._... ` COVER SHEET INCLUDED) ORIGINAL(S) TO FOLLOW: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: YES..' NO rrI i r taC. ... Sidi-'M 60 ?2O D " .l (.,. APPROVED fiL MLA IF YOU DID NOT RECEIVE ALL PAGES INDICATED ABOVE, PLEASE CALL JUN 3 a 1924 ENGINEERS NORTHWEST 8869 WOODILAWN AVE. NE, STE. 205 SEATTLE, WA 98115 FAX (206) 522 -6698 , AT (206) 8125 -7560 BUILD( G DIVISION / 4 ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST INC. RS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE, N.E. • SUITE 206 • SEATTLE, WA 98115 • (206)525-7560 • FAX # (206) 522-6698 • JOB NO. JOB NAME jzi_aitea2c."4 DATE SUBJECT eYL.— SHEET ■•■••••••,........=•■•••••••■•••••7.•■•••••••• •4-01t MAX■NAltn. 1• ENGINEERS NORTHWEST INC. RS, 6869 WOODLAWN AVE, N. E.. SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 - (206)525.7560 • FAX # (206) 622 -6698 Jos No JOB NAME b_a 2; A 4bfil �_ DATE . _4 ..21 ^ci kP SUOJEGT... S SHEEP, Od.,L. BY., &•1(› @ ZQOr LEcL . Z-7113 3 . IT,.6Jy T i?Rzc>~. .4. ;._.?�. A 614- 2. -St g � .. 53D 10 100, Zo`rh Ibr-K )(.ca IfR R. 4 -1o" c 4J mo(.._ • ENGINEERS' NORTHWEST 1NC. P.S. 6869.WOODLAWN AVE, N,E.- SUITE 205 • SEATTLE,. WA 98115 - (206)525.7560 - FAX # (206) S22.669e qtr.. Pst-E .10 0/z-4.6 .506134 DATE SHEET„_ h_OF BY ' /8k2.or. . 6o) kci. 3s /e no cys . ENGINEERS NORTHWEST INC, �?S. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE. N.E. - SUITE 205 - SEATTLE, WA 98115 • (206)525•7660 - FAX # (206) 6224698 t J06 N AM c� DATE r l SUBJECT ~'1R,∎ SHEET Lid 4F."'°' 1 � �, Y4 Jt6c.a 6-6 As tip 61°tit-t BY ay. 246. Wic K '+w1 Ai ...,,.lid i � H 1 t V2.,,► R 1 ' fr 11 , 6 A. 6 4.L0" W � 6 0 _ 9 r ' toh C ? 0 rag, 42.N i'r'( Lo fT0 u 4 ENGINEERS -- NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE, N.E. • SUITE 205 • SEATTLE, WA 96115 • (206)526.7560 • FAX # (206) 522-8698 JOu No. . ,...Jos NAME t* 1:i DATE 642 '' 1 1 SUBJECT (SereRT{���.. C►sil r to SHEET ;+ . OF SY fz, 404 toy. 3 -'f( & 5 C ‘ NI I N) & f ENGINEERS-NORTHWEST INC. PS. 6869 WOODLAWN AVE, N.E. • SUITE 205 • SEATTLE, WA 98115. (208)828.7680 FAX # (206) 522.6698 Joe No, -- JOB NAME SUBJECT �'11~ _ x 2,06 h. DATE SNEET„__,OF' G 8Y USX 2.:436i taN\ C�► 5)U -.1t8 5cR?. 14P 6 PILL a+A1. yirs ■ ... 0 • 4..-a /c . _ 4. yirs City Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Fire Department Review Control #B94 -0112 (512) John W. Rants, Mayor March 24, 1994 Re: Barnes & Noble - 300 Andover Park West, Suite #200 Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UPC 10.505A) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, �lr�4 City Tukwila 1906 FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor Page number 2 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 2. No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 3303(d)) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 3304(b)) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 12.106(c)) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 12.104(a)) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 12.106- 12.111) *ILA ivAl City in Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 3 John W. Rants, Mayor Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 3314(c)) When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 3314(A)) The color and design of lettering, arrows and other symbols on exit signs shall be in high contrast with their background. Words on the sign shall be block letters 6 inches in height with a stroke of not less than 3/4 inch. (UBC 3314(b)) Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. The width and spacing of aisles shall be maintained at all times. (UFC 12.104(b)) Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 3313 (a)(b)) When exit signs are required by The Building Code (see U.B.C. section 3314(A)), additional approved low level exit signs which are internally or externally illuminted, or self - luminous, shall be provided in all interior exit corridors serving guest rooms of hotels in Group R, Division 1 occupancies. The bottom of the sign shall not be less than 6 inches or more than 8 inches above the floor level. For exit doors, the sign shall be on the door or adjacent to the door with the closest edge of the sign within 4 inches of the door frame. (UFC 12.111(e)) Manually operated edge or surface mounted flush bolts City I) Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor Page number 4 and surface bolts are prohibited. (UFC 12.106(c)) Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. (UBC 3303(e)) When two or more exits from a story are required and when two or more exits from a room or an area are required by U.B.C. Section 3303, exit signs shall be illuminated. (UBC 3314(a)(c)) The power supply for the exit pathway illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's wiring system. In the event of its failure, illumination shall be automatically provided from an emergency system. Emergency system shall be supplied from storage batteries or an on -site generator set and the system shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Electrical Code. (UBC 3313(b)) 3. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1646) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1646) 4. H.V.A.C. units rated at 2,000 cfm require auto- shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1646) City err Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 5 John W. Rants, Mayor Smoke detectors required by Uniform Mechanical Code Section 1009 (a), (HVAC 2000 cfm and greater), shall be installed in the main return -air duct ahead of any outside air inlet or they may be installed in each room or space served by the return -air duct. Detectors shall also be installed in the supply duct, downstream of the filters. Activation of any detector shall cause the air - moving equipment to automatically shutdown. 5. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 6. The critical storage height for high -piled combustible stock in closely packed piles is 15 feet. (UFC 9.110). Storage above 15 feet would necessitate increasing the sprinkler density to extra hazard (UFC 81.105), and adding smoke removal capabilities. (UFC 81.107) To use any building or portion thereof exceeding 2,500 square feet for the storage of high -piled combustible stock. A floor plan showing the dimensions and location of the stockpiles and aisles shall be submitted with applications for such permits. (UFC 4.108(h3)) In double row racks with heights of storage up to and including 25', an average nominal 6" transverse flue space between loads or at rack uprights shall be maintained. (NFPA 231C 4 -3.1) Maintain minimum 6" longitudinal flue space between back to back racks. Storage may not be closer than 18 inches below sprinkler heads. (NFPA 13, 4 -2.5 and NFPA 231.5 -1) Storage may not be closer than 36 inches in all directions to ceiling -hung "Space or Unit" heaters. (UFC 11.404) City br Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Page number 6 John W. Rants, Mayor 7. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 10.601) Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 10.301(a)) In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. Numbers shall contrast with their background. UFC 10.301(a)) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, 341v The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: T.F.D. file ncd REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS A: RI::TA1L CONSTRuCrIGN S6;ivTCr 751)? CUPI r'LL P,L;vo ST 114 ST F' t U L, ►, ,. 5-125 SIGNATURE ISSUED BY DEP ' TMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR BARNES & NOBLE BOOKSTORE Seattle /South Center, WA Store Planning & Architecture. BY THREE GROUP /Joshua Burdick Retail Division of Shiffer, Litchfield, Magnuson, Architects, PC 636 Broadway - 9th Floor New York, NY 10012 Owner BARNES & NOBLE /BOOKSTOP. 1501 LBJ Freeway, Suite 290 Dallas, TX 75234. Mechanical /Electrical Consultant HAROLD ROSEN ASSOCIATES 545 Eighth Avenue, 17th Fl New York NY 10018 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR R .I a ;rlc r# Project No. 2645 9 March 1994 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA TABLE OF CONTENTS General Documents 00100 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Forms 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary General Conditions 00850 Special Conditions Division 1 - General Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01018 Owner Furnished Items 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and ['etching 01095 Reference Standards and Definitions 01100 Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control Services 01600 Material and Equipment 01605 Products and Substitutions 01700 Project Closeout 01710 Final Cleaning 01720 Project Record Documents Division 2 thru 12 Specifications 02070 Selective Demolition 04200 Unit Masonry 05500 Metal Fabrications 06100 Rough Carpentry 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork 07210 Building Insulation 07241 Exterior Insulation and Finish System 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07901 Sealants 08111 Steel Doors and Frames (Interior & Exterior) 08212 Barnes & Noble Pre -Hung Door Package 08410 Aluminum Entrance & Storefronts 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing 09250 Gypsum Drywall 09300 Ceramic Tile 09512 Acoustical Tile Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpet 09900 Painting 12/23/93 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 1 8 199't PERMIT CENTER BARNES & NOBLE - South Center /Seattle, WA 09950 Wall Coverings 10155 Toilet Compartments 10500 Metal Lockers 10522 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets & Accessories 10800 Toilet and Bath Accessories 12670 Entrance Mats Division 15 - Mechanical Division 16 - Electrical Refer to Drawings Refer to Drawings 12/23/93 BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 00100 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. INVITATION TO BID You are hereby Invited to submit a LUMP SUM Bid for furnishing labor, materials, services and equipment necessary to construct the Work called for in the Drawings and Specifications for a Barnes & Noble Bookstore, Seattle /South Center WA. 2. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS a. Bidders will receive one complete set of sepias and one set of the Specifications for the General Construction, H.V.A.C., Plumbing, Sprinkler and Electrical and Interior Fixturing Trades. 3. LUMP SUM BID a. Bids must be submitted on forms prepared by the Architect, and shall be subject to all requirements of the Drawings, the Specifications, and any other documents issued in connection with the Project, including this Invitation to Bid. b. Bids shall be submitted in duplicate, and each copy properly signed. The signatures must be in longhand and executed by a principal duly authorized to make contracts. The Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. The completed forms shall be without interlineatlon, alteration or erasures. c. Three copies of Bid forms will be furnished for the purpose of submitting Bids, two to be submitted with the Bid, and one to be retained by the Bidder for his records. d. Oral, telegraphed or telephoned Bids, or modifications thereof, will not be considered. e. Blank spaces on forms must be fully filled in. 4. Sealed Bids shall be submitted not later than 5. SUBMISSION OF BIDS a. Bids will be received by the Owner at: . (Facsimile transmission to Owner and Architect are acceptable). Location: BARNES & NOBLE BOOKSTOP 1501 LBJ Freeway, Suite 290 Dallas TX 75234 Att: Allen Crowley, Construction Project Manager Section 00100 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00100 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 b. Original copies of Bid Documents shall be delivered in a separate sealed opaque envelopes, and shall be marked prominently: "CONSTRUCTION BID - BARNES & NOBLE BOOKSTORE, Seattel /South Center, WA. . c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids without explanation, and to waive all formalities in connection with bid opening. d. The opening of the Bids and the determination of the successful Bidder will be in a private session. Determination will be based on all pertinent data contained in the Bid Form. e. Bids submitted by a Contractor as a result of this invitation to submit a proposal shall not obligate the Owner or Architect in any way. 6. COST BREAKDOWNS. ALTERNATES AND UNIT PRICES The Bidders' attention is directed to the request for cost breakdowns, alternates and unit prices which may be listed in the Proposal Forms. Bidders' are required to furnish this information since it is an important element in determining the successful Bid. 7. GUARANTEES a. The Bidders' attention is directed to that Section of the "Standard General Conditions" covering the Guarantee. Bidders' should note that the required guarantee period is one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 8. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Bidders' attention is directed to the Construction Time Schedule included in the Proposal Form, 9. FORM OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT The successful Bidder will be required to enter into a Contract with the Owner based on a form of Agreement which is standard with the Owner, BARNES & NOBLE BOOKSELLERS, INC. 10. INQUIRIES Inquiries shall be directed to: Attention: Allen Crowley, CPM BARNES & NOBLE /BOOKSTOP TEL. NO. (214) 484 -2665 END OF SECTION 00100 John Brocken BY THREE GROUP TEL. NO. (212) 995 -5050 Section 00100 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00100 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 00300 BID FORM TO: Date We hereby submit our proposal for constructing Barnes & Noble Bookstore, located at Seattle /South Center, WA, Work will be done in accordance with accompanying drawings, specifications and Addenda No. to No. 1. LUMP SUM (Base Bid) a. After having carefully examined Drawings, Specifications and Addenda and after having visited the Site and examined conditions affecting the proposed Work, the undersigned proposes to furnish labor and materials, transportation, services and equipment required to construct the Project for a complete and operating facility for the Lump Sum of: Dollars ($ ) b. The undersigned affirms that the above LUMP SUM represents the entire cost per Drawings, Specifications and Addenda, and that no claim will be made on account of any increase in wage scales, material prices, taxes, insurance, cost indexes, or any other rates affecting the construction industry or this Project. Bid Form 00300 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 c. The undersigned further agrees to modify this Bid to include, at the Owner's option, alternates, or modifications, if any, negotiated before the execution of the construction Contract. d. The undersigned understands that there may be changes, omissions or modifications in the Work, and that appropriate adjustments will be made in the Contract price, any disputes with respect thereto will be determined by arbitration. The undersigned also agrees that the charges for extra Work, or credits for omitted Work, shall be determined in one of the following ways. The Owner will determine the methods to be used in each case: 1. By estimate and acceptance of a lump sum cost. 2. By unit prices names in the Contract, or subsequently agreed upon. 3. By cost plus a percentage fee. 4. By cost plus a fixed fee. e. If Work is added or deducted by written order of the Owner, and such Work is riot covered by unit prices or Alternate Bids quoted in this Bid, the costs of such changes shall be determined prior to the time Work is ordered, and the Contract amount shall be adjusted accordingly on the following basis: (1) Additional Work performed by subcontractors will be charged at the subcontractor's estimate price for the work plus 10% percent thereof as full compensation for the undersigned supervision and general job expense, overhead and profit. (2) For additional Work performed by undersigned's forces, charges shall be computed as the estimated cost of labor and material entering into the work, plus 10% percent thereof as full compensation to cover all Job costs for supervision (employees above the level of foreman), timekeeping, checking expending, unassignable job costs such as utility services, job cleanup (except removal of debris resulting from demolition of work installed), tools, equipment, and the like, and the Contractor's overhead and profit. (3) For Work omitted, credit will be allowed in the amount of the actual savings in costs, computed on the same basis as for added work, but without application of the above percentages covering the undersigned's job supervision and general expense, overhead and profit. (4) In cases where changes result in Work both added and omitted, the percentage covering the undersigned's job supervision, general expense, and overhead and profit, shall be applied to the net difference between the costs of work added and deducted if the net result Is additive, otherwise the aforesaid percentage shall not be applied to either the costs of work added or omitted. Bid Form 00300 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 (5) Estimates for changes will be accompanied by itemized breakdowns of charges and credits, and such breakdowns shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Owner and Architect. f. The undersigned agrees not to delay the progress of the Work pending final determination of value of the change in the Work, provided he receives a written order from the Owner to proceed. g. The undersigned agrees that each subcontract, if any, made by him will contain similar appropriate provisions for extra Work, changes and omissions in the Work. 2. CONTRACT a. If the undersigned be notified of the acceptance of this Bid within five (5) days after the date of the Bid, he agrees to execute a Contract for the above Work for the above stated compensation. 3. COMPLETE COST BREAKDOWN a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract and within ten (10) calendar days thereafter, to deliver to the Owner, through the Architect, a complete and correct cost breakdown including General Conditions items for the purpose of establishing monthly payments to the Contractor based on the progress of the Work. Such complete breakdown shall be furnished in addition to any partial breakdown hereinafter contained. The undersigned agrees to review his original breakdown if necessary to satisfy the Owner and /or Architect as to content, distribution of costs, and form. b. The undersigned will provide the Owner with all estimates and cost segregation covering various portions of the work as and when they may be required and requested by the Owner for purposes of accounting, insurance evaluation, or any other purpose. 4. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if notified of the acceptance of this Bid, to furnish to the Owner through the Architect, a typewritten list of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all subcontractors with whom he intends to enter into Contracts for the execution of portions of the entire work under consideration. He agrees that such a list must be submitted on or before the tenth calendar day following the acceptance of this Bid, and before execution of the contract, and that no substitutions shall be made in the employment of subcontractors without written approval first having been obtained through the Architect/Engineer. 5. CONSTRUCTION TIME SCHEDULE a. The undersigned is aware that the Time Schedule for this Project is 42 calendar days for construction, including fixture assembly, after award of Contract. Bid Form 00300 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93. b. The undersigned declares his Bid is based on the above time schedule and sequence and that he understands he must prepare a detailed construction time schedule for all trades based on the above. The undersigned will submit such detailed construction time schedule In triplicate to the Owner through the Architect not later than ten (10) calendar days after notice of acceptance of the proposal. c. The undersigned hereby declares that the Lump Sum (Base Bid) contains sufficient amounts to assure completion of the Work within the time limits and in the sequence of the above time schedule. 6. SUBMISSION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSALS a. The undersigned agrees to the Owner's right to reject any and all Bids without explanation. b. The undersigned declares that the preparation and submission of the Bids and other quotations herein contained do not obligate the Owner and Architect in any way. c. The undersigned agrees and understands that the Owner assumes no obligation to enter into a contract for the work. Date: Signed: Title: Name of Firm: State License Number: Legal Address: Telephone No. END OF SECTION Bid Form 00300 - 4 ' C 3ARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA BID FORM DATE: CONTRACTOR: 12/23/93 DIVISION CATEGORY SCOPE AMOUNT 2 DEMOLITION HOT MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 3 1 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 4 I UNIT MASONRY 5 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING METAL FABRICATIONS 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS FORMS 7 BUILDING INSULATION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK FLASHING AND SHEET METAL SEALANTS 8 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES (Interior &Exterior) FLUSH WOOD DOORS ALUMINUM ENTRANCE & STOREFRONTS FINISH HARDWARE BARNES & NOBLE PRE -HUNG DOOR PACKAGE GLASS AND GLAZING 9 GYPSUM DRYWALL CERAMIC TILE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS RESILIENT FLOORING Bid Form 00300 - 5 BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA BID FORM DATE: CONTRACTOR: 12/23/93 DIVISION CATEGORY SCOPE AMOUNT 9 cont'd CARPET WOOD FLOORING PAINTING WALL COVERINGS 10 TOILET COMPARTMENTS METAL LOCKERS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 11 LIBRARY EQUIPMENT 12 ENTRANCE MATS 15 MECHANICAUHVAC FIRE PROTECTION PLUMBING 16 ELECTRICAL SUB -TOTAL ��. MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ITEMS GENERAL CONDITIONS OVERHEAD AND PROFIT TOTAL Bid Form 00300 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle/South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA A201-1987 are a part of this Specification. 1.02 AIA A201 follows this page. la General Conditions 00700-1 #2 (L) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements modify "The General Conditions of The Contract For Construction" AIA Document A201, Fourteenth edition, 1987. Where any Article, Paragraph or Sub - paragraph of the General Conditions is modified, supplemented or deleted by the Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered parts of such Article, Paragraph or Sub - paragraph shall remain in effect. In case of conflict between the Supplementary Conditions and the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions shall govern. The requirements of other portions of the Contract Documents and other Sections of Specifications including Division 1 may also modify the General Conditions. If the requirements of other portions or the General Conditions or other Sections of the Specifications are in apparent conflict with the General Conditions on these Supplements, the Contractor shall notify the Architect, who will determine if a conflict exists and if so, which requirement takes precedence. ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 Basic Definitions Add the following sub - paragraphs 1.1.6.1 "Approved "; "approved equal "; "similar "; "similar and equal" and phrases of similar meaning and intent shall require written approval of the Architect of the product or materials referred to, and no substitution or variation from the requirements of the Specification shall be made unless so approved. 1.1.6.2 "Provide" shall mean to furnish and install, including delivery, uncrating, connecting and anchor in place, complete and ready for intended use. 1.1.6.3 "Furnish" shall mean to fabricate and deliver to Site for acceptance by others. 1.1.6.4 "Install" shall mean to receive, uncrate, connect and anchor in place, complete and ready to intended use. 1.1.6.5 The Contractor is cautioned that in the Specification Sections, the "Scope" or "Work Included" articles are general and in no way limit or qualify the requirements of the Contract. 1.2 Execution, Correlation and Intent Add the following sub - paragraphs 1.2.6 Should any contradiction, ambiguity, error or inconsistency appear in or between any of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, before proceeding with the Work in question, notify the Architect and request an interpretation. In no case shall he proceed with the affected Work until advised by the Architect. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 1 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.2.7 If the Contractor fails to make a request for interpretation of errors, discrepancies or conflicts in the Drawings or Specifications, no excuse will be accepted for failure to carry out the Work in a satisfactory manner, as interpreted by the Architect. In all cases, the Contractor will be deemed to have estimated on the highest quality materials and most expensive way of doing Work unless he has asked for and obtained written decision as to which methods or materials will be required. 1.2.8 Each and every trade or subcontractor will be deemed to have familiarized himself with existing conditions and Drawings of this Project, including Architectural, Mechanical, and Electrical Work, so as to avoid errors, omissions, and misinterpretations. No additional compensation will be authorized for alleged errors, omissions and misinterpretations, whether they are a result of failure to observe this requirement or not. 1.2.9 The Work shall be done as expeditiously as possible. If the Contractor falls behind schedule in the performance of the Work, the architect reserves the right to designate the order in which the Contractor shall proceed with any portions of the Work, until he establishes that he is once again on schedule. ARTICLE 2 - OWNER 2.2 Information and Services Required of Owner. 2.2.5 The Owner will furnish the Contractor one set of reproducible Drawings and one set of Specifications without charge. Contractor shall reproduce, at his own expense, prints he and his subcontractors, suppliers and others require to perform the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR 3.4 Labor and Materials Add the following sub - paragraphs: 3.4.3 After the Contract has been executed the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in the General Requirements (Division 1 of the Specifications). 3.4.4 By making requests for substitutions based on sub - paragraphs 3.4.3 above, the Contractor: .1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified; .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all relayed costs under this contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 2 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 3.4.5 Substitutions shall be made only upon the written approval of the Architect. In all cases, the Architect shall be the sole Judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved, and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving that substitutions proposed are equal to the items specified, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.4.6 In making a determination, the Architect may establish such criteria as he may deem reasonable and proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3.4.7 The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect in considering a product proposed by the Contractor or by reason of the Architect's failure to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 3.6 Taxes Add the following sub - paragraph 3.6.2 The Contract price of this Agreement includes all Federal, State and Local sales, consumer, use and similar taxes which may be levied with respect to work and materials performed for this Contract. There is included in the Contract Price any amount which the Contractor has to pay directly to the State of Washington or sales or use taxes for the project work for the Project. It is understood that Owner will release the Contractor's retainage only after receipt of documentation is submitted indicating payment as outlined below. Taxes will be paid to the State of Washington for the Work performed by him for the Project. 1. Prior to any payment of such taxes, Contractor shall submit to the Owner the contract evaluation it proposes to furnish to the tax governing authority prior to the release of said evaluation to tax governing authority. 2. Contractor shall nonetheless be responsible for paying such sales and /or use taxes when such taxes become properly due. 3. Following acceptance of said evaluation and eventual payment of such taxes being added to the Contract Price, Contractor shall submit no evidence of payment of such taxes a copy of a cancelled check or other receipt showing the payment of such taxes, together with a copy of the tax form filled with the state as defined above. 3.10 Contractor's Construction Schedule Add the following sub - paragraphs 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a progress schedule within one week after signing the Contract, for the Architect's and Owner's approval. The schedule shall contain the following: 1. The proposed dates for the start and completion of each of the various operations to be performed under this Contract, including each trade or subdivisions of the SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 3 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 Work. 2. The sequence and interrelationship of each of these operations with others, allowing adequate time for all required coordination. 3. The estimated time required for fabrication and delivery of materials and equipment required for the Work after approval of Shop Drawings. 4. The proposed dates of award for each subcontracted trade or subdivisions of the Work. 5. The dates proposed for the submission and approval of Shop Drawings for each trade or subdivisions of the Work. 6. Any other items or importance to the overall completion of the project. Interface of related work by other Contractors. 7. The schedule shall conform to starting and completion dates stipulated in article 3 of the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. 3.10.3 The approved progress schedule shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor. If the Contractor should fail to adhere to the approved schedule, he shall at his sole cost and expense, promptly adopt such other or additional means and methods of construction including additional labor, material, equipment, services and /or workshifts as will make up for the time lost, and shall submit a revised progress schedule indicating completion of all work within the time set forth in the Contract or as the same may be extended. 3.10.4 The progress schedule and each revision thereof shall be coordinated with all other Contractors, and all trades and subcontractors of this Contract, and their willingness and ability to conform with the schedule shall be certified by the Contractor. 3.10.5 Either the Critical Path Method of Scheduling or a Bar Graph shall be used. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and Architect with sufficient copies of the original schedule and all revised schedules as requested in the form and detail approved by the Architect. 3.11 Documents and Samples at Site Add the following sub - paragraph 3.11.2 The "Record" set of "Field" set of Drawings and Specifications shall be neatly and accurately maintained up to date at all times. All changes of every type and nature shall be recorded on the Drawings or noted in the Specifications in the form of a typewritten memoranda inserted before each Section, listing all materials and equipment which are actually furnished and installed. The information given in the Specifications shall include the manufacturer's and supplier's names and addresses, brand name, size and style, model or catalog number and all other information necessary to identify each item completely as Installed. 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Add the following sub - paragraph SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 4 #1 (0) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.12.13 Additional requirements are specified in the General Requirements (Division 1 of the Specification). 3.12.14 Coordination Drawings: .1 In addition to shop drawings from each trade section for each fabricated item and piece of equipment or fixture, the Contractor shall provide fully coordinated drawings signed off by each interrelated subcontractor and by the General Contractor confirming that all closely related work has been completely coordinated and all conflicts resolved. This applies to all M/E work above and fascias, soffits, partitions, etc. Coordinated Drawings shall be at a large scale (1/4" or 1/2" = 1' -0" or larger). Not only required clearances, hanging spaces, actual ceiling construction or partition construction shall be shown and dimensioned, but also layout of ceiling, lighting and the like. .2 The Contractor shall submit to the Architect all Coordination Drawings in sufficient time to enable him to retain same for at least ten (10) working days, exclusive of transmittal time, for each review or approval. .3 The Architect's review of the Contractor's drawings shall be given as assistance to the Contractor in interpreting the requirements of the Contract Documents, and in no way shall It relieve the Contractor of any responsibility under this Contract. 3.14 Cutting and Patching Delete sub - paragraph 3.14.1 and replace with the following: 3.14.1 The Project shall include cutting, patching, relocating and refinishing of work installed when required or necessary to facilitate the construction, to correct errors, to replace unsatisfactory materials and construction, to properly unite existing construction, and wherever else cutting and patching becomes necessary so that the completed work will be correct as required. The General Contractor shall coordinate the work involved and assign it to the proper trades In accordance with established trade practices. a. If the Work involved is indicated in the Drawings and /or Specifications, then it shall be done as part of the required work, and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contractor's proposal. b. If the Work involved is a result of changes to the Drawings and Specifications, then the cost thereof shall be borne by the Owner in accordance with Paragraph 7.1. If the Work IS NOT a result of changes to the Drawings and Specifications, then the cost thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. Add the following Sub - paragraph 3.14.3 Additional requirements are specified in the General Requirements (Division 1 of the Specification). SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 5 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2 Architect's Administration of the Contract Add the following sub - paragraph 12/23/93 4.2.14 If the Owner chooses to have a Resident Field Representative, then the Contractor shall recognize this authority and cooperate with him in the interest of the Project. .1 The presence of Resident Field Representative and the periodic observations by the Architect/Engineer and his representatives shall not be construed as an acceptance of the Work being done unless their acceptance is given in writing. .2 All construction, process of manufacture and methods of construction shall be at all times and places subject to the review by the Architect/Engineer, acting personally or through his Representative. The Architect shall be the judge of the quality and suitability of the construction, processes of manufacture and methods of construction for the purpose for which they are used. Should they fail to meet his approval they shall be forthwith reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected, as the case may be, by the Contractor at his own expense. Rejected material shall be removed immediately from the Site. The fact that the Representative might have accepted the material and workmanship shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to supply other material and workmanship when so ordered by the Architect. .3 The Contractor, at his own expense, shall furnish such facilities and give such assistance for inspection as the Architect may direct. In the case of materials required by the Specifications to be inspected in the factory or plant, and In the case of any other items which the Architect may designate, the Contractor shall secure for the Architect and his Representative free access to all parts of such factories or plants and shall furnish to the Architect two copies of purchase orders, two copies of mill shipping statements and two copies of shipping statements. Moreover, in the case of such materials to be factory or plant inspected, the Contractor shall give at least ten days' notice to the Architect of his intention to commence the manufacture or preparation of such materials. .4 Other than the material and equipment specifically required to be inspected at the manufacturer's factory or plant, all materials will be reviewed at the construction site and any portions thereof which are rejected by the Architect shall be immediately removed from the construction site by the Contractor and shall be replaced with new materials by the Contractor at his own expense. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 6 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 .5 Any approval by the Architect of any materials, workmanship, plant, equipment, drawings, program, methods of procedure, or of any other act or thing done or furnished or proposed by the Contractor to be done or furnished in or in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be construed merely to mean that at that time the Architect knows of no good reason for objecting thereto; and no such approval shall release the Contractor from his full responsibility for the accurate and complete performance of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications or from any duty, obligation or liability imposed upon him by the Contract or from responsibility for injuries to person or damage to property. 4.3 Claims and Disputes Add the following sub - paragraph 4.3.8.3 The Contract Agreement stipulates a time for completing the Project. The time allotted may be extended for a time equal to that which may be lost if the following situations should occur, providing that, in the Owner's or Architect's opinion, they are beyond Contractor's control: 1. Labor strikes. 2. Fire and other damage. 3. Accidents. 4,3.8.4 Extension of time shall apply only to those trades or portions of the Project that may be affected. 4.3.8.5 The Contractor shall notify both the Owner and Architect in writing immediately upon encountering an Incident or occurrence for which he feel that an extension of time is proper. If the reason is justified by the Owner and Architect, or either one of them, then the extension of time shall be determined by the Architect and recorded in writing. 4.3.8.6 Contractor shall not receive any additional compensation because time for completion of work is extended due to reasons stipulated above in sub - paragraph 4.3.8.3. ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK Add the following sub - paragraph 7.2.3 Change order proposals shall be accompanied by itemized breakdowns. Breakdowns shall include not only General Contractor's itemizations but also those of subcontractors and vendors, on their respective letterheads. Labor rates shall be actual rates paid including only these fringes and taxes actually paid and supported by records. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 7 #1 (D) • BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS 11. Contractor's Liability Insurance: Add the following sub - paragraphs .8 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: 1. Premises Operations (including X, C, and U coverages as applicable). 2. Independent Contractors' Protective. 3. Products and Completed Operations. 4. Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted. 5. Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph 3.18. 6. Owned, non -owned and hired motor vehicles. 7. Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations. 11.1.2 Add the following sub - paragraphs 11.1.2.1 The insurance required shall be written for not Tess than the limits of liability specified herein or required by law, whichever is greater, and shall include the Contractor, and all his subcontractors, employees, agents, and representatives. All insurance shall include Barnes & Noble Booksellers referred to herein as the Owner, and Landlord, as additional named insured. a. Comprehensive Public Liability Insurance in the amounts $1,000,000 for any one occurrence. b. Property Damage Insurance to cover damage to all property Owner's property in the amount of $2,000,000 single limit of liability each occurrence /aggregate. c. Contractor's insurance shall indicate Owner as coinsured or if not permitted by law, then the Contractor shall provide an Owner's Protective Policy in the amounts of $1,000,000 combined single limit each occurrence /aggregate and property damage to specifically include demolition, excavation and blasting. d. Automobile Bodily Injury and Property Damage Insurance covering all vehicles moving under their own power and engaged in the work under the Contract in limits of not less than $2,000,000 combined single limit each occurrence /aggregate. e. Workmen's Compensation Insurance on the Contractor's and subcontractor's employees in accordance with the laws of the State and, if required, Contractor shall file copies of the same with the proper governmental authorities, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 8 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 f. The Contractor shall also require that each of the subcontractors shall carry proper and adequate policies covering Workmen's Compensation and Public Liability assumed under the contract covering the Contractor and the Owner, and copes of proper certificates of the same shall be filed with the Contractor and the Owner. g. Builder's Risk Insurance (Property Insurance) The Owner shall purchase and maintain all Risk Insurance (Property Insurance) against the perils of Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism, and Malicious Mischief upon the work of the entire site for 100% of the insurable value thereof, to cover labor, materials, and equipment that is built into or is to be built into the structure subject to the restrictions contained herein. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, subcontractor, and sub - subcontractors in the work. The Contractor and subcontractors shall purchase and maintain Builder's Risk Insurance (Property Insurance) against the perils of Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism, and Malicious Mischief upon shanties, scaffolding, staging, towers, protective enclosures, supplies, tools furnished to or provided by the craftsman, mechanical or vehicular equipment rented or owned by the Contractor and the subcontractors and used in the performance of the work. This insurance shall include the interests of the Contractor, subcontractors and sub - subcontractors in the work. Insurance losses shall be adjusted with the Assignee and made payable to the Assignee as trustee for the insured, as their interests may appear. Assignee shall reimburse insured, for their losses as established by the insurer. Disputes between insurer and individual claimants shall be settled by arbitration as provided for in the policy. ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Add the following article 13.8 SIGNS, ADVERTISEMENTS & PUBLICATIONS 13.8.1 No signs or advertisements of any kind, other than any required by law will be allowed on the premises unless prior written consent has been obtained from the Owner. 13.8.2 No mention shall be made of the Owner or Architect in any news release, advertising or articles in any publication relating to this Contract without prior approval of the Copy and written consent by the Owner and Architect. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 9 #1 (D) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRACT 12/23/93 14.2 Termination By The Owner for Cause: Add the following sub - paragraphs to 14.2.1 .5 Have a voluntary or involuntary petition filed by it or against it in bankruptcy, or, .6 Be adjudged a bankrupt, or .7 Have any or all of its assets or the business conducted by it assumed by an trustee, receiver, or other person pursuant to any judicial proceeding, or .8 Become insolvent, or .9 Fail in business, or .10 Have a petition for a dissolution, reorganization or arrangement of its affairs filled by or against it, or .11 Make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or .12 Have a receiver, trustee and liquidation, whether temporary or permanent for it or for any of its property, or .13 Have a judgement entered against it and remain unsatisfied or unbounded for three (3) days after the date of entry, or .14 Fail to begin its work on the date specified int he Contract Documents, or .15 Fail to comply with the reasonable directions, instructions and requirements of Owner or Architect/Engineer given pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents, as in being given written notice by Owner thereof, or .16 Fail or become unable to finance the work between the Owner's periodic progress payments and shall not cure such failure or inability within five (5) days after being given written notice by Owner thereof. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -10 f1 (D) c BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 SECTION 00850 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.01 The work included in these Specifications shall be governed by the Contract Documents as defined in the General Conditions. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITY AND INTENT A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, appliances and services necessary to execute and complete all work as required by the Contract Documents. B. The work of the Contract shall, in general, include each and every trade or branch of work covered by the various Sections of the Specifications, and may also include the work of other trades not specifically mentioned if and as needed to properly carry out the work to completion, except for those trades or Sections noted In paragraph 1.03, Work Not in Contract. C. It is the intent that the work included under each Section of the Specifications shall cover the manufacture, fabrication, delivery, uncrating, hoisting, installation, erection, testing, with all incidentals thereto, unless otherwise noted or specified. D. Any apparatus, appliance or material not shown on Drawings, but which is mentioned in the Specifications, or vice - versa, or any incidental appliance or materials or service which may be necessary to make the work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be furnished, delivered and installed by the Contractor without any additional expense to the Owners, the same as though specifically shown on the drawings or mentioned in the Specifications. E. Small details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for the proper installation and operation shall be included in the work and in the Contractor's proposal the same as if herein specified or shown on the Drawings. F. All materials and apparatus required for the work shall be new, of first -class quality. Where no specific kind or quality of materials is specified, a first -class standard article as approved by the Architect shall be furnished. G. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall visit the site, make his own detailed examinations as to conditions existing, and determine any difficulties attending the execution of the work. Failure to determine existing conditions or interrelation of new construction with existing construction will not be considered basis for granting additional compensation. H. The Contractor shall coordinate the operations of all trades and subcontractors in the common use of temporary equipment and facilities insofar as possible. All work of a temporary nature required for the Contract operations shall be removed upon completion of the Contract, when no longer needed or when directed by the Architect. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -1 #1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 J. The Contractor shall lay out the work and establish all lines, levels and reference points, and the Contractor shall assume entire responsibility for such work. K. In conjunction with the lump sum price the successful Contractor will be required to provide three separate subcontract prices (trades to be identified at a later date) for evaluation and selection by the Owner. L. Time being of the essence, the Owner is willing to enter into a pre - purchase agreement with the successful contractor. The equipment to be identified at a pre -start meeting and the conditions of the agreement to be mutually satisfactory to both parties. 1.03 WORK NOT IN CONTRACT A. The Contractor is alerted that the Drawings do not always identify what is existing construction and what does not have to be constructed and therefore is N.I.C. (NOT IN CONTRACT). The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying in field precisely what existing conditions are and shall be when his work is to proceed and shall submit his proposal and complete his work based on these field verifications. 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS TO BE VERIFIED A. The Contractor shall verify in field dimensions, structures, services whether or not shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall field measure conditions at the Site and be responsible for their correctness. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of difference between actual dimensions and any measurements indicated on Drawings. Any difference found shall be reported to the Architect in sufficient time for his consideration and direction before proceeding with the Work involved. 1.05 ACCESS AND CONTRACT LIMITS A. Access to this Site for the Contractor, his subcontractors and suppliers shall be only through the designated areas. B. Fire Access shall be kept open and clear at all times. C. Contractor shall limit all sheds, office, plant, materials, equipment, to area within the Staging Area and Contract Limit Lines. Contractor shall be solely responsible for losses and damages to materials and equipment until final acceptance by Owner. D. Contractor shall restrict his employees to area within Contract Limit Lines unless there is "Need to be in" other areas and then only with Owner's and Architect specific approval. E, Contractor shall be responsible for repair of any item within or beyond Contract Limit Lines damaged by his operations. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -2 #1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 F. The mall Owner will be engaged in construction work which will be adjacent to and around the designated site. The successful Contractor will be required to coordinate his activities with the Mall Owner for proper execution of all Work and shall also coordinate his activities to provide the opportunity to obtain reasonable access for the introduction and /or storage of materials and equipment on the site. 1.06 SEQUENCE AND METHODS OF OPERATION A. In addition to the Progress Schedule required by the General Conditions, the Contractor shall prepare and submit an outline of the proposed sequence of operations and methods he proposes to employ during the construction of the project, for approval of the Owner and Architect. No work shall be performed until a schedule of operations and the methods proposed have been formulated and mutually agreed upon by the Contractor, Owner and Architect. This will include specific sequencing or phasing operations to permit Owner to maintain his operations throughout construction period. B. The Contractor shall confine his operations within the area of the Owner's Premises as directed. Routes of ingress and egress, storage areas, and other use of the Owner's Premises, shall at all times by subject to approval by the Owner. C. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operations in such a manner as to cause as little interruption and inconvenience as possible to adjoining property owners, the Building Owner, the Owner and others using spaces within the Contract Limit Limes; including Shoppers, Merchants and other individuals present within the Mall. 1.07 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES CERTIFICATES A. All materials furnished and all work performed shall comply with all Federal /State laws, local codes and rules and recommendations of National Board of Fire Underwriters, all requirements of local utility companies, Fire and Health Departments including all current Federal 0.S.H.A. and Water Pollution Control Acts and all Equal Employment Opportunity regulations. B. Include in the work, without extra cost to the Owners, any additional incidental labor, materials, services, and apparatus required, but not shown on the Drawings or specified, to meet these laws and regulations. C. Give all necessary notices, obtain all permits and certificates, perform all tests, pay all fees other than to local authorities, pay all royalties, and other costs in connection with this work. File all necessary plans and obtain all necessary approvals of all Agencies or Departments having jurisdiction of this work. Obtain all required Certificates of Inspection for this work; deliver three (3) copies of same to the Architect. D. The Contractor shall obtain all Building Permits, and shall pay all fees required by local authorities; including the cost of such fees in his Bid. E. The Contractor shall obtain the Certificate of Occupancy and any Temporary Certificate of Occupancy required. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -3 #1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 1.08 FENCING, BARRICADING AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. Provide and maintain until construction is completed and Project is accepted, painted dust -proof barricades and other necessary construction required to prevent injury to persons on or about Project Site, damage to property and intrusion of unauthorized persons. Locks shall be provided for openings large enough for entry of persons. Barriers shall be erected full height sufficient to enclose all construction. Barricades, except for galvanized steel members, shall be painted with two coats of exterior grade paint. Fabricate barricade with steel studs, 3/8 inch fire retardant plywood on public side, interior panel at Contractor's option. Insulate exterior barricades if so requested by Owner or Architect. B. Fence: Construct a temporary chain link fence at the limits of the Staging Area. Construct fence as approved by the Owner's Representative. C. Daily protection at Tenant Areas shall be heavy duty, reinforced, fire- retardant plastic sheet with taped joints to maintain a dust free area. Plastic sheets to be relocated and renewed as required. D. Safety Lights: Provide warning lights, reflectors and illuminated signs as necessary to prevent damage or injury. Keep safety lights burning from dusk to dawn. E. Safety Equipment: Provide personal safety equipment including hard hats and safety goggles for authorized visitors to the Site designated areas. F. Heat: If deemed necessary by Architects or Owner, provide heat for area of construction at a temperature satisfactory to Owner and Landlord 1.09 FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a minimum of five (5) extinguishers - for each level of types and sizes, and in locations as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires by personnel at Project Site. Provide Type A extinguishers at locations of low- potential for either electrical or grease -oil- flammable liquids fires; provide Type ABC dry chemical extinguishers at other locations; comply with recommendations of NFPA No. 10. Post warning and quick - instructions at each extinguisher location, and instruct personnel at Project Site, at time of their first arrival, on proper use of extinguishers and other available facilities. Post local fire department call number on each telephone instrument at Projects Site., Develop a program for welding procedures and submit to Owner for approval. B. Permanent Fire Protection (Sprinkler System): Complete each fire protection facility at earliest reasonable date, make ready for emergency use, and instruct personnel at Site on availability and proper use. Partial Completion will be acceptable. C. Fire Watch: Provide a fire watch for 24 hours a day commencing when the Owner's fixturing contractors start their work until the sprinkler and fire alarm systems are fully operational. Refer to Construction Schedule for fire watch. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -4 #1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 1.10 FIRST AID, ACCIDENT REPORTS A. In the Contractor's field office all articles necessary for "First Aid" treatment shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall establish standing arrangements for the immediate removal and hospital treatment of any employees and other persons on the job site who may be injured or who may become ill. B. In case of accidents, the Contractor shall immediately furnish the Architect the full information relative to such accidents, by telephonic report plus full written report within forty -eight (48) hours. 1.11 FIRE PREVENTION, EMERGENCY TELEPHONE A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to prevent fire, and during any work involving a fire hazard, the Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions against fires starting and spreading. B. The Contractor shall provide and maintain sand buckets, suitable fire extinguishers and hoses where and as required to provide adequate means of extinguishing fires. Minimum fire prevention requirements shall be as directed and approved by the Owner's insurance agents and local fire authority. C. No fires may be built on the premises. All combustible rubbish and debris shall be removed and disposed of away from the premises on a daily basis. D. Emergency phone shall be provided in a central location at all times, shall not be used except to summon aid in an emergency, shall be mounted on red board clearly identified as emergency phone. E. The Contractor shall control the safe handling and storage of all inflammable, welding materials, acetylene and oxygen tanks, and other equipment required for welding and cutting work. All welding and inflammable materials and equipment shall be removed promptly from the premises upon completion of the welding and cutting work. F. The Contractor shall safely store, unpack, and protect from damage or loss all materials delivered and to be incorporated into the work. 1.12 MEETINGS, SUPERINTENDENCE A. Periodic job meetings and coordination meetings will be scheduled by the Architect during the course of construction. The Contractor, and, upon request of the Architect or the Owner, his principal subcontractors, shall attend such meetings and be prepared to furnish answers to questions on progress, workmanship or on any other subject on which the Architect or the Owner might reasonably require information. B. Each subcontractor shall confer with the contractors and other subcontractors at the site to coordinate the work with Architect's Drawings, the Shop Drawings of other trades, and the job conditions to the end that interferences may be eliminated and that maximum work room and clearance may be obtained. In the event that interferences develop, Architect's decision will be final and no additional compensation will be allowed for the moving of piping or equipment to clear such interference. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -5 #1 (C) • BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 C. Contractor shalt provide the service of a competent superintendent and foremen for each trade who shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of the work and who shall have authority to act for their firms. Such superintendent and foremen shall be satisfactory to the Architect and shall not be removed without written consent of Architect. 1.13 MANUFACTURER AND SHOP DRAWING APPROVALS A. Within ten (10) days after the acceptance of the Contractor's proposal, and as a condition precedent to first payment, submit to the Architect for approval a list of manufacturers of equipment and materials proposed for the work. The intent to use the exact makes specified does not relieve him of the responsibility of submitting such a list. No Shop Drawings will be reviewed prior to approval of this list by the Architect; no items will be accepted for approval which are not included in this list. 8. Each item of equipment shall be standard catalog product of an established, reputable, approved manufacturer. 1.14 MANUFACTURERS' SPECIFICATIONS: REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Mention of a product by specific name, or alternate products offered and approved, shall imply application of the manufacturers' published specifications, modified as necessary to comply with the Contract Documents. A copy of the applicable manufacturers' specifications, Trade Association Specifications or Standards, shall be made available by the Contractor for reference. B. All references to Standard Specifications and Tests of Technical Societies, Public Agencies and similar organizations, shall be taken to mean the latest editions adopted and published, and all revisions and amendments at date of Contract Documents, unless otherwise specified or particularly noted. 1.15 SLEEVES, ANCHORS AND INSERTS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation, locations and dimensions of all sleeves, anchors, dowels, inserts, chases and similar requirements for the work of all trades and subcontractors involved, shall have all sleeves, anchors, etc., not yet constructed ready to place at the proper time and when masonry walls and partitions and new floors are being constructed. All fabricated elements which require sleeves, anchors, inserts, etc., shall have such items indicated on Shop Drawings; the Contractor shall coordinate the Shop Drawings between the various trades, subcontractors, exiting conditions. 1.15 WORK DONE AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS A. Any portion of the work which, by its nature or due to Contractor's scheduling, requires its performance at times of day other than normal work hours of the trades involved shall be performed by the Contractor accordingly and he shall bear the extra cost of such work. The Owner will not pay extra charges for work performed at overtime rates of pay unless the Owner gives a written directive to this effect including his SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -6 #1 (C) f BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 acknowledgement of the overtime rates. Overtime charges agreed to by the Owner will be paid at net additional cost without increase in the Contractor's fee or profit. No over -time charges will be accepted or paid for work required to meet predetermined accepted completion dates. 1.17 PUNCH LIST AND FINAL INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall perform his own inspection and evaluation of all aspects of the work and areas of the building prior to requesting the Architect's punch list. A typewritten report enumerating all deficient work shall be prepared, organized by room number for interior work and in sequence around the building for exterior work by the Contractor. B. The work shall be considered ready for the Architect's punch list inspections when all elements of work are in place and serving as intended. An intent of the punch list is to avoid inspecting any new work after punch listing. The final inspection should concern itself only with the correction of punch list items. C. In order to allow for extended commitment of time required by the Architect and his Consultants for punch listing, the Contractor shall give a minimum of three (3) weeks' written notice of the date on which he requests punch - listing to begin. To avoid duplicate effort, the Architect shall be provided with three (3) copies of the Contractor's report noted above on which to make additions or deletions. D. The final inspection shall be performed when punch list items are rectified. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with copies of the complete punch list marked to indicate the items which are completed in his estimation. The Architect shall perform the final inspection. E. Prior to final Inspection and acceptance of the building, all movable and operating items of equipment and systems shall be thoroughly examined, serviced, and carefully adjusted so as to leave them in satisfactory condition. 1.18 OCCUPANCY AND WORK BY OTHERS A. The Contractor hereby declares that the Owner shall have the right to beneficial occupancy of parts of the project so as to do whatever is necessary to complete the interior of the building when the shell for such spaces is completed, to install fixtures and equipment, to stock merchandise, to train personnel, or for any other purpose whatsoever. B. The Contractor expressly affirms the Owner's right to let other contracts, and to employ other Contractors directly in connection with this project. The undersigned will afford other Contractors and their workmen reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment, and for the execution of their work, and wily properly coordinate his work with theirs. The undersigned will also incorporate in all his subcontracts comparable provisions relating to the above affirmed right of the Owner to let other contracts. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850-7 #1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 C. The Contractor declares that other Contractors employed by the Owner on the basis of separate contracts may proceed at such times as necessary to install items of work which are required by the Owner. D. The Contractor is fully cognizant that other and adjoining construction work necessitating cooperation and coordination is in progress at the site. 1. Shall not cause a change in the stipulated contract sum. 2. Shall not cause a change in the construction time schedule. 3. Shall not be construed to be an acceptance of the work by the Owner and the Designer - Engineers. 1.19 MALL CONSTRUCTION RULES A. All work to be performed shall be coordinated with the management of the Center or its representative. S. Any changes from Drawings and Specifications shall be made in writing and approved by Landlord before proceeding. C. If a deadline is set for completion of work, it shall be completed in that time agreed upon between Tenant and Landlord. Starting time and completion date of any project shall be put in specifications. D. All Tenant construction work shall be confined to its respective premises. This includes all equipment, tools, materials, etc. At no time shall any tenant unload his materials, tools, etc., into any other space without written approval of Landlord. E. Common areas shall not be used by Tenant or by the Tenant's contractors without written approval of Landlord. All deliveries shall be scheduled so that materials are stacked in the Tenant's premises prior to normal business hours of the Center. No deliveries of bulk materials shall be made through the common areas during business hours. F. Loading zones are for loading and unloading purposes only. No parking shall be permitted in these loading areas and any vehicles parked therein are subject to towing at the Tenant's or vehicle owner's expense. G. Nothing is to be stored in the loading docks for any reason, at any time, except vehicles that are loading or unloading. Others will be either ticketed and /or towed away at Tenant's expense. No tools, equipment gang boxes, etc., will be allowed in the loading docks. Anything left in the loading docks will be removed and labor costs incurred by Landlord charged to the Tenant at a reasonable rate for labor and material charges. H. All doors shall be made secure at the completion of each work day. I. Workers are not permitted to transport tools or materials in wheelbarrows or wheeled vehicles in the common areas during normal business hours. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850-8 //1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 J. All temporary partitions and dust -proof barriers will be furnished by Tenant and must remain intact at all times. Should any panel be removed, torn or otherwise displaced or damaged, it shall be promptly reattached or repaired by Tenant. K. All barricades in front of premises being remodeled shall be made dustproof so that no dust filters through barricades into other parts of the Center. All painting shall be shielded and other parts of the Center shall be protected form all odors, fumes and spray. L. Any construction done in the Center area in front of or outside Tenant's premises must be completed 30 minutes prior to commencement of business hours, including painting, scaffolding, etc. Any construction materials or equipment in the common areas after commencement of normal business hours will be removed by Landlord and labor costs for removing such material shall be charged to Tenant. M. For any major remodeling in the Center, entrance to the area which is being remodeled shall be from the rear. No traffic shall be permitted through the front without specific permission from Landlord. N. All Tenant's space shall be kept clean and free of hazardous conditions. Compliance with all 0.S.H.A. Safety Regulations is mandatory. O. Any debris found in the service corridors, adjoining unoccupied units, and /or public areas, unattended by the Tenant's contractor will be removed by the Landlord and the Tenant will be charged for the cost of removing such debris. P. Any dirt or debris caused by contractors outside of Tenant's premises must be cleaned up by 30 minutes prior to commencement of normal business hours. Q. Tenant shall make arrangements to remove dirt and debris from work after each closing day. No individual trash or storage containers will be allowed in the common areas without Landlord's permission. Any container's provided by Landlord to Tenant for construction debris shall be at the Tenant's expense. Where Landlord does not provide containers for removal of debris. Tenant /Contractor shall arrange independently for trash removal service after obtaining Landlord's approval. R. All tools, equipment or construction materials left outside of Tenant's space shall become the property of the Landlord. S. All construction activities such as jack- hammering and "shot" type mechanical fasteners which create excessive or explosive type noises shall be performed at least 30 minutes prior to or after normal business hours, as established by Landlord. T. No one, other than Landlord's approved contractor shall be on the roof or do any type of work affecting the roof unless so specified in writing from the Landlord. The cost of such work shall be borne by Tenant. U. Construction workers are not permitted to eat in the common areas. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -9 #1 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center 3/08/94 V. All contractor's vehicles and equipment shall be restricted to parking in spaces assigned by Landlord where such spaces are available at Tenant's expense. If no spaces are available, they shall be parked outside the Center. W. Tenant shall not attach or cause to be attached to any wall or structural member any equipment that may, by virtue of its size of weight, cause structural damage. Tenant shall not exceed a loading as set forth in the plans and specifications for the floor of the center and shall not do anything that might in any way affect the structural integrity of the building. X. Should Tenant's interior partitioning cause changes or alterations in the fire protection sprinkler system or in the heating and air conditioning system, such changes and alterations shall be made by Landlord's contractors at Tenant's expense. Y. Tenant shall arrange for installation of electric and water meters at its expense, if necessary. Any tenant utilizing gas shall be responsible for obtaining a meter approved by the gas company, installing same and piping to appliances. Z. If required by any applicable statute, law, regulation and /or ordinance or If appropriate, as determined by Landlord, a smoke and /or heat detector shall be installed in tenant's space, at Tenant's expense. The smoke and /or heat detector shall be connected to the central system if such control system is available by Landlord's contractor at Tenant's expense. END OF SECTION SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00850 -10 /11 (C) BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The Project consists of Interior Tenant improvements for a BARNES & NOBLE store located at Seattle /South Center. WA, as shown on the Contract Documents. B. The Work consists of the construction of interior renovations to an existing building. 1, The Work includes concrete, architectural woodwork, waterproofing, hollow metal doors and frames, hardware, glazing, interior finishes, furnishings, plumbing, fire protection, heating - ventilating -air conditioning, electrical systems, lighting, communication - alarm - signal systems and all work shown in project documents and Specifications or alluded to. 1.3 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. Separate contracts may be issued and certain construction operations will be performed at the site. 1.4 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Work will be conducted to provide the least possible interference to the activities of the Owner's personnel and to permit an orderly transfer of personnel and equipment to the new facilities. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. General; During the construction period the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for construction operations, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform construction operations with its own forces or to employ separate contractors on portions of the project. B. General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public. 1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. 2. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. C. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. 1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of the building, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner occupancy. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 3. Prior to partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational. Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy the Owner will provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems in occupied portions of the building. 1.7 PRE - ORDERED PRODUCTS A. General: The Owner has negotiated purchase orders with suppliers of material and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. These purchase orders are assigned to the Contractor and costs for receiving, handling, storage, if required, and installation are included in the Contract Sum. 1. The Contractor's responsibilities are the same as if the Contractor negotiated purchase orders, including responsibility to renegotiate purchase if necessary and to execute final purchase order agreements, 1.8 OWNER- FURNISHED ITEMS A. The Owner will provide items as indicated on the drawings. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Owner's equipment, and mechanical and electrical connections. SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. The Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner - furnished items in accordance with the Contractor's Construction Schedule, and will inspect deliveries for damage. 2. If Owner - furnished items are damaged, defective or missing, the Owner will arrange for replacement. The Owner will also arrange for manufacturer's field services, and the delivery of manufacturer's warranties and bonds to the Contractor. 3. The Contractor is responsible for designating the delivery dates of Owner - furnished items in the Contractor's Construction Schedule and for receiving, unloading and handling Owner- furnished items at the site. The Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner- furnished items from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements, and to repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. END OF SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 3 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 01018 - OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS PART 1.- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Furnished labor, materials, equipment and appliances necessary to complete the installation of Owner Furnished Items as indicated on the Drawings as "Supplied by Owners" and described hereinafter. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 06100 Carpentry B. Section 09900 Painting C. Division 15 Mechanical (See Mechanical Drawings) D. Division 16 Electrical (See Electrical Drawings) 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Owner's purchase order, and that products are properly protected and undamaged. . B. Store products In accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather -tight enclosures. C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. D. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. 1.4 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS A. Cooperate with the manufacturers of the Owner furnished items and coordinate delivery dates, installation schedules, etc., so that the entire work may be carried out harmoniously and without delaying to the completion of the Project. OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 01018 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 PART 2. - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. See Drawings for Owner supplied items. PART 3. - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that the required preparatory Work has been completed and that surfaces are ready to receive Owner furnished items. B. Verify that the necessary mechanical and electrical work has been brought to the respective locations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Install grounds, blocking, mechanical and electrical connections for receiving Owner's furnished items. 3.3 EXECUTION A. Assume responsibility for the Owner furnished items, distribution to its proper location and allocation to trade, protection and setting in place, and assume the.cost of handling if claimed by any of his contractors having jurisdiction. B. Coordinate the Work of all Sections for the installation of the Owner furnished items, END OF SECTION 01018 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 01018 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01040 - PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including, but not necessarily limited to: 1. Coordination. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. General installation provisions. 4. Cleaning and protection. B. Field engineering is included in Section "Field Engineering ". C. Progress meetings, coordination meetings and pre - installation conferences are included in Section "Project Meetings ". D. Requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule are included in Section "Submittals ". 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. 2. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate Contractors where coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project Close -out activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 1. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals." 4. Refer to Division -15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements," and Division -16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" for specific coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 2 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS 12/23/93 A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Manufacturer's instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. E. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. G. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. H. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. I. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for final decision. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excessive static or dynamic loading. 2. Excessive internal or external pressures. 3. Excessively high or low temperatures. 4. Thermal shock. 5. Excessively high or low humidity. 6. Air contamination or pollution. 7. Water or ice. 8. Solvents. 9. Chemicals. 10. Light. 11. Radiation. 12. Puncture. 13. Abrasion. 14. Heavy traffic. 15. Soiling, staining and corrosion. 16. Bacteria. 17. Rodent and insect infestation. 18. Combustion. 19. Electrical current. 20. High speed operation, 21. Improper lubrication, 22. Unusual wear or other misuse. 23. Contact between incompatible materials. 24. Destructive testing. 25. Misalignment. 26. Excessive weathering. 27. Unprotected storage. 28. Improper shipping or handling. 29. Theft. 30. Vandalism. END OF SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 4 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division -15 and Division -16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. C. Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is included in Section "Selective Demolition." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: 1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. 2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. 4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. 5. List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out -of- service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 6. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. 7. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their Toad- carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio. 1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following structural elements: a. Foundation construction. b. Bearing and retaining walls. c. Structural concrete. d. Structural steel. e. Lintels. f. Timber and primary wood framing. g. Structural decking. h. Stair systems. i. Miscellaneous structural metals. j. Exterior curtain wall construction. k. Equipment supports. I. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment. m. Structural systems of special construction in Division -13. B. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Shoring, bracing, and sheeting. b. Primary operational systems and equipment. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. e. Membranes and flashings. f. Fire protection systems. g. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. h. Control systems. Communication systems. J. Conveying systems. k. Electrical wiring systems. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 i. Special construction specified by Division -13 Sections. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible retain the original installer or fabricator to cut and patch, or engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching Is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations. 1. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division -2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 3.4 CLEANING 12/23/93 A. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 01095 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Indicated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as shown, noted, scheduled, and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference. There is no limitation on location. C. Directed: Terms such as directed, requested, authorized, selected, approved, required, and permitted mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. D. Approve: The term approved, when used in conjunction, with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. E. Regulation: The term regulations includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having Jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. Install: The term install describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. Provide: The term provide means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. Installer: An Installer is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 1. The term experienced, when used with the term Installer means having a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Trades: Using terms such as carpentry is not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. 3. Assigning Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. However, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. a. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. J. Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. K. Testing Agencies: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16- Division format and MASTERFORMAT numbering system. B. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall be" are implied wherever a colon ( :) is used within a sentence or phrase. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents. C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and where the standards may establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards - generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. F. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations, as referenced in Contract Documents, are defined to mean the associated names, Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed, but not assured, to be accurate and up to date as of date of Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association 900 19th St., NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20006 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1518 K St., NW, Suite 503 Washington, DC 20005 (202) 862 -5156 (202) 737 -0202 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Assoc. 1540 E. Dundee Road, Suite 310 Palatine, IL 60067 AAN American Association of Nurserymen 1250 Eye St., NW, Suite 500 Washington, DC 20005 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol St., Suite 225 Washington, DC 20001 AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists P.O. Box 12215 Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 -2215 ACI ACIL American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI 48219 -0150 American Council of Independent Laboratories 1725 K St., NW, Suite 412 Washington, DC 20006 ACPA American Concrete Pipe Assoc. 8300 Boone Blvd., Suite 400 Vienna, VA 22182 (708) 202 -1350 (202) 789 -2900 (202) 624 -5800 (919) 549 -8141 (313) 532 -2600 (202) 887 -5872 (703) 821 -1990 ADC Air Diffusion Council One Illinois Center, Suite 200 111 East Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60601 (312) 616 -0800 AFBMA Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturers Assoc. 1101 Connecticut Ave., N.W., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036 (202) 857 -1100 AGA American Gas Assoc. 1515 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22209 (703) 841 -8400 AHA American Hardboard Assoc. 1210 W. Northwest Highway Palatine, IL 60067 (708) 934 -8800 AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers 20 N. Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (312) 984 -5800 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 4 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seattie /South Center, WA 12/23/93 Al AIA A.I.A. AIHA Asphalt Institute Research Park Drive P.O. Box 14052 Lexington, KY 40512 -4052 American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Ave., NW Washington, DC 20006 American Insurance Assoc. 1130 Connecticut Ave., NW, Suite 1000 Washington, DC 20036 American industrial Hygiene Assoc. P.O. Box 8390 345 White Pond Dr. Akron, OH 44320 (606) 288 -4960 (202) 626 -7300 (202) 828 -7100 (216) 873 -2442 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction One East Wacker Drive, Suite 3100 Chicago, IL 60601 -2001 (312) 670 -2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1101 17th Street, NW, Suite 1300 Washington, DC 20036 (202) 452 -7100 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 11818 S.E. Mill Plain Blvd., Suite 415 Vancouver, WA 98684 (206) 254 -9132 ALI Associated Laboratories, Inc. 500 S. Vermont St. Palatine, IL 60067 (708) 358 -7400 ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee P.O. Box 210 Germantown, MD 20875 (301) 972 -1700 AMCA Air Movement and Control Assoc. 30 W. University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 (708) 394 -0150 ANSI American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 (212) 642 -3300 AOAC Association of Official Analytical Chemists 2200 Wilson Blvd., Suite 400 Arlington, VA 22201 -3301 (703) 522 -3032 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts 268 Plant Science UNL Lincoln, NB 68583 (402) 472 -1444 APA American Plywood Assoc. P.O. Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 (206) 565 -6600 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L St., NW Washington, DC 20005 (202) 682 -8000 ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1501 Wilson Blvd., 6th Floor Arlington, VA 22209 (703) 524 -8800 ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Assoc. 6288 Montrose Rd. Rockville, MD 20852 (301) 231 -9050 ASA Acoustical Society of America 500 Sunnyside Blvd. Woodbury, NY 11797 (516) 349 -7800 ASC Adhesive and Sealant Council 1627 K Street, NW, Suite 1000 Washington, DC 20006 (202) 452 -1500 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tuliie Circle, NE Atlanta, GA 30329 (404) 636 -8400 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th St. New York, NY 10017 (212) 705 -7722 ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 3617 Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 210 Westlake, CA 91362 (805) 495 -7120 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering P.O. Box 40362 Bay Village, OH 44140 (216) 835 -3040 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race St. Philadelphia, PA 19103 (215) 299 -5400 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association 355 Lexington Ave. New York, NY 10017 (212) 661 -5300 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute P.O. Box 1550 13924 Braddock Rd., Suite 100 Centreville, VA 22020 (703) 222 -1100 AWPA American Wood Preservers' Assoc. P.O. Box 849 Stevensville, MD 21666 (301) 643 -4163 AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau P.O. Box 5283 Springfield, VA 22150 (703) 339 -6660 AWS American Welding Society 550 LeJeune Road, NW P.O. Box 351040 Miami, FL 33135 (305) 443 -9353 AWWA American Water Works Assoc. 6666 W. Quincy Ave. Denver, CO 80235 (303) 794 -7711 BANC Brick Association of North Carolina P.O. Box 13290 Greensboro, NC 27415 -3290 (919) 273 -5566 BHMA Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Assoc. 355 Lexington Ave., 17th Floor New York, NY 10017 (212) 661 -4261 BIA Brick institute of America 11490 Commerce Park Drive, Suite 300 Reston, VA 22091 (703) 620 -0010 BIFMA Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Assoc. 2335 Burton St., SE Grand Rapids, MI 49506 CAGI Compressed Air and Gas institute c/o John H. Addington Thomas Associates, Inc. 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 (616) 243 -1681 (216) 241 -7333 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 CAUS Color Association of the United States 409 W. 44th Street New York, NY 10036 CBM CCC CDA (212) 582 -6884 Certified Ballast Manufacturers Assoc. Hanna Building, Suite 772 1422 Euclid Ave, Cleveland, OH 44115 (216) 241 -0711 Carpet Cushion Council P.O. Box 546 Riverside, CT 06878 (203) 637 -1312 Copper Development Assoc. Box 1840, Greenwich Office Park 2 Greenwich, CT 06836 (203) 625 -8210 CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. c/o Thomas Associates 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 (216) 241 -7333 CGA Compressed Gas Assoc. Crystal Gateway #1, Suite 501 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington, VA 22202 (703) 979 -0900 CISCA Ceiling and Interior Systems Contractors Assoc, 5700 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077 -1057 (708) 966 -2323 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 5959 Shallowford Road, Suite 419 Chattanooga, TN 37421 (615) 892 -0137 CRI Carpet and Rug Institute P.O. Box 2048 Dalton, GA 30722 (404) 278 -3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Rd. Schaumburg, IL 60173 -4758 (708) 517 -1200 CTI Ceramic Tile Institute of America 700 N. Virgil Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90029 (213) 660 -1911 DHI Door and Hardware Institute 14170 New Brook Drive Chantilly, VA 22021 -2223 (703) 222 -2010 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattie /South Center, WA 12/23/93 DLPA Decorative Laminate Products Assoc. 600 S. Federal St., Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 ECSA Exchange Carriers Standards Assoc. 5430 Grosvenor Lane, Suite 200 Bethesda, MD 20814 EIA Electronic Industries Assoc. 2001 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Suite 1100 Washington, DC 20006 EIMA Exterior Insulation Manufacturers Assoc. 30 Holley St. Wakefield, RI 02879 -3309 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Assoc. 25 N. Broadway Tarrytown, NY 10591 ETL ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. P.O. Box 2040 Route 11, Industrial Park Cortland, NY 13045 (312) 922 -6222 (301) 564 -4505 (202) 457 -4900 (401) 782 -3687 (914) 332 -0040 (607) 753 -6711 FCI Fluid Controls Institute P.O. Box 9036 Morristown, NJ 07960 (201) 829 -0990 FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Assoc. White Lakes Professional Bldg. 3310 S.W. Harrison Topeka, KS 66611 -2279 (913) 266 -7013 FM Factory Mutual Research Organization 1151 Boston- Providence Turnpike P.O. Box 9102 Norwood, MA 02062 (617) 762 -4300 FT! GA HEI Facing Tile Institute P.O. Box 8880 Canton, OH 44711 Gypsum Association 810 First Street, NE, Suite 510 Washington, DC 20002 Heat Exchange Institute c/o John H. Addington Thomas Associates, Inc. 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 (216) 488 -1211 (202) 289 -5440 (216) 241 -7333 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA HI H.I. Hydronics Institute P.O. Box 218 35 Russo Place Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922 Hydraulic Institute 30200 Detroit Road Cleveland, OH 44145 -1967 HMA Hardwood Manufacturers Assoc. 2831 Airways Blvd., Suite 205, Bldg. B Memphis, TN 38132 HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Assoc. 1825 Michael Farraday Drive P.O. Box 2789 Reston, VA 22090 -2789 IBD ICEA Institute of Business Designers 341 Merchandise Mart Chicago, IL 60654 -1104 Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. P.O. Box 440 South Yarmouth, MA 02664 12/23/93 (908) 464 -8200 (216) 899 -0010 (901) 346 -2222 (703) 435 -2900 (312) 647 -1950 (508) 394 -4424 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission (Available from ANSI) 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 (212) 354 -3300 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 345 E. 47th St. New York, NY 10017 (212) 705 -7900 IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 345 E. 47th St. New York, NY 10017 (212) 705 -7926 IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council c/o ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. P.O. Box 2040 Route 11, Industrial Park Cortland, NY 13045 ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America Stone City Bank Building, Suite 400 Bedford, IN 47421 IMSA International Municipal Signal Assoc. 1115 N. Main St. P.O. Box 539 Newark, NY 14513 (607) 753 -6711 (812) 275 -4426 (315) 331 -2182 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 IRI Industrial Risk Insurers 85 Woodland St. Hartford, CT 06102 (203) 520 -7300 ISA Instrument Society of America P.O. Box 12277 67 Alexander Drive Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 (919) 549 -8411 KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Assoc. 1899 Preston White Drive Falls Church, VA 22091 (703) 264 -1690 LIA Lead Industries Association, Inc. 292 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10017 (212) 578 -4750 LPI Lightning Protection Institute P.O. Box 1039 Woodstock, IL 60098 (815) 337 -0277 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Assoc. c/o Charles M. Stockinger Thomas Associates, Inc. 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 MCAA Mechanical Contractors Association of America 1385 Piccard Dr. Rockville, MD 20832 MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers' Assoc. 60 Revere Dr., Suite 500 Northbrook, IL 60062 MIA Marble Institute of America 33505 State St. Farmington, MI 48024 ML/SFA Metal Lath /Steel Framing Assoc. (A Division of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers) 600 S. Federal St., Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry 127 Park St., NE Vienna, VA 22180 (216) 241 -7333 (301) 869 -5800 (708) 480 -9138 (313) 476 -5558 (312) 922 -6222 (703) 281 -6613 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 11 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 600 S. Federal St., Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 (312) 922 -6222 NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association 44 Canal Center Plaza Alexandria, VA 22314 (703) 684-0084 NAPA National Asphalt Pavement Assoc. 6811 Kenilworth Avenue Calvert Building, Suite 620 Riverdale, MD 20737 (301) 779 -4880 NAPF National Association of Plastic Fabricators (Now DLPA) NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Assoc. c/o Rock of Ages Corp. P.O. Box 482 Barre, VT 05641 NBHA National Builders Hardware Assoc. (Now DHI) NCMA National Concrete Masonry Assoc. 2302 Horse Pen Road Herndon, VA 22071 NCRPM National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements 7910 Woodmont Ave., Suite 800 Bethesda, MD 20814 NCSPA National Corrugated Steel Pipe Association 2011 Eye Street, N.W., Fifth Floor Washington, DC 20006 NEC National Electric Code (from NFPA) NECA National Electrical Contractors Assoc. 7315 Wisconsin Ave., Suite 1300 W Bethesda, MD 20814 NEII National Elevator Industry, Inc. 185 Bridge Plaza, North Fort Lee, NJ 07024 (802) 476 -3115 (703) 713 -1900 (301) 657 -2652 (202) 223 -2217 (301) 657 -3110 (201) 944 -3211 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 12 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc. 2101 L St., NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037 (202) 457 -8400 NFPA National Fire Protection Assoc. One Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269 -9101 (617) 770 -3000 N.F.P.A. National Forest Products Assoc. 1250 Connecticut Ave., NW, Suite 200 Washington, DC 20036 (202) 463 -2700 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Assoc. P.O. Box 34518 Memphis, TN 38184 -1818 (901) 377 -1818 NKCA National Kitchen Cabinet Assoc. (Now KCMA) NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority 1055 W. Hastings St., Suite 260 Vancouver, British Columbia Canada V6E 2E9 (604) 687 -2171 NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Assoc. P.O. Box 3009 Memphis, TN 38173 -0009 (901) 526,5016 NPA National Particleboard Assoc. 18928 Premiere Court Gaithersburg, MD 20879 (301) 670 -0604 NPCA National Paint and Coatings Assoc. 1500 Rhode Island Ave., NW Washington, DC 20005 (202) 462 -6272 NRCA National Roofing Contractors Assoc. One O'Hare International Center 10255 W. Higgins Rd., Suite 600 Rosemont, IL 60018 -5607 NSF National Sanitation Foundation 3475 Plymouth Rd. P.O. Box 130140 Ann Arbor, MI 48105 NSSEA National School Supply and Equipment Assoc. 2020 Fourteenth St. North, Suite 400 Arlington, VA 22201 (708) 299 -9070 (313) 769 -8010 (703) 524 -8819 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 -13 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Assoc. 3166 Des Plaines Ave., Suite 132 Des Plaines, IL 60018 NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Assoc. (Now NWWDA) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Assoc. 1400 E. Touhy Ave., #G54 Des Plaines, IL 60018 PCA PCI PDI PEI RFC' RIS RMA Portland Cement Assoc. 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077 Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute 175 W. Jackson Blvd. Chicago, IL 60604 Plumbing and Drainage Institute c/o Sol Baker 1106 W. 77th St., South Dr. Indianapolis, IN 46260 -3318 Porcelain Enamel Institute 1101 Connecticut Ave., NW, Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036 Resilient Floor Covering Institute 966 Hungerford Drive, Suite 12 -B Rockville, MD 20805 Redwood Inspection Service 405 Enfrente Drive, Suite 200 Novato, CA 94949 Rubber Manufacturers Assoc. 1400 K St., NW Washington DC 20005 SDI Steel Deck Institute P.O. Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 -9506 S.D.I. Steel Door Institute c/o A. P. Wherry & Assoc. 30200 Detroit Road Cleveland, OH 44145 12/23/93 (708) 635 -7744 (708) 299 -5200 (800) 223 -2301 (708) 966 -6200 (312) 786 -0300 (317) 251 -6970 (202) 857 -1134 (301) 340 -8580 (415) 382 -0662 (202) 682 -4800 (216) 493 -7886 (216) 889 -0010 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 -14 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council c/o ETL Testing Laboratories 3933 Route 11, Industrial Park Cortland, NY 13045 SHLMA Southern Hardwood Lumber Manufacturers Assoc. (Now HMA) (607) 753 -6711 SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Assoc. 401 N. Michigan Chicago, IL 60611 -4206 (312) 644 -6610 SJI Steel Joist Institute 1205 48th Avenue North, Suite A Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 (803) 449 -0487 SMA Screen Manufacturers Association 655 W. Irving Park, Suite 201 Chicago, IL 60613 -3198 (312) 525 -2644 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association P.O. 221230 Chantilly, VA 22022 -1230 (703) 803 -2980 SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau 4709 Scenic Highway Pensacola, FL 32504 (904) 434 -2611 SPRI Single Ply Roofing Institute 20 Walnut St., Suite 208 Wellesley Hills, MA 02181 (617) 237 -7879 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Ave. Pittsburgh, PA 15213 -2683 (412) 268 -3327 SSPMA Sump and Sewage Pump Manufacturers Assoc. P.O. Box 298 Winnetka, IL 60093 (708) 835 -8911 SWI Steel Window Institute Thomas Associates, Inc. 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, OH 44115 SWPA Submersible Wastewater Pump Assoc. 600 S, Federal Street, Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 (216) 241 -7333 (312) 922 -6222 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 -15 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 TCA TIMA Tile Council of America P.O. Box 326 Princeton, NJ 08542 Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Assoc. 29 Bank Street Stamford, CT 06901 (Standards now issued by NAIMA) (609) 921 -7050 (203) 324 -7533 TPI Truss Plate Institute 583 D'Onofrio Drive, Suite 200 Madison, WI 53719 (608) 833 -5900 UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook, IL 60062 (708) 272 -8800 USP U.S. Pharmacopoelal Convention 12601 Twinbrook Parkway Rockville, MD 20852 (301) 881 -0666 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau P.O. Box 23145 Portland, OR 97223 (503) 639 -0651 WCMA Wallcovering Manufacturers Assoc. 355 Lexington Ave., 17th Floor New York, NY 10017 (212) 661 -4261 WIC Woodwork Institute of California P.O. Box 11428 Fresno, CA 93773 (209) 233 -9035 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 1760 Reston Parkway, Suite 403 Reston, VA 22090 (703) 709 -9207 WSC Water Systems Council 600 S. Federal St., Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 (312) 922 -6222 WSFI Wood and Synthetic Flooring Institute 4415 W. Harrison St., Suite 242 C Hillside, IL 60162 (708) 449 -2933 WLPDIA Western Lath, Plaster, Drywall Industries Assoc. (Formerly California Lath & Plaster Assoc.) 8635 Navajo Road San Diego, CA 92119 (619) 466 -9070 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 16 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 WWPA Western Wood Products Assoc. Yeon Building 522 SW 5th Avenue Portland, OR 97204 -2122 W.W.P.A. Woven Wire Products Assoc. 2515 N. Nordica Ave. Chicago, IL 60635 (503) 224 -3930 (312) 637 -1359 G. Federal Government Agencies: Names and titles of Federal Government standard- or specification- producing agencies are often abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names of standard- or specification - producing agencies of the Federal Government. Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed, but not assured, to be accurate and up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Corps of Engineers (U.S. Department of the Army) Chief of Engineers - Referral Washington, DC 20314 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (Available from the Government Printing Office) N. Capitol St. between G and H St. NW Washington, DC 20402 (Material is usually first published in the "Federal Register ") CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission 5401 Westbard Ave. Bethesda, MD 20816 (202) 272 -0660 (202) 783 -3238 (800) 638 -2772 CS Commercial Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 (202) 377 -2000 DOC Department of Commerce 14th St. and Constitution Ave., NW Washington, DC 20230 (202) 377 -2000 DOT Department of Transportation 400 Seventh St., SW Washington, DC 20590 (202) 366 -4000 EPA Environmental Protection Agency 401 M St., SW Washington, DC 20460 (202) 382 -2090 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 -17 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 FAA Federal Aviation Administration (U.S. Department of Transportation) 800 Independence Ave., SW Washington, DC 20590 FCC Federal Communications Commission 1919 M St., NW Washington, DC 20554 FHA Federal Housing Administration (U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) Director, Manufactured Housing and Construction Standards Division 451 Seventh St., SW, Room 9158 Washington, DC 20201 FS Federal Specification (from GSA) Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D St., SW Washington, DC 20407 GSA General Services Administration F St. and 18th St., NW Washington, DC 20405 MIL Military Standardization Documents (U.S. Department of Defense) Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Ave. Philadelphia, PA 19120 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (U.S. Department of Commerce) Gaithersburg, MD 20899 (202) 366 -4000 (202) 632 -7000 (202) 755 -5210 (202) 708 -9205 (202) 472 -1082 (301) 975 -2000 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration (U.S. Department of Labor) Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 (202) 523 -6091 PS Product Standard of NBS (U.S. Department of Commerce) Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 (202) 783 -3238 REA Rural Electrification Administration (U.S. Department of Agriculture) 14th St. and Independence Ave., SW Washington, DC 20250 (202) 447 -8732 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 -18 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 USDA U.S. Department of Agriculture Independence Ave. between 12th and 14th Sts., SW Washington, DC 20250 USPS U.S. Postal Service 475 L'Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20260 1.5 GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AUTHORITIES (202) 447 -8732 (202) 268 -2000 A. The Architect has contacted authorities having jurisdiction where necessary to obtain information to prepare Contract Documents. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions regarding on the Work. B. Copies of Regulations: Obtain copies of the following regulations and retain at the Project site to be available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence, and records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 19 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 01100 - PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 ADVERTISING A. No General Contractor, contractor, or subcontractor shall display on or about the premises any sign, trade -mark, or other advertising device except as may be necessary to identify such storage sheds he may erect. 1.2 CERTIFICATES FROM THE MANUFACTURER A. The General Contractor shall submit for the Architect's review, all certificates from the manufacturers for all materials included under the Contract. 1.3 CONDUCT AND COORDINATION OF THE WORK A. The General Contractor must maintain extreme care in the conduct of the Work to minimize noise and dirt. B. Each trade shall coordinate its work, operations and schedules with related trades and the General Contractor shall expedite efficient and productive execution of the entire Work. 1.4 INSTRUCTIONS A. Printed instructions covering the operation and maintenance of each item of equipment furnished under the Contract shall be delivered to the Owner one month prior to the completion of the Work. 1.5 KEEPING WORK FREE OF WATER A. The General Contractor shall do pumping and bailing, if necessary, to keep the building free from water from any source, and in a safe condition until the completion of the Contract, furnishing and operating pumps and other appliances as may be necessary. 1.6 MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE A. Where existing services, such as water supply, fire protection lines, etc. are in use, and new work will remove these services, the General Contractor shall not remove temporary lines until the new facilities are ready for use, or he shall maintain these services as required until such time as the new facilities are in use. 1.7 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP IN CONNECTION WITH ADJACENT WORK A. Except where the materials and finishes are indicated and /or specified for alteration work, patching and repairing and /or extending of construction where cut, removed or otherwise disturbed or altered shall be done with materials, workmanship and finished to match the adjacent work, unless otherwise specified under the particular trade Specifications. PROJECT PROCEDURES 01100 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.8 PROTECTION A. Not withstanding any Security provided by the Owner, the General Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Premises during and upon completion of the Work insofar as maintaining closures, ingresses or egresses which have been used by his forces. He shall continuously maintain adequate protection of the Work from damage, Toss or theft. He shall adequately protect existing facilities and adjacent property utilizing protective barricades, drapes and other items. Any portion of the Work liable to damage shall be carefully housed, boxed or otherwise properly protected. He shall use suitable means to prevent dispension of dust throughout the premises. He shall assume entire responsibility for the proper conditions of the Work until its completion and acceptance by the Architect. B. The General Contractor shall provide adequate protection of the building and appurtenances from damage by the elements. He shall provide and maintain all temporary roofs, coverings over openings, temporary bulkheads, boxings and other construction as necessary. In advance of oncoming storms, he shall take every precaution to minimize danger to persons and to the work. Such precautions to include but not be limited to the closing of openings, removing or securing loose materials and equipment from exposed locations and securing loose materials and equipment from exposed locations and securing scaffolding and other temporary work. C. The General Contractor shall not load or permit his subcontractors to load, any part of the building with materials or equipment to an extent that would endanger its safety. 1.9 REMOVAL A. Removal of construction, equipment, etc., shall be done in a workmanlike manner and shall be restricted to the immediate area of operation without damage to flooring, adjacent partitions, mechanical work, finish, etc., required to remain. B. Contractor shall broom clean or industrial vacuum clean areas adjacent to his work or elsewhere, affected by his work prior to completion each day or as to assure unimpeded access and use of premises by shoppers and merchants. 1.10 SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION A. The General Contractor shall be required to submit a "Schedule ", complete with diagrams indication location of storage areas and a progress schedule for completion. The Schedule shall indicate in the phasing, the time allotted for the Owner's separate contractors within the framework of the scheduled completion dates. B. Work of this Contract may proceed out of sequences on an interrupted schedule so as to accommodate mall shoppers and merchants. 1.11 HOISTING OF MATERIALS A. The General Contractor shall provide outside hoisting equipment throughout the Work of the Contract. PROJECT PROCEDURES 01100-2 ._......... ......................._..�..., ..�_ .........vane C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. He shall conform to the schedules established by the Building Owner for delivery of materials and equipment, and use of the facilities. C. Costs incurred in the use of the facilities, if required by the Building Owner, shall be borne by the General Contractor. 1.12 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. The General Contractor shall arrange for the timely and orderly delivery of all materials and shall be responsible for their proper handling and protection, whether in process or delivery or in storage on the Site. B. If any space within the structure is permitted to be used as a place of storage or other use by the General Contractor, contractors, or subcontractors, all damage to such space caused by or resulting from the use thereof shall be repaired at the expense of the liable entity. 1.13 LAYING OUT WORK A. Adjacent work that occurs in connection with new work shown on the Drawings is not guaranteed as to completeness or accuracy, therefore, the General Contractor shall examine and verify all existing conditions and shall at once report to the Architect any errors or discrepancy in or in connection with the existing work as shown, in order that adjustment or correction of new work may be made before its execution. Should the General Contractor fail to so report, he shall make all corrections and adjustments that may be necessary, at his own expense. 1.14 TEMPLATES AND PATTERNS A. The General Contractor shall prepare at his own expense all templates and patterns necessary for the proper execution of the work and shall furnish to others such duplicates of these templates and patterns as they may require to enable them to properly fit their work in accordance herewith. 1.15 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. The General Contractor shall pay for, on a rate basis, usage of Owner's electric services for power and services. B. Temporary lighting shall be sufficient to provide all parts of the work for good visibility. C. Defective work will not be excused on the plea that insufficient light was provided. If in any subcontractor's opinion, the light or power provided is inadequate for the proper execution of his work, he shall at once notify the General Contractor. D. Wherever possible, the illumination provided for the execution of any work shall be equal to that of the final lighting, and shall emanate from the same direction. PROJECT PROCEDURES 01100 -3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 1.16 TRADE REGULATIONS AND OTHER SPECIAL LAWS 12/23/93 A. The General Contractor shall agree to work in harmony with the labor unions and shall be responsible for any delays or damage caused by his failure to do so. B. Wherever the provision of any Section of the Specifications may conflict with any agreement or regulation of any kind in force among the members of any Trade Association, Union or Council which regulates or distinguishes what work shall not be included in the work of any particular trade, the Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements of his own to reconcile any such conflict or provision without recourse to the Architect or his authorized representative or agents. 1.17 WATER A. The subcontractors will be allowed to use the water available at the site, free of charge. The Plumbing subcontractor shall pay all costs for making necessary connections, valves, bibs, etc., and shall remove same when no longer required. B. The General Contractor shall use the utmost care in the use of water. Any damage resulting from the use of water by the General Contractor shall be repaired at his own expense. 1.18 RIGGING A. Provide rigging to hoist equipment and materials onto the construction site. B. Obtain the services of a structural engineer to prepare and file the necessary drawings, and obtain approval of the proposed rigging and installation. C. For the duration of the Project, repair and maintain repair rigging in good working condition. Do not exceed the limits for which the riffing has been designed and installed. 1.19 SITE SAFETY PROGRAM A. After the building application has been approved by the Building Department and before obtaining a full or partial permit, formulate a Site Safety Program. B. Include in the Site Safety Program, the designation of a Site Safety Coordinator, Licensed Professional Engineer or a Licensed Architect. The designated person must have at least 8 years of construction supervision including 5 years of experience with major buildings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01100 -4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to: 1. Pre- Construction Conference. 2. Pre - Installation Conferences. 3. Coordination Meetings. 4. Progress Meetings. B. Construction schedules are specified in another Division -1 Section. 1.3 PRE- CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Schedule a pre- construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site or other convenient location no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: The Owner, Architect and their consultants, the Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as: 1. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical Work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7, Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents, 9. Use of the premises. 10. Office, Work and storage areas. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 11. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 12. Safety procedures. 13. First aid. 14. Security. 15. Housekeeping. 16. Working hours. 1.4 PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. Conduct a pre - installation conference at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 1.5 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Conduct Protect coordination meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special pre - installation meetings. B. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved. C. Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. 1,6 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals. Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. B. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 2 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: a. Interface requirements. b. Time. c. Sequences. d. Deliveries. e. ' Off -site fabrication problems. f. Access. g. Site utilization. h. Temporary facilities and services. Hours of Work. J. Hazards and risks. k. Housekeeping. I. Quality and Work standards. m. Change Orders. n. Documentation of information for payment requests. D. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report, 1. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 3 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. • Drawings and general provisions of Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including; 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Shop Drawings. 5. Product Data. 6. Samples. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division -1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of Subcontractors. C. The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications for Payment." D. Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control Services." E. Submittal of Project photographs is included under Section "Construction Photographs." 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance at construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance a related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. SUBMITTALS 01300 -1s BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. 3. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. a. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. c. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 1. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. 2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. I. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling, Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 2 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. On the transmittal Record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, Including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar- chart type Contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 30 days of the date established for "Commencement of the Work ". 1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values ". 2. Within each time bar indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to Indicate Actual Completion. 3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. 4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity In proper sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work. 5. Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests and other schedules. 6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. B. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including testing and installation. C. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule, provide a two item cost correlation line, indicating "precalculated" and "actual" costs. On the line show dollar - volume of Work performed as of the dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. Refer to Section "Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and payment procedures. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project meeting room and temporary field office. 1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. E. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. 1.5 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction schedule, prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 10 days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts, schedule of values and the list of products as well as the Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order; Include submittals required during the first 90 days of construction. Provide the following information: a. Scheduled date for the first submittal. b. Related Section number. c. Submittal category. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the part of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for resubmittal g. Scheduled date the Architect's final release or approval. B. Distribution: Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office. 1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. C. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 4 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.6 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the Architect at weekly intervals: 1. List of subcontractors at the site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at the site. 3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. 4. Accidents and unusual events. 5. Meetings and significant decisions. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses. 7. Meter readings and similar recordings. 8. Emergency procedures. 9. Orders and requests of governing authorities. 10. Change Orders received, implemented. 11. Services connected, disconnected. 12. Equipment or system tests and start -ups. 13. Partial Completions, occupancies. 14. Substantial Completions authorized. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full- size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2" x 11" but no larger than 36" x 48 ". 7. Initial Submittal: Submit one correctable translucent reproducible print and one blue- or black -line print for the Architect's review; the reproducible print will be returned. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 5 • BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 8. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black -line prints; submit 5 prints where required for maintenance manuals. 2 prints will be retained; the remainder will be returned. a. One of the prints returned shall be marked -up and maintained as a "Record Document ". 9. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. C. Coordination drawings are a special type of Shop Drawing that show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or function as intended. 1. Preparation of coordination Drawings is specified in section "Project Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. 2. Submit coordination Drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. 1.8 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings." 1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations, b. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation of coordination requirements. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. 3. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain one, and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 4. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. a. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data applicable is in the installer's possession. b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. 1.9 SAMPLES A. Submit full -size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 1. Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's Sample. include the following: a. Generic description of the Sample. b. Sample source. c. Product name or name of manufacturer. d. Compliance with recognized standards. e. Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that show approximate limits of the variations. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics. 3. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets; one will be returned marked with the action taken. 4. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1. Field Samples specified in individual Sections are special types of Samples. Field Samples are full -size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials and to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. a. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity. 1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self - explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken: 1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "NO CORRECTIONS NOTED," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 8 • BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Final- But - Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT," do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. a. Do not permit submittals marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 4. Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, the submittal will be returned, marked "Action Not Required ". PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable). END OF SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. B. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. 1. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures. 2. Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, specified in individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities, except where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract Sum. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. The Contractor shall employ and pay an independent agency, to perform specified quality control services. 2. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner's responsibility. 3. The Owner will engage the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner's responsibilities. Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and inspection of a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner, 4. Retesting: The Contractor Is responsible for retesting where results of required inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. a. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original construction. 5. Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: a. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. b. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples. c. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. d. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. e. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site, QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Owner Responsibilities: The Owner will provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services specified to be performed by independent agencies and not by the Contractor, except where they are specifically indicated as the Contractor's responsibility or are provided by another identified entity. Costs for these services are not included in the Contract Sum. 1. The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent agency, testing laboratory or other qualified firm to perform services which are the Owner's responsibility. C. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 1. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. D. Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities• to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to the Architect, in duplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor, in duplicate. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be limited to: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA c. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the Work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretations of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample- taking and testing. 12/23/93 k. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. I. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged op the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample- taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching." QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. END OF SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES . 01400 - BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. B. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals." C. Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified. D. Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract are included under Section "Product Substitutions." . 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms such are self - explanatory and have well recognized meanings in the construction industry. 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Protect or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. a. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 2. "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 1.4 SUBMITTALS 12/23/93 A. At the Contractor's option, the initial submittal may be limited to product selections and designations that must be established early in the Contract period. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a single source. 1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not or cannot produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Architect for a determination of the most important product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes relating to visual appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a determination has been made, select products from sources that produce products that possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible. B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. C. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power- operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface which is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: a. Name of product and manufacturer, b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2 L.Y. ......��. BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses. 3. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site In a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure In a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. 2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully In similar situations on other projects. B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where only a single product or manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. a. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal" comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 3. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements, and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall performance of a product is implied where the product is specified for a specific application. a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature, or by the manufacturer's certification of performance. 4. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified. 5. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. a. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and also complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another product category, or for noncompliance with specified requirements. 6. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance" provisions in Division -1 for allowances that control product selection, and for procedures required for processing such selections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS: A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. 1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01605 - PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS 12/23/93 A. Definitions: "Products" is defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the work, regardless of whether specifically purchased for project or taken from Contractor's stock of previously purchased products. "Materials ", is defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed or applied to form units of work. "Equipment" is defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including products with service connections (wiring, piping, etc.). Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in contract documents, including "specialties ", "systems ", "structure ", "finishes ", "accessories ", "furnishings ", "special construction ", and similar terms, which are self - explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry. B. Substitutions: The requirements for substitutions do not apply to specified Contractor options on products and construction methods. Revisions to contract documents, where requested by Owner, Architect or Engineer, are "changes" not "substitutions ". Requested substitutions during bidding period, which have been accepted prior to Contract Date, are included in the contract documents and are not subject to requirements for substitutions as specified herein. Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities do not constitute "substitutions"; and do not constitute a basis for change orders, except for changes in products, materials and methods of construction required by contract documents are considered requests for "substitutions ", and are subject to requirements hereof. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the greatest extent possible, for each unit of work provide products, materials or equipment of a singular generic kind and from a single source. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Requests for Substitutions: Submit six (6) copies, fully identified for product or method being replaced by substitution, including related specification section and drawing number(s), and fully documented to show compliance with requirements for substitutions. Include product data /drawings, description of methods, samples where applicable, Contractor's detailed comparison of significant qualities between specified item and proposed substitution, statement of effect on construction time and coordination with other affected work cost information or proposal, and Contractor's statement to the effect that proposed substitution will result in overall work equal- to -or- better -than work originally Indicated. PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01605 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY - STORAGE- HANDLING A. General: Deliver, handle and store products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. Control delivery schedules to minimize long -term storage of products at site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, provide delivery/installation, coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for products recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other sources of loss. 1.5 GUARANTEES A. Categories of Specific Guarantees: Guarantees on the work are in several categories, including those of Standard General Conditions - Part I, and including (but not necessarily limited to) the following specific categories related to individual units of work specified in sections of Divisions 2 through 16 of these specifications. 1. Special Project Guarantee: A guarantee specifically written and signed by Contractor for a defined portion of the work; and, where required, countersigned by subcontractor, installer, manufacturer or other entity engaged by Contractor. 2. Specified Product Guarantee: A guarantee which is required by contract documents, to be provided for a manufactured product incorporated into the work; regardless of whether manufacturer has published a similar guarantee without regard for specific incorporation of product into the work, or has written and executed a special project guarantee as a direct result of contract document • requirements. 3. Coincidental Product Guarantee: A guarantee which Is not specifically required by contract documents (other than as specified in this Section); but which is available on a product incorporated into the work, by virtue of the fact that manufacturer of product has published guarantee in connection with purchases and uses of product without regard for specific applications except as otherwise limited by terms of guarantee. B. Refer to individual sections of Divisions 2 through 16 for the determination of units of work which are required to be specifically or individually guaranteed and for the specific requirements and terms of those guarantees. C. Related Damages and Losses: In connection with Contractor's correction guaranteed work which has failed, remove and replace other work of project which has been damaged as a result of such failure, or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of guaranteed work. 1. Consequential Damages: Except as otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, special project guarantees and product guarantees are considered extended to cover damage to building contents (other than work of Contract) which occurs as a result of failure of guaranteed work. D. Reinstatement of Guarantee Period: Except as otherwise indicated, when work covered by a special project guarantee or product guarantee has failed and has been corrected by replacement or restoration, reinstate guarantee by written endorsement for the initial time period, starting on date of acceptance of replaced or restored work. PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01605 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 E. Replacement Cost, Obligations: Except as otherwise indicated, costs of replacing or restoring failing guaranteed units or products is Contractor's obligation, without regard for whether Owner has already benefited from use through a portion of anticipated useful service lives. F. Rejection of Guarantees: Owner reserves the right, at time of substantial completion of thereafter, to reject coincidental product guarantees submitted by Contractor, which in opinion of Owner tend to detract from or confuse interpretation of requirements of contract documents. . G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for, or allow others to purchase sub - subcontract materials or units of work for project where a special project guarantee, specified product guarantee, certification or similar commitment is required, until it has been determined that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. H. Specific Guarantee Forms: Where a special project guarantee or specified product guarantee is required, prepare a written document to contain terms and appropriate Identification, ready for execution by required parties. Submit draft to Owner (through Architect/Engineer) for approval prior to final executions. 1.6 GENERAL PRODUCT COMPLIANCES A. General: The compliance requirements, for individual products as indicated in contract documents, are multiple in nature and may include generic, descriptive, proprietary, performance, prescriptive, compliance with standards, compliance with codes, conformance with graphic details and other similar forms and methods of indicating requirements, all of which must be complied with. Also "allowances" and similar provisions of contract documents will have a bearing on selection process. B. Procedures for Selecting Products: Contractor's options for selecting products are limited by contract document requirements, and governing regulations, and are not controlled by industry traditions or procedures experienced by Contractor on previous construction projects. Required procedures include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following for various indicated methods of specifying: 1. Single Product/Manufacturer Name: Provide product indicated, except advise Architect before proceeding, where known that named product is not a feasible or acceptable selection. 2. Two or More Product/Manufacturer Names: Provide one of the named products, at Contractor's option; but excluding products which do not comply with requirements. Do not provide or offer to provide an unnamed product, except where none of named products comply with requirements or are a feasible selection; advise Architect before proceeding. 3. "Or Equal ": Where named products in specifications text are accompanied by the term "or equal ", or other language of similar effect, comply with those contract document provisions concerning "substitutions" for obtaining Architect's approval to provide an unnamed product, PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01605 -3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 4. "Named ": Except as otherwise indicated, is defined to mean manufacturer's name for product as recoded in published product literature, of latest issue as of date of contract documents. Refer requests to use products of a later (or earlier) model to Architect for acceptance before proceeding. 5. Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where only compliance with an imposed standard, code or regulation is required, selection from among products which comply with requirements including those standards, codes and regulations, is Contractor's option. 6. Performance Requirements: Provide products which comply with specific performance indicated, and which are recommended by manufacturer in published product literature by individual certification for application indicated. Overall performance of a product is implied where product is specified with only certain specific performance requirements. 7. Prescriptive Requirements: Provide products which have been produced in accordance with prescriptive requirements, using specified ingredients and components, and complying with specified requirements for mixing, fabricating, curing, finishing, testing and similar operations in manufacturing process. 8. Visual Matching: Where matching with an established sample is required, final Judgement of whether a product proposed by Contractor matches sample satisfactorily is Architect's judgement. 9. Visual Selection: Except as otherwise indicated, where specified product requirements include "...as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or words of similar effect, the selection of manufacturer and basic product (complying with requirements) is Contractor's option, and subsequent selection of color, pattern and texture is Architect's selection. Where specified product requirements include "..as selected from standard colors, patterns, textures available within the industry,,, ", or words to that effect, selection of product (complying with requirements), is Architect's selection, including designation of manufacturer where necessary to obtain desired color, pattern or texture. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: Contractor's request for substitution will be received and considered when extensive revisions to contract documents are not required and changes are in keeping with general intent of contract documents; when timely, fully documented and properly submitted; and when one or more of the following conditions is satisfied, all as judged by Architect. Otherwise, request will be returned without action except to record non- compliance with these requirements. 1. Where request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or other language of same effect in contract documents. 2. Where required product, material or method cannot be provided within Contract Time, but not as a result of Contractor's failure to pursue the work promptly or to coordinate various activities properly. PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01605 -4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3. Where required product, material or method cannot be provided in a manner which is compatible with other materials of the work, or cannot be properly coordinated therewith, or cannot be guaranteed as required, or cannot be used without adversely affecting Owner's insurance coverage on completed work, or will encounter other substantial non - compliances which are not possible to otherwise overcome except by making requested substitution, which Contractor thereby certifies to overcome such non - compatibility, non - coordination, non - guarantee, non - insurability or other non - compliance as claimed. 4. Where required product, material or method cannot receive required approval by a governing authority, and requested substitution can be so approved. B. Work - Related Submittals: Contractor's submittal of, and Architect's /Engineer's acceptance of, shop drawings, product data or samples which relate to work not complying with requirements of contract documents, does not constitute an acceptable and valid request for a substitution, nor approval thereof. 1.8 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide products which comply with requirements, and which are undamaged and unused at time of installation, and which are complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for intended use and effect. 1. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types which have been produced and use previously and successfully on other projects and in similar applications. 2. Continued Availability: Where additional amounts of a product, by nature of its application, are likely to be needed by Owner at a later date for maintenance and repair of replacement work, provide a standard domestically produced product which is likely to be available to Owner at such a later date. B. Nameplates: Except as otherwise indicated for required approval labels, and operating data, do not permanently attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view either in occupied spaces or on the exterior of the Work. 1. Labels: Locate required labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface which, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide permanent nameplates on each item of service - connected or power- operated equipment. Indicate manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, speed, ratings and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates on easily accessible surface which, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous . The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01605 -5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle/South Center, WA 12/23/93 PART 2. - PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE. PART 3.- EXECUTION NOT APPLICABLE. END OF SECTION 01605 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 016054. BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 9/23/93 SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operating and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions -2 through -16. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. a. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of Incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 9/23/93 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final change -over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of change -over in security provisions. 8. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock -ups, and similar elements. 9. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch -up painting. Touch -up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 9/23/93 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. 1,5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and Toss in a secure, fire- resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white - prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 9/23/93 C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents such as Change Orders and modifications Issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 1. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant variations In actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site, and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work which cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related Change Orders and mark -up of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Upon completion of mark -up, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, the Contractor will meet at the site with the Architect and the Owner's personnel to determine which of the submitted Samples that have been maintained during progress of the Work are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record - keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy -duty 2 -inch, 3 -ring vinyl - covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture tamping schedule. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 9/23/93 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5, Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Start-up. 2, Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING A. General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities ". B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, cornmercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and 01710 of this specification. 1, Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattielSouth Center, WA a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 9/23/93 b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. e. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even- textured surface. C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection, and rid the Project of rodents, insects and other pests. D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. E. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. 1 Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. END OF SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 6 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING PART 1. - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK 12/23/93 A. Where required, more stringent cleaning up for specific Trades or Work is specified in Sections pertaining to that Trade or Work. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Protection: Volatile wastes shall be store din covered metal containers and removed from premises daily. B. Disposal of Volatile Fluid Wastes: Such materials as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner will not be permitted to be dumped in sanitary sewers, storm system, or irrigation ditches. 1.3 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned shall be used. Cleaning materials shall be used only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. 1.4 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute periodic cleaning of Project Site to ensure that building, grounds and adjacent public and private properties are maintained free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish caused by Project construction operations. B. Sprinkler dusty debris with water. Control objectionable dust in traffic areas by means of priming surface with asphaltic products, sprinkling with water, covering load, speed control or any such combination of methods as approved by the Architect. C. At reasonable intervals during progress of Work, clean up the Site and dispose of waste materials, rubbish and debris. D. Provide adequate number of "dumpster" or similar heavy duty containers and locate on Site for collection of waste materials, rubbish and debris. E. Do not allow waste materials, rubbish, debris and garbage to accumulate and become an unsightly, unhealthy or a hazardous condition. F. Remove waste materials, rubbish, debris from the Site and legally dispose of same at public or private dumping areas, G. Vacuum clean interior of Project work areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue vacuum cleaning on an as- needed basis until Project is ready for acceptance or occupancy. FINAL CLEANING 01710 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 H. Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. i. Schedule cleaning operation so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. 1.5 FINAL CLEANING A. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, non - permanent labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces. Clean windows; replace any broken glass. B. Repair, patch and touch -up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. C. Vacuum clean interior floors. Mop terrazzo, stone tile floors. Broom clean all exterior paved surfaces. Rake clean other surfaces of grounds. D. Replace air conditioning filters if units were operated during construction. E. Maintain cleaning until Project, or portion thereof, is occupied. PART 2. - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3. - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING 01710 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 12/23/93 A. Compile, assemble, prepare, and maintain all documents specified herein and shall transmit same to the Architect and Owner's Representative. 1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. In addition to the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents necessary to conduct Project work, the Contractor shall maintain at Site one (1) copy each of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings. 5. Change Order(s). 6. Other Modifications to Contract. 7. Field Test Records. B. These Documents shall be stored in their own files and racks, kept apart from documents used for construction purposes and maintained in a neat, clean, dry, legible condition. These documents shall be available at all times for inspection by the Architect and Owner. C. Recording Record Documents: Each Record Document shall be labelled "PROJECT RECORD" in 2 -inch (5 cm) high printed letters. All notations shall be made with indelible easily recognized marking pens or pencils . Record Documents shall be kept current. No work shall be permanently concealed until required information is recorded. 1. Record Contract Drawings shall be blue or black -line prints of original Drawings legibly marked to record actual construction as follows: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to Ground Floor. b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 e. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. f. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 2. Record Specifications and Addenda shall be legibly marked to record actual construction as follows: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment installed. b. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. c. Other matters not originally specified. 3. Record Shop Drawings shall be legibly marked to record changes made after review. 1.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS A. Upon completion of construction, annotated Contract Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect and Owner's Representative for review. When approved, reproducible prints of original Contract Drawings furnished by the Architect shall be prepared with all information shown on Record Contract Drawings. Prints for as -built drawings shall be mylar, or similar approved material and shall have taped edges. The words "As -Built Drawings" and the date shall be neatly lettered above the title block of each drawing sheet. B. Submittal for Review: One (1) set of blue or black -line prints of completed as -built drawings shall be submitted for the Architect's and Owner's Representative review. Following the Architect's and Owner's Representative review, the Contractor shall make any revisions required and resubmit. Dates of revisions shall be indicated. C. Final Submittal: Two (2) sets of blue or black -line prints shall be submitted to the Architect with the reproducibles to the Owner's Representative. D. Costs for Reproduction of all prints for items specified herein shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At completion of the Project, deliver all record documents specified herein to the Architect and Owner's Representative. 1. Submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter listing: a. Date. b. Project title and location. c. Contractor's name and address. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA d. Description of each record document. e. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 2. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. PART 2. - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3. - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION 01720 12/23/53 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -3 BARNES AND NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.. This Section includes, but may not be limited to the selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal of the following: 1. Portions of existing building indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. 2. Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings. 3. Removal of doors and frames indicated "remove," 4. Removal of built -in casework indicated "remove." 5. Removal and protection of existing fixtures, materials. B. Removal work specified elsewhere: 1. Cutting nonstructural concrete floors and masonry walls for piping, ducts, and conduits is included with the work of the respective mechanical and electrical specification sections in Divisions 15 and 16. 2. Cutting holes in roof deck for installation of new rooftop mechanical equipment is specified in Division 15, C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Remodeling construction work and patching are included within the respective sections of specifications, including removal of materials for reuse and incorporation into remodeling or new construction. 2. Relocation of pipes, conduits, ducts, and other mechanical and electrical work is specified in other Divisions. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 -1 BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Owner's Representative for review prior to start of work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. C. Photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adjacent improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations. File with Owner's Representative prior to start of work. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Occupancy: Other Tenants will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Tenant's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Tenants and Landlord of demolition activities that will affect Tenant's normal operations. B. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner Insofar as practicable. However, minor variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective demolition work. C. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. 1. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. D. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. 1. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to occupied portions of building. 2. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 2 BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 4. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. 5. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary. 6. Construct temporary insulated dustproof partitions where required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 7. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. 8. Remove protections at completion of work. E. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work. F. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. G. Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as Interior of ducts and pipe spaces, verify condition of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire suppression devices during flame - cutting operations. H. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction and the owner. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. 2. Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition operations. I. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3 BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 12/23/93 A. General: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 1. Cease operations and notify Owner's Representative immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. 2. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage or damage when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. 3. Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building. a. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust -proof partitions of minimum 4 -inch studs, 5/8 -inch drywall (joints taped) on occupied side, 1/2 -inch fire- retardant plywood on demolition side. Fill partition cavity with sound - deadening insulation. b. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work. 4. Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. a. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during changeover. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. General: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power- driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power - driven impact tools. 2. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 3. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 4 BARNES AND NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 4. Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel, or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6 inches in diameter, roots, or other organic matter. B. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. 3.3 SALVAGED MATERIALS A. Salvaged Items: Where Indicated on Drawings as "Salvage - Deliver to Owner," carefully remove indicated items, clean, store, and turn over to Owner and obtain receipt. 1. Historic artifacts, including cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other articles of historic significance, remain property of Owner. Notify Owner's Representative if such items are encountered and obtain acceptance regarding method of removal and salvage for Owner. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site. 1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. 2. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site, 3.5 . CLEANUP AND REPAIR A. General: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. 1. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 5 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concrete unit masonry in the form of concrete block. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: C. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the following: 1. Steel lintels in unit masonry are specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications." 2. Wood naiiers and blocking built into unit masonry are specified in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." 3. Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings are specified in Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames." 4. Aluminum storefront frames, Section 08410. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following installed compressive strengths (fm): 1. For clay unit masonry: As follows: a. fm = 2000 psi. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Samples for initial selection purposes of the following: 1. Unit masonry samples in small -scale form showing full extent of colors and textures available for each different exposed masonry unit required. 2. Colored masonry mortar samples showing full extent of colors available. D. Samples for verification purposes of the following: 1. Full -size units for each different exposed masonry unit required showing full range of exposed color, texture, and dimensions to be expected in completed construction. a. Include size variation data verifying that actual range of sizes for brick falls within ASTM C 216 dimension tolerances for brick where modular dimensioning is indicated. 2. Colored masonry mortar samples for each color required showing the full range of colors expected in the finished construction. Label samples to indicate type and amount of colorant used. 3. Weep holes /vents painted in color to match mortar color. 4. Accessories embedded in the masonry. E. Material certificates for the following signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each material complies with requirements. 1. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. 2. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars. 3. Each type and size of joint reinforcement. 4. Each type and size of anchors, ties, and metal accessories. F. Cold- weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in referenced unit masonry standard. G. Hot - weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in referenced unit masonry standard. H. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 . I. Results from tests and inspections will be reported promptly and in writing to Architect and Contractor. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unit Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6 "Specifications for Masonry Structures," except as otherwise indicated. 1. Revise ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6 to exclude Sections 1.4 and 1.7; Parts 2.1.2, 3.1.2, and 4.1.2; and Articles 1.5.1.2, 1.5.1.3, 2.1.1.1, 2.1.1.2, and 2.3.3.9 and to modify Article 2.1.1.4 by deleting requirement for installing vent pipes and conduits built into masonry. B. Owner will employ and pay a qualified professional engineer to inspect foundations for compliance with dimensional tolerances specified in referenced unit masonry standard. 1. Engineer Qualifications: Professional engineer legally authorized to practice surveying in jurisdiction where project is located, C. Inspecting Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for employment in performing tests and inspection specified in this Section, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM C 1093, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work. D. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting organization, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Single- Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. F. Single- Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. G. Field- Constructed Mock -Ups: Prior to installation of unit masonry, erect sample wall panels to further verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mock -ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work: 1. Locate mock -ups on site in locations indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect, UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Build mock -ups for the following types of masonry in sizes of approximately 4 feet long by 4 feet high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes as well as accessories. a. Each type of exposed unit masonry construction. 3. Where masonry is to match existing, erect panels parallel to existing surface. 4. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock -ups will be erected. 5. Protect mock -ups from the elements with weather- resistant membrane. 6. Retain and maintain mock -ups during construction in undisturbed condition as standard for judging completed unit masonry construction. a. When directed, demolish and remove mock -ups from Project site. b. Accepted mock -ups in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may become part of completed unit of Work. H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition. B. Store and handle masonry units off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not place until units are in an air -dried condition. C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in dry location. D. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. E. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23193 • 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain- splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes from mortar droppings. D. Cold- Weather Construction: Comply with referenced unit masonry standard for cold- weather construction and the following: 1. Do not lay masonry units that are wet or frozen. 2. Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions. E. Hot - Weather Construction: Comply with referenced unit masonry standard. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Comply with requirements indicated below applicable to each form of concrete masonry unit required. 1. Provide special shapes where indicated and as follows: a. For lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and . other special conditions. b. Square -edged units for outside corners, except where indicated as. bullnose. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Size: Provide concrete masonry units complying with requirements indicated below for size that are manufactured to specified face dimensions within tolerances specified in the applicable referenced ASTM specification for concrete masonry units. a. Concrete Masonry Units: Manufactured to specified dimensions of 3/8 inch Tess than nominal widths by nominal heights by nominal lengths indicated on drawings. 3. Provide Type I, moisture - controlled units. 4. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. a. Where special finishes are indicated, provide units with exposed faces of the following general description matching color and texture of Architect's sample. 1) Standard aggregate, split face finish. 2) Special aggregate, split face finish. B. Hollow Load - Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net area compressive strength indicated below: a. 1900 psi. b. Not Tess than the unit compressive strengths required to produce concrete unit masonry construction of compressive strength indicated. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold- weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce required mortar color. B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. 1. For colored pigmented mortars use premixed colored masonry cements of formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations, C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints Tess than 1/4 inch use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. 1. White Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone. 2. Colored Mortar Aggregates: Ground marble, granite, or other sound stone, as required to match Architect's sample. E. •Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Colored Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. G. Water: Clean and potable. H. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Colored Masonry Cement: a. "Colorbond Custom Color Masonry Cement," Centurion. b. "Atlas Custom Color Masonry Cement," Lehigh Portland Cement Co. c. "Flamingo Color Masonry Cement," The Riverton Corporation. 2. Colored Mortar Pigments: a. "Centurion Pigments," Centurion. b. "True Tone Mortar Colors," Davis Colors, A Subsidiary of Rockwood Industries, Inc. c. "SGS Mortar Colors," Solomon Grind -Chem Services, Inc. 2.3 REINFORCING STEEL A. General: Provide reinforcing steel complying with requirements of referenced unit masonry standard and this article. B. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Material and grade as follows: 1. Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615. 2. Grade 60. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496. D. Plain Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. E. Deformed Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497. 2.4 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide joint reinforcement complying with requirements of referenced unit masonry standard and this article, formed from the following: 1. Galvanized carbon steel wire, coating class as required by referenced unit masonry standard for application indicated. B. Description: Welded -wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated below: 1. Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage). 2. Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage). 3. For single -wythe masonry provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: a. Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. C. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering joint reinforcement that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Dur- O -WaI, Inc. 2. Heckman Building Products, Inc. 3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 2.5 TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements for metal and size of referenced unit masonry standard and of this article. B. Galvanized Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, coating class as required by referenced unit masonry standard, for wire ties and anchors in interior walls, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wire Diameter: 0.25 inch. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: As follows: UNIT MASONRY 04200 -8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. ASTM A 366 (commercial quality) cold - rolled carbon steel sheet hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153, Class B2 (for unit lengths over 15 inches) and Class B3 (for unit lengths under 15 inches), for sheet metal ties and anchors exposed to the weather and not completely embedded in mortar and grout. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366 (commercial quality) cold - rolled carbon steel sheet, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525, Class 132 (for unit lengths over 15 inches) and Class B3 (for unit lengths under 15 inches), for sheet metal ties and anchors. E. Galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 526 (commercial quality), Coating Designation G60, for other applications. F. Galvanized Heavy - Thickness Steel Sheet: ASTM A 635 (commercial quality) hot - rolled carbon steel sheet hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525, Class B3, for rigid anchors fabricated from steel sheet or strip with a thickness of 0.180 inch and greater. G. Steel Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36, shop painted with 2 coats of coal -tar epoxy- polyamide paint complying with SSPC Paint -16 to comply with SSPC -PA1 ( "Paint Application Specification No. 1 ") and SSPC -SP6 ( "Commercial Blast Cleaning ") for surface preparation. H. Steel Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36, hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153, Class B3, as applicable to size and form indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Dur- O -Wal, Inc. 2. Heckman Building Products, Inc. 3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 2.6 BENT WIRE TIES A. Individual units prefabricated from bent wire to comply with requirements indicated below: B. Tie Shape for Hollow Masonry Units Laid with Cells Vertical: Rectangular with closed ends and not Tess than 4 inches wide. 2.7 ADJUSTABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK A. General: Two -piece assemblies as described below allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to plane of wall, but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. For anchorage to concrete framework, provide manufacturer's standard with dovetail anchor section formed from sheet metal and triangular- shaped wire tie section sized to extend within 1 Inch of masonry face and as follows: C. For anchorage to steel framework provide manufacturer's standard anchors with crimped 1/4 -inch- diameter wire anchor section for welding to steel and triangular- shaped wire tie section sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face and as follows: 1. Wire Diameter: 0.1875 inch. 2.8 RIGID ANCHORS A. Provide straps of form and length indicated, fabricated from metal strips of following width and thickness. 1. 1 -1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Unit Type Masonry inserts In Concrete: Cast iron or malleable iron inserts of type and size indicated. B. Dovetail Slots: Furnish dovetail slots, with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 0.0336 -inch (22 -gage) sheet metal. C. Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of diameter and length indicated and in the following configurations: 1. Headed bolts. 2. Nonheaded bolts, straight. 3. Nonheaded bolts, bent in manner indicated. 2.10 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Reinforced Plastic Flashing: Manufacturer's standard composite plastic flashing as described below: 1. Polyester film bonded to 20 by 10 fiberglass scrim reinforcement and 1.25 -mil black vinyl ethylene film, with a total thickness of 8 mils. 2. Joint Tape: Reinforced plastic flashing manufacturer's standard polyester tape, 2 inches wide by 2.0 mil thick. 3. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 10 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Vinyl Sheet Flashing: Flexible sheet fleshings especially formulated from virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers to remain flexible and waterproof in concealed masonry applications, black in color and of thickness indicated below: 1. Thickness: 30 mils. 2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. C. Adhesive for Fleshings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated. D. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Reinforced Plastic Flashing: a. " Fiberweb 300," Fiberweb International Corp. b. " Fiberweb 200," Fiberweb International Corp. 2. Vinyl Sheet Flashing: a. "Lexsuco Water Barrier," International Permalite Inc. b. "Nervastral," Nervastral, Inc. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Nonmetallic Expansion Joint Strips: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2 (closed cell), Class A (cellular rubber and rubber -like materials with specific resistance to petroleum base oils), Grade 1 (compression - deflection range of 2 -5 psi), compressible up to 35 percent, of width and thickness indicated, formulated from the following material: 1. Neoprene. B. Preformed Control Joint Gaskets: Material as Indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as Indicated. 1. Polyvinyl Chloride: ASTM D 2287, General Purpose Grade, Type PVC - 65406. C. Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt- saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. Weep Holes: Provide the following: 1. Rectangular Plastic Tubing: Clear butyrate, 3/8 inch by 1 -1/2 inches by 3 -1/2 inches long. a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, weep hole /ventilators that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 11 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following weep hole /ventilators: a) "Wilko Weephole Ventilators," AA Wire Products Co. 1) Plastic Weep HoleNent: a) "Cell Vent," Dur- O -WaI, Inc. 2.12 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of trisodium phosphate (1/2 -cup dry measure) and laundry detergent (1/2 -cup dry measure) dissolved in one gallon of water. B. Job -Mixed Muriatic Solution: Solution of 1 part muriatic acid and 10 parts clean water, mixed in a nonmetallic container with acid added to water. 2.13 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not add admixtures including coloring pigments, air - entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. • 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification for job -mixed mortar and ASTM C 1142 for ready -mixed mortar, of types indicated below: 1. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement -lime. 2. For masonry below grade and in contact with earth, and where indicated, use type indicated below: a. Type S. 3. For exterior, above -grade ioadbearing and nonloadbearing walls and parapet walls; for interior ioadbearing walls; for interior nonloadbearing partitions, and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use type indicated below: a. Type N. C. Colored Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. 1. Mix to match Architect's sample. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 and referenced unit masonry standard. UNIT MASONRY 04200 -12 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93• 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class, and grade of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested by qualified independent testing laboratory for strength, absorption, and moisture content per ASTM C 140. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other specific conditions, and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. B. Examine rough -in and built -in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements indicated applicable to each type of installation included in Project. B. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single -wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness indicated. C. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. D. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. E. Cut masonry units with motor - driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full -size units without cutting where possible. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Comply with construction tolerances of referenced unit masonry standard. UNIT MASONRY 04200 -13 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement -type Joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less- than - half -size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations. B. Lay up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less that nominal 4 -inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. 1. One -half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. D. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with Tess than nominal 4 -inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. E. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2 -unit length for one -half running bond or 1/3 -unit length for one -third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly (if required), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. F. Built -In Work: As construction progresses, build -in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -In items. 1. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. a. At exterior frames insert extruded polystyrene board insulation around perimeter of frame in thickness indicated but not Tess than 3/4 inch to act as a thermal break between frame and masonry. 2. Where built -in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the Joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. 3. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24 inches) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. UNIT MASONRY 04200 -14 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells. 3.6 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches. B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners and wall Intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.7 MOVEMENT (CONTROL AND EXPANSION) JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build in related items as the masonry progresses. Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in -plane restraint of wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows: 1. Fit bond breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of block units on one side of control joint. Fill the resultant core with grout and rake joints in exposed faces, C. Form expansion joints in brick made from clay or shale as follows: 1. Form open joint of width indicated but not less than 3/8 inch for installation of sealant and backer rod specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." Maintain joint free and clear of mortar. 3.8 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1' -0" for brick size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Temporarily support formed -in -place lintels. C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200 -15 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.9 FLASHING/WEEP HOLES A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. B. Prepare masonry surfaces so that they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Place through -wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive /sealant/tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer before covering with mortar. C. Install fleshings as follows: 1. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches into masonry at each end. Extend flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry, through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches, and through the inner wythe to within 1/2 inches of the interior face of the wall in exposed masonry. Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 2. At heads and sills, extend flashing as specified above unless otherwise indicated but turn up ends not less than 2 inches to form a pan. D. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded fleshings and as follows: 1. Form weep holes with product specified in Part 2 of this Section. 2. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. 3. In uninsulated cavities /air spaces place pea gravel to a height equal to height of first course but not less than 2 inches immediately above flashing embedded in the wall, as masonry construction progresses, to splatter mortar droppings and to maintain drainage. E. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where shown to be built into masonry. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Frequency: Tests and evaluations listed in this article will be performed during construction for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. 1. Mortar composition and properties will be evaluated per ASTM C 780. B. Evaluation of Quality Control Tests: In absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, masonry will be considered satisfactory if results from construction quality control tests comply with minimum requirements indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200 -16 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.11 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units and in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up all joints including corners, openings, and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for application of sealants. C. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave 1/2 panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean brick by means of bucket and brush hand - cleaning method described in BIA "Technical Note No. 20 Revised" using the following masonry cleaner: a. Job -mixed detergent solution. b. Job -mixed acidic solution. c. Proprietary acidic cleaner; apply in compliance with directions of acidic cleaner manufacturer. 6. Clean concrete masonry by means of cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 45 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. D. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 04200 -17 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following metal fabrications: 1. Rough hardware. 2. Loose steel lintels. 3. Miscellaneous framing and supports where required. a. Applications where framing and supports are not specified in other sections. 4. Miscellaneous steel trim. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate and install the following metal fabrications to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each respective component of each metal fabrication. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for products used in miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint products and grout. C. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other sections. 1. Where installed metal fabrications are indicated to comply with project design loadings. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Samples representative of materials and finished products as may be requested by Architect. E. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under "Quality Assurance" article. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project name, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work. B. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of metal fabrications specified in this section by same firm that fabricated them. C. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel," D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel ", and D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. 1, Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabrication of products without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions, Allow for trimming and fitting. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FERROUS METALS 12/23/93 A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view upon completion of the Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials whose exposed surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, roughness, and, for steel sheet, variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by reference standards for stretcher - leveled sheet. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36. C. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. D. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded. 2.2 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory- packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with CE CRD- C 621. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section. B. Interior Anchoring Cement: Factory- prepackaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Use for interior applications only. C. Erosion- Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory- prepackaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without need for protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and is recommended for exterior use by manufacturer. D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Nonshrink Metallic Grouts: a. "Embeco 885 and 636 "; Master Builders. b. "Ferrolith G Redi -Mix and G -NC "; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. c. "Stoncrete MG1 "; Stonhard, Inc. Or approved equal. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 2. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grouts: 12/23/93 a. "Sea'tight 588 Grout "; W. R. Meadows, Inc. b. "Sonogrout "; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. c. "Five Star Grout "; U. S. Grout Corp. Or approved equal 3. Interior Anchoring Cement: a. "Bonsai Anchor Cement "; W. R. Bonsai Co. b. "Por -Rok "; Minwax Construction Products Division. 4. Erosion- Resistant Anchoring Cement: a. "Super Por- Rok "; Minwax Construction Products Division. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Provide zinc - coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A. C. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF -B -561. D. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF -S -92. E. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF -S -111. F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF -W -92. G. Drilled -In Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors complying with FS FF -S -325, Group VIII (anchors, expansion, [nondrilling]), Type I (internally threaded tubular expansion anchor); and machine bolts complying with FS FF -B -575, Grade 5. H. Toggle Bolts: Tumble -wing type, FS FF -B -588, type, class, and style as required. I. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF -W -84. 2.4 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast- curing, lead -free, universal modified alkyd primer selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and for capability to provide a sound foundation for field - applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P -645. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle/South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD -P -21035 or SSPC- Paint -20. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC -Paint 12 except containing no asbestos fibers. D. • Zinc Chromate Primer: FS TT- P-645. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication. B. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 100 deg F (55.5 deg C). C. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. D. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. E. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. F. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with AWS recommendations and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. G. Form exposed connections with hairline Joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. H. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 I. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. J. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. K. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2.6 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division 6 sections. B. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes, and dimensions required. Furnish malleable -iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers. 2.7 STEEL LADDERS A. General: Fabricate ladders for the locations shown, with dimensions, spacings, details and anchorages as indicated. Comply with requirements of ANSI A14.3. B. Siderails: Continuous steel flat bars, 1/2 inch x 2 -1/2 inches, with eased edges, spaced 18 Inches apart. C. Bar Rungs: Round steel bars, 3/4 inch diameter, spaced 12 inches o.c. D. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails, plug weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. E. Support each ladder at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than 5' -0" o.c. by means of welded or bolted steel brackets. 1. Size brackets to support design dead and live Toads indicated and to hold centerline of ladder rungs clear of the wall surface by not Tess than 7 inches. 2. Extend side rails 42 inches above top rung, and return rails to wall or structure unless other secure handholds are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extend above the top rung, goose -neck the extended rails back to the structure to provide secure ladder access. F. Provide non -slip surface on top of each rung, either by coating the rung with aluminum oxide granules set in epoxy resin adhesive, or by using a type of manufactured rung which is filled with aluminum oxide grout. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6 ( ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.8 LADDER SAFETY CAGES A. Primary Hoops: Steel bars, 5/16 inch x 4 inches, for top, bottom, and for cages longer than 20 feet, intermediate hoops spaced not more than 20' -0" o.c. B. Secondary Intermediate Hoops: Steel bars, 5/16 inch x 2 inches hoops spaced not more than 4' -O" o.c. between primary hoops. C. Vertical Bars: Steel bars, 5/16 Inch x 2 Inches, secured to each hoop, spaced approximately 9 inches o.c. D. Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction as indicated. E. Galvanize ladder safety cages, including fasteners, in the following locations: 1. Interior locations, where indicated. 2.9 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose structural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. C. Size loose lintels for equal bearing of one inch per foot of clear span but not less than 8 inches bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise indicated. D. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated or which are not a part of structural steel framework, as required to complete work. B. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive adjacent other construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. a. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24 Inches o.c. and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1 -1/4 inches wide x 1/4 inch x 8 inches long. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports in the following locations: 1. Exterior locations. 2. Interior locations where indicated. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Provide shapes and sizes indicated for profiles shown. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate • units from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with other work. B. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports in the following locations: 1. Exterior locations. 2. Interior locations where indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, including sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in -place construction; include threaded fasteners for toggle bolts, through - bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. METAL. FABRICATIONS 05500 - 8 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA ,12123193 E. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding work, and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. 3.3 SETTING LOOSE PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond - reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. B. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Use metallic nonshrink grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonmetallic nonshrink grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 requirements for touch -up of field painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touch -Up Painting: Cleaning and touch -up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified In Division 9 Section "Painting" of these specifications. C. For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking. 3. Sheathing. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for interior woodwork specially fabricated for this Project. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and generally not exposed, unless otherwise specified. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for the following products: 1. Underlayment. 2. Gypsum sheathing. 3. Construction adhesives. C. Material certificates for dimensional lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use as well as design values approved by the Board of Review of American Lumber Standards Committee. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Wood treatment data as follows including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installation, and finishing of treated material: 1. For each type of preservative treated wood product Include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For water -borne treated products include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to project site. 3. For fire- retardant- treated wood products include certification by treating plant that treated material complies with specified standard and other requirements. 4. Material test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of fire- retardant - treated wood products with requirements indicated. 5. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. E. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having Jurisdiction evidencing compliance of the following wood products with specified requirements and building code in effect for Project. 1. Power driven fasteners. 2. Fire- retardant - treated wood. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source Responsibility for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood products from one source from a single manufacturer. B. Single- Source Responsibility for Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire- retardant - treated wood products from one source for both treatment and fire- retardant. formulation. C. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL 12/23/93 A. Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them with lumber grades and species include the following: 1. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority (Canadian). 3. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. C. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory- marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. D. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. 1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2 inches or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER A. For light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide) provide the following grade and species: 1. "Standard" grade. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. D. Grade: "Standard" grade light- framing -size lumber of any species or board -size lumber as required. "No. 3 Common" or "Standard" grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR BACKING A. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire- retardant- treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA C -D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32 inch. 2.5 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Gypsum Sheathing Board with Water - Resistant Core: Gypsum sheathing board consisting of noncombustible gypsum core incorporating a water - resistant material, surfaced on face, back, and long edges with water - repellent paper; complying with ASTM C 79 and requirements indicated below: 1. Type: Regular (not Type X). 2. Type: Type X (with special fire- resistant properties). B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Gypsum Sheathing Board with Water- Resistant Core, Regular Type: a. "Gyproc Gypsum Sheathing," Domtar Gypsum Co. b. "Gold Bond Gypsum Sheathing," Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. c. "USG Gypsum Sheathing," United States Gypsum Co, or approved equal. 2. Gypsum Sheathing Board with Water- Resistant Core, Type X: a. "Gyproc Fireguard Sheathing," Domtar Gypsum Co. b. "Gold Bond Fire Shield Jumbo Sheathing," Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. c. "USG Firecode Type X Gypsum Sheathing," United States Gypsum Co or approved equal. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304 stainless steel. B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF -N -105. C. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and where indicated, flat washers. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill Sealer Gaskets: Glass fiber resilient insulation fabricated in strip form for use as a sill sealer; 1 inch nominal thickness compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated; in rolls of 50 feet or 100 feet in length. B. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG -01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturer. C. Water Repellent Preservative: NWWDA- tested and - accepted formulation containing 3- iodo- 2- propynyl butyl carbonate (IPBC) as its active ingredient. 2.8 PRESERVATIVE WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS A. General: Where lumber or plywood Is indicated as preservative- treated wood or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood). Mark each treated item with the AWPB or SPIB Quality Mark Requirements. B. Pressure -treat above - ground items with water -borne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0,25 pcf. For interior uses, after treatment, kiln -dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content, respectively, of 19 percent and 15 percent. Treat indicated items and the following: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members Tess than 18.inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. C. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces to comply with AWPA M4. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.9 FIRE- RETARDANT TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS A. General: Where fire- retardant - treated wood is indicated, pressure impregnate lumber and plywood with fire- retardant chemicals to comply with AWPA C20 and C27, respectively, for treatment type indicated; identify "fire- retardant- treated wood" with appropriate classification marking of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Current Evaluation /Research Reports: Provide fire- retardant - treated wood for which a current model code evaluation /research report exists that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidences compliance of fire- retardant - treated wood for application indicated. B. Interior Type A: For interior locations use fire- retardant chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation: 1. No reduction takes place in bending strength, stiffness, and fastener holding capacities below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation that are based on tests by a qualified independent testing laboratory of treated wood products identical to those indicated for this Project under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions. 2. No other form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to manufacture and treatment. 3. No corrosion of metal fasteners results from their contact with treated wood. C. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Interior Type A Fire - Retardant - Treated Wood: a. "Dricon," Hickson Corporation. b. "Pyro- Guard," Hoover Treated Wood Products. c. "Flameproof LHC -HTT," Osmose Wood Preserving Co, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction: D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated. E. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. F. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. 3.2 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING A. Install wood grounds, nailers and blocking, where shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with N.F.P.A. "Manual for House Framing," unless otherwise indicated. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install framing composed of engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's directions. C. Install framing members of size and spacing indicated. D. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with the following: 1. National Evaluation Report No. NER -272 for pneumatic or mechanical driven staples, P- Nails, and allied fasteners. 2. Published requirements of manufacturer of metal framing anchors. 3. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with N.F.P.A. "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction." 4. "Table No. II - Recommended Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. 5. "Appendix C - Recommended Nailing Schedule" of the BOCA National Building Code. 6. "Table 1705.1 - Fastening Schedule," of the Standard Building Code. E. Do not splice structural members between supports. F. Firestop concealed spaces of wood framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at the ceiling line of the top story. Where firestops are not automatically provided by the framing system used, use closely fitted wood blocks of nominal 2- inch -thick lumber of the same width as framing members. 3.4 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. General: Install gypsum board sheathing where shown. Fasten to exterior face of stud framing for exterior walls. Use 1 -1/2 -inch long, 11 gage galvanized roofing nails with 3/8 -inch head or 15 gage, divergent point galvanized staples 1/2 inch wide by 1 -1/2 inches long. Keep perimeter fasteners 3/8 inch from edges and ends of board units. Fit boards tightly against each other and around openings. B. Install 2 -foot by 8 -foot sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to studs with V- grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing, two where possible. Nail or staple to each support to comply with manufacturer's recommended spacing, but install not Tess than 4 fasteners per each 2 -foot width per stud if framing is diagonally braced, or not less than 7 fasteners per 2 -foot width per stud if not braced. END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA • 12/23/93 SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior standing and running trim and rails. 2. Wood cabinets (casework). 3. Laminate clad cabinets (plastic- covered casework). 4. Cabinet tops (countertops). 5. Interior miscellaneous ornamental items. 6. Interior door frames (jambs). 7. Installation of owner supplied wood fixture units. 8. Installation of owner supplied interior signs and sign holders. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work that is not exposed to view. 2. Division 9 Section "Painting" for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product and process specified in this section and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing, and installation. C. Fire- retardant treatment data for material impregnated by pressure process to reduce combustibility. Include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. D. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large -scale details, attachment devices, and other components. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 E. Samples for initial selection purposes of the following in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated. 1. Plastic laminate, or as indicated. 2. Factory- applied opaque finishes, or as indicated. F. Samples for verification purposes of the following: 1. Lumber with or for transparent finish, 50 square inches, for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge. 2. Veneer leaves representative of and selected from flitches to be used for transparent finished woodwork. 3. Lumber and panel products with factory- applied opaque finish, 8- 1/2 inches by 11 inches for panels and 50 square inches for lumber, for each finish system and color, with one half of exposed surface finished. 4. Laminate clad panel products, 8 -1/2 inches, by 11 inches for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 5. Corner pieces as follows: a. Cabinet front frame joints between stiles and rail as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep. b. Miter joints for standing trim. 6. Exposed cabinet hardware, one unit of each type and finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work. B. Single- Source Responsibility: Arrange for production by a single firm of architectural woodwork with sequence matched wood work. C. Single- Source Manufacturing and Installation Responsibility: Engage a qualified Manufacturer to assume undivided responsibility for woodwork specified in this section, including fabrication, finishing, and installation. D. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) except as otherwise indicated. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 2 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 E. Hardware Coordination: Distribute copies of approved scheduled for cabinet hardware specified in Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware" to manufacturer of architectural woodwork; coordinate cabinet shop drawings and fabrication with hardware requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting, wet work, grinding, and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with Woodwork Manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage and installation. Do not install woodwork until these conditions have been attained and stabilized so that woodwork is within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before manufacturing woodwork; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. 1. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with manufacture of woodwork without field measurements. Coordinate other construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high pressure decorative laminates of one of the following: 1. Formica Corp. 2. Laminart. 3. Nevamar Corp - or approved equal. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI woodworking standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards, that apply to product characteristics indicated: 1. Hardboard: ANSI /AHA A135.4 2. High Pressure Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 3. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2. 4. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1 5. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. 6. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard referenced below: a. Particleboard: NPA 8. b. Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA 9. c. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA FE. B. Fire- Retardant Particleboard: Where indicated, provide panels complying with the following requirements that have fire- retardant chemicals bonded to softwood particles at time of panel manufacture to achieve products identical to those tested for flame spread of 20 or Tess and for smoke developed of 25 or Tess per ASTM E 84 by UL or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1. For 45 -Ib- density panels and thicknesses of 3/4 inch and less, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade 1 -M -1 except that minimums for modulus of elasticity and screw- holding capacity on face and edge shall be 300,000 psi, 250 Ib, and 225 lb, respectively. 2. For 44 -Ib- density panels and thicknesses of 13/16 inch to 1 -1/4 inch, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade 1 -M -1 except that minimums for modulus of rupture, modulus of elasticity, internal bond, linear expansion, and screw- holding capacity on face and edge shall be 1300 psi, 250,000 psi, 60 psi, 0.50 percent, 250 Ib, and 175 Ib, respectively. 3. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide " Duraflake FR" by Duraflake Div.; Willamette Industries, Inc. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -4 C BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Corners of cabinets and edges of solid wood (lumber) members less than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/16 inch. 2. Edges of rails and similar members more than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch. C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary. for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. D. Factory-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water - resistant coating. 2.4 FIRE - RETARDANT- TREATED LUMBER A. General: Where indicated, pressure impregnate lumber with fire- retardant chemicals of formulation indicated to produce materials with fire performance characteristics specified. B. Fire- Retardant Chemicals: Use chemical formulations specified that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants in solution to distinguish treated lumber from untreated lumber. 1. Organic Resin -Based Formulation: Exterior type per AWPA C20 consisting of organic -resin solution, relatively insoluble in water, thermally set in wood by kiln drying. 2. Low- Hygroscopic Formulation: Interior Type A per AWPA C20. C. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide materials identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics per ASTM test methods indicated by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify treated lumber with classification marking of inspecting and testing organization in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, of imprint on lumber surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Not exceeding values indicated below, tested per ASTM E 84 for standard time period (10 minutes). a. Flame Spread: 60. b. Smoke Developed: 5. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Not exceeding values indicated below, tested per ASTM E 84 for 30 minutes with no evidence of significant combustion. a. Flame Spread: 25. b. Smoke Developed: 50. D. Mill lumber after treatment, within limits set for wood removal that does not affect listed fire performance characteristics, using a woodworking plant certified by testing and inspecting organization. E. Mill lumber before treatment and implement special procedures during treatment and drying processes that are needed to prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations from drying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of treated woodwork. F. Kiln -dry woodwork after treatment to levels required for untreated woodwork. Maintain moisture content required by kiln drying before and after treatment. G. Discard treated lumber that does not comply with requirements of referenced woodworking standard. Do not use twisted, warped, bowed, discolored, or otherwise damaged or defective lumber. H. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Organic- Resin -Based Formulation (Exterior Type): a. "NCX "; Koppers Co., Inc. 2. Low- Hygroscopic Formulation (Type A): a. "Dricon "; Koppers Co., Inc. b. "Flameproof LHC "; Osmose Wood Preserving, Inc. 2.5 WOOD CABINETS (CASEWORK) FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 and its Division 400A "Wood Cabinets." B. Grade: Economy, or as indicated. C. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. D. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay. E. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush with exposed face frame. F. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush without exposed face frame. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 G. Wood Species for Exposed Surfaces: As indicated.. 1. Grain Matching: As indicated. H. Wood Species for Semiexposed Surfaces: Match species and cut indicated for exposed surfaces. I. Provide dust panels of 1/4 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers except where located directly under tops. 2.6 WOOD CABINETS (CASEWORK) FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Quality Standard: AWI Section 400 and its Division 400A "Wood Cabinets." B. Grade: Economy, or as indicated. C. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. D. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay. E. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush with exposed face frame. F. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush without exposed face frame. G. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: Match materials indicated for exposed surfaces. H. Provide dust panels of 1/4 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers except where located directly under tops. 2.7 LAMINATE CLAD CABINETS (PLASTIC- COVERED CASEWORK) A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 and its Division 400B "Laminate Clad Cabinets." B. Grade: Custom. C. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. D. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay, E. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: As indicated. F. Laminate Cladding: High pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 • 1. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: a. Match Architect's sample, or as indicated. b. Match color, pattern, and finish indicated by reference to laminate manufacturer's standard designations for this these characteristics. c. Provide selections made by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of standard colors and finishes in the following categories: 1) Solid colors. 2) Wood grains. 3) Patterns. 2. Laminate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate cladding complying with the following requirements for type of surface and grade. a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP -50 (0.050 -inch nominal thickness). b. Postformed Surfaces: PF -42 (0.042 -inch nominal thickness). c. Vertical Surfaces: GP -50 (0.050 -inch nominal thickness). d. Edges: GP -50 (0.050 -inch nominal thickness). G. Provide dust panels of 1/4 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers except where located directly under tops. 2.8 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except for items specified in Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware," B. Hardware Standard: Comply with ANSI /BHMA A156.9 "American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware" for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. C. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSI /BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. 1. Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, 011 Rubbed, on Bronze Base: BHMA 613 and matching Architect's sample. 2. Satin Chromium Plated, Brass or Bronze Base: BHMA 626. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 3. Satin Chromium Plated, Steel Base: BHMA 652. 4. Satin Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel Base: BHMA 630. 12/23/93 D. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of ANSI /BHMA A156.9. 2.9 FLUSH WOOD PANELING FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 500 and its Division 500A. B. Grade: Custom. C. Veneer Species: As indicated. D. Matching of Adjacent Veneer Leaves: Book match, or as indicated. E. Veneer Matching Within Panel Face: Running match, or as indicated. F. Panel Matching Method: Match panels to one another within each separate area by the following method: 1. Premanufactured sets used full width. G. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide paneling composed of panels of wood veneer density and fire- retardant particleboard that are identical in construction to units tested for the following surface burning characteristics per ASTM E 84 by UL or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify panels with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization on surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation. 1. Flame Spread: 75 or Tess. 2. Smoke Developed: 40 or less. 2.10 INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS ORNAMENTAL ITEMS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 700. B. Grade: Custom. C. Lumber Species: Match species and cut indicated for other types of transparent finished architectural woodwork located in same areas of building unless otherwise indicated. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.11 INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS ORNAMENTAL ITEMS FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 700. B. Grade: Custom, C. Lumber Species: Any closed -grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard. 2.12 INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 900B. B. Grade: Custom. C. Lumber Species: Match species and cut indicated for other types of transparent finished architectural woodwork located in same areas of building unless otherwise indicated. 2.13 INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 900B. B. Grade: Custom. C. Lumber Species: Any closed -grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard. D. Fire -Rated Door Frames: Provide fire -rated wood frames for wood doors that are identical to units tested in door and frame assemblies per ASTM E152 and that are labeled and listed for ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspection organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.14 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -S -111 for applicable requirements. 1. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal framing manufacturer. B. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -N -105 for applicable requirements. C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts and anchors, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work for subsequent woodwork anchorage. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.15 FACTORY FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 1500 unless otherwise indicated. B. General: The entire finish of interior architectural woodwork is specified in this section, regardless of whether factory applied or applied after installation. 1. Factory Finishing: The extent to which the final finish is applied to architectural woodwork at factory is Contractor's option, except factory apply at least prime /base coat to the greatest extent possible before delivery. C. General: The primary and prefinishing (if any) of interior architectural woodwork required to be performed at factory is specified in this section. Refer to Division 9 Section "Painting" for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork and for material and application requirements of prime coats for woodwork not specified to receive final finish in this section. D. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces and similar preparations for finishing of architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. E. Transparent Finish for Open -Grain Woods: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, effect, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60 deg gloss meter per ASTM D 523. 1. Grade: Custom. 2. AWI Finish System #1: Standard lacquer, or as indicated. 3. Staining: Match approved sample for color, or as indicated. 4. Effect: Open grain. 5. Sheen: Flat -dull rubbed effect 5 -10 deg. F. Transparent Finish for Closed -Grain Woods: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, effect, and sheen. 1. Grade: Custom. 2. AWI Finish System #1: Standard lacquer, or as indicated. 3. Staining: Match approved sample for color, or as indicated. 4. Effect: Closed grain. 5. Sheen: Flat -dull rubbed effect 5 -10 deg. G. Opaque Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, color, effect, and sheen: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. AWI Finish System #9: Standard lacquer, or as indicated. 3. Color: Match color indicated by reference to a coating manufacturer's standard designations for this characteristic. 4. Sheen: Dull satin 15 -20 deg. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 11 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. B. Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates well in advance of time substrates are to be built. C. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop - fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for same grade specified in Part 2 of this section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8' -0" for plumb and level (including tops) and with no variations In flushness of adjoining surfaces. C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Fire - Retardant - Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire- retardant - treated wood to comply with recommendations of chemical treatment manufacturer including those for adhesives where are used to install woodwork. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fastener heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent finish is Indicated. F. Standing and Running Trim and Rails: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full - length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns and miter at corners. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 12 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle/South Center, WA 12/23/93 G. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. Maintain veneer sequence matching (if any) of cabinets with transparent finish. H. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. I. Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel - hanger clips and .by blind nailing on backup strips, splined- connection strips, and similar associated trim and framing. Do not face nail unless otherwise indicated. J. Complete the finishing work specified in this section to whatever extent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork. K. Refer to the Division 9 sections for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory- applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensures that woodwork is being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 13 BARNES & NOBLE Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Extent of insulation work as shown on drawings and indicated by provisions of this section. 2. Safing insulation. 3. Concealed building insulation in board form. 4. Building insulation in batt form. 5. Sound and vibration control. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for foam plastic board sheathing. 2. Division 7 Section indicated below for foam plastic insulation specified as part of these systems: a. "Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems - Class PB." 3. Division 9 Section indicated below for thermal insulation and sound attenuation insulation installed as part of metal- framed wall and partition assemblies: a. "Gypsum Drywall." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Thermal Resistivity: Where the thermal resistivity of insulation products are designated by "r- values," they represent the reciprocal of thermal conductivity (k- values). Thermal conductivity is the rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick. Thermal resistivities are expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F between the two exposed faces required to cause one BTU to flow through one square foot per hour at mean temperatures indicated. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of insulation product specified. C. Product test reports from and based on tests performed by qualified independent testing laboratory evidencing compliance of insulation products with requirements including r- values (aged values for plastic foam insulations), fire performance characteristics, perm ratings, water absorption ratings, and other properties, based on comprehensive testing of current products. D. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence compliance of plastic foam insulations with building code in effect for Project. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose indicated fire performance characteristics have been determined per the ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1. Surface Burning Characteristic: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. B. Single- Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage, and protection during installation. B. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to project site ahead of installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulation products of one of the following: 1. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: a. Amoco Foam Products Co. b. DiversiFoam Products. c. Dow: The Dow Chemical Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Manufacturers of Glass Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Corp. b. Manville: Building Insulations Div., Manville Sales Corp. c. Owens /Corning Fiberglas Corp. d. Or approved equal. 2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polystyrene thermal insulation with closed -cells Ind integral high density skin, formed by the expansion of polystyrene base resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578 for type indicated; with 5 -year aged r- values of 5.4 and 5 at 40 and 75 deg F (4.4 and 23.9 deg C), respectively; and as follows: 1. Type IV, 1.6 pcf min. density, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 75 and 450, respectively. C. Faced Mineral Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: Thermal insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type III, Class A (blankets with reflective vapor - retarder membrane facing with flame spread of 25 or less); foil- scrim -kraft or foil- scrim - polyethylene vapor- retarder membrane on one face, and as follows: 1. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 25 and 50, respectively. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3. Flanged Units: Provide blankets /batts fabricated with facing incorporating 4 -inch -wide flanges along their edges for attachment to framing members. 2,3 SAFING INSULATION AND ACCESSORIES A. Semi - Refractory Fiber Board Safing Insulation: Semi -rigid boards designed for use as a fire stop at openings between edge of slab and exterior wall panels, produced by combining semi - refractory mineral fiber manufactured from slag with thermosetting resin binders to comply with ASTM C 612, Class 1 and 2; nominal density of 4.0 pcf; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics; r -value of 4.0 at 75 deg F (23.9 deg C). B. Calking Compound: Material approved by manufacturer of sating insulation for sealing joint between foil backing of safing insulation and edge of concrete floor slab against penetration of smoke. C. Safing Clips: Galvanized steel sating clips approved by manufacturer of safing insulation for holding safing insulation in place. 2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6.0 mils thick, with a maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perms. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Reinforced Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: a. "Griffolyn T-65," Grlffolyn Div., Reef Industries, Inc. b. "Griffolyn T -85," Griffolyn Div., Reef Industries, Inc. 2.5 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation or mechanical anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging or corroding either insulation, anchors, or substrates. B. Adhesively Attached Pin Anchors: Perforated plate, 2 inches square, welded to projecting pin, with self - locking washer, complying with the following requirements: 1. Plate: Zinc- plated steel, 0.106 inch thick. 2. Pin: Copper - coated low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 inches in diameter, length to suit depth of insulation indicated and, with washer in place, to hold insulation tightly to substrate behind insulation. 3. Self- Locking Washer: Mild steel, 0.016 inch thick, size as required to hold insulation securely. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 4 ( BARNES & NOBLE Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Protection Board: Premolded, semi -rigid asphalt/fiber composition board, 1/4 inch thick, formed under heat and pressure, standard sizes. 2.6 SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL A. General: For mechanical equipment located directly over the retail area, provide sound and vibration control materials that comply with requirments and with referenced standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of the Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of Insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removal of projections that might puncture vapor retarders. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. B. Extend insulation full thickness as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. C. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between closed -cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Set vapor retarder faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, except as otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. 1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF SAFING INSULATION A. Install sating insulation to fill gap between edge of concrete floor slab and back of exterior spandrel panels on safing clips spaced as needed to support insulation but not further apart then 24 inches o.c. Cut safing insulation wider than gap to be filled to ensure compression fit and seal joint between Insulation and edge of slab with calking approved by safing insulation manufacturer for this purpose. Leave no voids in completed installation. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS A. General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose fiber insulation. B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall openings, and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 inches o.c. C. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or tape per vapor retarder manufacturer's printed directions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. D. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. E. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. F. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with tape or another layer of vapor retarder. 3.7 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 07241 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Applications over gypsum sheathing. 2. Applications over masonry surfaces. 3. Applications over concrete surfaces. 4. Applications over plywood. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for masonry substrates behind system. 2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for gypsum sheathing and wood framing behind system. 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for requirements specified by reference in this section for sealing joints in system with elastomeric joint sealants. 4. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Sheathing" for sheathing behind system. 5. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Drywall' for steel- stud - framed exterior walls finished on interior with gypsum wallboard. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exterior insulation and finish systems refer to exterior assemblies composed of an inner layer of board insulation and an outer layer composed of a glass - fiber- mesh - reinforced base coat applied directly to board insulation and a textured protective finish coat. These assemblies are applied to supporting substrates of construction indicated. B. Designation PB for class of exterior insulation and finish systems specified in this section is based on the classification developed by the Exterior Insulation Manufacturers Association (EIMA). C. System in this section refers to Class P8 exterior insulation and finish systems. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. System manufacturer refers to the manufacturer of exterior insulation and finish systems. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide systems complying with the following performance requirements: 1. Bond Integrity: Free from bond failure within system components or between system and supporting wall construction, resulting from exposure to fire, wind loads, weather, or other in- service conditions. 2. Weathertightness: Resistant to water penetration from exterior into system and assemblies behind it or through them into interior of building that results in deterioration of thermal - insulating effectiveness or other degradation of system and assemblies behind system including substrates, supporting wall construction, and interior finish. 3. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide materials and construction that are identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics, per test method indicated below, by testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. a. Flame Spread of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 25 or less when tested individually per ASTM E 84. b. Full -Scale Fire Test: Tested mock -up, in the form indicated below that represents completed wall assembly of which system is a part, shows no tendency to propagate flame over the surface or through finish to the core or to cause delamination of finish when vertically mounted exterior face is exposed 15 minutes to a fire source using spread of flame test per ASTM E 108 modified for testing vertical walls as indicated below: 1) Provide 2 panels, 6' -0" by 10' -0 ", consisting of protective finish coating and 4 -inch thickness of insulation applied to 1/2- inch -thick gypsum board, cured for 28 days, with protective finish coating removed to leave surface of insulation exposed on one panel in an area 4 inches high by 24 inches wide centered 2' -0" above the bottom edge of panel. c. Fire Resistance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance has been determined per ASTM E 119 by testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each component of exterior insulation and finish systems. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of system including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, joint locations and configurations within system and between system and construction penetrating it, and attachments to construction behind system. D. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard color charts and small -scale samples indicating available textural choices. 1. Submit sealant manufacturer's standard bead samples consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available. E. Samples for verification purposes in the form of 2- foot - square panels for each finish, color, and texture specified. Prepare samples using same tools and techniques intended for actual work. 1. Incorporate within each sample a typical control joint filled with sealant of color indicated or selected. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. G. Installer certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that Installers comply with requirements under "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Product test reports from and based on tests performed by qualified independent testing laboratory evidencing compliance of components and systems with requirements based on comprehensive testing within last 3 years of current product formulations and systems. Sealant compatibility and test report from sealant manufacturer certifying that materials forming Joint substrates of system have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants; include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion. J. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence system's compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing systems that are similar to those indicated for this Project and that have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified In writing by system manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's system. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Single- Source Responsibility: Obtain materials for system from either a single manufacturer or manufacturers approved by the system manufacturer as compatible with other system components. D. Field- Constructed Mock -Up: Prior to installation of system, erect mock -ups for each form of wall construction and finish required to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate esthetic effects including those related to execution. Build mock -ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final work: 1. Locate mock -ups on site in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock -ups will be erected. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of color, texture, and workmanship to be expected in completed work. 4. Obtain Architect's acceptance of mock -ups before start of final work. 5. Retain and maintain mock -ups during construction for judging completed work. a. When directed, demolish mock -ups and remove from Project site. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in original, unopened packages and containers with manufacturer's labels identifying products legible and intact, B. Store materials inside and under cover; keep them dry and protected from the weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, damaging temperatures, damage from construction traffic, and other causes. C. Stack insulation boards flat and off the ground. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install system when ambient outdoor temperatures are 40 deg F (4 deg C) and falling unless temporary protection and heat are provided to maintain ambient temperatures above 40 deg F (4 deg C) during installation of wet materials and for 24 hours after installation or longer to allow them to become thoroughly dry and weather resistant. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence installation of system with related work specified in other sections to ensure that wall assemblies, Including flashing, trim, and joint sealers, are protected against damage from weather, aging, corrosion, and other causes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Class PB system of one of the following: 1. Dryvit Systems, Inc. 2. STO Industries, Inc. 3. TEC Inc., an H.B. Fuller Co. 4. Or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Compatibility: Provide adhesive, board insulation, reinforcing fabrics, base and finish coat materials, sealants, and accessories that are compatible with one another and approved for use by system manufacturer. B. Colors and Textures of Protective Coating: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Match Architect's samples or as indicated. C. Surface - Sealer: System manufacturer's standard adhesion intermediary designed to improve bond between substrate of type indicated and adhesive for application of insulation. D. Adhesive for Application of Insulation: System manufacturer's standard formulation designed for indicated use, compatible with substrate, and complying with the following requirements: 1. Job -mixed formulation of portiand cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type 1, and polymer -based adhesive specified for base coat. 2. Factory-mixed formulation designed for adhesive attachment of insulation to substrates of type indicated, as approved by system manufacturer. 3. Either job -mixed or ready -mixed formulation indicated above. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 E. Molded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid cellular thermal insulation formed by the expansion of polystyrene resin beads or granules in a closed mold to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type I, approved by system manufacturer for material qualities including corner squareness, other dimensional tolerances and the following: 1. Age insulation in block form prior to cutting and shipping by air drying for not less than 6 weeks or by another method approved by system manufacturer that produces equivalent results. 2. Provide insulation in boards not Tess than 2 feet by 4 feet and in thickness indicated but not less than that allowed by system manufacturer. F. Reinforcing Fabric: Balanced, alkali- resistant open weave glass fiber fabric treated for compatibility with other system materials; made from continuous multiend strands with tensile strength of not less than 145 Ib and 150 Ib in warp and fill directions per ASTM D 1682; complying with ASTM D 578 and the following requirements for minimum weight: 1. Standard Reinforcing Fabric: 4.2 oz. per sq. yd. 2. Intermediate Reinforcing Fabric: 9.8 oz. per sq. yd. 3. Impact Resistant Reinforcing Fabric: 14:0 oz. per sq. yd. 4. Strip Reinforcing Fabric: 3.75 oz. per sq. yd. G. Base Coat Materials: System manufacturer's standard, job -mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, white or natural color; and system manufacturer's standard polymer -based adhesive designed for use indicated. H. Finish Coat Materials: System manufacturer's standard mixture complying with the following requirements for material composition and method of combining materials: 1. Factory-mixed formulation of polymer emulsion admixture, colorfast mineral pigments, sound stone particles, and fillers. 2. Job -mixed formulation of polymer emulsion adhesive and marble chips of particle size indicated below, for embedding in adhesive to produce an exposed aggregate finish. a. Particle Size: 0.05 inch. b. Particle Size: 0.75 inch. 3. Finish coat color shall be selected by the Architect or as indicated on drawing. Water: Clean and potable. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 J. Mechanical Fastener Assemblies: System manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant fastener assemblies, consisting of thermal cap, system manufacturer's standard washer and shaft attachments, and fastener indicated below; selected for properties of pullout, tensile, and shear strength required to resist design Toads of application indicated, capable of pulling fastener head below surface of insulation board, and of the following description: 1. For attachment to steel studs from 0.033 inch to 0.112 inch in thickness, provide steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954. 2. For attachment to light -gage steel framing members (not less than 0.0179 inch in thickness), provide steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002. 3. For attachment to wood framing members, provide steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002. 4. For attachment to masonry and concrete substrates, provide sheathing dowel in the form of plastic wing - tipped fastener with thermal cap, sized to fit insulation thickness indicated and penetrate substrate to depth required to secure anchorage. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. Sealant Products: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, eiastomeric sealant that is compatible with joint fillers, Joint substrates, and other related materials and complies with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for products corresponding to description indicated below. 1. Multipart Nonsag Urethane Sealant. B. Sealant Color: Comply with the following requirement: 1. Match color of Architect's sample, or as indicated. 2.4 MIXING A. General: Comply with system manufacturer's requirements for combining and mixing materials. Do not introduce admixtures, water, or other materials except as approved by system manufacturer. Mix materials in clean containers. Use materials within time period specified by system manufacturer or discard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, to determine if they are in satisfactory condition for installation of system. Do not proceed with installation of system until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling resulting from application of systems. Provide temporary covering and other protection needed to prevent spattering of exterior finish coatings on other work. B. Protect system, substrates, and wall construction behind them from inclement weather during installation. Prevent infiltration of moisture behind system and deterioration of substrates. C. Substrate Preparation: Prepare and clean substrates to comply with system manufacturer's requirements to obtain optimum bond between substrate and adhesive for insulation. 1. Apply surface sealer over substrates where required by system manufacturer for improving adhesion. 2. Apply surface sealer over gypsum sheathing substrates where required by system manufacturer to protect sheathing from premature degradation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with system manufacturer's current published instructions for installation of system as applicable to each type of substrate indicated. B. Adhesively and mechanically attach insulation to comply with the following requirements: 1. Apply adhesive to insulation by notched trowel method in manner that results in adhesive coating entire surface of gypsum sheathing once insulation is adhered to sheathing, unless system manufacturer instructions specify use of surface sealer in combination with ribbon and dab method. 2. Allow adhered insulation to remain undisturbed for period prescribed by system manufacturer but not less than 24 hours, prior to beginning rasping and sanding insulation or application of base coat and reinforcing fabric. 3. Apply insulation boards over dry substrates in courses with long edges oriented horizontally; begin first course from a level base line and work upwards. 4. Stagger vertical joints in successive courses to produce running bond pattern. a. Offset joints of insulation from joints in sheathing. 5. Interlock ends at internal and external corners. 6. Abut boards tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush, continuously even surfaces without gaps or raised edges between insulation boards. If gaps occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert without use of adhesive. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 7. Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more than 1/32 inch from surface of insulation and yellowed areas due to sun exposure; do not create depressions deeper than 1/16 inch. 8. Cut insulation to fit openings, corners, and projections precisely and to produce edges and shapes conforming to details indicated. 9. Interrupt insulation where expansion joints are indicated in substrates behind exterior insulation and finish systems. . 10. Form joints for sealant application by leaving gaps of width needed between adjoining insulation edges as well as between insulation edges and dissimilar adjoining surfaces projecting through insulation that produce Joint widths indicated after encapsulation of joint substrates with base coat, reinforcing fabric, and finish coat. 11. Cut grooves, rabbets, and other features in outside face of insulation with high -speed router and bit configured to produce grooves, rabbets, and other features that conform accurately to profiles and locations indicated. Do not reduce insulation thickness at features to less than 3/4 inch. 12. Treat exposed edges of insulation board, including those forming substrates of sealed joints within system or between system and other work, by encapsulating with base coat, reinforcing fabric, and finish coat. 13. Coordinate flashing installation with installation of insulation to produce a wall system that does not allow water to penetrate behind protective coating. C. Apply base coat to exposed surfaces of insulation in minimum thickness specified by system manufacturer. D. Fully embed reinforcing fabric of type indicated below in wet base coat to produce wrinkle -free installation with fabric continuous at corners and lapped or otherwise treated at joints to comply with system manufacturer's requirements. 1. Standard reinforcing fabric unless otherwise indicated. 2. Intermediate reinforcing fabric where indicated. 3. Impact- resistant reinforcing fabric up to minimum height of 7' -0 ". E. Double Layer Application: Where indicated, apply a second base coat and second layer of reinforcing fabric of weight indicated below, in same manner as first application. Do not apply until first base coat has cured. 1. Standard reinforcing fabric. 2. Intermediate reinforcing fabric. 3. Impact- resistant reinforcing fabric. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 9 -. ..-... BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 F. Apply finish coat over dry base coat in thickness required by system manufacturer to produce a uniform finish of texture and color matching approved sample. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary covering and protection of other work. Promptly remove protective coatings from window and door frames and any other surfaces outside areas indicated to receive protective coating. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer and system manufacturer that ensures system's being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07241 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB .,07241,,- 10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Metal counter flashing and base flashing (if any). 2. Metal wall flashing and expansion joints. 3. Built -in metal valleys, gutters, and scuppers. 4. Gutters and downspouts (rain drainage). 5. Exposed metal trim/fascia units. 6. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. 7. Elastic roof /wall expansion joint systems. 8. Repair of roof and flashing affected by installation of new roof equipment. B. Integral masonry fleshings are specified as masonry work in sections of Division 4. C. Roofing accessories Installed integral with roofing membrane are specified in roofing system sections as roofing work. D. Roof accessory units of premanufactured, set -on type are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data, Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Accessories: Manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product. C. Samples of the following flashing, sheet metal, and accessory items: 1. 8- inch - square samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed as finished surfaces. 2. 12- inch -long samples of factory- fabricated products exposed as finished work. Provide complete with specified factory finish. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattielSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Shop drawings showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorages details, including major countertlashings, trim/fascia units, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, and expansion Joint systems. Provide layouts at 1/4 -inch scale and details at 3 -inch scale. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, complying with ASTM A 167, 2D annealed finish, soft, except where harder temper required for forming or performance; 0.0156 -inch thick (28 gage) except as otherwise indicated. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA- C22A41 clear anodized finish; 0.032 -inch thick (20 gage) except as otherwise indicated. 2.2 FLEXIBLE SHEET MEMBRANE FLASHING A. Elastic Sheet Flashing /Membrane: Nonreinforced flexible, black elastic sheet flashing of 50 to 65 mils' thickness and complying with the following: 1. Shore A Hardness (ASTM D 2240): 50 to 70. 2. Tensile Strength (ASTM D 412): 1200 psi. 3, Tear Resistance (ASTM D 624, Die C): 20 lbs. per linear inch. 4. Ultimate elongation (ASTM D 412): 250 percent. 5. Low temperature brittleness (ASTM D 746): minus 30 deg F (minus 35 deg C). 6. Resistance to ozone aging (ASTM D 1149): no cracks for 10 percent elongated sample for 100 hours in 50 pphm (50,5 mPa) ozone at 104 deg F (70 deg C). 7. Resistance to Heat Aging (ASTM D 573): maximum hardness increase of 15 points, elongation reduction of 40 percent, and tensile strength reduction of 30 percent, for 70 hours at 212 deg F (100 deg C). FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 8. Acceptable Products: 1. Neoprene synthetic rubber sheet. 2. Butyl synthetic rubber sheet. 3. EPDM synthetic rubber sheet. 2.3 LAMINATED COMPOSITION SHEET FLASHING A. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 - 50 tin /lead solder (ASTM B 32), with rosin flux. B. Solder: For use with stainless steel, provide 60 - 40 tin /lead solder (ASTM B 32), with acid - chloride type flux, except use rosin flux over tinned surfaces, C. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing /sheet metal or other non- corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. D. Bituminous Coating: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent -type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. E. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, non- drying, nonmigrating sealant. F. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for Joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2 -part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior /interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints. H. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof /weather - resistant seaming and adhesive applicatistant seaming and adhesive applicati I. Paper Slip Sheet: 5 -Ib. rosin -sized building paper. J. Polyethylene Underlayment: Minimum 6 -mil carbonated polyethylene film resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154. K. Reglets: Metal or plastic units of type and profile indicated, compatible with flashing indicated, noncorrosive. L. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. M. Cast -Iron Drainage Boots: Grey iron castings of size and pattern indicated, ASTM A 48, bituminous shop - coated. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 N. Gutter and Conductor -Head Guards: 20 -gage bronze or nonmagnetic stainless steel mesh or fabricated units, with selvaged edges and noncorrosive fasteners. Select materials for compatibility with gutters and downspouts. 0. Elastic Flashing Filler: Closed -cell polyethylene or other soft closed -cell material recommended by elastic flashing manufacturer as filler under flashing loops to ensure movement with minimum stress on flashing sheet. P. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. 2.4 FABRICATED UNITS A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop - fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather - resistant performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil- canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional strength where required. C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water /weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards. E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer /fabricator. F. Shop Finish, Rain Drainage: Provide manufacturer's standard baked -on white acrylic shop finish on sheet metal rain drainage units (gutters, downspouts, and similar exposed units); 1.0 -mil dry film thickness. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 2.5 ELASTIC EXPANSION JOINTS 12/23/93 A. General: Provide factory- fabricated units of size and profile indicated, complete with prefabricated corner units, intersection units, and splicing materials. Provide complete with elastic sheet flashing forming the primary joint membrane, in a supported, "bellows" arrangement designed for securement to both sides of expansion joints. Underside of bellows insulated with adhesively applied, flexible, closed -cell rubber or plastic not Tess than 3/8 -inch thick. B. Type: Plain sheet or encapsulated metal flanged edges, for embedment in other construction or nailing to substrates, 4- inches minimum flange width. C. Type: Metal flanged edges, 3 to 4 inches wide, formed to profiles as indicated to fit curbs and designed for nailing to curb substrate. Provide metal flanges in the following thicknesses: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch (26 gage). 2. Aluminum: 0.032 inch. D. Looped Bellows Width: 5 to 6 inches, exclusive of flanges, E. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: F. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Celotex Corporation. 2. Manville /Roofing Systems Division. 3. Phoenix Building Products, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Underlayment: Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 -5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. D. Install reglets to receive counterflashing in manner and by methods indicated. Where shown in concrete, furnish reglets to trades of concrete work for installation as work of Division 3 sections. Where shown in masonry, furnish reglets to trades of masonry work, for installation as work of Division 4 sections. E. Install counterflashing in reglets, either by snap -in seal arrangement or by welding in place for anchorage and filling regiet with mastic or elastomeric sealant, as indicated and depending on degree of sealant exposure. F. Install elastic flashing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where required, provide for movement at joints by forming loops or bellows in width of flashing. Locate cover or filler strips at joints to facilitate complete drainage of water from flashing. Seam adjacent flashing sheets with adhesive, seal and anchor edges in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. G. Nail flanges of expansion joint units to curb nailers, at maximum spacing of 6 inches o.c. Fabricate seams at joints between units with minimum 3 -inch overlap, to form a continuous, waterproof system. H. Install continuous gutter guards on gutters, arranged as hinged units to swing open for cleaning gutters. Install "beehive" -type strainer -guard at conductor heads, removable for cleaning downspouts. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of fleshings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 076004 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 07901 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations: 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below: a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Joints between different materials. c. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. d. Other joints as indicated. 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Joints between different materials listed above. b. Other joints as indicated. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. c. Tile control and expansion joints. d. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. e. Perimeter joints of toilet fixtures. f. Other joints as indicated. 4. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Joints as indicated. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 "Glass and Glazing" for sealants used in glazing. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Drywall" for sealing concealed perimeter joints of gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission. 3. Division 9 Section "Acoustical Panels" for sealing edge moldings at perimeter of acoustical ceilings. 4. Division 9 Section "Tile" for sealing tile joints. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. B. Provide Joint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no staining or deterioration of joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required. C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. D. Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealant samples in 1 /2- inch -wide joints formed between two 6 -inch -long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. E. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. F. Qualification data complying with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article. Include list of completed projects with project names addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. G. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from elastomeric sealant manufacturer indicating that materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with Joint sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 H. Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. I. Preconstruction field test reports indicating which products and joint preparation methods demonstrate acceptable adhesion to joint substrates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. C. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint sealant manufacturers samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants for compatibility and adhesion testing as indicated below: 1. Use test methods standard with manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of Joint sealants to joint substrates. a. Perform tests under normal environmental conditions that will exist during actual installation. 2. Submit not less than 9 pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 3. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analysis of results to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 4. Investigate materials failing compatibility or adhesion tests and obtain joint sealant manufacturer's written recommendations for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 5. Testing will not be required when Joint sealant manufacturer is able to submit joint preparation data required above that are acceptable to Architect and are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. D. Product Testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealant based on tests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations within a 24 -month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to Architect. JOINT SEALANTS 07901-3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA • 12/23/93 1. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per ASTM C 719), low- temperature flexibility, modulus of elasticity at 100 percent strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering. E. Preconstruction Field Testing: Prior to installation of joint sealants, field -test their adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. b. Each type of non - elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock -ups will be erected. F. Field- Constructed Mock -Ups: Prior to installation of joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants as follows to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution: 1. Joints in field- constructed mock -ups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants specified in this Section. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence installation of joint sealants to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet at end of this Section, including those requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for Uses indicated. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, elastomeric sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in each Elastomeric Sealant Data Sheet. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in each Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -5 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, mildew- resistant, paintable latex sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected exterior locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. B. Acrylic - Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. C. Silicone Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 and, except for weight loss measured per ASTM C 792, with ASTM C 920 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. D. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: E. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Acrylic - Emulsion Sealant: a. "AC -20," Pecora Corp. b. "Sonolac," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. c. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834," Tremco, Inc. 2. Silicone - Emulsion Sealant: a. "Trade Mate Paintabie Glazing Sealant," Dow Corning Corp. 2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Closed -cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoutgassing in unruptured state. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Proprietary, reticulated, closed -cell polymeric foam, nonoutgassing, with a density of 2.5 pcf and tensile strength of 35 psi per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.02 gms /cc per ASTM C 1083. 3. Any material indicated above. C. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 deg F ( -32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with Joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove Iaitance and form release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime Joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant - substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. D. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -8 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 c. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 2. install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used between sealants and joint fillers or back of joints. E. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide recessed joint configuration, per Figure 5C in ASTM C 962, of recess depth and at locations indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 07901 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -9 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following products manufactured in accordance with SDI Recommended Standards: 12/23/93 1. Doors: Flush, hollow or composite construction standard steel doors for interior and exterior locations. 2, Doors: Seamless, hollow or composite construction standard steel doors for interior and exterior locations. 3. Frames: Pressed steel frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, mullions,interior glazed panels, and other interior and exterior openings: 4. Assemblies: Provide standard steel door and frame assemblies as required for the following: a. Labeled and fire rated. b. Thermal rated (insulated). c. Sound rated (acoustical). 5. Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted. 6. Provide factory finished doors and frames: B. Painting primed doors and frames is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." C. Door hardware is specified in another Division 8 Section. D. Glass and Glazing are specified in another Division 8 Section. E. Building in of anchors and grouting of frames in masonry construction is specified in Division 4. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core,•Iabel compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. 2. Indicate coordinate of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements. D. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors available for factory- finished doors and frames, or as indicated. E. Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples not less than 3 inches by 5 inches and of same thickness and material indicated for final unit of Work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing full range of variations expected. F. Label Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire -rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies, submit manufacturer's certification that each door and frame assembly has been constructed to conform to design, materials and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI /SDI -100 and as herein specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies whose fire resistance characteristics have been determined per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed by UL, Factory Mutual, Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable'to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Oversize Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide manufacturer's certification that doors conform to all standard construction requirements of tested and labeled fire -rated door assemblies except for size. 2. Temperature Rise Rating: At stairwell enclosures, provide doors which have Temperature Rise Rating of 450 deg F (232 deg C) maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard - wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory- finished doors and frames. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 8. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4- inches high wood blocking. Avoid use of non - vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1 /4- inches spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard steel doors and frames by one of the following: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: a. Ceco Corp. b. Curries Company. c. Pioneer Industries. 2. Prefinished Interior Steel (Door) Frames Only: a. Dunbarton Corp. (Rediframe Product). b. Timely. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. B. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. C. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc - coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526, or drawing quality, ASTM A 642, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 525, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18 -gage sheet steel; galvanized where used with galvanized frames. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. F. Shop Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Primer: Rust- inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked -on enamel paint. 2.3 DOORS A. Provide metal doors of SDI grades and models specified below or as indicated on drawings or schedules: 1. Interior Doors: ANSI /SDI -100, Grade II, heavy -duty, Model 3 or 4, minimum 18 -gage cold - rolled sheet steel faces. 2. Exterior Doors: ANSI /SDI -100, Grade III, extra heavy -duty, Model 4, minimum 16 -gage galvanized steel faces.. B. Door Louvers: Provide sightproof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated, constructed of inverted V- shaped or Y- shaped blades formed of 24 -gage cold - rolled steel set into minimum 20 -gage steel frame. 2.4 FRAMES A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 18 -gage cold - rolled steel. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners, welded construction. 2. Form exterior frames from 16 -gage galvanized steel. B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike Jambs of single -door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double -door frames. C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 26 -gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory- assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with ANSI /SDI -100 requirements. 1. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard honeycomb, polyurethane, polystyrene, unitized steel grid, vertical steel stiffeners, or rigid mineral fiber core with Internal sound deadener on inside of face sheets where appropriate in accordance with SDI standards. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle/South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads except between non -fire -rated pairs of doors not more than 1/4 inch. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold- rolled steel. C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold - rolled or hot - rolled steel. E. Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel in accordance with SDI -112. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16 -gage inverted steel channels. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. G. Thermal -Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal insulating door and frame assemblies and tested in accordance with ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal -rated assemblies with U factor of 0,41 Btu /(hr x sq ft x deg F.) or better. H. Sound -Rated (Acoustical) Assemblies: Where shown or scheduled, provide door and frame assemblies fabricated as sound - reducing type, tested in accordance with ASTM E 90, and classified in accordance with ASTM E 413. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide acoustical assemblies with sound ratings of STC 33 or better, I. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware in accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 Series Specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. 1. For concealed overhead door closers, provide space, cutouts, reinforcing and provisions for fastening in top rail of doors or head of frames, as applicable. J. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface- applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface- applied hardware may be done at project site. K. Locate hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware on Standard Steel Doors and Frames," published by Door and Hardware Institute. L. Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces, STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. 2. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. 3. Apply finish coat to doors indicated to be prefinished by spraying and baking, to produce a paint thickness of 1.25 mils. M. Glazing Stops: Minimum 20 gage steel or .040- inch -thick aluminum. 1. Provide non - removable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. 2. Provide screw applied removable glazing beads on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI -105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. 1. Except for frames located at existing concrete, masonry or drywall installations, place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 2. In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry Tee anchors. 3. At existing concrete or masonry construction, provide 3 completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge Jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. 4. Install fire -rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. 5. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. C. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI /SDI -100. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 1. Install fire -rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No. 80. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN 12/23/93 A. Prime Coat Touch -up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air -drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinished doors. C. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA BARNES & NOBLE PRE -HUNG DOOR PACKAGE HARDWARE SCHEDULE EACH 2 1/4" DOOR SHALL HAVE: 12/23/93 Mortise Deadlock Russwin #W1503 1/2 for 2 1/4" Door. Flush Bolt Russwin #2598 Top & Bottom w/ No. 411 F64 Strike (only inactive leaf). Full Mortise Hinges Stanley # FBB199 5" X 5 ", 2 Pair Each Door. Push Plate Hiawatha #200D 3 1/2" X 15" - Push Side Each Door. Pull and Plate Hiawatha # 535B -8" w /200D Plate Pull Side Each Door. Kickplate 12" X 36" - One Each Side Each Door. Closer Norton # 8501 -6 Silencers Ives #21 - 4 Each Door. All Doors and Frames to have Integral Weatherstrip. Note: All finishes to be Antique Brass, substitutions with samples subject to approval by Architect. Sill - Zero International, Inc. - 5" Handicapped accessible C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 NATIONAL WOOD WINDOW & DOOR ASSOCIATION How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install and Maintain Wood Doors 1 STORAGE AND HANDLING 1.1 Doors shall always be stored flat and in clean, dry surroundings. Protect from dirt, water, and abuse. If stored for long periods, doors must be sealed with a non -water based sealer or primer. 1.2 Doors shall not be exposed to excessive moisture, heat, dryness, or direct sunlight. 1.3 Doors shall always be handled with clean hands or while wearing clean gloves. 1.4 Doors shall be lifted and carried, not dragged across one another. 2 FIELD FINISHING 2.1 Prior to finishing, insure that the building atmosphere is dried to a normal, interior relative humidity, insure that the doors have been allowed to equalize to a stable moisture content. 2.2 Prior to finishing, remove all handling marks, raising grain and other undesirable blemishes by completely block sanding all surfaces with a 100 to 50 fine grit abrasive. 2.3 Certain species of wood, particularly oak, contain chemicals which react unfavorable with certain finishes causing dark stain spots. Where possible, the species /finish combination should be tested prior to finishing the doors. Notify your finish supplier or door supplier immediately if any undesirable reaction is noticed. Do not continue with the finishing until the problem is resolved. 2.4 In order not to induce warpage, avoid dark stains or dark colored paints on door surfaces exposed directly to sunlight. 2.5 In order to prevent blemish magnification, avoid extremely dark stains on Tight colored wood species. 2.6 Water based sealer or prime coats should not be used. Water based top coats should be used over surfaces that have been completely sealed with a non -water based sealer or primer. 2.7 A first coat of a thinned clear sanding sealer, followed by light block sanding, will minimize subsequent handling marks and promote the uniformity of subsequent stain BARNES & NOBLE • Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 coats. 2.8 All exposed wood surfaces must be sealed, Including top and bottom rails. 2.9 To achieve the desired results of color uniformity, finish build, gloss and reduce the frequency of refinishing, obtain and follow finish manufacturer's recommendations. 2.10 Be sure the door surface being finished is satisfactory in both smoothness and color after each coat before applying the next coat. 2.11 Certain wood fire doors have edges, and possibly crossbands under the face veneer, which contain fire retardant salts. These salts are usually hygroscopic and will take on excess moisture in a damp atmosphere. The salts will concentrate at the surface and form whitish crystals that can interfere with the finish. Before finishing, remove the salt crystals with a damp cloth, followed by drying and light sanding. 3 INSTALLATION 3.1 The utility or structural strength of the doors must not be impaired in fitting to the opening, in applying hardware, in preparing for lights, louvers, or plant -ons or other detailing. 3.2 Clearances between door edges and door frame shall be a minimum of 1/16 inch on the hinge edge, 1/8 inch on the latch edge and top rail. 3.3 Clearances between door edges and door frame shall be a minimum of 1/16 inch on the hinge edge, 1/8 inch on the latch edge and top rail. 3.4 All hardware locations, preparations for hardware and methods of hardware attachment must be appropriate for the specific door construction. Templates for the specific hardware preparation are available from hardware manufacturers. NWMA or DHI. 3.5 Apply the sealer, primer, or first coats of the required finish, on exterior doors, immediately after fitting, cutting for hardware, weather- stripping, etc., and before the installation of any hardware. 3.6 When Tight or louver cutouts are made for exterior doors, they must be protected in order to prevent water from entering the door core. Metal flashing at the bottom of the cutout is one satisfactory method. 4 MAINTENANCE 4.1 Most finishes on exterior doors deteriorate relatively quickly. In order for exterior doors to continue receiving the protection required. inspect the condition of exterior finishes at least once a year and refinish as often as needed to maintain the protective integrity of the finish. 4.2 Insure that doors continue to swing freely, do not bind in the frame and that all hardware remains functional. BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PRE -HUNG WOOD DOOR AND FRAME PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Extent and location of each type of panel wood doors is indicated on drawings and In schedules. B. Types of panel wood doors required include the following: 1. Exterior stile and rail doors with raised panels. C. Factory- prefitting to frames and factory- premachining for hardware of panel wood doors is Included in this section. D. Wood door frames and other woodwork in juxtaposition to panel wood doors is included in this section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door required, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location and size of each door; elevation of each door; construction details not covered in product data including those for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); location and extent of hardware cutouts; fire ratings; and factory finishing requirements. C. Samples: Corner section, 1' -0" square, showing edges, faces, joinery and material qualities of typical stile, rail, molding and panel for each exposed material, door type and finish required; and as follows: 1. Doors for Transparent Finish: Door faces representing typical range of color and grain for each veneer and lumber species required. 2. Certificate of Product Compliance: Manufacturer's certificate evidencing compliance of panel wood doors with requirements. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Certification: Manufacturer to certify that doors comply with specified requirements including those of referenced door standard. 1. Mark, label or otherwise identify panel wood doors as complying with NWWDA I.S.6. B. Safety Glazing Standard: Provide safety glass of type indicated or required by authorities having Jurisdiction for doors and sidelights; comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category 11 materials except where those of Category I are expressly indicated and permitted. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with NWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install and Maintain Wood Doors" and with manufacturer's instructions and with applicable requirements of referenced door standard, herewith attached for reference. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. CONDITIONING: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with requirements of the following quality standard applicable to project's geographical location. 1. "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" including Section 100 -S -3 "Moisture Content" of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). 2. "Section 1 - General information - Technical Bulletin" in " Manual of Millwork" of Woodwork Institute of California (WIC). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL WOOD DOORS OF SPECIAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" including Section 1400 "Stile and Rail Doors" of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. WIC Quality Standard: Comply with "Manual of Millwork" including Section 20 "Doors ", Para. VII "Stile and Rail Doors - Special Design and Construction ", of Woodwork Institute of California. C. NWWDA Quality Standard: Comply with NWWDA Standard 1.5. 6 -86 for wood stile and rails. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA D. Exterior Doors: Comply with the following requirements: 12/23/93 1. Grade of Doors for Transparent Finish: Premium. 2. Wood Species of Doors for Transparent Finish: Red Mahogany, quarter sawn /sliced. E. Stile, Rail and Mullion Dimensions: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Widths: As indicated. 2. Thickness: As indicated. F. Raised Panel Characteristics: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Molding Profile: Manufacturer's standard. 2. Panel Thickness: Manufacturer's standard but not Tess than 1 -1/2" G. Panel Design: As indicated. H. Glass for Openings: 1/4" thick tempered clear glass. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate panel wood doors to produce doors complying with following requirements: 1. Factory- prefit doors to fit frame opening sizes indicated with uniform clearances and bevels as below: a. Fitting Clearances for Non -rated Doors: Provide 1/8" at jambs and heads; 1/16" per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8" from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. b. Bevel non -rated doors 1/8" in 2" at lock and hinge edges. B. Factory- premachine panel wood doors for hardware; comply with final hardware schedule, door frame shop drawings and hardware templates. C. Glazed Openings: Factory- preglaze doors for applications indicated. D. Exterior Doors: Factory-treat exterior doors after fabrication with water repellent to comply with NWWDA I.S.4. Flash top of outswinging doors with manufacturer's standard metal flashing. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.3 SHOP PRIMING A. Quality Standard: Comply with "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standard" including Section 1500 "Factory Finishing" of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). B. Prefinish panel wood doors at factory. C. Semi - transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated for grade, finish, system, staining effect and sheen: 1. AWI Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: Maufacturer's standard finish with performance requirements comparable to either AWi System #2 catalyzed lacquer or AWI System #3 alkyd urea conversion varnish. 3. Staining: Match approved sample for color. 4. Effect: Open grain finish. 5. Sheen: Satin - medium rubbed effect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Examine pre -hung door and frames prior to installation A. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. B. Reject doors with defects, C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: for installation see Division -8 "Builder's Hardware" section of these specifications. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install panel wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions, applicable requirements of referenced quality standard, and as indicated. C. Factory-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stile and rail in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Fitting Clearances for Non -rated Doors: Provide 1/8" at jambs and heads; 1/16 per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8 from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish and covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 8 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Bevel non -rated door 1/8" in 2" at lock and hinge edges. D. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at job site. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. B. Finish Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. C. Protect doors as recommended by door damaged during installation. EXTERIOR WALL FRAME PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Section, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior door frames. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product and process specified in this section and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing and installation. C. Wood preservative treatment data from chemical treatment manufacturer. Include certification of chemical solution and affirming compliance with indicated treatment standard. D. Fire - retardant- treatment data for material impregnated by pressure process to reduce combustibility. Include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 E. Show drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large - scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Apply "WIC Certified Compliance Label" to first page of shop drawings. F. Samples for verification purposes of the following: 1. Lumber for transparent finish in form of exterior wood stain, 50 square inches, for each species, with one half of exposed surface finished with coating specified in Division 9 Section "Exterior Wood Stains." G. Product certificates signed by wood work manufacturer certifying that products comply with specified requirements. H. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of ARchitects and Owners, and other information specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to product required units without causing delay in the Work. B. Single- Source Fabrication and Installation Responsibility: Engage a qualified Manufacturer to assume undivided responsibility for woodwork specified in this section, including fabrication and installation. C. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of architectural woodwork by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this project. D. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), except as otherwise indicated. E. WIC Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of "Manual of Millwork" published by Woodwork Institute of California (WIC) unless otherwise indicated. Issue WIC Certificates of Compliance certifying that items comply with WIC requirements for AWI grade indicated. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soilage and deterioration. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with woodwork manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage. B. Field Measurements (By General Contractor): Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before manufacturing woodwork; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 08212.1 - 11 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of aluminum storefront work: 1. Storefront -type framing system. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Glazing requirements for aluminum storefront, including entrances specified to be factory glazed, are included in Division 8 Section "Glass and Glazing." 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum storefront assemblies that comply with performance characteristics specified, as demonstrated by testing the manufacturer's corresponding stock assemblies according to test methods indicated. B. Thermal Movement: Design the aluminum storefront framing systems to provide for expansion and contraction of the component materials. Entrance doors shall function normally over the specified temperature range. 1. The system shall be capable of withstanding a metal surface temperature range of 180 deg F (100 deg C) without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements, damaging Toads on fasteners, reduction of performance, stress on glass, or other detrimental effects. C. Design Requirements: Provide aluminum storefront systems that comply with structural performance, air infiltration, and water penetration requirements indicated. 1. Wind Loads: Provide aluminum storefront assemblies capable of withstanding wind pressures of 20 psf inward and 20 psf outward acting normal to the plane of the wall. D. Structural Performance: Conduct tests for structural performance in accordance with ASTM E 330. At the conclusion of the tests there shall be no glass breakage or permanent damage to fasteners, anchors, hardware or actuating mechanism. Framing members shall have no permanent deformation in excess of 0.2 percent of their clear span. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Deflection Normal to the Plane of the Wall: Test pressure required to measure deflection of framing members normal to the plane of the wall shall be equivalent to the wind load specified above. Deflection shall not exceed 1/175 of the clear span, when subjected to uniform Toad deflection test. 2. Deflection Parallel to the Plane of the Wall: Test pressures required to measure deflection parallel to the plane of the wall shall be equal to 1.5 times the wind pressures specified above. Deflection of any member carrying its full dead load shall not exceed an amount that will reduce glass bite below 75 percent of the design dimension and shall not reduce the edge clearance between the member and the fixed panel, glass or other fixed member above to less than 1/8 inch. The clearance between the member and an operable door or window shall be at least 1/16 inch. E. Air Infiltration: Provide aluminum storefront framing system with an air infiltration rate of not more than 0.06 CFM per sq. ft. of fixed area (excluding operable door edges) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at an inward test pressure differential of 1.57 psf. F. Water Penetration: Provide framing systems with no uncontrolled water penetration (excluding operable door edges) as defined in the test method when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24 Ibf per sq. ft. G. Condensation Resistance: Where framing systems are "thermal- break" construction, provide units tested for thermal performance in accordance with AAMA 1503 showing condensation resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 1. Product data for aluminum storefront system required, including: a. Manufacturer's standard details and fabrication methods. b. Data on finishing, hardware and accessories. c. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces. 2. Shop drawings for aluminum storefront system required, including: a. Layout and installation details, including relationship to adjacent work. b. Elevations at 1/4 -inch scale. c. Detail sections of typical composite members. d. Anchors and reinforcement. e. Hardware mounting heights. f. Provisions for expansion and contraction. g. Glazing details. 3. Samples for Initial Color Selection: Submit pairs of samples of each specified color and finish on 12 -inch -long sections of extrusions or formed shapes. Where normal color variations are anticipated, include 2 or more units in each set of samples indicating extreme limits of color variations. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 4. Samples for Verification Purposes: The Architect reserves the right to require additional samples, that show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 5. Test Reports: Provide certified test reports from a qualified independent testing laboratory showing that aluminum storefront systems have been tested in accordance with specified test procedures and comply with performance characteristics indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Provide aluminum storefront systems produced by a firm experienced in manufacturing systems that are similar to those indicated for this project and that have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain aluminum storefront systems from one source and from a single manufacturer. C. Design Criteria: The drawings indicate the size, profile, and dimensional requirements of aluminum storefront work required and are based on the specific types and models indicated. Aluminum storefront by other manufacturers may be considered, provided deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver aluminum storefront components in the manufacturer's original protective packaging. B. Store aluminum components in a clean dry location away from uncured masonry. Cover components with waterproof paper, tarpaulin or polyethylene sheeting in a manner to permit circulation of air. 1. Stack framing components in a manner that will prevent bending and avoid significant or permanent damage. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of the work. 1. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not necessarily limited to: ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage or air infiltration. 2. Faulty operation. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes and other materials beyond normal weathering. B. Warranty Period: 3 years after the date of Substantial Completion. C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights or remedies the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents, and is in addition to and runs concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide storefront systems manufactured by one of the following: 1. Kawneer Company, Inc. Trifab II 451 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Members: Alloy and temper recommended by the manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish; comply with ASTM B 221 for aluminum extrusions, ASTM B 209 for aluminum sheet or plate, and ASTM B 211 for aluminum bars, rods and wire. B. Carbon steel reinforcement of aluminum framing members shall comply with ASTM A 36 for structural shapes, plates and bars, ASTM A 611 for cold rolled sheet and strip, or ASTM A 570 for hot rolled sheet and strip. C. Glass and Glazing Materials: Comply with requirements of "Glass and Glazing" section of these specifications. D. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, zinc plated steel, or other material warranted by the manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components, hardware, anchors and other components. 1. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw - anchor into aluminum members less than 0.125 inches thick, reinforce the interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads, or provide standard noncorrosive pressed -in splined grommet nuts. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Do not use exposed fasteners except for application of hardware. For application of hardware, use Phillips flat -head machine screws that match the finish of member or hardware being fastened. E. Concealed Flashing: 0.0179 -inch (26 gage) minimum dead -soft stainless steel, or 0.026- inch -thick minimum extruded aluminum of alloy and type selected by manufacturer for compatibility with other components. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 F. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide high- strength aluminum brackets and reinforcements; where use of aluminum is not feasible provide nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 123. G. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Provide cast iron, malleable iron, or hot -dip galvanized steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123. H. Compression Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable compressible weatherstripping gaskets of molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287. I. Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable weatherstripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Storefront Framing System: Provide storefront framing systems fabricated from extruded aluminum members of size and profile indicated, Include subframes and other reinforcing members of the type indicated. Provide for flush glazing storefront from the exterior on all sides without projecting stops. Shop - fabricate and preassemble frame components where possible. Provide storefront frame sections without exposed seams. 1. Mullion Configurations: Provide pockets at the inside glazing face to receive resilient elastomeric glazing. Mullions and horizontals shall be one piece. Make provisions to drain moisture accumulation to the exterior. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate aluminum storefront components to designs, sizes and thicknesses indicated and to comply with indicated standards. Sizes and profile requirements are indicated on the drawings. Variable dimensions are indicated, with maximum and minimum dimensions required, to achieve design requirements and coordination with other work. 1. Thermal -Break Construction: Fabricate storefront framing system with an integrally concealed, low- conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and exposed interior members to eliminate direct metal -to -metal contact. Use manufacturer's standard construction that has been in use for similar projects for period of not less than 3 years. B. Prefabrication: Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work to the greatest extent possible before shipment to the Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 1. Do not drill and tap for surface- mounted hardware items until time of installation at project site. C. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations. Grind exposed welds smooth to remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Welding behind finished surfaces shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize distortion and discoloration on the finished surface. D. Reinforcing: install reinforcing as required for hardware and as necessary for performance requirements, sag resistance and rigidity. E. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint, or a suitable sealant, or a nonabsorptive plastic or elastomeric tape, or a gasket between the surfaces. Do not use coatings containing lead. F. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with hairline fit of contacting members. 2.5 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Class I Color Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, nonspecular; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class I Architectural, film thicker than 0.7 mil with integral color or electrolytically deposited color) complying with AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1, 1. Color: Medium bronze. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and supports, with the installer present, for compliance with requirements indicated, installation tolerances, and other conditions that affect installation of aluminum storefronts. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding with the installation. 1. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. B. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members, doors,, or panels. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades. indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Construction Tolerances: Install aluminum storefront to comply with the following tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 12 feet of length or 1/4 inch in any total length. 2. Offset from Alignment: The maximum offset from true alignment between two identical members abutting end to end in line shall not exceed 1/16 inch. 3. Diagonal Measurements: The maximum difference in diagonal measurements shall not exceed 1/8 inch. 4. Offset at Corners: The maximum out -of -plane offset of framing at corners shall not exceed 1/32 inch. D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. 1. Zinc or cadmium plate steel anchors and other unexposed fasteners after fabrication. 2. Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminum. 3. Paint aluminum surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry with alkali resistant coating. 4. Paint wood and similar absorptive material in contact with aluminum and exposed to the elements or otherwise subject to wetting, with two coats of aluminum house paint. Seal joints between the materials with sealant. E. Set sill members and other members in bed of sealant as indicated, or with joint fillers or gaskets as indicated to provide weathertight construction. Comply with requirements of Division 7 for sealants, fillers, and gaskets. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating hardware to function properly, for smooth operation without binding, and for weathertight closure. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean the completed system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to coatings. B. Clean glass surfaces after installation, complying with requirements contained in the "Glass and Glazing" Section for cleaning and maintenance. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances from aluminum surfaces. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 7 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 3.5 PROTECTION 12/23/93 A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that aluminum storefronts will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing, sliding, and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed. Note: All hardware to be handicap accessible. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Hinges. 2. Lock cylinders and keys. 3. Lock and latch sets. 4. Bolts. 5. Exit devices. 6. Push /pull units. 7. Closers. 8. Overhead holders. 9. Miscellaneous door control devices. 10. Protection plates. 11. Sliding door equipment. 12. Weatherstripping for exterior doors. 13. Thresholds. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section 'interior Architectural Woodwork" for cabinet hardware. 2. Division 8 Section "Standard Steel Doors and Frames" for silencers integral with hollow metal frames. 3. Division 8 Section 'Barnes & Noble" Pre -Hung Door Package. 4. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Storefronts" for aluminum entrance door hardware, except cylinders. D. Products furnished but not installed under this Section include: DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Cylinders for locks on entrance doors. 2. Final replacement cores and keys to be installed by Owner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. B. Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. C. Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. b. Name and manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Keying information. 2. Submittal Sequence: Submit final schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of schedule. 3. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. D. Samples of each type of exposed hardware unit in finish indicated and tagged with full DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 description for coordination with schedule. Submit samples prior to submission of final hardware schedule. E. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer. B. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in- service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project and that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work, for consultation. 1. Require supplier to meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing. C. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire -rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having Jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated in compliance with requirements of fire -rated door and door frame labels. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. B. Packaging of door hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same container. C. Inventory door hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct, D. Deliver individually packaged door hardware items promptly to place of installation (shop or Project site). DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 E. Provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to the Project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items that are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance Instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Butts and Hinges: a. Hager Hinge Co. b. H. Soss & Company. c. Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works. 2. Cylinders and Locks: a. Best Lock Corp. 3. Exit/Panic Devices: a. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. b. Von Duprin, Div. Ingersoll -Rand Door Hardware Group. c. Yale Security Inc. 4. Push /Pull Units: a. Brookline Industries, Div. Yale Security Inc. b. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. c. Hiawatha, Inc. 5. Overhead Closers: a. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. b. LCN, Div. Ingersoll -Rand Door Hardware Group. c. Norton Door Controls, Div. Yale Security Inc. d. Rixson- Flremark, Div. Yale Security Inc. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 4 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 6. Door Control Devices: a. Brookline Industries, Div. Yale Security Inc. b. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. c. Hager Hinge Co. 7. Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates: a. Brookline Industries, Div. Yale Security Inc. b. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. c. Hager Hinge Co. 8. Sliding Door Hardware Sets: a. Grant Hardware Co. b. L. E. Johnson Products, Inc. c. Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works. 9. Door Stripping and Seals: a. National Guard Products, Inc. b. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Zero International, Inc. 10. Thresholds: a. National Guard Products, Inc. b. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Zero International, Inc. 2.2 SCHEDULED HARDWARE A. Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the "Hardware Schedule" on the drawings. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: 1. Manufacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name of one manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either the product designated or, where more than one manufacturer is specified under the Article "Manufacturers" in Part 2 for each hardware type, the comparable product of one of the other manufacturers that complies with requirements. 2. ANSI /BHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section or in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section, DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 a. Butts and Hinges: ANSI /BHMA A156.1. b. Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches: ANSI /BHMA A156.2. c. Exit Devices: ANSI /BHMA A156.3. d. Door Controls - Closers: ANSI /BHMA A156.4. e. Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products: ANSI /BHMA A156.5. f. Architectural Door Trim: ANSI /BHMA A156.6. g. Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI /BHMA A156.7. h. Door Controls - Overhead Holders: ANSI /BHMA A156.8. i. Interconnected Locks and Latches: ANSI /BHMA A156.12. j. Mortise Locks and Latches: ANSI /BHMA A156.13. k. Sliding and Folding Door Hardware: ANSI /BHMA A156.14. I. Closer Holder Release Devices: ANSI /BHMA A156.15. m. Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI /BHMA A156.16. n. Self- Closing Hinges and Pivots: ANSI /BHMA A156.17. o. Materials and Finishes: ANSI /BHMA A156.18. 2.3 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire -rated labels and as otherwise acceptable to Architect. B. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI /BHMA A156 series standards for each type of hardware item and with ANSI /BHMA A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. C. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self - tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. D. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as possible including "prepared for paint" surfaces to receive painted finish. E. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door Is closed except to the extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru -bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of reinforcing the work adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Where thru -bolts are used as a means of reinforcing the work, provide sleeves for each thru -bolt or use sex screw fasteners. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.4 HINGES, BUTTS, AND PIVOTS A. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template- produced units. B. Screws: Provide Philips flat -head screws complying with the following requirements: 1. For metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. 2. For wood doors and frames install wood screws. 3. For fire -rated wood doors install #12 x 1 -1/4 -inch, threaded -to- the -head steel wood screws. 4. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots. C. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: 1. Out -Swing Exterior Doors: Nonremovable pins. 2. Out -Swing Corridor Doors with Locks: Nonremovable pins. 3. Interior Doors: Nonrising pins. 4. Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves, except where hospital tip (HT) indicated. D. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. 1. Fire -Rated Doors: Not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 86 inches or less in height with same rule for additional hinges. 2.5 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. Standard System: Except as otherwise indicated, provide new masterkey system for Project. B. Review the keying system with the Owner and provide the type required (master, grandmaster or great - grandmaster), either new or integrated with Owner's existing system. C. Equip locks with manufacturer's standard 6 -pin tumbler cylinders. D. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. E. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterl:eying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Permanently inscribe each key with number of lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer's key symbol, and notation, "DO NOT DUPLICATE." F. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. G. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system, and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. 1. Furnish one extra blank for each lock. 2. Deliver keys to Owner. 2.6 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with self - locking key clips, receipt forms, 3 -way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150 percent of the number of locks required for the Project. 1. Provide complete cross index system set up by key control manufacturer, and place keys on markers and hooks in the cabinet as determined by the final key schedule. 2. Provide multiple - drawer type cabinet. 2.7 LOCKS, LATCHES, AND BOLTS A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide flat Hp strikes for locks with 3- piece, antifriction latchboits as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Provide extra long strike lips for locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Provide recess type top strikes for bolts locking into head frames, unless otherwise Indicated. 4. Provide dust -proof strikes for foot bolts, except where special threshold construction provides nonrecessed strike for bolt. 5, Provide roller type strikes where recommended by manufacturer of the latch and lock units. 8. Lock Throw: Provide 5/8 -inch minimum throw of latch on pairs of doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 8 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Provide 1/2 -inch minimum throw of latch for other bored and preassembled types of locks and 3/4 -inch minimum throw of latch for mortise locks. Provide 1 -inch minimum throw for all dead bolts. C. Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of 1 /2- inch - diameter rods of brass, bronze, or stainless steel with minimum 12- inch -long rod for doors up to 7' -0" in height. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding 7' -0" in height. D. Exit Device Dogging: Except on fire -rated doors where closers are provided on doors equipped with exit devices, equip the units with keyed dogging device to keep the latch bolt retracted, when engaged. E. Rabbeted Doors: Where rabbeted door stiles are indicated, provide special rabbeted front on lock and latch units and bolts. 2.8 CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES A. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. 1. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms. 2. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. B. Combination Door Closers and Holders: Provide units designed to hold door in open position under normal usage and to release and close door automatically under fire conditions. Incorporate an integral electromagnetic holder mechanism designed for use with UL listed fire detectors, provided with normally closed switching contacts. 1. Provide integral smoke detector device in combination door closers and holders complying with UL 228. 2.9 HARDWARE FOR INTERIOR SLIDING DOORS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware for interior sliding doors when not furnished as part of complete door package. B. Operating Hardware for Bipassing Doors: Provide manufacturer's complete set consisting of extruded aluminum overhead track, adjustable hangers (carriages), bumpers, and floor guides designed to accommodate the number, size, thickness, and weight of door leaves indicated. Provide flush pulls for each door leaf. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 9 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.10 HARDWARE FINISHES A. Match items to the manufacturer's standard color and texture finish for the latch and lock sets (or push -pull units if no latch or lock sets). B. Provide finishes that match those established by BHMA or, if none established, match the Architect's sample. C. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, . hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. D. Provide protective lacquer coating on all exposed hardware finishes of brass, bronze, and aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix " -NL" is used with standard finish designations to indicate "no lacquer." E. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those listed in ANSI /BHMA A156.18, "Materials and Finishes," including coordination with the traditional U.S. finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products. 1. Rust - Resistant Finish: For iron and steel base metal required for exterior work and In areas shown as "High Humidity" areas (and also when designed with the suffix -RR), provide 0.2 -mil -thick copper coating on base metal before applying brass, bronze, nickel, or chromium plated finishes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations and except as otherwise directed by Architect. 1. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. 2. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. E. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl- rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." F. Weatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND DEMONSTRATING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. 1. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. C. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. D. Six -Month Adjustment: Approximately six months after the date of Substantial Completion, the Installer, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of latchsets and locksets and of door control devices, and of other major hardware suppliers, shall return to the Project to perform the following work: 1. Examine and re- adjust each item of door hardware as necessary to restore function of doors and hardware to comply with specified requirements. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. 3. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of hardware units. 4. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. END OF SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 11 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section Includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior aluminum and glass storefront construction to be Kawneer Company Inc. TRIFAB II 451 with 1 inch tinted insulating glass. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Storefront ". 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. B. Deterioration of Coated Glass; Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. C. Deterioration of Insulating Glass: Failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfaces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in- service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat - treated) to meet or GLAZING 08800 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 exceed the following criteria: 1. Minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls is 6.0 mm (0.23 inch). 2. Glass thicknesses for each exterior indicated are the same throughout Project. 3. Minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat - treated glass, are selected so the worst -case probability of failure does not exceed the following: a. 8 lites per 1000 for Cites set vertically or not over 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E 1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine thickness per glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E 1300 based on type of glass. b. 1 lite per 1000 for lites set over 15 degrees off vertical and under action of wind or snow. C. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass- framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat Toss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each glass product and glazing material Indicated. C. Samples for verification purposes of 12 -inch- square samples of each type of glass indicated except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12- inch -long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. D. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants, Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. F. Compatibility test report from manufacturer of insulating glass edge sealant indicating that glass GLAZING 08800 - 2 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials including sealants, glazing tape, gaskets, setting blocks, and edge blocks. G. Product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. H. Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. FGMA Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA TIR -A7 "Sloped Glazing Guidelines" and "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing." 3. LSGA Publications: "LSGA Design Guide." 4. SIGMA Publications: TM -3000 "Vertical Glazing Guidelines" and TB -3001 "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." B. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Fire - Resistive Glazing Products for Door Assemblies: Products identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, labeled and listed by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 2. Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALI). 3. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL). E. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in- service performance. F. Single- Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1. Primary glass of each (ASTM C 1036) type and class indicated. GLAZING 08800 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Heat - treated glass of each (ASTM C 1048) condition indicated. 3. Laminated glass of each (ASTM C 1172) kind indicated. 4. Insulating glass of each construction indicated. G. Single- Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. H. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to sealant manufacturers, samples of each glass, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass- framing member that will contact or affect glazing sealants for compatibility and adhesion testing as indicated below: 1. Use test methods standard with sealant manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific preparation techniques are required for rapid, optimum glazing sealants adhesion to glass and glazing channel substrates. 2. Testing is not required when glazing sealant manufacturer can submit required preparation data that is acceptable to Architect and is based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to and compatibility with submitted glazing materials. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply with Insulating glass fabricator's recommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermetic seal ruptures. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 1.9 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass Products: Submit written warranty signed by coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due GLAZING 08800 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not Tess than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass: Submit written warranty signed by manufacturer of Insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate as defined In "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. GLAZING 08800 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 12/23/93 A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in Product Data Sheets at end of this Section. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in Product Data Sheets at end of this Section. 2.2 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class as indicated below, and Quality q3 (glazing select). 1. Class 1 (clear) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Class as indicated In each Product Data Sheet at end of this Section. B. Refer to Primary Clear Float Glass Product Data Sheet for Class 1 uncoated clear glass for monolithic glazing. C. Refer to coated glass product requirements for color and performance characteristics of coated tinted glass for monolithic glazing relative to visible light transmittance, U- values, shading coefficient and visible reflectance. D. Refer to requirements for sealed insulating glass units for performance characteristics of assembled units composed of tinted glass, coated or uncoated, relative to visible light transmittance, U- values, shading coefficient, and visible reflectance. 2.3 HEAT - TREATED FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller- hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Fabrication Process: By vertical (tong -held) or horizontal (roller- hearth) process, at manufacturer's option, except provide horizontal process where indicated as tongless or free of tong marks. GLAZING 08800 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.4 HEAT - TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. Uncoated, Clear, Heat - Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), kind as indicated below. 1. Kind HS (heat strengthened) where indicated. 2. Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated. B. Uncoated, Tinted, Heat - Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 2 (tinted heat - absorbing and :light- reducing), Quality q3 (glazing select), with tint color and performance characteristics for 6.0 -mm -thick (0.23 -inch- thick) glass matching those indicated for annealed primary tinted float glass; kind as indicated below: 1. Kind HS (heat strengthened) where indicated. 2. Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated. C. Coated, Clear, Heat - Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition C (other coated glass), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), with coating type and performance characteristics complying with requirements specified under coated glass products; kind as indicated below: 1. Kind HS (heat strengthened) where indicated. 2. Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated. D. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering heat - treated glass products that may be incorporated in the Work included, but are not limited to, the following companies. E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide heat - treated glass by one of the following companies. 1. Saint - Gobain. 2. PPG Industries, Inc. 3. Tempglass. Or approved equal. GLAZING 08800 - ? BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.5 WIRED GLASS A. Wired Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type II (patterned and wired glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q8 (glazing); 6 mm (0.23 inch) thick; of form and mesh pattern indicated below: 1. Polished Wired Glass: Form 1 (wired, polished both sides), and as follows: a. Mesh m1 (diamond). b. Mesh m2 (square). 2. Patterned Wired Glass: Form 2 (patterned and wired), Mesh m1 (diamond). B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide wired glass by one of the following companies. 1. Polished Wired Glass: a. Central Glass Co., Ltd. b. Nippon Sheet Glass Ltd. c. Pilkington Sales (North America) Ltd. Or approved equal. 2. Patterned Wired Glass: a. AFG Industries, Inc. 2.6 LAMINATED GLASS PRODUCTS A. Laminate Glass Products: Comply with ASTM C 1172 for kinds• of laminated glass indicated and other requirements specified, including those in Laminated Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. Refer to primary and heat - treated glass requirements relating to properties of glass products comprising laminated glass products. B. Interlayer: Interlayer material as indicated below, in clear or colors, and of thickness indicated with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation. 1. Interlayer Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets. 2. Interlayer Material: Urethane acrylate resin. 3. Interlayer Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets or urethane acrylate resin. 4. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, the plastic interlayer products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 5. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Polyvinyl Butyral Interlayer: 1) Saflex, Monsanto Co. 2) Butacite, E. I du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc. GLAZING 08800 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 b. Urethane Acrylate Resin: 1) Uvekil, UCB Chemicals Corp. C. Laminating Process: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign substances and air or glass pockets as follows: 1. Laminate lites with polyvinyl butyral interlayer in autoclave with heat plus pressure. 2. Laminate lites with urethane acrylate resin by exposing assembled units to ultraviolet Tight after pumping interlayer material into space between lites. 2.7 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS A. Sealed Insulating Clear Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E 774 and with other requirements indicated, including those in Insulating Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. 1. For properties of individual glass lites making up units, refer to requirements specified elsewhere in this Section applicable to types, classes, kinds, and conditions of glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. 2. Provide heat- treated, coated float glass of kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is designated or required. 3. Performance characteristics designated for coated insulating glass are nominal values based on manufacturer's published test data for units with lites 6.0 mm (0.23 inch) thick and nominal 1/2 -inch dehydrated space between lites, unless otherwise indicated. 4. U- values are expressed as Btu /hour x sq. ft. x deg F. 2.8 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors: Provide color of exposed Joint sealants to comply with the following: a. Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations. GLAZING 08800 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 b. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with ASTM C 920 requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section, including those referencing ASTM classifications for Type, Grade, Class and Uses. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet, provide products, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, with the capability to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated. C. Glazing Sealant for Fire- Resistant Glazing Products: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire- resistive rating. 2.9 GLAZING TAPES A. Back - Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed, butyl -based elastomeric tape with a solids content of 100 percent, nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces, with or without spacer rod as recommended by tape and glass manufacturers for application Indicated, packaged on rolls with a release paper backing, and complying with AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.1. 2. AAMA 806.1. 3. AAMA 807.1. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: Closed -cell, polyvinyl chloride foam tape, factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces, packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive, and complying with AAMA 800 for product 810.5. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, glazing tape that may be incorporated in the Work include, but is not limited to, the following: D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Back - Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape Without Spacer Rod: a. PTI 303 Glazing Tape (shimless), Protective Treatments, Inc. b. Tremco 440 Tape, Tremco Inc. c. Extru -Seal, Pecora Corp. Or approved equal. 2. Back - Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape With Spacer Rod: a. PTI 303 Glazing Tape (with shim), Protective Treatments, Inc. b. Pre - shimmed Tremco 440 Tape, Tremco, Inc. c. PTI 606 Architectural Sealant Tape, Protective Treatments, Inc. GLAZING 08800 - 10 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: a. Norseal V -980 Closed -Cell Glazing Tape, Norton Company. 2.10 GLAZING GASKETS A. Lock -Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black. B. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Silicone, ASTM C 1115. 2. Any material indicated above. C. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed -cell, integral- skinned gaskets of material indicated below, complying with ASTM C 509, Type 11, black, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 1. Neoprene. 2. Silicone. D. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering. products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following companies. E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following companies. 1. Lock -Strip Gaskets: a. Stanlock Div., Griffith Rubber Mills. 2. Preformed Gaskets: a. Advanced Elastomer Systems, L.P. b. Schnee- Morehead, Inc. c. Tremco, Inc. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. GLAZING 08800 -11 BARNES & NOBLE - SeatttelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side - walking). F. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonextruding, nonoutgassing, strips of closed -cell plastic foam of density, size, and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance. . G. Perimeter Insulation for Fire - Resistive Glazing: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire - resistive rating. 2.12 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt- glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass- framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates, GLAZING 08800 -12 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. 2. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant- substrate testing. E. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height) as follows: 1. Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8 -inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly Tess than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. J. Where wedge - shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. GLAZING 08800 - 13 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 K. Square cut wedge- shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal Joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each lite is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. B. Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at corners to compress gaskets producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers In place and in position to control depth of Installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. GLAZING 08800 -14 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 3.7 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not Tess than once a month, for build -up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period. E. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08800 GLAZING 08800 -15 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. Extent of each type of gypsum drywall construction required is indicated on Drawings. B. This Section includes the following types of gypsum board construction: 1. Steel framing members to receive gypsum board. 2. Gypsum board screw - attached to steel framing and furring members. C. Wood framing and furring are specified in the following Division 6 sections: 1. "Rough Carpentry." 1.3 DEFINITIONS: A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA 505 for definitions of terms for gypsum board construction not otherwise defined in this section or other referenced standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Product data from manufacturers for each type of product specified, 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Provide fire- resistance -rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to GA File No's. in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in U.L. "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing and agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of gypsum board and related joint treatment materials from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials In original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. B. Minimum Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F (4 deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board maintain not Tess than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 48 hours prior to application and continuously thereafter until drying is complete. C. Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent materials form drying too rapidly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Dale Industries, Inc. b. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. Or approved equal. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Grid Suspension Systems: a. Chicago Metallic Corp. b. National Rolling Mills Co. 3. Gypsum Boards and Related Products: a. Georgia - Pacific Corp. b. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. c. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: A. General: Provide components which comply with ASTM C 754 for materials and sizes, unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete Inserts: Inserts designed for attachment to concrete forms and for embedment in concrete, fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with holes or loops for attachment of hanger wires and capability to sustain, without failure, a Toad equal to 3 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined from testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by an independent testing laboratory. C. Wire for Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. E. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. F. Angle -Type Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide, formed from 0.0635 inch thick galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 446, Coating Designation G90, with bolted connections and 5/16 inch diameter bolts. G. Channels: Cold- rolled steel, 0.0598 inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16 inch wide flanges, protected with rust - inhibitive paint, and as follows: 1. Carrying Channels: 2 inches deep, 590 Ibs per 1000 ft., unless otherwise indicated. 2. Carrying Channels: 1 -1/2 inch deep, 475 Ibs per 1000 ft., unless otherwise indicated. H. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges bent back 90 deg and doubled over to form 3/16 inch minimum lip (return), minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and minimum depth as follows: 1. Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: 0.0329 inch, unless otherwise indicated. . 3. Depth: 1 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 4. Depth: 2 -1/2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Depth: 6 inches, unless otherwise indicated. Grid Suspension System: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross furring members which interlock to form a modular supporting network. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 deg and doubled over to form 3/16" minimum lip (return) and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, shaped as indicated on drawings, depth and minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal as follows: 1. Depth: 7/8 inch - 2 inch. 2. Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 GYPSUM BOARD: A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end joints. 1. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, 5/8 inch thicknesses to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, and as follows: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Foil- backed where indicated. 3. Type: Type X for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 4. Edges: Tapered. 5. Thickness: 5/8 inch where indicated. 6. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products where Type X gypsum wallboard is indicated: a. "Gyprock Fireguard 'C' Gypsum Board"; Domtar Gypsum Co. b. "Fire- Shield G "; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. c. "SHEETROCK Brand FIRECODE 'C' Gypsum Panels "; United States Gypsum Co. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Gypsum Backing Board for Multi -Layer Applications: ASTM C 442 or, where backing board Is not available from manufacturer, gypsum wallboard, ASTM C 36, and as follows: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Foil- backed where indicated. 3. Type: Type X for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 4. Edges: Manufacturer's standard. 5. Thickness: 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated. D. Water- Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, and as follows: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise Indicated. 2. Type: Type X for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. E. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931, with manufacturer's standard edges, of type and thickness indicated below: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Fire Retardant Treated, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES: A. Cornerbead and Edge Trim for Interior Installation: Provide corner beads, edge trim and control joints which comply with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 1. Material: Formed metal, plastic or metal combined with paper, with metal complying with the following requirement: a. Sheet steel zinc - coated by hot -dip process. 2. Edge trim shapes indicated below by reference to designations of Fig. 1 in ASTM C 1047: a. "LC" Bead, unless otherwise indicated. b. "LK" Bead with square nose for use with kerfed jambs. c. "L" Bead where indicated. d. "U" Bead where indicated. 3. One -Piece Control Joint: Formed with vee- shaped slot per Fig. 1 in ASTM C 1047, with slot opening covered with removable strip. B. Metal Cornerbead and Edge Trim for Exterior Ceilings: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Edge trim complying with ASTM C 1047, formed from rolled zinc, shape "LC" Bead per Fig. 1, unless otherwise indicated. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.6 GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: A. General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and Joint treatment materials for the application indicated. B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use pressure sensitive or staple- attached open -weave glass fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. C. Setting -Type Joint Compounds: Factory- prepackaged, job- mixed, chemical- hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. 1. Where setting -type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and topping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest bond strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 2. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. 3. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water- resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. D. Drying -Type Joint Compounds: Factory- prepackaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. 1. Ready -Mix Formulation: Factory- premixed product. 2. Job -Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site. 3. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim. 4. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. 5. All- purpose compound formulated for use as both taping and topping compound. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall construction which comply with referenced standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating gypsum boards. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 6 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting -type joint compound of type recommended for spot grouting hollow metal door frames. D. Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557. E. Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating gypsum boards to steel framing. F. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002. G. Asphalt Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15). H. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant complying with requirement specified in Division -7 section "Joint Sealers." I. Sound Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral fiber blanket insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing); and as follows: 1. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag. J. Thermal Insulation: Material indicated below, of thickness and width to fill voids formed by Z- furring members: 1. Unfaced Mineral Fiber Blanket Insulation: Unfaced mineral fiber blanket insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing); and as follows: a. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag, K. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, thickness and maximum permeability rating as follows: 1. 4.0 mils, 0.19 perms. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or abuts, preset hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for. installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with installation of overhead structural systems to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling anchors in a manner that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceiling. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated, to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination with other construction. B. Before sprayed -on fireproofing is applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling runners (tracks) to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed -on fireproofing. Where offset anchor plates are required provide continuous units fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c. and to ceiling runners. C. After sprayed -on fireproofing has been applied, remove only as much fireproofing as needed to complete installation of drywall construction, Protect fireproofing that remains from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL: A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation, B. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar construction to comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, or if none available, with "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. C. Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement, at locations indicated below to comply with details shown on Drawings: 1. Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure horizontally at ceiling perimeters or penetration of structural elements. 2. Where partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure. a. Provide slip or cushioned type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. D. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members; independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members or as indicated. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 8 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3.4 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: A. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to cast -in concrete inserts or other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated. 1. Do not attach hangers to metal deck tabs. 2. Do not attach hangers to metal roof deck. 3. Do not attach hangers to underside of concrete slabs with powder - actuated fasteners. B. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes or conduit. C. Keep hangers and braces 2 inches clear of ducts, pipes and conduits. D. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. E. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire Hangers: 0.1620 inch diameter (8 gage), 4 ft. on center. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 1 -1/2 inch, 4 ft. on center. 3. Rigid Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches on center. 4. Compression Struts: As shown on Drawings. F. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross furring members or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 ft. as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. G. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. H. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. For exterior soffits provide cross - bracing and additional framing indicated or required to resist wind uplift. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum. drywall stud system abuts other construction. 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 -9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surface do not vary more than 1/8 inch from plane of faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. D. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated. E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. For double layer construction: 16 inches on center, or as indicated. F. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and gypsum boards can be installed in the direction opposite to that of the flange. G. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA -219 and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated, or if none indicated, in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. I. Install thermal insulation as follows: 1. Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z- furring members spaced 24 inches on center. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wail with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder - driven fasteners spaced 24 inches on center. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. Start from this furring channel with standard width insulation panel and continue in regular manner. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 -10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 4. Until gypsum board is installed . hold insulation in place with 10 inch staples fabricated from 0.0625 inch (16 gage) diameter tie wire and Inserted through slot in web of member. J. Install polyethylene vapor retarder on interior of framing members of exterior insulated walls to comply with the following requirements: 1. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of exterior insulated walls and to cover miscellaneous voids in in insulated substrates, including those which have been . stuffed with loose thermal insulation. 2. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall openings, and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 inches on center. 3. Seal Joints in vapor retarder caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with cloth or aluminized tape which bonds permanently to vapor retarder. 4. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before concealment by application of gypsum board or other construction. 3.6 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL: A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standard: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. 8. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. C. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 24 inches In alternate courses of board. D. Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimizes the number of end -butt joints, and which avoids end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 24 Inches. E. Install wall /partition boards in manner which minimizes the number of end -butt joints or avoids them entirely where possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. F. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 Inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 -11 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 G. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field -cut ends against mill -cut or field -cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. H. Attach gypsum board to steel studs so that leading edge or end of each board is attached to open (unsupported) edge of stud flange first. I. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts. J. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip just before inserting board into frame. K. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated, with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. L. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls which are braced internally. 1. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area, and may be limited to not less than 75 percent of full coverage. 2. Fit gypsum board around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, cut gypsum board to fit profile of coffers and allow 1/4 to 1/2 inch wide joint for sealant. M. Isolate perimeter of non -load- bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch space and trim edge with "U" bead edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant. N. Where sound -rated drywall construction is indicated, seal construction at perimeters, control and expansion joints, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim, and close off sound - flanking paths around or through construction, including sealing of partitions above acoustical ceilings. 1. For double -layer partition systems, construction above acoustical ceilings may be installed with base layer only. O. Space fasteners in gypsum boards In accordance with referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 -12 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA . 12/23/93 3.7 METHODS OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION: A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard as follows: 1. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible. 2. On partitions /walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. 3. On partitions /walls 8' -1" or less in height apply gypsum board horizontally (perpendicular to framing); use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints. 4. On Z- furring members apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. B. Wall Tile Base: Where drywall is base for thin -set ceramic the and similar rigid applied wall finishes, install gypsum backing board. 1. In "dry" areas install gypsum backing board or wallboard with tapered edges taped and finished to produce a flat surface. 2. At showers, tubs and similar "wet" areas, install water- resistant gypsum backing board to comply with ASTM C 840 and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. C. At showers, tubs and similar "wet areas" install glass mesh mortar units and treat joints to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for type of application indicated. D. Double -Layer Application: Install gypsum backing board for base layer and gypsum wallboard for face layer. E. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows: 1. Fasten with screws. F. Double -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply base layer of gypsum board and face layer to base layer as follows: 1. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. G. Direct - Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum board is indicated to be directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 -13 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 3.8 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: 12/23/93 A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install corner beads at all external corners with gypsum board screws. C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi- exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where "U" bead (semi - finishing type) is indicated. 1. Install "LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install "LK" bead where substrate is kerfed to receive long flange of trim. 3. Install "L" bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum board is installed. 4. Install U -type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant - filled (including expansion joints). D. Install plastic edge trim where indicated on wall panels at juncture with ceilings. E. Install control joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at spacings and locations required by referenced gypsum board application and finish standard, and approved by the Architect for visual effect. F. Install H- molding in exterior gypsum drywall construction where control joints are indicated. 3.9 FINISHING OF DRYWALL: A. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. B. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting -type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. D. Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: 1. Embedding and First Coat: Setting -Type Joint Compound. 2. Fill (Second) Coat: Setting -type joint compound. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 -14 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 42/23/93 3. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all- purpose or topping compound. E. Water- Resistant Backing Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Finish joints between water - resistant backing board with tape and setting -type joint compound to comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations and installation standards referenced in Division -9 Section "Tile." F. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall construction which Is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire- resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. 3.10 PROTECTION: A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures gypsum drywall construction being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 15 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 SECTION 09300 - TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Unglazed ceramic tile, or as indicated on drawings. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Drywall" for cemerititious backer units installed as part of gypsum wallboard systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following In accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product specified. C. Shop drawings indicating tile patterns and locations and widths of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. 1. Locate precisely each joint and crack in tile substrates by measuring, record measurements on shop drawings, and coordinate them with tile joint locations, in consultation with Architect. D. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual tiles or sections of tile showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type and composition of tile indicated. Include samples of grout and accessories involving color selection. TILE 09300 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 E. Samples for verification purposes of each item listed below, prepared on samples of size and construction indicated, products involve color and texture variations, in sets showing full range of variations expected. 1. Each type and composition of tile and for each color and texture required, at least 12 inches square, mounted on plywood or hardboard backing and grouted. 2. Full -size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color required. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source Responsibility for Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality In appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. B. Single- Source Responsibility for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality from one manufacturer for each cementitious and admixture component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile Installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other causes. C. Handle tile with temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If despite these precautions coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. TILE 09300 - 2 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup. C. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner, Furnish extra materials that match products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: a. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. b. Dal -Tile Corp. 2. Glazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: a. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. b. Dal -Tile Corp. 3. Dry-Set Mortars and Grouts: a. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. b. DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. c. Laticrete International Inc. Or approved equal. 4. Latex- Emulsion -Based Latex - Portland Cement Mortars: a. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. b. DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. c. Laticrete International Inc. TILE 09300 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA Or approved equal. 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL 12/17/93 A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile indicated. 1. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade" requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials compling with the following requirements: 1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors, textures, and patterns for products of type indicated. 2. Provide tile trim and accessories that match color and finish of adjoining flat tile. 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Unglazed & glazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Provide factory- mounted flat tile complying with the following requirements: 1. Composition: Porcelain (with abrasive admixture for unglazed tile). 2. Nominal Facial Dimensions: As indicated. 3. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 inch. 4. Face: Plain with cushion or square edges. B. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply with following requirements: 1. Size: As indicated, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. 2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Base for Portland Cement Mortar Installations: Coved. b. Base for Thinset Mortar Installations: Straight. c. Wainscot Cap for Portland Cement Mortar Installations: Bulinose cap. TILE 09300 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 d. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. e. Wainscot Cap for Flush Conditions: Regular flat tile for conditions where tile wainscot is shown flush with wall surface above. f. External Corners for Portland Cement Mortar Installations: Bullnose shape with a radius of at least 3/4 inch unless otherwise indicated. g. External Corners for Thinset Installations: Surface bullnose. h. Internal Corners: Field -butted square corners, except use coved base and cap angle pieces designed to member with stretcher shapes. i. Tapered Transition Tile: Shape designed to effect transition between thickness of tile floor and adjoining floor finishes of different thickness, tapered to provide a reduction in thickness from 1/2 inch to 1/4 inch across nominal 4 INCH dimension. 2.4 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4, composition as follows: 1. Prepackaged dry mortar mix composed of portland cement, graded aggregate, and the following dry polymer additive in the form of a reemulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. 2.5 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Dry-Set Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. B. Latex - Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated, composition as follows: 1. Prepackaged dry grout mix composed of portland cement, graded aggregate, and the following dry polymer additive in the form of a reemulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. a. Dry Polymer Additive: Polyvinyl acetate or ethylene vinyl acetate. 2. Latex additive (water emulsion) serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water, added at job site with dry grout mixture, with type of latex and dry grout mix as follows: a. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard. b. Dry Grout Mixture: Dry-set grout specified or supplied by latex additive manufacturer. Use latex additive without retarder with dry-set grout. TILE 09300 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 2.6 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers," including ASTM C 920 as referenced by Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. One -Part Mildew- Resistant Silicone Sealant: a. "Dow Corning 786 "; Dow Corning Corp. b. "SCS 1702 "; General Electric Co. c. "Proglaze White "; Tremco Corp. Or approved equal. 2. Multipart Pourable Urethane Sealant: a. "Chem -Calk 550 "; Bostik Construction Products Div. b. "Urexpan NR- 200 "; Pecora Corp. c. "THC-900"; Tremco Corp. Or approved equal. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Edge Strips: Brass terrazzo strips, 1/8 -inch wide at top edge with integral provision for anchorage to mortar bed or substrate unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers including those for accurate proportioning of materials, water, or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. TILE 09300 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA • 12/17/93 1. Verify that substrates for setting the are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films and curing compounds. 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Blending: For the exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with parts of ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to type of setting and grouting materials and methods indicated. B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation "; comply with TCA installation methods indicated. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown, Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built -in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Jointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise shown. 1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so that extent of each sheet is not apparent in finished work. TILE 09300 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 F. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant - filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tiles. . 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." G. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards: 1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand - portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland cement, and latex- portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10. 3.4 FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS A. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods, TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction, and grout types: 1. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. 2. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove latex- portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensures that tile is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. TILE 09300 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/17/93 2. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. D. Before final Inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. END OF SECTION 09300 TILE 09300 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 09512 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Acoustical tile ceilings, exposed suspension. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 1. Product data for each type of product specified. 2. Coordination drawings for reflected ceiling plans drawn accurately to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling- mounted items. Show the following: a. Ceiling suspension members. b. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. c. Size and location of initial access modules. d. Ceiling- mounted items including light fixtures; air outlets and inlets; speakers; sprinkler heads; and special moldings at walls, column penetrations, and other junctures with adjoining construction. e. Scale: 1/4 inch = 1' -0 ". 3. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual acoustical units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of unit indicated. 4. Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples of size indicated below and of same thickness and material indicated for final unit of Work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing full range of variations expected. a. Full -size samples of each tile type, pattern, and color required. b. Set of 12- inch -long samples of exposed moldings for each color and system type required. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 5. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. 6. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that show compliance of acoustical ceiling system and components with building code in effect for Project. 7, Product test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory that are based on its testing of current products for compliance of acoustical ceiling systems and components with requirements. • 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed acoustical ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceilings that are identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics, per ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A products. a. Flame Spread: 25 or Tess. b. Smoke Developed: 50 or Tess. 2. Fire - Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory," for types of assemblies in which acoustical ceilings function as a fire protective membrane and tested per ASTM E 119. a. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for rated assembly. C. Single- Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling unit from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. D. Single- Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 1. Obtain suspension system from same manufacturer that produces acoustical ceiling units. E. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire- suppression system components, and partition system. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - SeattlelSouth Center, WA 12/23/93 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them In a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with appropriate labels. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Mineral -Base Tile - Modular, Cast or Molded, with Factory Paint Finish, Non - Fire - Resistance Rated, or as indicated in Finish Schedule: a, Armstrong World Industries, Inc. - Second Look #2 #2767 -24 X 48 Layin. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Non - Fire - Resistance -Rated Direct -Hung Double -Web Steel Suspension Systems: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. c. USC Interiors, Inc. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2. Edge Moldings: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS, GENERAL A. Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide manufacturers' standard units of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by reference to types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light refiectances, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400 (plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15 -3/4 inches [400 mm] away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795. B. Colors and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated under each product type. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Standard for Metal Suspension Systems: Provide manufacturer's standard concealed metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. B. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for exposed moldings. 1. High- Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for "Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance" where high - humidity finishes are indicated. C. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. a. Cast -in -place anchors. b. Chemical anchors. c. Expansion anchors. d. Undercut anchors. D. Wire for Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 1. Gage: Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct -Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch diameter (12- gage), or as indicated. E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust- inhibitive paint, or as indicated. F. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust - inhibitive paint or as indicated. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 G. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded plastic of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling that fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Tile Adhesive: ASTM D 1779, type as recommended by tile manufacturer, bearing UL label for Class 0 - 25 flame spread. B. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant complying with requirement specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other sections that affect installation and anchorage of ceiling system. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose Installation is specified in other sections. 1. Furnish concrete Inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination of other work. B. Testing Substrates: Before installing adhesively applied tile on wet - placed substrates such as cast -in -place concrete or plaster, test and verify that moisture level is below tile manufacturer's recommended limits. C. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of Tess- than - half -width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical ceiling systems to comply with installation standard below per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Standard for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: Comply with ASTM C 636. B. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally patterned units (if any) in manner shown by reflected ceiling plans. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with Insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling Toads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire ties by double looping and wire - tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 4. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to frames, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for structure to which hangers are attached as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 7. Space hangers not more than 4' -0" o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. D. Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. 1. Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant, concealed on back of vertical leg before installing moldings. 2. Screw -attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12' -0 ". Miter corners accurately and connect securely. E. Install acoustical tile in coordination with suspension system. Place splines or flanges of suspension system into kerfed edges, or insert tile tongues into tile grooves, so that every tile -to -tile joint is closed by double lap of material. 1. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut for accurate fit at borders and around penetrating work. 2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf -type spring steel spacers between tile and moldings, spaced at 12 inches o.c. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 3, Fabricate access units for special suspension system access members and tile units modified as required to allow for removal of access units. F. All suspended ceilings to be installed in full compliance with Washington State Seismic Regulations. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch -up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09512 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 7 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of resilient flooring and accessories Is shown on drawings and in schedules. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. B. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating per ASTM E 648. a. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. 2. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84. 3. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. 4. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662. C. Installer's Qualifications: Engage Installer who is certified in writing by resilient flooring manufacturer as qualified for installation of sheet vinyl employing heat welded seams. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. B. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Submit manufacturer's standard color charts in form of actual sections of resilient flooring, including accessories, showing full range of colors and patterns available, for each type of resilient flooring required. C. Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit the following samples of each type, color and pattern of resilient flooring required, showing full -range of color and pattern variations. 1. Full -size tile samples. 2. 2 -1/2 long samples of resilient flooring accessories. 3. Other materials as requested. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. Certification for Fire Test Performance: Submit certification from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that resilient flooring complies with fire test performance requirements. E. Maintenance Instructions: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F (18 degrees C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) in areas where work is completed. B. install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Manufacturers of Vinyl Composition Tile: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Azrol Floor Products Div. Azrock Industries, Inc. c. Kentile Floors Inc. 2. Manufacturers of Vinyl Wail Base: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Azrol Floor Products Div. Azrock Industries, Inc. c. Kentilo Floors Inc. 2.2 RESILIENT FLOORING COLORS AND PATTERNS: A. Provide colors and patterns as indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. 2.3 TILE FLOORING: A. Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS -T -312, Type IV; 12" x 12" unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Composition 1 - asbestos -free. 2. Gage: 1/8". RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 2.4 ACCESSORIES: A. Vinyl Wall Base: Provide vinyl base complying with FS SS -W -40, Type 1I, with matching end stops and preformed or molded corner units, and as follows: 1. Height: 4" 2. Thickness: 1/8" gage. 3. Style: Standard top -set cove. 4. Finish: Matte. B. Resilient Edge Strips: 1/8" thick, homogeneous vinyl or rubber composition, tapered or bulinose edge, color to match flooring, or as selected by Architect from standard colors available; not Tess than 1" wide. C. Metal Edge Strips: Of width shown and of required thickness to protect exposed edge of resilient flooring. Provide units of maximum available length, to minimize number of joints. 1. Material: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, unless otherwise shown. 2. Type: Butt type metal edge strips for concealed anchorage. 3. Type: Overlap type metal edge strips for exposed anchorage. D. Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. E. Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. F. Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Require Installer to inspect subfloor surfaces to determine that they are satisfactory. A satisfactory subfloor surface is defined as one that is smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, coatings preventing adhesive bond, and other defects impairing performance or appearance. B. Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete subfloors to determine if surfaces are sufficiently cured and dry as well as to ascertain presence of curing compounds. C. Do not allow resilient flooring work to proceed until subfloor surfaces are satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Prepare subfloor surfaces as follows: 1. Use leveling and patching compounds as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks, holes and depressions in subfloors. 2. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 curing compounds incompatible with resilient flooring adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. B. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. C. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's directions. 3.3 INSTALLATION: 3.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Where movable partitions are shown, install resilient flooring before partitions are erected. B. Install resilient flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Extend resilient flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. C. Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built -in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. D. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non - permanent marking device. E. Install resilient flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and other such items occurring within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed in these covers. Tightly cement edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. F. Tightly cement resilient flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll resilient flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS: A. Lay tile from center marks established with principal wails, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. B. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tile are not acceptable. 1. Lay tile with grain running in one direction. C. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE -Seattle /South Center, WA 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SHEET FLOORING: 3.7 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES: 12/23/93 A. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. 1. On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. B. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. C. Apply overlap metal edge strips where shown on drawings, and after flooring installation. Secure units to substrate with countersunk stainless steel anchors, complying with edge strip manufacturer's recommendations. D. Apply butt type metal edge strips where shown on drawings, and before installation of resilient flooring. Secure units to substrate with countersunk stainless steel anchors, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Apply resilient accessories at stair as indicated and in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Perform following operations immediately upon completion of resilient flooring: 1. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 2. Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer has elapsed to allow resilient flooring to become well - sealed in adhesive. 3. Damp -mop floor being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. 4. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate cleaner recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers. B. Protect flooring against damage during construction period to comply with resilient flooring manufacturer's directions. 1. Apply protective floor polish to resilient flooring surfaces free from soil, excess adhesive or surface blemishes. Use commercially available metal cross - linked acrylic product acceptable to resilient flooring manufacturer. 2. Protect resilient flooring against damage from rolling Toads for initial period following installation by covering with plywood or hardboard. Use dollies to move stationary equipment or furnishings across floors. 3. Cover resilient flooring with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for substantial completion. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 C. Clean resilient flooring not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Clean resilient flooring by method recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. 1. Strip protective floor polish, which was applied after completion of installation, prior to cleaning. 2. Reapply floor polish after cleaning. 3.9 EXTRA STOCK: A. Deliver stock of maintenance materials to Owner. Furnish maintenance materials from same manufactured lot as materials installed and enclosed in protective packaging with appropriate identifying labels. 1. Tile Flooring: Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, for each type, color, pattern and size installed, END OF SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes carpet, installation, accessories, and fatigue matts. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of carpet material and installation accessory required. Submit written data on physical characteristics, durability, resistance to fading, and flame resistance characteristics, C. Shop drawings showing layout and seaming diagrams. Indicate pile or pattern direction and locations and types of edge strips. Indicate columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built -in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. Show installation details at special conditions. D. Samples for verification purposes in manufacturer's standard size, showing full range of color, texture, and pattern variations expected. Prepare samples from same material to be used for the Work. Submit the following: 1. 12- inch - square samples of each type of carpet material required. 2. 12- inch -long samples of each type exposed edge stripping and accessory item. 3. 6- Inch - square samples of each type of fatigue matts. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualification: Firm whose carpet materials comply with "Use of Materials Bulletin UM -44C" published by U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and are currently listed in HUD "Certified Products Directory" and so identified by imprint on back of carpet. B. Carpet Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide carpet identical to that tested for the following fire performance characteristics, per test method Indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify carpet with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. CARPET 09680 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Test Method: DOC FF 1 -70. 2. Rating: Pass. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in original factory wrappings and containers, labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials in original undamaged packages and containers, inside well- ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soilage, extreme temperatures, and humidity. Lay flat, blocked off ground. Maintain minimum temperature of 68 deg F (20 deg C) at least three days prior to and during installation in area where materials are stored. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Substrate Conditions: No condensation within 48 hours on underside of 4 -foot by 4 -foot polyethylene sheet, fully taped at perimeter to substrate. B. Substrate Conditions: pH of 9 or Tess when substrate wetted with potable water and pHydrion paper applied. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet: Before installation begins, furnish quantity of full width for each type of material equal to 5 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Fatigue Matt - see "Miscellaneous Items List" on drawings. 2. Carpet: See "Finish Legend" on drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Carpet Edge Guard: Extruded or molded heavy -duty vinyl or rubber of size and profile indicated; minimum 2- inch -wide anchorage flange; manufacturer's standard colors. CARPET 09680 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Carpet Adhesive: Water resistant and nonstaining as recommended by carpet manufacturer to comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from concrete surfaces to receive carpet; apply sealer to prevent dusting. B. Patch holes and level to a smooth surface. If previous finish chemically stripped, reseal concrete. Seal powdery or porous surfaces with sealer recommended by carpet manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door in closed position; do not place seams perpendicular to door frame, in direction of traffic through doorway. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpet. B. Extend carpet under removable flanges and furnishings and into alcoves and closets of each space. C. Provide cutouts where required, and bind cut edges where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. D. Install carpet edge guard where edge of carpet is exposed; anchor guards to substrate. E. Install with pattern parallel to walls and borders. F. Install carpet by trimming edges, butting cuts with seaming cement, and taping and /or sewing seams to provide sufficient strength for stretching and continued stresses during life of carpet. G. Stretch carpet to provide smooth, ripple -free, taut, trim edges; secure to stripping and conceal behind edge of stripping. Use power stretcher where carpet length is greater than 20 feet. H. Fit sections of carpet prior to application of adhesive. Trim edges and butt cuts with seaming cement. Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt edges tight to form seams without gaps. Roll entire area lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove adhesive from carpet surface with manufacturer's recommended cleaning agent. CARPET 09680 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. Vacuum with commercial machine with face- beater element: Remove soil. Replace carpet where soil cannot be removed. Remove protruding face yarn. C. Vacuum carpet. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, to ensure carpet is not damaged or deteriorated at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09680 CARPET 09680 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 11/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop - priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. 1. Painting includes field- painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. C. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory- finished components: a. Metal toilet enclosures. b. Acoustic materials. c. Architectural woodwork and casework. d. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. e. Light fixtures. f. Switchgear. g. Distribution cabinets. 2. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper. e. Bronze. f. Brass. PAINTING 09900 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 3. Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment, such as the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages, c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 4. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 Section "Barnes & Noble Pre -Hung Door Package" (Refer to above Section for Painting Requirements for the Door Package. 2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop - priming ferrous metal. 3. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for shop - priming interior architectural woodwork. 4. Division 6 Section "Exterior Architectural Woodwork" for shop - priming exterior architectural woodwork. 5. Division 8 Section "Standard Steel Doors and Frames" for shop - priming steel doors and frames. 6. Division 9 Section "Special Coatings" for special coatings. 7. Division 9 Section "Exterior Wood Stains" for exterior wood stains. 8. Divisions 15 and 16: Painting mechanical and electrical work is specified in Divisions 15 and 16, respectively. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers. 1. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use. 2. List each material and cross - reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). PAINTING 09900 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatte /South Center, WA 11/23/93 C. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. 1. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. D. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. 3. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Painted Wood: Provide two 12- inch - square samples of each color and material on hardboard. b. Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4 -by -8 -inch samples of natural and stained wood finish on actual wood surfaces. c. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4- inch - square samples of flat metal and two 8 -Inch -long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in- service performance. B. Single- Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full -coat finish samples on at least 100 sq, ft. of surface until required sheen, color, and texture are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in -place work. 1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job - applied samples. 2. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. Apply coatings in this room or surface according to the schedule or as specified. a. After finishes are accepted, this room or surface will be used to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. PAINTING 09900 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - SeatlelSouth Center, WA 11/23/93 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C). B. Apply solvent- thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). 2. Pratt and Lambert (P & L). PAINTING 09900 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best - quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to the manufacturer's standard color designations. D. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors. 2.3 MASONRY BLOCK FILLER A. Filler Coat Materials: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory- formulated, latex -type concrete masonry block fillers that are compatible with the finish materials indicated. 2.4 PRIMERS A. Primers: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory- formulated primers that are compatible with the substrate and finish coats indicated. 2.5 UNDERCOAT MATERIALS A. Undercoat Materials: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory- formulated undercoat materials that are compatible with the substrate and finish coats indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied. 1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. PAINTING 09900 - 5 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface- applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing about anticipated problems using the specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral - fiber- reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen, as required, to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. PAINTING 09900.- 6 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 b. • Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop - coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and according to requirements of SSPC specification SSPC -SP 10. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. PAINTING 09900 - 7 BARNES 8 NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 3. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions. 4. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 5. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 7. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint. 8. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 9. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field- finished casework to match exterior. 10. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. 11. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. 12. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop- primed and touch -up painted. C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. . PAINTING 09900 - 8 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 1. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. D. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. E. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. G. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Piping, pipe hangers, and supports. 2. Heat exchangers. 3. Tanks. 4. Ductwork. 5. Insulation. 6. Supports. 7. Motors and mechanical equipment. 8. Accessory items. H. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Conduit and fittings. 2. Switchgear. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime- coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn - through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. J. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. K. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. PAINTING 09900 - 9 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Canter, WA 11/23/93 L. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass- smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. M. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 1. The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 2. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner: a. Quantitative materials analysis. b. Abrasion resistance. c. Apparent reflectivity. d. Flexibility. e. Washability. f. Absorption. g. Accelerated weathering. h. Dry opacity. i. Accelerated yellowness. j. Recoating. k. Skinning. I. Color retention. m. Alkali and mildew resistance. 3. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible. 3.5 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint - spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. PAINTING 09900- 10 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.7 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Finish Paint: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory- formulated finish -coat materials that are compatible with the substrate and undercoats indicated, as required by the Mnaufacturer. 3.8 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Finish Paint: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory - formulated finish -coat materials that are compatible with the substrate and undercoats indicated or as required by the Manufacturer. B. Gypsum Drywall Systems: 1. Lusterless (eggshell) Emulsion Finish: Two coats. a. Primer: White, interior, latex -based primer. 1) Moore: Moore's Latex Quick -Dry Prime Seal #201. b. Finish Coat: Interior, flat, latex -based paint. 1) Moore: #918. 2. Odorless Semigloss Alkyd Enamel Finish: Three coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. a. Primer: White, interior, latex -based primer. 1) Moore: Moore's Latex Quick -Dry Prime Seal #201. b. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel. 1) Moore: #918. PAINTING 09900 - 11 BARNES & NOBLE - Seatle /South Center, WA 11/23/93 C. Woodwork and Hardboard: 1. Semigloss Enamel Finish: Three coats. a. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat. 1) Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217. b. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel. 1) Moore: #918. 2. Full -Gloss Enamel Finish: Three coats. a. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat. 1) Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217. b. First and Second Coats: Gloss alkyd enamel. 1) Moore: #918. D. Ferrous Metal: Primer is not required on shop - primed items. 1. Lusterless (Flat) Finish: Two finish coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. • a. Primer: Synthetic, quick- drying, rust - inhibiting primer. 1) Moore: Ironclad Retardo Rust - Inhibitive Paint #163. b. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat. 1) Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217. c. Finish Coat: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel. 1) Moore: #918. END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900 12 C BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 12/23/93 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl wall covering. 2. Graphics & Decals. B. Prime coats for substrates are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings showing location and extent of each wall covering type. Indicate termination points. C. Samples for verification purposes of each type, color, texture, and pattern of wall covering and molding accessory required, prepared on samples of size indicated below: 1. Full -width sample, not Tess than 36 inches long, of each wall covering specified. Show complete pattern repeat. 2. 12 -inch long sample of each molding accessory. D. Maintenance data for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining wall covering. 2. Precautions for use of cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to finishes and performance. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a constant temperature not Tess than 60 deg F (16 deg C) in installation areas for at least 10 days before and 10 days after installation. WALL COVERINGS 09950 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials from same production runs as wall covering installed. Package materials with protective covering and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Rolls: Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL COVERING MATERIALS A. Materials, color and pattern shall be as indicated on drawings. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. General: Manufacturer's standard for use with specific wall covering and substrate application. B. Characteristics: Mildew- resistant, nonstaining, and strippable. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Molding: Comply with ASTM B 221, aluminum alloy 6063 -T5 for extrusions, finish AA- M31A31, with one -piece cap and wall flange tapering to feather edge. B. Wall Liner: Manufacturer's standard nonwoven, synthetic underlayment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. B. Follow manufacturer's printed Instructions for surface preparation. 1. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 2. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. 3. Metals: If not factory- primed, clean and apply rust inhibitive zinc primer. 4. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 5. Prime new gypsum board with a recommended primer. WALL COVERINGS 09950 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 6. Allow new plaster to cure. Treat areas of high alkalinity. C. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semi - gloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. D. Install wall liner, with no gaps or overlaps, where required by wall covering manufacturer. Form smooth wrinkle -free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall covering installation until wall liner has dried. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. B. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps. C. Match pattern 6 feet above finish floor. D. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 3 inches from inside corners. No horizontal seams. E. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. F. Trim edges for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure at seams and edges. Butt seams. ( G. Install metal moldings in longest practical lengths. Adhere to substrate. Butt end joints and miter corners. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended by the wall covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. 3.4 WALL COVERING SCHEDULE A. Wall covering materials as indicated on drawings. B. Refer to "Vendors List" on drawings for list of Manufacturers. END OF SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS 09950 - 3 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes stock, manufactured toilet compartments. B. Types of toilet compartments include: 1. Metal, baked enamel finish. C. Styles of toilet compartments include: 1. Floor- anchored. D. Styles of screens include: 1. Wall -hung. E. Toilet accessories, such as toilet paper holders, grab bars, and purse shelves, are specified in another Division 10 Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for materials, fabrication, and installation including catalog cuts of anchors, hardware, fastenings, and accessories. C. Shop drawings for fabrication and erection of toilet compartment assemblies not fully described by product drawings, templates, and instructions for installation of anchorage devices built into other work. D. Samples of full range of colors for each type of unit required. Submit 6- inch - square samples of each color and finish on same substrate to be used in work, for color verification after selections have been made. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, allow for adjustments where taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay work. B. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for installation of toilet compartments and related items. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Steel - Baked Enamel Finish: a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment. b. Flush -Metal Partitions Corp. c. Knickerbocker Partition Corp. d. Metpar Steel Products, Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials which have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, dlscoloratlons, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. B. Steel Sheets for Baked Enamel Finish: ASTM A 591, Class C, galvanized - bonderized, of following minimum thicknesses: 1. Pilasters (unbraced): 0.0516 inch (18 gage). 2. Panels and Screens: 0.0396 inch (20 gage). 3. Doors: 0.0336 inch (22 gage). C. Concealed Anchorage Reinforcement: Minimum 0,108 inch (12 gage), galvanized steel sheet. D. Concealed Tapping Reinforcement: Minimum 0.0785 inch (14 gage), galvanized steel sheet. E. Core Material for Metal Partitions: Manufacturer's standard sound - deadening honeycomb of impregnated Kraft paper in thickness to provide finished dimension of 1 inch minimum for doors, panels, and screens and 1 -1/4 inches minimum for pilasters. F. Pilaster Shoes and Caps: ASTM A 167, Type 302/304 stainless steel, not less than 3 inches high, 0.0396 inch thick (20 gage), finished to match hardware. G. Stirrup Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilasters, either chromium - plated nonferrous cast alloy ( "Zamac ") or anodized aluminum. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 H. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy duty operating hardware and accessories of chromium - plated, nonferrous cast alloy ( "Zamac "). Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, chromium - plated steel, or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft - resistant -type heads and nuts. For concealed anchors, use hot -dip galvanized, cadmium - plated, or other rust - resistant protective- coated steel. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for compartment system installed with one way stainless steel sheetmetal screws. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition - mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. B. Door Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, furnish 24- inch -wide in- swinging doors for ordinary toilet stalls and 36- inch -wide (clear opening) out - swinging doors for stalls equipped for use by handicapped. C. Shall be 1" thick constructed of two sheets of bondaerized galvanized steel with a minimum thickness of 20 gauge, extra smooth finish. Zinc coated primer each side and factory enamel finish coat of not Tess than 1.5 mil. D. Floor- Supported Compartments: Furnish galvanized steel anchorage devices complete with threaded rods, lock washers, and leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters to permit structural connection at floor. Provide shoe at each pilaster to conceal anchorage. E. Wall -Hung Screens: Furnish panel units in sizes indicated, of same construction and finish as partition system panels. F. Hardware: All door hardware, mounting brackets and support brackets shall be type 304 satin finish, stainless steel. Furnish hardware for each compartment to comply with ANSI A117.1 for handicapped accessibility and as follows: 1. Hinges: Cutout inset type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. Provide gravity type, spring- action cam type, or concealed torsion rod type to suit manufacturer's standards. 2. Latch and Keeper: Recessed latch unit, designed for emergency access, with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. 3. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface- mounted latch unit, designed for handicapped accessibility, with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. 4. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard unit, combination hook and rubber - tipped bumper, sized to prevent door hitting mounted accessories. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit for out - swinging doors. Provide pulls on both faces of handicapped compartment doors. 2.4 FINISH TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 A. Color: One of manufacturer's standard colors in each room, as indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install compartment units rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2 inch between pilasters and panels, and not more than 1 inch between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets attached near top and bottom of panel. Locate wall brackets so that holes for wall anchorages occur in masonry or tile joints. Secure panels to pilasters with not less than two stirrup brackets located to align with stirrup brackets at wall. Secure panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. B. Floor - Supported Compartments: Set pilaster units with anchorages having not Tess than 2 inches penetration into structural floor, unless otherwise recommended by partition manufacturer. Level, plumb, and tighten installation with devices furnished. Hang doors and adjust so that tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. C. Screens: Attach with anchoring devices as recommended by manufacturer to suit supporting structure. Set units to provide support and to resist lateral impact. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on in- swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from . closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out - swinging doors (and entrance swing doors) to return to fully closed position. B. Clean exposed surfaces of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 4 c BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 10500 - METAL LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal lockers and related equipment as indicated on drawings. B. Types of products in this section include the following: 1. Standard wardrobe lockers. a. Multi -tier, (6) 12" x 12" x 12" deep. C. Wood sleepers are specified in Division 6. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division Specification sections. B. Product data and installation instructions for metal locker units. C. Color Samples on squares of same metal to be used for fabrication of lockers. D. Shop Drawings that show metal lockers in dimensioned relation to adjacent surfaces. Show lockers in detail, method of installation, fillers, trim, base, and accessories. Include locker numbering sequence information. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Uniformity: Provide metal lockers that are standard products of single manufacturer, with interchangeable like parts. Include necessary mounting accessories, fittings, and fastenings. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not deliver metal lockers until building is enclosed and ready for locker installation. Protect from damage during delivery, handling, storage, and installation. METAL LOCKERS 10500 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Lyon Metal Products 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: Mild cold - rolled and leveled furniture steel, free from buckle, scale, and surface imperfections. B. Expanded Metal: 3/4 -inch mesh flattened carbon steel. C. Fasteners: Cadmium, zinc, or nickel - plated steel; exposed bolt heads, slotiess type; self - locking nuts or lock washers for nuts on moving parts. D. Equipment: Hooks and hang rods of cadmium - plated or zinc - plated steel. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Construction: Fabricate lockers square, rigid, and without warp, with metal faces flat and free of dents or distortion. Make exposed metal edges safe to touch. Weld frame members together to form rigid, one -piece structure. Weld, bolt, or rivet other joints and connections. Grind exposed welds flush. Do not expose bolts or rivet heads on fronts of locker doors or frames. B. Frames: Fabricate of 16 -gage channels or 12 -gage angles, minimum, with continuous stop /strike formed on vertical members. C. Finishing: Chemically pretreat metal with degreasing and phosphatizing process. Apply baked -on enamel finish to all surfaces, exposed and concealed, except plates and nonferrous metal. 1. Color: Provide locker units in color(s) selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Concealed parts may be manufacturer's standard neutral color. 2.4 WARDROBE LOCKERS A. Body: Fabricate back and sides of minimum 24 -gage steel, with double - flanged connections extending full height. Form top and bottom of not less than 24 -gage steel, with flanged edges. 1. Provide 24 -gage steel sheet hat shelf in single -tier units. B. Door: One - piece, minimum 16 -gage sheet steel, flanged at all edges, constructed to prevent springing when opening or closing. Fabricate to swing 180 degrees. METAL LOCKERS 10500 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Reinforcing: Provide extra bracing or reinforcing on inside of doors over 15 inches wide. 2. Ventilation: Provide stamped, louvered vents in door face, as follows: a. Multi -tier lockers: Not fewer than 2 louver openings top and bottom, or 3 louver openings top or bottom. 3. Hinges: Steel, full -loop, 5- knuckle, tight pin. Weld to inside of frame and secure to door with not fewer than 2 factory- installed fasteners that are completely concealed and tamperproof when door is closed. a. Provide at least 3 hinges for each.door over 42 inches high; at least 2 hinges for each door 42 inches high or less. C. Projecting Handle and Latch: Positive automatic, prelocking, pry- resistant latch and pull with rubber silencers; chromium - plated, heavy -duty, vandalproof lift-up handle, containing strike and eye for padlock; and with latching action as follows: 1. Multi -tier lockers: Not less than 1 -point gravity or spring latch with padlock lugs. 2.5 LOCKER ACCESSORIES A. Number Plates: Manufacturer's standard etched, embossed, or stamped, nonferrous metal number plates with numerals not less than 3/8 Inches high. Number lockers in sequence as directed by Architect. Attach plates to each locker door, near top, centered, with at least 2 fasteners of same finish as number plate. B. Legs: Provide nominal 6 inch legs by extending vertical frame members or by attaching gusset type legs made of not less than 16- gage steel sheet, with provision for fastening to floor. C. Continuous Metal Base: Minimum 20 -gage cold - rolled steel, fabricated in lengths as long as practicable to enclose base of lockers without additional fastening devices. Flange bottoms inward 3/4 inch for stiffening. Factory- finish metal base to match lockers. D. Continuous Sloping Tops: Not fewer than 20 -gage sheet steel, approximately 25 degrees pitch, in lengths as long as practicable but not less than 4 lockers. Provide closures at ends. Finish to match lockers. E. Separators: Provide horizontal dividers of not less than 16 -gage sheet steel between doors of multiple -tier lockers to ensure rigidity. F. Trim: Provide trim at jambs and head of recessed lockers, consisting of not less than 18 -gage cold - rolled steel. Factory- finish trim to match lockers. Secure trim to lockers with concealed fastening clips. G. Filler Panels: Provide filler panels where indicated, of not less than 18 -gage steel sheet, factory fabricated and finished to match locker units. METAL LOCKERS 10500 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 12/23/93 A. Install metal lockers at locations shown in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for plumb, level, rigid, and flush installation. B. Space fastenings about 48 inches o.c., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer, and apply through backup reinforcing plates where necessary to avoid metal distortion, using concealed fasteners. C. Install trim, metal base, sloping top units, and metal filler panels and end panels, using concealed fasteners. Provide flush, hairline joints against adjacent surfaces. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices are operating properly. B. Touch up marred finishes, but replace units that cannot be restored to factory- finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by locker manufacturer. END OF SECTION 10500 METAL LOCKERS 10500.- 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Fire extinguishers. 2. Fire extinguisher cabinets - surface mounted. 3. Fire extinguisher mounting brackets. B. Provide fire extinguishers and cabinets, as directed, minimum one extinguisher per 75 linear feet of floor area or as directed by Local Building Officials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for fire extinguisher cabinets include rough -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction, panel style, and materials. C. Samples for initial selection purposes in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of fire extinguisher cabinet finish indicated or exposed to view. D, Samples for verification purposes in full -size units of each type of fire extinguisher cabinet finish indicated, and in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A, Single- Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single manufacturer. B, Coordination: Verify that extinguisher cabinets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract. C. UL -Usted Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL Listing Mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522 -1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 D. FM- Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher with FM marking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 2. Potter - Roemer, Inc. 3. Watrous Inc. 2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each extinguisher cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Carbon Dioxide Type: UL -rated 10 -B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, in manufacturer's standard enameled metal container. 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Brackets: Designed to prevent accidentally dislodging extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in plated finish.Square edg3 trim 1. Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets and for those located in cabinets. 2.4 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. General: Provide fire extinguisher cabinets of suitable size for housing fire extinguishers of types and capacities indicated. B. Construction: Manufacturer's standard enameled steel box, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Type: Suitable for mounting conditions indicated of the following types: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Surface - Mounted: Cabinet box (tub) fully exposed and mounted directly on wall. D. Trim Style: Fabricate trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. E. Door Material and Construction: Manufacturer's standard door construction, of material indicated, coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 1. Enameled Steel: Manufacturer's standard finish, hollow steel door construction with tubular stiles and rails. F. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with FIRE EXTINGUISHER lettering applied to door. Provide lettering to comply with authorities having Jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location. 1. Application Process: Silk screen. G. Identify bracket - mounted extinguishers with FIRE EXTINGUISHER in red letter decals applied to wall surface. Use letter size, style, and location as selected by Architect. H. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design. 1. Full -Glass Panel: Float glass, 1/8 inch thick. I. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam- action latch, or door pull, exposed or concealed, and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous -type hinge permitting door to open 180 deg. 2.5 FINISHES FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. 2.6 ALUMINUM FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Class I1 Clear- Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, nonspecular; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class II Architectural, clear film thicker than 0.4 mil). C. Class I Color- Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, nonspecular; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class I Architectural, film thicker than 0.7 mil with integral color or electrolytically deposited color) complying with AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522 - 3 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 1. Color: As selected by Architect from within standard industry colors and color density range. D. Baked Enamel Finish: AA- C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: chemical conversion coating, acid chromate- fluoride - phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's specifications for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Prepare recesses in walls for fire extinguisher cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to comply with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Fasten mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 3. Where exact location of surface- mounted cabinets and bracket - mounted fire extinguishers is not indicated, locate as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522 - 4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet and bath accessory items as scheduled. B. Toilet compartments and related accessories are specified in Division 10. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections. B. Product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including construction details relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method, specified options, and finishes. C. Samples of each toilet accessory item to verify design, operation, and finish requirements. Acceptable full -size samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. D. Schedule indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations (by room) for each toilet accessory item to be provided for project. E. Setting drawings where cutouts are required in other work, including templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchorage devices. F. Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service recommendations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturers' standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. B. Single- Source Responsibility: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 1 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS 12/23/93 A. Coordination: Coordinate accessory locations, installation, and sequencing with other work to avoid interference with and ensure proper installation, operation, adjustment, cleaning, and servicing of toilet accessory items. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within warranty period. B. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering toilet accessories that may be incorporated in the Work include the following: 1. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. B. Refer to "Toilet Fixtures /Accessories Schedule" on drawings for proprietary vendor items. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 0.034 -inch (22 -gage) minimum thickness. B. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B 19; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16; Castings, ASTM B 30. C. Sheet Steel: Cold- rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 0.04 -inch (20 -gage) minimum. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. E. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro- deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. F. Baked Enamel Finish: Factory- applied, gloss white, baked acrylic enamel coating. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 2 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 G. Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0 -mm (0.23 -inch) thick, conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electro- plated copper coating, and protective organic coating. H. Stainless Steel Mirror Surfaces: Not less than 0.04 -inch (20 -gage) AISI Type 302/304 stainless steel sheet, stretcher - leveled with No. 8 polished mirror finish. Bond to 1/4 -inch minimum hardboard backing. I. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 1. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.3 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS Direct packaging by (516) 887 -5400 Attention: Lasker Hassis 2.4 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS Direct packaging by (516) 887 -5400 Attention: Lasker Hassis 2.5 GRAB BARS A. Stainless Steel Type: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than 0.05 inch (18 gage) and as follows: 1. Mounting: Exposed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages. 2. Clearance: 1 -1/2 -inch clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. 3. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture. 4. Medium -Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1 -1/4 inches. 2.6 SANITARY NAPKIN VENDORS A. General: Fabricate cabinet of stainless steel, not Tess than 0.034 -inch (22 -gage) thick, all - welded construction. Provide door of seamless stainless steel, minimum 0.05 -inch (18 -gage) thick, with returned edges and equipped with tumbler lockset. Provide identification reading "Napkins" and "Tampons" at coin slots; brand name advertising is not allowed. Capacity not less than 15 napkins and 20 tampons. 1. Mounting: Fully recessed type for nominal 6- inch -thick wall. 2. Operation: 25 cents. 2.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNITS A. Surface - Mounted Type: Fabricate of stainless steel with seamless exposed walls, tightly self - closing top cover and locking bottom panel with continuous, stainless steel piano hinge. 2.8 SOAP DISPENSERS TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 3 ( BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 Direct packaging by (516) 887 -5400 Attention: Lasker Hassis 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Mop and Broom Holder /Utility Shelf: Combination unit with 0.05 -inch (18- gage), Type 304, stainless steel shelf with 1/2 -inch returns, 0.062 -inch (16 -gage) support brackets for wall mounting. Provide 0.062 -inch (16 -gage) stainless steel hooks for wiping rags on front of shelf, together with spring- loaded, rubber hat, cam -type mop /broom holders; 1/4- inch - diameter stainless steel drying rod suspended beneath shelf. Provide unit 36 inches long and complete with four mop /broom holders and three hooks. 2.10 MIRROR UNITS A. Stainless Steel Framed Mirror Units: Fabricate frame with angle shapes not Tess than 0.05 inch (18 gage), with square corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. Provide in No. 4 satin polished finish. B. Diaper Changing Station: Mildew- resistant, molded polyethylene body, engineered to support a minimum of 150 lb static weight when opened, with built -in dispenser of sanitary liners. 1. Products: Subject to requirements, provide one of the following: a. Diaper Depot: 4300. 2.11 FABRICATION A. General: Only a maximum 1 -1/2- inch - diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of toilet or bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or back surface, provide additional identification by either a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. General: No names or labels are permitted on exposed faces of toilet and bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface, provide identification of each accessory item either by a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. C. Surface - Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. D. Recessed Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all- welded construction, without mitered corners, Hang doors or access panels with full - length, stainless steel piano hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. E. Framed Mirror Units, General: Fabricate frames for glass mirror units to accommodate wood, felt, plastic, or other glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that will permit rigid, tamperproof glass installation and prevent moisture accumulation, as follows: 1. Provide galvanized -steel backing sheet, not Tess than 0.034 inch (22 gage) and full mirror TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800.4 BARNES & NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. F. Mirror Unit Hangers: Provide system for mounting mirror units that will permit rigid, tamperproof, and theftproof installation, as follows: 1. One - piece, galvanized - steel, wall- hanger device with spring- action locking mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. 2. Heavy -duty wall brackets of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a special tool to remove. G. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing, resupply, etc. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward Toad of at least 250 lbf, complying with ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings, END OF SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 5 BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA SECTION 12670 - ENTRANCE MATS PART 1 - GENERAL A. RELATED DOCUMENTS: 12/23/93 1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. Extent of entrance mat work is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section. 2. Type of work specified as work of this section include the following: a. Surface -type mats, Beige -Brown Traffic Tiles. 12" X 12" X 3/8" thick. # AT812. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Manufacturer: Except as otherwise indicated, provide entrance mats and accessories by a single manufacturer for the entire project. D. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for the type of entrance mat. Include methods of installation for the type of substrate. 2. Samples: Submit samples for type and color of exposed entrance mat and accessories required. Provide 12" square samples of mat materials. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for entrance mats. Include full scale sections of typical installations. Show details of patterns or designs, anchors, and accessories. a. Coordinate shop drawing submittal with concrete work. 4. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's printed instructions for cleaning, drying, and maintaining of entrance mat units. E. SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING: 1. General: Except as otherwise indicated herein, sequencing or scheduling for performance of work in this section in relation with other work is contractor's option. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following manufacturer: R.C. Musson Rubber Co.; Akron, OH (216) 773 -7651 (800) 321 -2381 ENTRANCE MATS 12670 -1 e. BARNES AND NOBLE - Seattle /South Center, WA 12/23/93 B. MATERIALS AND FABRICATIONS: 1. General: Provide colors /patterns /profiles of materials, as indicated on drawings or by this specification or, where not indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors /patterns /profiles. a. Provide mats with custom inlaid /woven -in type graphic (design, logo, emblem, characters or other graphic) as shown and where shown. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. INSTALLATION: 1. Install surface -type units to comply with manufacturer's instructions, at locations indicated and coordinate with entrance locations and traffic patterns. END OF SECTION 12670 ENTRANCE MATS 12670.2 LOCATION PLAN 122 Fife, se Iters Avenue EATTLE /SOUT SEATTLE, :NA. STORE NO. STORE PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE. BY THREE DROOP /Jo ue Burdjk RETAIL DIVISION OF al-OFFER, LITQHFIE. P �C�!� .N ON, ARCI.jThQT$JL PAC. 636 BROADWAY 9TH FLOOR NEW 'YORK, N.Y. 10012 "FEL: (212) 995 - --5050 FAX: (212) 982 -3813 SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) Vit 73 New York, N CENT R MECH. /ELEC. /PLNIG. ENGINEERING CONSULTANT, HAROLD RO$EN A8$,OCIATE 545 8TH AVENUE NEW YORK, N.Y. 10018 TEL: (21 2) 594-7601 FAX: (212) 59.4 -7864 j.. ,lt. •,4..'t a~.•;!' .�l'.1.:•- •. •�.,% i•=• :.'+�riM \1a:�lATi7Vl- '���u�y�yry t.�•� d t� _� r.�} • ,- w ,: i� ;;.� i �' ` "~rT ww� •:` �� :� ;_ "". , •a r ,M- 14ILI. `l 100 COVER SHEET B-100 INFORMATION SHEET A-100 CONSTRUCTION PLAN A--110 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-120 FIXTURE PLAN A-130 POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN A--140 FLOOR FINISH PLAN SIGN PLAN 200 ENLARGED TOILET PLAN & ELEVATIONS 210 ENLARGED VESTIBULE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A-230 ENLARGED THEATER PLAN, ELEVATION AND DETAILS A-240 ENLARGED JUNIORS PEDIMENT ELEVATION AND DETAILS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PARTITION TYPES AND DETAILS INTERIOR DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULL AND DETAILS A-510 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAILS 10Q11 LIST OF DRAWINGS (JOB No. 2645) ARCHITECTURAL * 1Migt 110TH ` • L�. ire': n .et .i' •- 4. 'Wm St ATE PERMIY IMED FOR t4. CHAN d+TRICAL ICAL NUMBING PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION FILE COP.( 1 Understand that the Plan Chc_.; r___._.. ,::', r.:•o suWect to ears and omissions :: i , . l of Own does riot aut toitre the violation ci c:iy adopted Code Of ordintata Receipt of ccntraetoe$ Copy of . * ph, ged. REVISIONS NO CHANGES SHALL BE E TIC TILE SOMME OF WORK WITHOUT PRIOR APPAOVAL OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION. Q,fyr! FILIVISMS W . REQUIRE A NEW PLAN SUBMITTAL AND M Y INCLUDE A.DDm0NAL PLAN REVIEW FEES. FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AND CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY WILL NOT BE ISSUED FOR THIS TENANT SPACE UNTIL FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAI. IS CONIPLETED FOR TIM WILDING "MULL" PERMIT. H-1 —2 IVIECHANICAL HVAC PLAN HVAC SPECS, LEGENDS, DETAILS AND SCHEDULES PLUMBING PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P-2 i ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS AND RISER DIAGRAMS P--3 ! PLUMBING SPECS, LEGEND, DETAILS & SCHEDULES SPRINKLER SP— A- 400 A._ 410 A--• 420 1 I SO iv SPRINKLER LAYOUT PLAN ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN POWER Se SIGNAL PLAN PANEL SCHEDULES & RISER DIAGRAMS ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST, NOTES AND SCHEDULES • s 1wr7, IND St IRIS ST t •S‘l` :. § TUN %. , (/ '.`7.3.9 •• // �. i♦ ; 4 7T.?, . • pair'/ / /i�. ?♦ • '�, I ��.i. • 'TENANT B :,•c • M se ilia It ss_ TJKi P;A•HtNi; AND ..RcM7t:crU r4 P +AL f MS:ra♦ C.t• SHWFFER, LITCHt=ELD, M , ON, ARCHITECTS PC +358 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 • !'HoNe. ! ?.1. ^I 99b 5030 FAX JA? -3812 BY THREE GROUP /Joshua Burdick t Booksellers No Since 1 7/3 1 99 pin- t, A 17,~11•rb I ass H J. Ai. Y. A A. „i-T! !' New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 OIII� I t6 IIIIIII'II 111I! �ll lll�ll l�l lill�i,Ill�if,,Ii{I�].Ijl(l THSNCH 2 ;nlY3 „' <'; ";;•�444;e�I'.�.. ■EE/�,,..11j. _, • I1irti i�i�?1'�IIII'IIII1'WIWI. 11111 ijIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,I�Ij ilipill 4 5 6 7 8 NOTE: Ii the microfilmed document is Jess clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of tha: ,original document. 0c 6Z eIIc: GZ 9Z 5Z h.?, CZ ZZ 1-3 0? 6L 8L GL !!ill�llllIIIII�Ililll!I! {!I!!!!!!�lii! !!I! !II!jll!Iflll!ilI!!Ith(1a1 1,!±l!1i111 H lid) Ulf'I11..:11%11hI4{!L!I1!1111,I 0111 • • 16109 SS 33ND STREET TELEPHONE (206) 8414783 REVISIONS t ESCR!P TICK I 1# �, YI, i�SiFk�� `t`�J�M�'�idR6'�d'S��:#�•.u. ,;y 11 I .14111!; 1111 111111111l 1111Wjii1111111111 9 10 11 "" IHO RLUt, 12 • 91, GI tit Et Et Lt Q� j� 8` G ,` 9I S 47 £ �f L mW 0 I111!IIl !!!i l� I IJ IIII!II,linHi!lill II!li111, II1!j1 I!►'fUIIIIII1bI!1111 U1 ! II {!I!i11!111111!il!II!!!!i!!!! 1111!':!IIIII!111111I!li11!II1 TITLE BLOCK .••••7..,••�,.._••••••••••°o cr ' OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR .;S 1994 A BUILDING DIVISION ,RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW!L6 :i 'ta PERMIT CENTER S LLEIVIL S, WASHINGTON SSCI "d7 E8ARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTPI., SEATTLE, WA. AACH;rt t.. JAMES B. DAVIS . -' Architect AIA CCRTWiCATIGN !tv K.NAT■JRC • SEAL. 1715 E Et ,t/ v I x! { _NIA1ES 13.OAb�1J3 STATEN' WASMI;IgT `X-1 CRAY:NG Trrtr TITLE SHEET ;R:,.:Ec 1 r7LE• SEATTLE SOUTH. CNTA. SEATTLE, WA. OArt 12/17/1:34 I,�rr too 2645 CPAWYN DUGGAL 'ECK( • 8ROCKEN ORAvvalc K. T-1O s(ALE NONE (ikto 011Q • • BUILDING DATA DATE PROJECT : Barnes & Noble Bookstore LOCATION : Strander Retail Center. Tukwila, WA. PROJECT NO. : By 3 Group - 2645 JURISDICTION : Tukwila, WA BUILDING CODE : Uniform Building Code 1991 PLUMBING CODE : Uniform Plumbing Code 1991 GRAPHIC', COJE : CITY OF TUKILA SIGN CODE- ADOPTED SEPTEMBER 1982 SECTION 19.32.140 COMMERCIAL ZONES HANDICAP ACCESS : ADA LEASE AREA 19,545 S.F. (GROSS) - BARNES & NOB! E BOOKS T OF SCOPE OF WORK : Interior Tenant Improvements- BARNES & NOBLE BOOKSTORE 12/17/93 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS 501.0 503.0 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFIED EXISTING 1B- 2 R ETAIL PROPOSED MIXED OCCUPANCY TABLE NO. 5--8 REQUIRED SEPARATION IN HOURS 1111 ., USE : B -2 1111 SA1.E S' 1111.. OFFICE STORAC ;f7. SALES NR NR NR OFFICE NR NR 1 HR STORAGE - _ 1 HR 1 HR NR 453 100 5 Total . NR,---- NOT REQUIRED 3802 - ADMINISTRATIVE AND CLERICAL OFFICE NEED NOT BE SEPARATED FROM THE MAJOR USE TO WHICH THEY ARE ACCESSORY, PROVIDED SUCH OFFICES DO NOT EXEED 25% OF THE FLOOR OOR AREA OF THE MAJOR USE.. - STORAGE AREA IN CONNECTION WITH WHOLESALE OR RETAIL SALES IN DIVISION 2 SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM THE PUBLIC AREA BY A ONE --HOUR FIRE - RESISTIVE SEPARATION. EXCEPT THAT A SEPARATION NEED NOT BE PROVIDED WHEN THE BUILDING IS PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 1701.0 CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION T.17 -A 3302.0 STORE PlANR:INC, Pr; .4PPCHITE %T;M Existing Proposed The Construction Classification is based on: U;11 orrn c uiiding ode sec 1701 table 17-A and landlord informcttion. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING ELEMENT REQUIRED RATING IN HOURS W/ SPRiKLER SYSTEM PROPOSED RATING IN HOURS Partitions NR. NR Ceiling /Floor NR NR TENANT DEMISING WALLS VERIFY NR Area Seperation 1 HR 1 HR NR = NON REQUIRED OCCUPANT LOAD USE = 82 . MALE .F. . PER PERSON OCCUPANTS LOAD Sales 1111. 16 674 MOP SINK 556 Storage 1,115 300 4 Office 411 100 5 Toilet /JC 453 100 5 Total . 18 653 . - 77 *GROSS AREA BY THREE GROUP /Joust Burdick I RrTM ON.sx),, or SNIFFER. r LITC 1i ELD, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC eae BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 !�'iGR'i• i212I 996.5050 FAX, 4.2t2s 98 2•3113 3303.0 CAPACITY OF EGRESS COMPONENTS NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED) : PROVIDED : 5 .� EXIT WIDTH REQUIRED: =5=1 PROVIDED : DOOR NO. DOOR NO. DOOR NO. DOOR NO. DOOR NO. X.2 -- FT. ,3 FT. FT TO fAL PROVIDED DISTANCE TO EDITS PERMITTED : FT. MAX WITH SPRINKLERS c::::[=3671=1 ACTUAL (SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROVIDED) 3301.0 BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY : HANDICAP - PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO BE ACCESSIBLE - SALES AREA TO BE ACCESSIBLE -- STORAGE ROOMS NOT REQ'D. TO BE ACCESSIBLE TOILET FACIUTIES TO BE ACCESSIBLE YES .5 " UIRED YES YES NO UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE OF 1991 510.0 (C) PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIRED PROPOSED NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES :40 . MALE 20 FEMALE 20 TABLE 5E PRIVIDFD YES YES YES YES PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED AND PROVIDED DATE WATER CLOSETS *URINALS LAVATORIES DRINKING FOUNTAINS MOP SINK ISSUE! BUILDING DEPT Req'd Provided Req'd Provided Req'd Provided Req'd Provided Req'd .Provided. MALE 2 2 -- 1 1 2 •- - - MIN MEN FEMALE 3 3 NA NA 1 2 - - TOTAL Man - 1 2 4 1 1 * URINALS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED r' OR WATER CLOSETS BUT NOT MORE THAN 1/3 OF REQUIRED WATER CLOSETS. rnes Booksellers BARNES & NOBLE VENDOR'S FROM WHICH 8 & N SHALL PURCHASE TENANT SUPPUR4 ITc iS. G.0 TO COORDINATE WJTHESE VENDORS ON REMS WHICH REQUIRE G.0 INSTALLATION. VENDORS LIST PROPRIETARY VENDOR'S FROM WHICH G.C. MUST PURCHASE ITEMS AS REQUIRED. NO SUBSTITUTION ON THE ITEM SPEC. OR VENDOR SUGGESTED VENDOR'S FROM WHiCH IT 15 SUGGESTED THAT G.C. PURCHASE ITEM 4S NOTED. NO SUBSTITUTIONS tCCEPTED ON THE ITEM SPECIFICATION. pAUSIQ: AEI MUSIC 900 E. Pine St. Seethe, WA 98122 Phone: (206) 329 -1400 EXT 5345 Fax: (206) 325-7197 Contact: Jackie Mulanoy HEATH & CO. ,►SIGN MOM: 4703 Bengal St. Dallas, TX 75235 Phone: (800) 527 -9495 (214)) 637 -0(350 Fax: (214 638-1013 Contact: Penny or Mike Fields ARISTON 485 slag 072 Hillside NJ . 07205 Phone: (908) 687 -0200 Contact: ALAN SHON0SKY KFFCHEN !}: KING REFRIGERATOR CORP. 76-02 Woodhaven Shed. Giendcle, NY 11385 Phone: (718) 697 -2200 Fax: (718) 830 -944 {) CARE71'iLE: MERCHANDISE_ TO BE SELECTED EOM: -. SIGN DESIGN 22 Empire Drive St. Paul, MN 55103 Phone: (612) 290 -2212 Contact: Gary Sunwclil ALLSRAFEC26 LETTER - CRAFT INC. 280 Midlon Ave., Bldg M Saddlebrook, NJ 07662 Phone: (201) 794 -3630 Contact Howard Chayt GOLDEN OLDIES 132 -29 33rd Avenue hushing, NY 11 357 Phone: (718) 445 --4400 Contact: Sue Barteld 1011.1&1265: Milton Bosley 151 8th Ave. N.W. Glen Burnie, MO 21061 Phone: (800) 638 -5010 Phone: (410) 761 -7727 Contact: Bosley Wright Connie Downey MDR PREFERRED CARPETS P.O. BOX 3488 DALTON, GA 3072 Phone: Contact: DIANE CRUMP CONTINENTAL CARPL':T 233 Libbey Porkwoy Weymouth, MA 02189 Phone: (617) 340 1440 (617) 337 7733 Contact: Stan Maltz T.L.C. DOOR SYSTEMS 620 Mamaroneck Avenue Mamaroneck, N.Y. 10543 Phone: (914) 698 -8382 Contact; Robert L.Thc,mpnon UGHTING MANAGEMENT 120 N. Main Street New City, NY 10956 Phone: (914) 638-1950 Contact: John Sapenero 'ALL2AEES: H G H DESIGN GROUP 2001 Pierce Street Son Francisco, CA 94115 Phone: (800) 432 -2346 Contact: HJrlan Hoffman IMPART INC. 1101 North North Lake Wai Seattle, WA 98103 Phone: (800) 544 -3343 (206) 633 -1852 Contact: Steven Corey liescxEx: .k 3D LQ =RS: • SYNERGY BUILDING SYSTEMS 799 Space Drive Beaver Creek. OH 45385 Phone: (513) 429 -3143 Contact: Sob Mills CHILDRCNS' CUSTOM CANVAS 711 HWY. 67 Sr) Duncanville, TX 75137 Phone: (214) 298 -4943 (214) 709-7453 Contact: Gart 0 Ci ildres ,FURNITURE: GENERAL OFFICE PRODUCTS 2050 Old Highway 8 New Brighton, MN. 55112 Phone: (612) 639 -4760 Contact: Kathy }Loyde GRTS: GARY SAFE 10122 Long Point - Suite 111 Houston, TX 77043 Phone: (713) 932 -7294 Contact: C. Drendemill P.D.I. 132 West 18th Street Nov: York, N.Y. 10011 Phone; (212) 620 -•3840 Contact: Bob Bouraeaa TARRENT INTERIORS 6761 EXCHANGE DR. Mansfield, TX 76053 Phone: (817) 473 -0313 Contact: Fran McCarthy • ESPR� ESS, : MARSTAN INDUSTRIES, INC. 10814 Northeast Avenue Philadelphia, Po 19118 Phone: (800) 822 - 3004/5368 Contact: Here Moskowitz LYON METAL PRODUCT, INC. PO BOX 671 Aurora: IL 60507 -0671 Phone: (708) 892 -8941 .MOCK ROOM AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL 407 Gundersen Drive Carol Stream!, 11 60188 Phone: (708) 665 -8270 ABBREVIATIONS A.C.T. A.F.F. BLK FlLK'G CLG. C.T. CONC. CONT. C.J. DN. DIA. DWG. E.W.C. EL. EXIST. EXP. F.P. GA. GC GALV. GL. H.M. H.P. JT. LAM. LAV. MAX. MTL. MIN. M.O. N.I.C. . NO. O.C. OP'G PLAS. LAM. PL. PLY'D RAD. REF.CLG. PL. REQ'D STL. SUSP. CLG. T,O.M• T.Q.S. TYP. U.O.N. T \/.C.. w/ WD. 0...,11 a....,...,.., •1. p.,... •••tli..... ACOUSTICAL r„ EIL1NG TItn.E ABOVE FINISH FLOOR BLOCK BLOCKING CEIUNG CERAMIC TILE CONCRETE CONTINUOUS CONTROL JOINT DOWN DIAMETER DRAWING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER ELEVATION EXISTING EXPANSION FIREPROOF FINISH(ED) GAUGE GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALVANIZED GLASS HOLLOW METAL HIGH POINT JOINT LAMINATE LAVATORY MAXIMUM METAL MINIMUM MASONRY OPENING NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER ON CENTER OPENING PLASTIC LAMINATE PLATE PLYWOOD RADIUS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REQUIRED STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING TOP OF MASONRY TOP OF STEEL TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VINYL COMPOSITION TILE WITH WOOD OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS, INSTALLATION BY G.C. MERCHANDISE FIXTURES (AS INDICATED ON DWG. A-120) INTERIOR SIGNAGE (SIGN DESIGN) ANTERIOR PROPS (P.D.I.) INTERIOR GRAPHICS (LETTERCRAFT) OWNER SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ITEMS, COORDINATION BY G.C. MU,..IC SYSTEM ALARM SYSTEM EXTERIOR SIGNAGE MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS UST SEE SCHEDULE DWG. A-510 GENERAL NOTES SYMBOL LEGEND sawm T1Qb! 1 VERIFY ALL HELD CONDmONS AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT CF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING Wi7H WORK. 2. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENT Or MUNICIPAL, LOCAL. OR FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS, AS ANY OTHER GOVERNING AGENCIES }LAVING JURISDICTION WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. MAINTAIN A CURRENT AND COMPLETE SET OF CONTP.ACT DOCUMENTS AT THE JOB SITE 4. MAINTAIN A TELEPHONE AND FAX MACHINE WITH WORKING PHONE LINES THROUGHOUT THE PROGRESS OF THE MOORK. 5. DRAWINGS ARE NOT 10 BE SCALED FOR INFORMATION. 6. ERECT AND FMAINTAIN, AS REQUIRED BY EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE PROGRESS OF THE WORK, ALL SAFEGUARDS AND BARRICADES FOR SAFETY INCLUDING POSING WARNING SIGNS. ENFORCING SAFETY REGULATIONS AMID PROTECTION OF PROPERTY. 7. ALL CONCEALED WOOD MUST BE STAMPED WITH FIRE PERFORMANCE RATING. 8. CHECK ALL CEILING HEIGHTS AND POSSIBLE CEILING PLENUM CONDI1IONS FOR CLEARANCE OF DUCT -WORK AND ALL OTHER 4a!'1STRAINTS TO ASSURE THE LOCATION O1r THE UGHT FIXTURES AS SHOWN ON THE LIGHTING PLAN. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING IMMEDIATELY BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 9. PRIOR- TO CLOSING OF ANY CEIUNG, ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS (I.E. H.V.p..C, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRIC) SHAD. BE iNSPECTED AND WHERE REQUIRED, TESTED SY THE LOCAL AUTHORt71ES HAVLNG JURiSD!CTION 70 INSURE THEiR PROPER INSTALLATION AND FUNCTION. 10. CEILING HEIGHTS ARE DIMENSIONED IN RELATIONSHIP TO THE FINISHED FLOOR AND /OR DECK. 11. UGHT FIXTURES SHOWN IN ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING.°. SHAD. BE LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE NEAREST LOCATED TILE, UNLESS OTHERW SE NOTED IN PLANS. 12. INSTALL ALL LIGHT FIXTURES INCLUDING SIGHT IN CABiNEPM RK, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 13. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH H.V.A.C. WORK, PLUMBING. WOODWORK, PARTITION WORK ETC.. WHERE REQUIRED. 14. PROTECT ALL WALLS, FLOORS, CEIUNGS, ETC., THAT ARE ADJACENT TO THE CORE DRILUNG OPERATIONS, 15. COORDINATE ALL TELEPHONE WORK MI OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND LOCAL. TELEPHONE COMPANY BEFORE STARTING WORK. 16. COVER PLATES FOR OUTLETS TO BE POLISHED BRASS FINISHED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 17. SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL MAJOR TRADES. SEE SPECIFICA110NS BOOK FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 18. A:.L WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED NEW UNLESS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 19. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY G.C., UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ED. ramo!FtXT1i &f5, 1. COORDINATE Alt CAEs1NETWORK WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES. 2. AL'. LAMINATE VENEER SHALL. BE APPLIED IN STRICT:Si' ACCORDANCE WITH MANUF'ACTURER'S PRINTED SPECIFICATIONS AND APPUCATION INSTRUCTIONS. Nobie Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 0 3. FOR WOODWORK INSTALLATION. CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO STARTING WORN. 4. ALL FINISHED WORT( SHALT, BE CONSTRUCTED iN AS PER THE MOST CAREFUL AND THOROUGH MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS. AFFI=N SHOP DRAWNGS AND THE BEST METHODS KNOWN IN THE INDUSTRY. ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURES SHALL BE FREE PEN MARKS, BLEMISHES, OR DEFACEMENTS OF ANY KIN!. 5. PROVIDE ALL CONNECTIONS FOR FIXTURES, REQUIRING ELECTRICAL. CONNECTIONS. 6. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PER FIXTURE VENDOR SPECIFICATIONS. 7. FOR FIXTURE ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION SEE FIXTURE BOOK FURNISHED BY F9X1 JRE VENDOR. 8. ALL FIXTURES AND CORNER F1LIERS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH WD -1, ULESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. DIMENSIONS OF CORNER FILLERS VARY. AFTER FIXTURE UNITS HAVE BEEN INSTAU.EU, VERIFY CLEARANCES FOR ACTUAL CORNER FILLER SIZE AND ORIENTATION. COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 10. ALL CORNE71 FIU:.E.F:S TO BE 3/4" THK. PLYWOOD W/ VENEER (W0 -1, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) WITH LOCK-- MLTERR JOINT AT CORNERS, BLOCKING & BRACING AS REQUIRED. 11. ALL CORNER FILLERS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO PARTITIONS, WALL FIXTURE'S, FLOOR SLAB OR SIRUCTURES UJSiNG STEEL "L" SHAPE BRACKET ANGLES OR SIMILAR ANCHORING DE\I10E, PLUG /PATCH ANY HOLES AND STAIN TO MATCH THE FINISH. p JNT A�61a WALL C li►RC• 1. PRIOR TO PAINTING., REMOVE AND PROTECT ALL FINIE1tEb SURFACES, HARDWARE, SWITCH AND OUTLETS PLATS ETC., REPLACING AND UNCOVERING THE SAME WHEN PAINTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. 2. All SURFACES TO BE PAINTED OR TO RECEIVE WAU. COVERING SHALL PRESENT A TRUE. SMOOTH, LEVEL FINISH AND SHALL BE CLEANED FREE FROM ALL GRIT. GREASE, DIRT AND LOOSE )AATERIALS AND ALt SCRATCHES. CRACKS, OPEN JOINTS. HOLES AND OTHER DEFECTS, SHALL BE PROPERLY CUT OUT, SPACKLE:D AND BROUGHT TO A SMOOTH EVEN FINISH AND GIVEN A PRIME COAT AS SPECIFIED FOR THE AFFECTED WORK. 3. WALL COVERING TO BE RUN MIN. 6" BELOW TOP /6" INSIDE EDGE OF WALL Fl)CTURES (IYP.) FLOOE( i:.. 1. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE PROTEC,TiON FOR ALL FLOORING WORK FOR TIME DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. FOR COMPLETION, ALL WORK SHALL BE CLEANED REMOVING ALL SPOTS OF ADHESIVE. SURFACE STAINS AND ALL SCRATCHES. AU. BASE TO BE INSTALLED AS PER THE FINISH SCHEDULE. 3. NO. DATE REVISIONS __,....._....................] DESCRIPTION I BY CHFCX ED, BROCKEN 19/1_-_._ ISSUE! BUILDING DEPT ,. 1111 1111 • -.: ,:r: < ?.: , ,.� st�F:l`b+t%f ?,%'J?•i'x: '.l : 1 i1lii;l'Iii111 1111111111;11111111J 11111 Viii JI.il;lf iR l J iiiiii11 } il1tji1ii 19j 1j1 11111 1 I �! 1I i(1! ,, �i.l lji Ij t- I•,�4�I I1il! 11it!111i 1t 1 11I11!110111;11j' I i 'II III ! � 1 '�` '��(� 1' � 3 4 5 6 '7 _ 1111. t3 9 10 11 NODE INOER ANT 12- 0 16THS INCH 1 7 . MALIMOWPOSOMOINNOM..11.11.11113MOVIR■WWIS11.11111.M. ROOM NUMBER IDENTIFICATION ROOM NAME [A10ol DOOR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION INTERIOR / EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS WALL SECTION FLOOR FINISH IDENTIFICATION TYPICAL DETAIL DESIGNATION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWN LANDLORD INFORMATION 110.8.... 1■. ■...,....., SEGALE BUSINESS PARK 18000 Andover Park West Tukwila, WA 98188 PHONE (206) 575-2000 FAX2 (206) 575 -1837 CONTACT d a Mr. Dana ,Warren BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR , SEATTLE, WA. ARCHITECT JAMES B. DAVIS - Architect AM CERTIFICATION IA. 1 DATE SIC.NE J: ti ARC'i�►fEC JAMES G. DAWS STATE OF WASH:HGTl 4 SIGNATURE t, • OC 6Z EG 4Z 9((Z GZ +rZ • £Z itli!! IIII1III! i!! Iililliillill!!! I�I! 1llllii !!!IIIIf!�lil!Illll�ht!d!i! NOTE: If the isi.crofilmed document is less clear than this i notice, it is due to the quality of the original dot :us:ant. Zz LZ OE 61 El LL 9L 5l 71 El Zl 11 41, 6� i 0111 1 J }�! H1 iIll�illb1,!i� !li�!II11!!1!110111! h11 1Ji•!! !1�l,�ij„I {i�!!i!il!,! !li!!1111166! !!! !I411!61111!I!Ill+illl ;11!1!II 8 4 9 G 7 E Z L WW O t►!itl.Liu! iu1!I • :iJo CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVE! MAR 9 1994 A +: .`4 ri ■ BUILDING DtVISiCiR RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA {{. �, „ 1111. 1'II IIt\ o E S'r PERMIT CENTER DRAWING TITLE: - INFORMATION SHEET PROJECT TITLE 11 • SEATTLE/SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA DATA: 12!1.7/93 PROJECT PD. 2845 DRAWN: DUI3GIAL CHFCX ED, BROCKEN DRAINING NJ. B -1 SCALE' NONE :. .:t.,. -r_• � x;- ,� >;:sc.�...: U..rG 1111.:. . .0111.1.110.1.61•111MM■111 )tJ -- • .21AR6R,---31■SSME=M115=331,11 LEGEND SOF 'IWARE TENANT SOFTWARE ETC. (WC.) TENANT INSTALLATION TO BE FILED UNDER SEPERATE BUILDING PERMIT f 14 A,/ 18'4 1.4 '1■••••■■•••••••••....amt• •••••■■■••••••••10111WM • • •■■■•••■■■•■■• • • um • s. ••■•••••■•o o.P.mwoo.o• ow m 04, 4annwrI•100.•10.0••••Ma 60' -0" {-,c 6c) —.4- AISLE / / / / / / CASH/EQUIP. RM. 1o:?] BREAK ROOM •■•••■■••• • EL 'CTPICAL RM. (N ; EN Eroi ( EN D3TJ 3.3(1 y8' HIG / SHELVING (TYP.) SEE on 3/A420 / / • / ,..--- CARPET IN GENERAL SALES AREA--• (SEE DWG. A-140) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIEI —I 15/460101118MIIIIMOWS FULL HEIGHT PARTITION lA 41 14=aingarmarars:xsratio NON- RATED PARTMON 40 TOILET CHASE WALL ti am= CERAMIC TILE. (SEE DWG A-140) EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY LANDLORD 18• -2" i2.-3" 1 EL \ GENERAL. SALES [29_11 7C-0" •-• - • - - - - . . .... . . • • • . • • , _ . . . . . . TYP.) CARPET PATTERN (SEE DWG. A-140) SECURITY DETECTION MONI fOR SYSTEM (SEE. DWG A-510) 12'-r CARPET tN GENERAL SALES AREA (SEE DWG. /- 14& CERAMIC TILE (SEE. DWC. A-140) STARBUCKS TEN ANT 11 STARBUCKS COFFEE (N.I.C.) TENANT INSTALLATION TO BE FILED UNDE.R SEPARATE BUILDING PERMIT ...P., I. .10 CORRIDOR Fin .aw•■•■••••• to; JUNIORS PEDIMENT ASSEMBLED AND :NSIALLED BY G.C. .3 J t, THEATER • .0111 •••••■••■ • • • ■■• NO • • • GYP BO BY G.0 \ ) RECEIVING TABLE (TYP. FOR '2) SEE DET. 6/A420 NEW METAL. STUDS W EFS BY LANDLORD 6. • ‘7,- \ '0".• 5/8• GYP. BD. OVER 5/13. METAL STUDS BY G.C. STOCK ROOM L10;.5] 35( • xEr HIGH SHELVING (TYP.) SEE DET.3/A420 PORTABLE LADDER SEE D 47AS f 135' CARPET THROUGHOUT JUNIORS AREA SEE DWG .- 140 5/8" GYP BD OVER 1 5/8• METAL STUDS BY G / • -METAL STUDS INFILLS BY LANDLORD (TYP.) //7(\ / EXISTING MASONARY WALL -- 30" W. CONT. COUNTER W W/ CONT. SHELVES ABOVE (SEE 2/A.420 & '2,i/A200 SATE VEND't1G MACHoiES 8'y 0 tHIIRS GENERAL NOTES 1. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMET OF NEW WORK. ANY DISCREPANCE'S SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 2. COORDINATE WORK BETWEEN AU. TRADES PERTAINING TO THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING UNDERSLAB_ PLUMBING A.NO ELECTRICAL. PREPARE ALL FLOOR. WALL AND CEIUNG SURFACES AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF FINISH MATERIALS THROUGHOUT 4. PROVIDE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE w/ MECHANICAL DWGS. 5. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM SY OTHERS (N.I.C.) 6. ALL MASONRY OPENINGS BY OTHERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. PROVIDE X e BLOCKING AT 57 1/4" AFF. ON FACE OF ALL PERIMETER WALLS TO RECEIVE WALL MOUNTED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES. (SEE DWG. A-120 FOR FIXTURE LOCATONS) 8. ALL RETURNS ON HINGE SIDE OF DOORS SHALL BE 4 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES, SEE SHEET 8-100. CM OF TUKWILA APPROVED PWR 2 W4 COAT ROO SHEL.I; SEE DU 5/4.4.20 ELECTRIC (N..C.) 7 KITCHEN UN NT — -SEE DC. 5/A510 - MARKER, BOARD SUPPLIED B.% BARNES & NOBLE. ,Nsit.,,LED BY 27 -7' \ I X \ \\. \ • AISLE .11. • 1.1. ■•■• 04.. • or. ( 12 C TRIO WATER COOLER CLOCK BY E&N LOCKERS ,/ SEE DET. 5/4510 flTfl COUNTEP ShavES 490%/E 'SE 2/A420 It 2,,A2)' SYMBOL. DESCRIPTION DETAIL EXISTING WALL WITH 3 5/8 . —Ler=7-Tam'ac=4—s, STEEL STUDS AND INSULATION BY LANDLORD BD. 13Y G.C. • NEW WAIHSCOTT AT CORRIDOR 104 EXISTING MASONRY WALL WITH NEW 1 5_/8" STEEL STUDS MD 3 8' GYP. BO. BY G.C. NORTH -EVES ABOvi SEL T. A if ‘f; \// / -4 • • : •• • 4 .c - " ' ' -- 4' - 8" 0...:EiLIC 'NOCE? WAi•SCO r--- SEE ()ET IL/A410 1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN SCALE: 1/8" ••••&•••••■••••emelarms, PLANING AND 5•F:CH;TECTURE.. 1101.1.1..14111.100.0.410.. METAL STUDS INFILLS BY LANDLORD 4.1.94■•••■■••••■”0344 •■•■•■••Yeal lia••••armou....xwarkwoma BY THREE GROUP/Joshua surcsok I I oryAm. owsu.)tt or. SHiFFER, isratf-tao, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC 688 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y 10012 PHONE. (212, 99,6 5060 FAX, (212/ 982.31113 Booksellers • IVO Since 1873 • 1101..10.110.11,11%.,14w01016111■011a 3' --C"x'7' O FRED--/ OPENt!stG. SEE OP 9/4-50C 122 Fifth Avenue New York', NY Moll 212.633.3585 2.•■••••••••■•.1.1016.04... ____-____n BACK AREA DETAIL SCALE: 1/4' .mnbcpr wwwmpwanwim. " . REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION BY A •! 131.9/94 ISSUED BUILDING DEPT . i-- _ ___ ..... '-'---.•!•! • •':•?z44%44;14,ii-.,644.1-4.14,•06;:iiiiii:itiii..14.' vkfoieetwAstoceddikiitusam, ..'r- I 11111 IIIIII I I 1 I 111 I I I 1 11111111 I 11111 I 111111 1 111111 I i I I I I II 1.1Mtlt 1 1111111111114 I 11111111, 11110111111111111111111111Ill 11111-14411111' • 2 P"3 4 5 6 7 8 ! NOTE: if iii-la-ierOkiiiitiCtio'cii-it';-1-*i ci't;a.i'ihaiihis ! notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. Ii141111111111i,111111111111111111111111111111111 9 1() 1 1 MADE IN IIERIVANY 1 '2- 06 6Z 8G LE 9Z. GZ 47Z ' CZ ZZ 07 61 81 LL 9L 91 +71 et Z1 U. 01, 6 8 4 , 9 G C voN o 11111111111111111111111111111j111111111111111411111111111111Allillid111.11.1141,11.111111.11.41.141111.1,11114111111J11111UalialiW1111111111111b111111thIlltPillII. Id1,1111 1114110 11,111,111I1111 11:1411111111.1111 1111 !III !Id 1111,11,11111 1111 1110.1111 11'1'1 I 111,1 1'1 1 'I 1"1"1"1'11 '1 I ••••••••••■••••••••••. -10" 1•-.5"..1A•-0'i FOR F t.00R DR AtN SEE. p. '-ikieN(..; 2.06 ..,,,•■•••••■■••• NOTE: FOR TO;1,1.71- ROOM AcCSOR:ES, AND CF•jA!t_S SEE DIN. A - zoo ,12•••■••.1••••■•040.11. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA •1-• ..1`1 PERMIT CNTER •■•■■••••••■...■■•••■•40.10 DAWINC; TITLE. TITLE BLOCK • • ■• • • • • • • • • • PROJECT • BARNES & NOBLE. SEATTLE SOUTH CNTR., WASHINGTONN, NJ CONSTRUCTION PLAN — AliCOTECT JAMES S. DAVIS — Architect AIA CERTWICATIOr. N DATE SIGNED M. AR 1 5 1gsi4 SRAATURE AR IT T IV/N. ,s. V..._ JAtAES C. *AVIS STATE CF WVI•G10A ..„,„........ ...........,•-• ....,,,S r101111111181217LOWOOMMOIONIIMIr 12%17/93 PP'JJECI SEATTLE SOUTH CNTR. WASHINGTON ICHEr_ rcE D• k.A'A DUGGAL BROCKEN AS NOTED A-100 2645 • ••••''- •' - • '' ' 1 ro a tc e�S ,/ /� ; /// / /; ,/ /2,// / / / / !� i ` // ////// ; / / / /�/// // ////// /// ,/ , /ii/ / // //� /' / / �/ / / / / /, , , /// ,,,/// /// / / /, ,,/ /f; / / /' ///// ,/ ,/ £C ...0. /J . MIN €0' -•0' • ___v.-.__- b,...... . 15 CEILING HEIGHT } S' --O" 60' --0° • t- • • • . ci L07, CEILING HEI0T4T 12--0" • t= .% CZ1 L=am`; -. rai t= CF_IUNG HEIGHT 13'- -T A.F.F. 12.. .. .YP.. 8D SOFFIT . 11' - -6" A.F.F. 1ST_ . _1 Mfj. _ UZI ICEILING HEIGHT 12' -•0" .A.F.F I • GYP. BD SOFFIT 'A,F.F. '- ' Li- El Cf li IVC� HEIGHT 13' --G" A F. T. r. r �" 1 _i 1 ,CEILING HEIGHT 1•2•L:0"` AF.F. '1 tr • I CJ I ® . ;ED 1 cYP. BD, SOFFfr A. FF . r. r Q. 24' 0 ED EQ EZI CEILING HEIGHT] 12' =C' A.rF. i • -1=1 • T_ 5`- 5�•� w t.. J=I _F ... .- t,YF BD S0 FIT f .. CEILING HEIGHT 10' �• A. F 41( GYP BD CEILING - -/ 10.-0` AFF -ELAT CEILING REFLECTED CEILING SCALE: 1/8° a 1' -o° STORE PLANNING /.No . RCi i'ECTtJRF.: PLAN K2') "<s\<\ .....o.- .........,. BY THREE GROUP;/Joshua Burdick ROAR. 0MS1ON OG: SI- FFER. UTCHF LD, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC SU BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE, ■2•21 995 500 FAX, (212) 982 -3$313 arnes Booksellers Noble Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 2,12.633.3585 ofeosi d,A'3 4 NOM notice, 1111111111PP 111111111111111111W 11111 111111.1j1111111itirtii 10 TINS INCH 1 2 r1 E-11: ..!NC+ HEICHTT 3' - 0" A F.F rli Itt V 1 rY.FM■ l SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DTL Z HATCHED AREA INDICATES CEILING AT SUB- TENANT (N.IC.) I CEILING- fJCUPRCD OR WALL- MOUNTED Dm WA — SUSPENDED GYPSUM BO. CEILING SYSTEM (FINISH: P -2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) COuNG -- MOUNTED OR WALL- NOUiYCEO DIRECTIONAL EAT SIGN A 1 3/9P4 SUSPENDED CEILING GRID wE 2'x4' ACOUSTICAL. TILES -0---0--49- =AGA= 1. COORDINATE W /HVAC FOR PLACEMENT OF DIFFUSERS AND RETURN NR GRILL O. 2. COORDINATE W /FIRE PROTECTION FOR PLACEMENT OF SPRINKLER HEADS. 3. G.C. SHAJ.L NOT DEVIATE FROM INTENDED CEJUNG GRID AND LIGHTING PATTERN PRIOR TO NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION W /ARCHITECT. .............. Ciri OF TOKWIll APPROVED MAR 1934 A r BUhLD1N . 1wta10N 12" ?YP r--' -- DECORATIVE LIGHTING �- G' PSLIM BOAR!' AT 10'-6' AFF GYPSUM BOARD AT 8' - -I0 AFF ---,1 S NOTE • FQf? AOCI f10NAL, INFORMAT ;ON ON T-+FATER, SEE DWG. A -230 RECEIVER are of TIJKWilA 11. LIGHTING LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (ir'f) I CEILING- fJCUPRCD OR WALL- MOUNTED Dm WA ! DESCRIPTION ISSUED BUILDING DEPt COuNG -- MOUNTED OR WALL- NOUiYCEO DIRECTIONAL EAT SIGN A 1 3/9P4 LAY-- $N -GRJO 1'X 4' (1'x 2'. i'x 3') F LL�SCENT UCM t X LIRE - PARABouc -0---0--49- SIRFO- MOUNTE4 TRACK uGHr • PENDANT- MOU�4TED 1'..-a- X S'-ij HIGH OUTPUT R Wftk T LIGHT FIXTURE (12' -d" AFF ° • P97'dDANT*b OU14TEt 1,--t X 4'--O" HIGH OUTPUT FLUOREsce4T UGHT F CTtJRE (i:' - -0!' A ,, Lit °J 12f=C SQ3 2'-cr x 4' -ct FLUORESCENT uG fT FIXTURE _ PARA@Ouc LENSE �,- ElRECESSED �( 2' -ti X 2' -01 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE - PARABOLIG LENSE =1 2'---Cr x 4' -it FLUORESCENT LIG(r FIXTURE - PRISMATIC LENSE El 2' -O' X 2' -4' FLUOR ES ' M' UGHT FIXTURE - PRIVAAT)C LENS( O PENDANT WONTED TED INCANDESCENT D`eCOR TK UGHT FIXTURE . CEILING MOUNTED PQRCE MN SOCKET W/ 75 WATT A -LAMP RECESSED INCAND SCENT DO7RuGHT FIXTURE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE INCANDESCENT OOVR4UGHT FIXTURE . . . . DECORATIVE INCANDESCENT BULB CHANNEL K{NDOR' CHAS. MD a3)%C CIO. StCUkc. TO .STRUCTURE ABOVE Mtt/ PENDANT HUNG SIGN BELOW Q REasso ADJUSTABLE QUARTZ DOItiNUGHT FIXTURE .............. Ciri OF TOKWIll APPROVED MAR 1934 A r BUhLD1N . 1wta10N 12" ?YP r--' -- DECORATIVE LIGHTING �- G' PSLIM BOAR!' AT 10'-6' AFF GYPSUM BOARD AT 8' - -I0 AFF ---,1 S NOTE • FQf? AOCI f10NAL, INFORMAT ;ON ON T-+FATER, SEE DWG. A -230 RECEIVER are of TIJKWilA 11. - -e.C�,�.e'� � f,% o: �}. �1. .�'.�'iQ�W.�.�:.��tiCa'fFliG�N"" i.'k:+�11w►.1 111111 1�i 11111111 1111101111111111111111111111111111 1.11 ;14111 5 6 7 8 -If the microfilmed docutaent 1s less clear than this it is due to the quality of the original document. l,( '16H1111111111111111111111111111i1111111111111 9 10 11 kW" aPfNNT 12. TITLE BLOCK PRWECT: BARNES gv NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTTLE, WA ARCHITECT JAMES a. DAVIS — Architect MA CERTIFICATION 140. 1 DATE SIGNED- MAN 1 519~ 4 SK r1ATURE 0E 6z ec Lz 9z C.-3Z hz Ca zz Le oe 6L el a 9I SI ti: Cl z: la p( 6 9 4. 9 s e z 1 WW p I �'I`1!�tltllill1�11`I�1111I1i (1!,Illlllil!IiI!lil lIII�IIII I I�!!!III!!IIII►I,I!I{Ili1! Ili! "�i !11�11i11.;! i!!1LlUi1!)11,!�j1�11U 1111I!!U,i!! L!1i�i�1J],,i�(;)III,l lit, 44 !If!___II!►I1I- ..1iith11I 1!1111111 !11111;11llll!�111,6lI!!I!!!II! Il1L1111,1i;1 I{IIII!i l!!{ 1111 HI!ililll!II! III! !II!!III!IIl!!Ii111) SEAL 1714 • ENLARGED CEILING PLAN 0 THEATER SCALE: 1/4" fro/�Av� \_STjAATEmOvis'i/DilS______117?i‘G11130:1 E TEED AR 1! T D' A NC L£. F1EFLECTT'TED CEILING PLAN! OAT • Pa)JECt TrT!.E SEATT'LE:SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA. 12/17/93 DRAWN CHECISf.D: DR+-ttP-A. +.t+ DUGGAL BROCKEN sCA1 1/8' , 1T - -0' PROJEC' NO ---------n---- ....a.a,,.,,.n...••,.,,.. 2646 A-110 REVISIONS ONS NO I DATE ! DESCRIPTION ISSUED BUILDING DEPt SY A ! 3/9P4 • - -e.C�,�.e'� � f,% o: �}. �1. .�'.�'iQ�W.�.�:.��tiCa'fFliG�N"" i.'k:+�11w►.1 111111 1�i 11111111 1111101111111111111111111111111111 1.11 ;14111 5 6 7 8 -If the microfilmed docutaent 1s less clear than this it is due to the quality of the original document. l,( '16H1111111111111111111111111111i1111111111111 9 10 11 kW" aPfNNT 12. TITLE BLOCK PRWECT: BARNES gv NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTTLE, WA ARCHITECT JAMES a. DAVIS — Architect MA CERTIFICATION 140. 1 DATE SIGNED- MAN 1 519~ 4 SK r1ATURE 0E 6z ec Lz 9z C.-3Z hz Ca zz Le oe 6L el a 9I SI ti: Cl z: la p( 6 9 4. 9 s e z 1 WW p I �'I`1!�tltllill1�11`I�1111I1i (1!,Illlllil!IiI!lil lIII�IIII I I�!!!III!!IIII►I,I!I{Ili1! Ili! "�i !11�11i11.;! i!!1LlUi1!)11,!�j1�11U 1111I!!U,i!! L!1i�i�1J],,i�(;)III,l lit, 44 !If!___II!►I1I- ..1iith11I 1!1111111 !11111;11llll!�111,6lI!!I!!!II! Il1L1111,1i;1 I{IIII!i l!!{ 1111 HI!ililll!II! III! !II!!III!IIl!!Ii111) SEAL 1714 • ENLARGED CEILING PLAN 0 THEATER SCALE: 1/4" fro/�Av� \_STjAATEmOvis'i/DilS______117?i‘G11130:1 E TEED AR 1! T D' A NC L£. F1EFLECTT'TED CEILING PLAN! OAT • Pa)JECt TrT!.E SEATT'LE:SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA. 12/17/93 DRAWN CHECISf.D: DR+-ttP-A. +.t+ DUGGAL BROCKEN sCA1 1/8' , 1T - -0' PROJEC' NO ---------n---- ....a.a,,.,,.n...••,.,,.. 2646 A-110 43• -5- 0 SOFTWARE ETC. 33' -5' F -111 F -1N 141T F-111 F -iN I.L1141-7-1111 F -IAf f -148 F -111 F -14RT F -1418 n 4 F -511 Ei F-541 F -5M F -5111 20'%72' L. F.-5M F -5118 F -541 F -511 I --- ARMetRE- 1 f 1 .),„ �'I F -514 I F- 5W j I' F -5il I F-5a F -! ill 16'/'82" 6G' -•0" IMP 1•11•10•1•1/1.111•00111=1. (i 3 CASH RM. /� MEN S C f TOILET d>1Y,:.w.c. f IIEE!'/ F-541 F -541] 16'/72" f -5M 1 F -5H I. F -541 -F-F:-.547-1 18'/72" 1 F -5M F -Sid F -:114 F -514I j F -i I F- F -5118 0 ei I,- F -5M F-5M 20'%72' L. F.-5M F -5118 F -541 F -511 I --- ARMetRE- 1 f 1 .),„ �'I F -514 I F- 5W j I' F -5il I F-5a F -! ill 16'/'82" 6G' -•0" IMP 1•11•10•1•1/1.111•00111=1. (i 3 CASH RM. /� MEN S C f TOILET d>1Y,:.w.c. f IIEE!'/ F-541 F -541] 16'/72" f -5M 1 F -5H I. F -541 -F-F:-.547-1 18'/72" 1 F -5M F -Sid F -:114 F -514I j F -i I F- F -5118 0 ei I,- F -5M F-5M rin I --- ARMetRE- 1 f 1 .),„ �'I F -514 I F- 5W j I' F -5il I F-5a F -! ill 16'/'82" 6G' -•0" IMP 1•11•10•1•1/1.111•00111=1. (i 3 CASH RM. /� MEN S C f TOILET d>1Y,:.w.c. f IIEE!'/ F-541 F -541] 16'/72" f -5M 1 F -5H I. F -541 -F-F:-.547-1 18'/72" 1 F -5M F -Sid F -:114 F -514I j F -i I F- F -5118 0 ei I,- 16'/72" f -5M 1 F -5H I. F -541 -F-F:-.547-1 18'/72" 1 F -5M F -Sid F -:114 F -514I j F -i I F- F -5118 0 ei I,- F -5M F-5M rin F -514I j F -i I F- F -5118 0 ei I,- F -5M F-5M rin F -511 FF-5/7-1 .2::-1 CF--2 1 i 8,7ns F•5 } 1C] I 1 F- I.4A.__ ..ff 1F -541 _ F -641 F-514 1 F -54J FFI -5N F --511 F -341 F -541 O 16'71 F -51111 r- F -5 F -5141 F -•51.1R 157 I F -541 TF-54I T F -541 ; F• -541 1 16'72' F-"541 1 F -544 1 F -5441 f -5111 F-514 F -511.1 j 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M i 8,7ns F•5 } 1C] I 1 F- I.4A.__ ..ff 1F -541 _ F -641 F-514 1 F -54J FFI -5N F --511 F -341 F -541 O 16'71 F -51111 r- F -5 F -5141 F -•51.1R 157 I F -541 TF-54I T F -541 ; F• -541 1 16'72' F-"541 1 F -544 1 F -5441 f -5111 F-514 F -511.1 j 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M FFI -5N F --511 F -341 F -541 O 16'71 F -51111 r- F -5 F -5141 F -•51.1R 157 I F -541 TF-54I T F -541 ; F• -541 1 16'72' F-"541 1 F -544 1 F -5441 f -5111 F-514 F -511.1 j 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin F -511 FF-5/7-1 .2::-1 CF--2 L F-5111 F O 16'71 F -51111 r- F -5 F -5141 F -•51.1R 157 I F -541 TF-54I T F -541 ; F• -541 1 16'72' F-"541 1 F -544 1 F -5441 f -5111 F-514 F -511.1 j 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin 157 I F -541 TF-54I T F -541 ; F• -541 1 16'72' F-"541 1 F -544 1 F -5441 f -5111 F-514 F -511.1 j 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M 16'72' F-"541 1 F -544 1 F -5441 f -5111 F-514 F -511.1 j 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin F -511 FF-5/7-1 24' L F -514 F -541 F -541 F -5111 F -SM F -51.1 l 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin F -511 FF-5/7-1 24'/72' F -5N L F -5M F -5/1 I F-51J F -$M F -541 TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin TABLE +-� T.L TAKE 24772' SEATING 0 F -541 I F -!54[ I 24Pt F-514 F -541 I F -5044 F -541 F -SN y BREAK ROOM WOMEN'S TOILET LQCXEP.S OFFICE -IAt I F-IN I F -114 CF- F -10AIC F -10118 F -IOAii F -801 F- 01Frt F -70 r -7f F f0MR [--- F -SN F -514 I F -511 F -511 F -541 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin 20772" 1 - -91 ! F -541 F -544 F -511 1 F- 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin 20771 • • 8'/60' F -72 ‘\\V 6'-3"" n u. STOCK ROOM F-04 1 8760' LF5J F -Sw F -5M F-5M rin F -511 FF-5/7-1 6 -MR 16-uuR 6 -MR l..- ;.I 644 I F-614 5 0" 8Y61:1" 8•/611" 9' /6G' STA6iNG iREA 11105 CF-7 26'/7?' II ! F -511 f-5.--(r 24772* [ F -541 F -541 F -541 F -511 T F -5<I F -514 BARGAIN BOOKS 24771 F - -32 F -32 F -32I F -32 F -32 F -32 MOS I3'X4'. T.L. TAM F- 5k4 F -544 L- I- $'/60 F -544 F -StJR F -54iR 26772' F-501 F .! F• -5N F F -5M F BARGAIN BOOKS 24771 F - -32 F -32 F -32I F -32 F -32 F -32 MOS I3'X4'. T.L. TAM F- 5k4 F -544 L- I- $'/60 F -544 F -StJR F -54iR 26772' F -5N F-51.1 F -5M F -511 24'/72' F -544 F -5141 F -54/ L-J F -5M F-501 F .! F• -5N F F -5M F F• -5041 .2::-1 CF--2 L F-5111 F F -5N F-51.1 F -5M F -511 24'/72' F -544 F -5141 F -54/ L-J F -5M DESCRIPTION .! ! I LL 1! hl 1 NEWSSTAND F -1M F -1U F -1M STARBUCKS COFFEE tri 26'71 F -71 14 5'--0' U. INSTALLATION LEGEND F -114 F -1041 F•114 5 4 3 2 1 F- 35 7• -0' (8) CASH/WRAP ' m STORE PLANNING :.P4) ARCHtTECTURC: BY THREE GROUP/Joshua Burdick PfPa VNTSkx, t2* OFFER, L I TCHFIELD, MAONU$Oti, ARCHITECTS PC e36 SROADWAY NEW Yom. N.Y. 10012 PHONE. (2t2) L+96.6O t) FAX.. t2a2) 982 -3423 n F-9 I F -111 f -fir F -9 i'-•9 tJ , E.] se16...v NORTH SOFTWARE ETC. GROSS AREA STARBUCKS GROSS AREA BARNES & NOBLE GROSS AREAS TOTAL GROSS AREA 4,000 SOFT. 1,475 SOFT. 19,545 SO.FT. 25,020 SQ.FT. FIXTURE DESIGNATION SHOWN REFLECTS NUMBERING 'YSTEM PRIOR TO DECEMBER 1993 ANNUAL FIXTURE MEETING. SQUARE FOOTAGE GENERAL SALES AREA 13,950 JUNIOR'S AREA 2,724 SALES AREA TOTAL. 16,674 NON -SSA. ES' STOCK ROOM CORRIDOR /BACK AREA NON-SALES AREA TOTAL. 1,155 1,115 2,270 TOTAL BARNES & NOBLE NEr AREA 18,944 S.F. LINEAR FOOTAGE GOMM SALES AREA WALL UNITS GONDOLAS BARGAIN & DISPLAY 1,512 6,751 1208 GENERAL SALES LINEAR FOOTAGE JUNIOR'S SALES AREA WALL UNITS GONDOLAS BARGAIN JUNIOR'S UNEAR FOOTAGE '5471 455 952 72 1,479 L.F. TOTAL UNEAR FOOTAGE 10,050 LF. SHADING OF FIXTURES INDICATES INSTALLATION ASSEMBLY AND HARDWfRING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR NON-SHADED mat: KS ARE TO RE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FIXTURE VENDOR HATCHING OF FIXTURES INDICATES FIXTURE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETRO -FIT UNIT COY OF TUKWIiA APPROVED FURNITURE DESCRIPTION .! DESCRIPTION ! 1 ! I LL 1! hl 1 NEWSSTAND F -1M F -1U F -1M STARBUCKS COFFEE tri 26'71 F -71 14 5'--0' U. INSTALLATION LEGEND F -114 F -1041 F•114 5 4 3 2 1 F- 35 7• -0' (8) CASH/WRAP ' m STORE PLANNING :.P4) ARCHtTECTURC: BY THREE GROUP/Joshua Burdick PfPa VNTSkx, t2* OFFER, L I TCHFIELD, MAONU$Oti, ARCHITECTS PC e36 SROADWAY NEW Yom. N.Y. 10012 PHONE. (2t2) L+96.6O t) FAX.. t2a2) 982 -3423 n F-9 I F -111 f -fir F -9 i'-•9 tJ , E.] se16...v NORTH SOFTWARE ETC. GROSS AREA STARBUCKS GROSS AREA BARNES & NOBLE GROSS AREAS TOTAL GROSS AREA 4,000 SOFT. 1,475 SOFT. 19,545 SO.FT. 25,020 SQ.FT. FIXTURE DESIGNATION SHOWN REFLECTS NUMBERING 'YSTEM PRIOR TO DECEMBER 1993 ANNUAL FIXTURE MEETING. SQUARE FOOTAGE GENERAL SALES AREA 13,950 JUNIOR'S AREA 2,724 SALES AREA TOTAL. 16,674 NON -SSA. ES' STOCK ROOM CORRIDOR /BACK AREA NON-SALES AREA TOTAL. 1,155 1,115 2,270 TOTAL BARNES & NOBLE NEr AREA 18,944 S.F. LINEAR FOOTAGE GOMM SALES AREA WALL UNITS GONDOLAS BARGAIN & DISPLAY 1,512 6,751 1208 GENERAL SALES LINEAR FOOTAGE JUNIOR'S SALES AREA WALL UNITS GONDOLAS BARGAIN JUNIOR'S UNEAR FOOTAGE '5471 455 952 72 1,479 L.F. TOTAL UNEAR FOOTAGE 10,050 LF. SHADING OF FIXTURES INDICATES INSTALLATION ASSEMBLY AND HARDWfRING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR NON-SHADED mat: KS ARE TO RE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FIXTURE VENDOR HATCHING OF FIXTURES INDICATES FIXTURE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETRO -FIT UNIT COY OF TUKWIiA APPROVED FURNITURE DESCRIPTION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION hl 1 NEWSSTAND F -1M F -1U F -1M STARBUCKS COFFEE tri 26'71 F -71 14 5'--0' U. INSTALLATION LEGEND F -114 F -1041 F•114 5 4 3 2 1 F- 35 7• -0' (8) CASH/WRAP ' m STORE PLANNING :.P4) ARCHtTECTURC: BY THREE GROUP/Joshua Burdick PfPa VNTSkx, t2* OFFER, L I TCHFIELD, MAONU$Oti, ARCHITECTS PC e36 SROADWAY NEW Yom. N.Y. 10012 PHONE. (2t2) L+96.6O t) FAX.. t2a2) 982 -3423 n F-9 I F -111 f -fir F -9 i'-•9 tJ , E.] se16...v NORTH SOFTWARE ETC. GROSS AREA STARBUCKS GROSS AREA BARNES & NOBLE GROSS AREAS TOTAL GROSS AREA 4,000 SOFT. 1,475 SOFT. 19,545 SO.FT. 25,020 SQ.FT. FIXTURE DESIGNATION SHOWN REFLECTS NUMBERING 'YSTEM PRIOR TO DECEMBER 1993 ANNUAL FIXTURE MEETING. SQUARE FOOTAGE GENERAL SALES AREA 13,950 JUNIOR'S AREA 2,724 SALES AREA TOTAL. 16,674 NON -SSA. ES' STOCK ROOM CORRIDOR /BACK AREA NON-SALES AREA TOTAL. 1,155 1,115 2,270 TOTAL BARNES & NOBLE NEr AREA 18,944 S.F. LINEAR FOOTAGE GOMM SALES AREA WALL UNITS GONDOLAS BARGAIN & DISPLAY 1,512 6,751 1208 GENERAL SALES LINEAR FOOTAGE JUNIOR'S SALES AREA WALL UNITS GONDOLAS BARGAIN JUNIOR'S UNEAR FOOTAGE '5471 455 952 72 1,479 L.F. TOTAL UNEAR FOOTAGE 10,050 LF. SHADING OF FIXTURES INDICATES INSTALLATION ASSEMBLY AND HARDWfRING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR NON-SHADED mat: KS ARE TO RE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FIXTURE VENDOR HATCHING OF FIXTURES INDICATES FIXTURE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETRO -FIT UNIT COY OF TUKWIiA APPROVED FURNITURE DESCRIPTION QUANTITY DESCRIPTION QUANTITY -8 3" MISSION T f .2::-1 CF--2 8- RN CFWRS F « AIRS 1 3 SAL, S AREA CHAIRS - . - -7t' 1 LUNCH Y CF -3 HI cHAj SEAT, UNITS 4 2 NCASSj�`ABLE CF-4 NEWSSfA11 C' AlW 12 3' -6 '.L : LE 5 CF--• - § V -4 X 4'-- _2:::2-_. _ 4 -3 CORNER 'FILLER SCHEDULE N0. SIZE (APPROx) HEIGHT SIDE: --F N TOP --FIN .2::-1 CF--2 1 '-: X 1'- 7 - • 0 c -i -- 1' -5 X 1 1 . - -7t' - CF -3 '- X 2' 3 -5 - - CF-4 1' -5 X 1'- ,F,'0- 1'- 2'_ j 1. 7'-- , -O*- 5`-dr-- 2 -2 - CF--• - § V -4 X 4'-- _2:::2-_. _ 4 -3 WO-2 ,CF ffk$'t-- . 5' -Ok -6M 61 •NQ :' 4' LOI ;l:TT:LE°T F= ak -•m2* 4 7 GONDOLA 3' LONGT T • IRREGULAR SHAPE, SEE FIXTURE PLAN. r -. FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 19760" LENGTH OF GONDOLA RUN / HEIGHT OF GONDOLA EL--E0 FIXTURE OES!CNATICN COLUMN ENCLOSURE L__.-!J 0 c -i CORNER FILLER DESIGNATION V SLAT NALL END PANEL F-4M 7. ., 4' 1' l) SALES AREA CHAIR • U OFFICE CHAIR LJ BREAK ROOM CI4AiI< FIXTURE SCHEDULE NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY &FA 41� JUNIORS - TOTAL' i '� Q&G) 3/9/94 ISSUED B.flLD G DEPT FE_✓_i ,` � • `, F-4M 7. ., 4' 1' l) __• ..!. F• -5M • •':•l11. 1t1. ' 0 - M :. 004 :' - it I- -` 11 1 - TI 8. G•N _F-5MR F- k1 • :. • 1 . ' ' • - -� -6M 61 •NQ :' 4' LOI --7`i T • • r N a!1. . 4' . 1 F= ak -•m2* 4 7 GONDOLA 3' LONGT T - M F A. 1 1 4 4 ',L _ ❖J► ,1*. ` 4' •v e F-- -71�R_ *F_ , . •• 3. (GOON SF ' - �4 7 MIS 1'l . r' •i P-0--- :1 . ►'tQgt, artina i -- • * • 4 U At. i MATES - • : ' Jv__ I • IR Wa- N, , N 1,• •- l - 1 '4" k r.&..: ' 1 - .11. ._�.�___�__- l.!, 84, 4Q .0•1.- k •1/ IINTT • 2 2 • F -13 •;. •i�r +n"" i 1.4n. i''-v- I ' oTT i' • ' --1 F -14.8 ; TAOLE 6' X 3'jP T ULJPIIOR �� F-- AiC"j r--1s DIRECTORY - ? L-- i1'ED INFORMATION tOWITER fi 1 I"- 1 1 s ' • 1' 1- ON CO A ,44 i Hr J F -' H HANDICAP H �p f- Ii . ,• F- ii ti a1, 8 __� r 1 I • - S ' DL P Y • N T r- _ 7w .,„41:14111-g 10571117410. ' iL - • F -' • . : . • . • i '< , ." , • 1 • . A.1. --w .... , i... too Le3 , . - . ,i ;, - . • M ' INE ' K 3' •a,. M • FrAVil S ■ • • F--29 ah IN OR Afi75N C MFR' '"` F -J e -3? AFB' MIAOW: ` �- 1 • N • •• CARD HOLb - - VTT, -41. .. FIXTU [[ 35 F� L.. .. FT 1 _BRJFJT .r • it...: GAIt1 FIXIV-E - i • N!''` t2*' ? '}; .jv; g' - r- • AL,OCV:' • .Ti. 1 ;.,• . - - ..a. I:.:. . 1- T 4. 1.41 1 1 •; • - -e .1 r •Y NM. • .1.4- �,- -"4 j Ni 4 iY`"i PP-- ( 1 CI. co,' t 4 •' Ti ri. ":'.a' •7.'2* �1C4Il -. -r ff7• •• t2*• LA • 1121, Y� tri:i -i: WWI r af•.gL � -a • 1111[ 4'"4 ::3 •e e.1.i5J • j= .:4.. .. ►..:ra •' L F.- 1 44 1 r - 1. H • 1' :. F-- 2 .I+ "~ i1. r 1 _§. TRA MU I ► ] L. `-OTE: FIXTURE SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE TWIST LOCK FOR A. FIXTURES WITH POWER REQUIREMENTS HUBBEL OR EQUAL FIXTLURE NOTES 1. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO U. FIXTURES WHICI4 RECTUM* ELE.TPIC POWER HOOK -UP. SEE "1NSTAU.AT10Ii LEGE.ND', THIS DWG. 2. FIXTURE VENDOR S011 PROVIDE TWIST -LOCK PLUGS ON ALL FIXTURES WITH POWER REQUIREMENTS, HUBEEL OR EQUAL. 3. ALL FIXTURES !N JUNIORS AREA SHALL BE BLONDE WIAR, NATURAL )4ATUR6,L MAPLE (VD -2). ALL OT#4M FIXTURES SHALL HAVE WJ -.1 PN SH. 4. FIXTUFTE VENDOR TO INSTALL ALL MERCHAi-1DISE F!X URE WHICH ARE NOT SHADED. SEE 'INSTALLATION LEGEND', T lS DWG. 5. FIXTURE VENDOR SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL SLA,TKALL rne Noble Booksellers •m+•••w••••••••••..•u•- Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 h4 8X7 d�a1,F 3T+'n T a +1 ` :l15Li r1. . , " ` .d i tY.f?i:r� `2136 .:.>; 4,-.; a $:s, 3.�3'�i'•v.:gbddsi i�.7 i+ ' 4, i, ( IIIIIIIIIIIIIII 'AL'''ITTALIII,AL'''IT11111III II;III1wi of iltillll dIIIIIIIII ii11`r 111111111118 !lIIIIIIIil1I111iJI1 �1,11ll 13 4 5 6 7 6 ' NOTES If the+ mf.cro£i1med document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. REVISIONS NO. DATE PROJECT rte. 2645 BY A 3/9/94 ISSUED B.flLD G DEPT 0 f6- H4INCH 1 A7A1�Y0K ``.�r'/,.32i'31�T/15'f•R�A�b�i i• i 111 111 1111111iI !i11111I1111111I111110I1111 1� 11• MAoE•GE•MAHI 12- TITLE BLOCK. PROJECT: BARNES & NOBLE. SEATTLE/SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. ARENTECT: JAMES E. DAMS - Architect AIA C€.►7tf1CATION NO. DAIL SiGN,E.D: MAN 1 5 f S:CM?.T11RE' • CE 6Z 8G LfZ 9Z SZ ez EE tE OZ ft 8t Lf 9L 9t t'l et Et U 01, 6 8 L • 9 S vi e Z 1 WW 0 IIf III!I!lilllll!!!!11!1! Ill!! �II'! �11111i111111! !Illlil!!III!!Illh'lii!Ilii!fJ� ;III!il�!Ill�ll jjt }j! ;iji)II!I�1I!1 11 !,�(��1 I!!�!.!I! Jl1li!(III!!lII ill1ilhi!!!I II1i!1IJ!!Iillll!Il1 iIi !i� +!11.1411ji!IiiII11L��II II!!l!I!11!!i 1; ll!I!il!I!1 111!! IIIII!li!IIII111111111I11!Il Utr \-----. --, �t � � 1 ...AMC 5 3. DAVIS STATE OF WAsISINGIG:4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIL A pf.T3AaIT CE EFi DPJ4fNG U. ..4.......,.."7, FIXTURE PLAN pR01!£Cr rrne. • SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE. WA. CATE• 12/1; /�13 PROJECT rte. 2645 DRAWN: DUGGAL Cf1ECx.ED: BROCKEN 5R�.WI*;G > O. Ak >". 1 2 0 . SCALE: 1/8' '. 1' -0' 0 *.- Sg 4..6 ga :4: ffieSA 60' - 0' 60, 0.• 60' -0' COORDINATE J -OOX LOCATION• W/ ELECT. WATER COOLER 4. 60' -0" `- -CONT. PLUGMOLO AB V. COUNTER ° A4) DEDICATED OU•RET FOR CIJRITY SYSTEM DUBUC PHONE L 20 -0' 14' -1'.. .r 0 •1 24' -4 QI A ©A 0A jUNCTION BOX FOR UNIT HEATER It' -it- !. ■ Q 0 FLOOR RECESSED JUNCTION BOXES FOR SECURITY DETECTION MONITORS, - PROVIDE •-BRASS • COVER PLATES i r -' -- "c sI , • ;i (! Ij A J. —J 1. • 0 DEDICATED OUTLET BENEATH REGISTER FOR FUTURE SECURITY DETECTION MONITOR SYSTEM D EXTERIOR WEATHERPROOF' J'Jt 11ON BOXES FOR EXTERIOR ILLUMINATE!) SIGN. PROVIDE 20A CIRCUIT PER J-BOX. COORDINATE W/ SIGN VENDOR FOR EXACT POWER & MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS. (SEE SCHEDULE TYP. FOR AU. EXTERIOR S7$FIS) 111•01 ".. 0....... PZI..,.... POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN SCALE: 1/8" a 1' -0" STORE Put NIN:; AND ARCHITECTCPr"_ 1 BY THREE GROUP/Joshua Burdick RVAR• WSW* 0'r: 8H FFER, LITCHFIELD, MAGNUSOI , ARCHITECTS PC 88e BROADWAY PEW YORK N.Y. 10012 PHONE, 1212) 985 5060 FAX. 12Q) 982-3813 n —0-- \ A 0 GENERAL NOTES 1. FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 2. FOR SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING ELECTRICAL WORK. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 3. COORDINATE GANGBOX LOCATION ' 11TH FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 4. COORDINATE FIXTURE JUNCTION BOX REQUIREMENTS W/ FIXTURE VENDOR. 5. PROVIDE POLISHED BRASS FINISH COVER PLATS FOR ALL WALL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES IN SALES AREA AND CORRIDOR. 6. PROVIDE CHASE iN FLOOR SLAB FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE 'IN/ ELECTRICAL DWG'S PATCH € OOR SLAB AS REQUIRED. 7. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO BE WIRED TO STORE ALARM SYSTEM. 7. WHERE REQUIRED B'1 CODE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL RECEPTACLES ABOVE CLG AT STOREFRONT. ELECTRICAL. PANEL i41TH PA'JNTED PLYWOOD BAC LING (SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS.) ELECTRICAL LEGEND t--•-. COUNTER AREA OF CASH; /WRAP LIN? MAR 4,/11 _ 1LI,w tNG DIVISION KITCHEN COUNTER w/ SINK AND BACKSPLASH E0 4 EC t EXTERIOR +n£ATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOXES FOR EXTERIOR ILLUMINATED SIGN. PROVIDE 20A CIRCUIT PER J --BOX. COORDINATE W/ SIGN VENDOR FOR EXACT PONDER & UOUNTINC REQUIREMENTS. (SEE SCHEDULE TYP. FOR ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS) KEYED NOTES: 1. J. BOX MOUNTED O 1' -0" A.F.F. (REFRIGERATOR) 2. G.F.I. OUTLET MOUNTED • 4'--0° A.F.F. 3. G.F.I. OUTLET MOUNTED O 6'--O" A.F.F• (MICROWAVE) ELECTRICAL ACCESS PANEL iN UNIT GANGEOX --- ____. MTD TO FLOOD. i L 0 w ilIECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CASH ;REGISTER AREA OF PERMIT CENTER CASH /WRAP UNIT KITCHEN OUTLET LOCATIONS SCALE: 1/4" D -0k CASHL RAP GANGBOX DIAGRAM SCALE: WIT TO SCALE Bar es Booksellers Noble Since 1873 1.22 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 1•1•11• ..- - �:. '� .,.. �,., .. �. .`.6'!s`'a�.3y1' . %��i�s�ud�k�Ylf�ifsSrL..:. ;1•1•1•1•, . ,✓ . J'�t`��ab'i�£�. �III'III,IIlIlIlf ijl�lll�ll! �! IIIII�� !jl�I!l�I�/,f,1!,�IIfIII!•��#�� Itl 'HS INCH 1 / ;3 4 IfI(I��� iii +.11 I1t�,(ilf4if IIItIii�,' J!I I I 11!t1 J I B 1 I .3 t!i1 1 1 1 1 11 l l 4 I, III - ._ 6 _ .7. _.r . _ 1 sots: If the' micro£iIied document i8 less clear than this i notice, it is due to the quality of the priginal docmenl:. �.�.. . REVISIONS NO DATE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION A 3/9/94 , ISSUED BUILDING DEPT X611.-BF.CF _ DUPLX_fd MAi- OLITLEI (MOUNTING HEIGHT: 1' -0' A.F.E. TYP.) -MTD IN FIXTURE BASF (RUN CONDUIT TROUGH WALL & FIXTURE BASE) F - GFI i7A:1 ,:R.L A_.Ss.F�l._ TLGI. (MOUNTING HEIGIiT:'- i' -0°- A.F.F. I'M.) .4.0.CDSI!1i4X �A 6!ralQi 13QX (MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING) 0 I.4 iaJN{' ON 80X FOR 1� 1.L HEAL ttw I.IOUNTED —4- WA$J---MOUNl"i•/_.F E,PHONE NTLET (MOUWNG HEIGHT: S' -O' A.F.F.) .O El. tf a_EDC ATEU kl iE E2 t]US„Ej (IN GANGBOX) I.G. CP ft.s so 1 (TELEPHONE) c� DATA UNE TANG ESC ACMEDEI) t SOX m (FU/91 W/ FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 9 . C21115 I `UG tJl4 l) QATA Q ULtZ PRO 3/4" CONDUIT TO $' ABOVE FINISHED CEUNG Wi 'ri0POONE OUTLET PROVIDE 3/4' CONDUIT TO 6` ABOVE FINISHED CEILING :" : _ _ ._ _ _ _ _ _ TRENCAING FOR ELECTRICAL CM A iN FLOOR SLAB DWP FALL-PACK UGHT FIXTURE F J FLOC14 UGHT ABOVE DOOR BUZZER a L'i PUSH BUTTON FOR 8U2ZER APPROVED t--•-. COUNTER AREA OF CASH; /WRAP LIN? MAR 4,/11 _ 1LI,w tNG DIVISION KITCHEN COUNTER w/ SINK AND BACKSPLASH E0 4 EC t EXTERIOR +n£ATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOXES FOR EXTERIOR ILLUMINATED SIGN. PROVIDE 20A CIRCUIT PER J --BOX. COORDINATE W/ SIGN VENDOR FOR EXACT PONDER & UOUNTINC REQUIREMENTS. (SEE SCHEDULE TYP. FOR ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS) KEYED NOTES: 1. J. BOX MOUNTED O 1' -0" A.F.F. (REFRIGERATOR) 2. G.F.I. OUTLET MOUNTED • 4'--0° A.F.F. 3. G.F.I. OUTLET MOUNTED O 6'--O" A.F.F• (MICROWAVE) ELECTRICAL ACCESS PANEL iN UNIT GANGEOX --- ____. MTD TO FLOOD. i L 0 w ilIECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CASH ;REGISTER AREA OF PERMIT CENTER CASH /WRAP UNIT KITCHEN OUTLET LOCATIONS SCALE: 1/4" D -0k CASHL RAP GANGBOX DIAGRAM SCALE: WIT TO SCALE Bar es Booksellers Noble Since 1873 1.22 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 1•1•11• ..- - �:. '� .,.. �,., .. �. .`.6'!s`'a�.3y1' . %��i�s�ud�k�Ylf�ifsSrL..:. ;1•1•1•1•, . ,✓ . J'�t`��ab'i�£�. �III'III,IIlIlIlf ijl�lll�ll! �! IIIII�� !jl�I!l�I�/,f,1!,�IIfIII!•��#�� Itl 'HS INCH 1 / ;3 4 IfI(I��� iii +.11 I1t�,(ilf4if IIItIii�,' J!I I I 11!t1 J I B 1 I .3 t!i1 1 1 1 1 11 l l 4 I, III - ._ 6 _ .7. _.r . _ 1 sots: If the' micro£iIied document i8 less clear than this i notice, it is due to the quality of the priginal docmenl:. �.�.. . REVISIONS NO DATE DESCRIPTION W BY A 3/9/94 , ISSUED BUILDING DEPT ..�_ -..— - II I I I!I�iii�ili�11iiill�i111 11�i�Illlili�;I4l1 9 1 10 11 E IN 6ERMANr 12' or 6Z 8c: LZ GZ GZ +7Z ' CZ ZZ LZ 03 6L 81 it 9► +'L Ct tt tt Ol 6 do L 9 s c z L 'NH Q I I! 1 I 11 1 I I I I f ilfli�ilil IIII�IIII�IIIi�IIIlllill�Il! Ifl l! I�! IIIIIIII�Iill�illl� `$l:�ilili!llil;ll i11[i!!!i? J J( ! !4ia1�!'`il�llf; � ! mid lllfI ilil� l I�iil !lil! Ill llii�!!iili(fi1!lii III! Illillljlilll1illi�i4,...„) II11 1 !III lill�!!Ililllf1lill►!1111!!{I Ilil1i!!I IIIIIIi!I illl1llli PROJECT: BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE/SOUTH CNTR , SEATTLE, WA. JAMES B. DAMS Arch / *ect AEA VAT F. S7•:,NE0 MAN 15 1994 J JAMES D. DAVIS STATE Cf WAS1i1;4GTC:a CRANING Lilt. a POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN PROj .C1 TIT;:F SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA. ~ DATE: 12/17/93 PROJECT N0. 2645 CRAW?. l CNECk.Ft? DUGGAL + BROCKEN DkA ONG NO - A -130 soux 1/8' - 11-0" Cu) sco CD r Ice 60' -0" //' // ;' ' /' /' Z/' / / / //////j„ • 1 ,/ / /f/ �j / / / /f: -' / // /,, � / ' / i / ///,, /'' / f � T 60.-0" — 1( I• -- ALIGN SIM CT -2 1) 10' -0" 3T-1o` SALES AREA 101 4" WIDE BORDER TYPICAL AT PERIMETER rOF CERAMIC TILE Cl — 2 r r .. 3'i" 33.-5" STORE P,mp NG k";) iRC�+'1s r_:L'RE BY THREE GROUP/.o�I�I,�I BE�rc:I T RETMt. 0rASiON OF SNIFFER. LITCtKELD, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC 636 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE. ;212) 996-5050 Px. 12+2) 982.38,3 11 ... . • v•-•;•I . ; ..� PROVIDE COMMEPC1At. GRADE CARPET PADDING BEHIND CASH /WRAF' ONLY C -1 --- Tl ----- 43 ---- -- 6' -0" , 6' -0" CT -11 2.E CASH/ COPY RM. 1'1 BREAK ROOM QIJ 60.-o" VC-1 CORRIDOR riTil .....■••■ GENERAL SALES LIo?J 1 STOCK ROOM — 9.-4" . s. - -0•' '.,.;,9: 12' -3" JUNIORS Ltn2 b t: ro , ...• .. -J .. ....�.vi • a 0 .I WF -2 9' -4" 1 4 <f .a: r- � F (� � �I 1, 1f i" sf SALES AREA -- s} ---ir L� LalsEBALREIL 1. FOR LEGEND, ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS, SEE DWG. A--510 2. PATCH ALL FLOOR SURFACES TO ACCOMODATE NEW FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. -- .. ∎.., e....,.1....,.... •r.. arnes rfffe itt _IVIltrooftV 4f—t Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 � 0 16 THS INCH 1 3 4 5 6 7 NOTE: if the Microfilmed med document is leas c.t ' ar notice, it is due to the quality of the original Iii than this document. 111141.10111 ! 1(I�II111 11IIl�ili�I�1 11 9 °� 10 11 MADE H 6(RMAP Y 12 + o f 6Z 9G GZ 9Z 5Z 47Z CZ ZZ IZ OZ CI St GI 91, (( SI VI et ZI It UL 6 9 I I I I I 1 1 I I I I� 1 I III ,• fs ' III I I s' t ,� I I ' I I II , I. I t I ! I I I II ! 11! IJI►I,i!!I.IIIIJ,IIIl,II 1 III6tl�,1�11U ,IS11ll!l�I.,.Il1)jl1.l� I!IIIIL• .il; �11� I III,I,I I,� ±.{ ! ►Ifillllli IU1�IiL lI,I�LIlI ,Iilfllll,)11�llil;jl(!!�ll! IIII �IIIIIIIIi(,III�I!li.i.lifl�l �.11i �. l,�,., L 9 f7 E: L I ,vw 0 j 1 1 iiil �I �li!II!I!I II IIIII!! �I!! !i!i!I1IIIiIIII!�Ilil�!IlllilII iI11 IIII� TITLE BLOCK e/ FINISH LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DAU 12/17/93 CRAW 1. CHECKED. OUGGAL J BROCKEN C QNWING NO A-140 8' X 8" FIELD TILE 0 FRONT AREA, WORK ROOM & SERV,CE AREA CT•-• 11 [Ed 8'X 4" 3ORDER TILE 6 FRONT AREA 2"X 2" CERAMIC FLOOR TILE IN TOILETS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET CT-6 WOOD FLOORING WF -2 SEALED CONCRETE SC-1 VINYL COMPOSfTION TILE VCR SALES AREA CARPET C -1 MAIN AISLE CARPET _2 CARET BORDER IN SALES AREA C--3 JUNIORS CARPET �+— STAGE CARPET C _ 5 1 • FLOOR MAT E_i 1CT-1 —1 USE ONLY HALF (CT - 2 ROW S (8"x AT BORDER USE ONLY FULL. TILES AT ROW ADJACENT TO BORDER (8" xe. ) OI APPROVED MAR 2wit AS --BUILDING DIVISION ci v of TUKWILA t u {:;; PERMIT CENTER 2 CERAMIC - -LE BORDER A -140 SCALE= 1 /2' = 11-0' ptTCUEcf: BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE, WA ARCrIITfcT JAMES O. DAVU o 1 Architect ALA C'.E(Tlfk AT ON NC. I DATE SIGNED: SIGNATURE MAI( 1519 4 RCN JAMES 8, 0 VIS STATE OF WASl1! GTCA DRAWRiCi TITLE: FLOOR FINISH PLAN f iVf.CT TITLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA. , RoJE�:r r:, 2645 DAU 12/17/93 CRAW 1. CHECKED. OUGGAL J BROCKEN C QNWING NO A-140 ICAtE. 1 1/8..,,.. fc-R) (.0 r1111rr■f..cw•.r•. 60' _ F•- a / p —• •- -- uIc-• --"- -- --- - 1rxs-- Iw W IU W 16f 1Y *7 • --- .--18 dr- wl =i4 •. t -. • y :I. • I • __T JJ 171.-1. _._ • 1 ; _._�,..,.� »� ^. ! c #(, _ ? ».-; i. (. - 1 f• Try j, - _ I,. ; • r•.. ...2 '+'^ j,^:F'_"..:1�A��Y :., ._.... ...:'�:' ...RL1: t a` tt 7.'- •l.:.J'::7 7hY':_' . : �",l: .. ..':.d'i.:. Y_ "t' . .., • u, 1 SIGN PLAN �t Q SCALE: - IB - =I 60' -U" 6C' - (i' Iu %// - " ...., . I _ ..: ! .:.-.: ° �f3 oT W .L W C 1 4 r - tN\ KT- • 11 W I 4-=p3 t '3 .. W • -' _..= 8 • IW Ja 49i lT.f_.._,____,.± .�......_�, ._ EJ_ GENERAL NOTES 1. VERIFY ALL SIGN QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS !VTR BARNES & NOBLE DURING MERCHANDISING. COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE SUPPLIER AND FIXTURE INSTALLER. 2. ALL WA-.L MOUNTED POSTERS TO HAVE WOOD CROWN MOULDING ALL AROUND. SEE DETAIL 6/A400 BELOW FOR DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. PROVIDE SIGNAGE FOR 4ENS & WOMENS ROOMS AS REQUIRED 1;Y GOVERNING CODE. 4. G.C. SHALL.- SUPPLY & INSTALL ALL BACK AREA SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED Ill EAi?NES ac NOBLE, SIGN LEGEND (SEE DETAIL 6/A400 FOR POSTER DETAIL) SYMBOL r DESCRIPTION QUANTITY . ° BRASS PIN- MOUNTED LETTERS -- B4NL000 3 1,---.. C END CAP HOLDERS MOUNTED TO FIXTURES 64 —DEP— DEPARTMENT SIGN (wAU. MOUNTED) 4 ice► MESSAGE POSTER (24'x36") II i-H--b PPH PRICE POUCY HORIZONTAL (WALL 1l1D.) 2 I--v -1 PPV PRICE POLICY VERTICAL (WALL l4TD.) 2 BUSINESS AUTHOR POSTER (24° W x 36"H) 13 -POST- JUNIORS POSTER (4c w x 30. H) S � �1 "NEWSSTAND" SKIN (CEILING HUNG) 1 f-1 FICTION ILLUMINATED wc.AFEG 5iON •- x ',;0#Elt ART JUNIOR SIGN 2 ErMID 8 ILLUMINATED JUNIOR AREA CA1 aO Y SIGN 6 X7,1W � ORS - TOTAL —EGO— CND CAP CHARACTER 4 I FIXTURE TOP SIGNS 330 _,_ DEPARTMENT SIGN SCHEDULE JUNIORS END CAP CHARACTER SCHEDULE NO. NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY VESYL STET? & THE MAGIC PEBBLE 1 COOKING WILD THING 1 COOKIE MOUSE 2 HISTORY CU FORD THE RED DOG GOOD DOG. CARL 1 3 REFERENCE 4 TOTAL TOTAL 4 4 BUSINESS 1 4, 5 TRAVEL � �1 ® 6 FICTION 1 7 ART ,•� r - 8 HOUSE & HOME 1 TOTAL 9 BOOK SON CASETTE I JUNIORS END CAP CHARACTER SCHEDULE NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY Ln-ri E CRITTER VESYL STET? & THE MAGIC PEBBLE 1 ELOISE WILD THING 1 COOKIE MOUSE UTTLE TOOT 1 CU FORD THE RED DOG GOOD DOG. CARL 1 CURIOUS GEORGE 1 4 TOTAL TOTAL 4 JUNIORS WALL POSTER SCHEDULE BACK AREA SIGNAGE NO. DESCRIPTION IQUAI (;) Ln-ri E CRITTER 1 6 ELOISE 1 0 COOKIE MOUSE 1 1 CU FORD THE RED DOG 1 CURIOUS GEORGE 1 4 TOTAL 5 BACK AREA SIGNAGE NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY 01 PRI WJE 1 [J WOMENS TOILET ROOM 1 MENS TOILET ROOM 1 EMPLOYEES ONLY 1 __ TOTAL 4 JUNIORS ILLUMINATED SIGN SCHEDULE CITY OF WOW APPROVED MAR ,' 1994 A U LIC DING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 1 PERMIT CENTER ;'(me AHD ARCHITECTURE_ BY THREE GROUP /Joshua Burdick D LJ RoA(. Dros:c.A, c,w. SHWF R. LITCHFIELD. MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC ESE BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE 12127 99;. 5050 FAX. 1212; fe82-3 .113 • arnes Booksellers .er+..•.•.:••••. Noble Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 R DESCRIPTION DATE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION BY BABY'S FIRST BOOKS 3/0/94 1 (2) I CAN READI __ 1 0 YOUNG READERS. t-- ______._ _ ____.__.. ____.__..-_.__.__.__ _.____._ ______ 1 4, CLASSICS � �1 ® KNOW IT ALL 1 ® SKILLS & DRiU.S 1 1 TOTAL s CITY OF WOW APPROVED MAR ,' 1994 A U LIC DING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 1 PERMIT CENTER ;'(me AHD ARCHITECTURE_ BY THREE GROUP /Joshua Burdick D LJ RoA(. Dros:c.A, c,w. SHWF R. LITCHFIELD. MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC ESE BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE 12127 99;. 5050 FAX. 1212; fe82-3 .113 • arnes Booksellers .er+..•.•.:••••. Noble Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 $ +.. .1Y.14V<Iii1lu� �PX.KfiJ 4iit . &. .,..** .. 5.. .. PerysP4cr 1 1 2 , 1 j iI 1 ' •. I II y k . I.. f j 6 f I a ti 7jRl ( �Y ,� it 1 IipliIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllliilii ;ilijiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ALCM 1 ,* ,3 4 5 6 7 6 1 NOTE: -1£ the microfilmed docu>1,►ent i.s .Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. 41;,111 IiIIII IIIIII1IIIII I IIIII11111I II'II I III II 9 1 10 11 +tAOE GERMANE 12- UC 6r De !z 9z 5z fiZ EZ Z.Z. Iz o 61 cal �I 91 (1L til eI IL • 0j, 6 e c 9 *, e Z ► v p !III!IIIIIII!Illfll, }i I!1! IIIlllllilf!il,lll!III!!I!I!! !I!! ;�� (�� II , , I 1 II , 1, , I I ,II• I I• I �, ,I , , I , , I I I (:! I I4, Ilil� L111,!�Ililllhl�i,�l�I�Ill.l,l l(1,I1� ��! I JIIII i!.j.;�t III 111! 11111Eili,lll,�;lllll�Il III11l1iil!Ijlactll�,� i�ll.�i liiJfl.hi��! I ►,Ili!;lili �! II1lI, li; I�IIIIIIIIIIfII ,�I!IiII,!!!Illlilillll 11.1..... 0.,.,4...,E TITLE BLOCK •�c PP.0,1;:CT• BARNES & NOBLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE. WA. ARCHITEt T JAMES R, DAVIS r. Architect AIrA �0r CER`IF- IC.ATION NO DATE SIGNED MAK 1 5 1994 �t(.kATI'P.F '-OLIN V....... JAMES 13, DAVIS STATE OF wAS:lIRIGTC4 PRAW(Nt• TUTLt -. SIGN PLAN . REVISIONS NO. DATE DP /4,N. DUGGAL DESCRIPTION BY A 3/0/94 • 0■910• ISSUED BUILDING DEPT� I _ __ t-- ______._ _ ____.__.. ____.__..-_.__.__.__ _.____._ ______ $ +.. .1Y.14V<Iii1lu� �PX.KfiJ 4iit . &. .,..** .. 5.. .. PerysP4cr 1 1 2 , 1 j iI 1 ' •. I II y k . I.. f j 6 f I a ti 7jRl ( �Y ,� it 1 IipliIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllliilii ;ilijiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ALCM 1 ,* ,3 4 5 6 7 6 1 NOTE: -1£ the microfilmed docu>1,►ent i.s .Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. 41;,111 IiIIII IIIIII1IIIII I IIIII11111I II'II I III II 9 1 10 11 +tAOE GERMANE 12- UC 6r De !z 9z 5z fiZ EZ Z.Z. Iz o 61 cal �I 91 (1L til eI IL • 0j, 6 e c 9 *, e Z ► v p !III!IIIIIII!Illfll, }i I!1! IIIlllllilf!il,lll!III!!I!I!! !I!! ;�� (�� II , , I 1 II , 1, , I I ,II• I I• I �, ,I , , I , , I I I (:! I I4, Ilil� L111,!�Ililllhl�i,�l�I�Ill.l,l l(1,I1� ��! I JIIII i!.j.;�t III 111! 11111Eili,lll,�;lllll�Il III11l1iil!Ijlactll�,� i�ll.�i liiJfl.hi��! I ►,Ili!;lili �! II1lI, li; I�IIIIIIIIIIfII ,�I!IiII,!!!Illlilillll 11.1..... 0.,.,4...,E TITLE BLOCK •�c PP.0,1;:CT• BARNES & NOBLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE. WA. ARCHITEt T JAMES R, DAVIS r. Architect AIrA �0r CER`IF- IC.ATION NO DATE SIGNED MAK 1 5 1994 �t(.kATI'P.F '-OLIN V....... JAMES 13, DAVIS STATE OF wAS:lIRIGTC4 PRAW(Nt• TUTLt -. SIGN PLAN iRo c1 TITLE: . SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE. WA. WE 12/17/93 PROJECT NO. 2645 DP /4,N. DUGGAL CHECKFG BROCKEN DRAWING VCG. A-150 ;cAt: 1 /£1 "-i -CJ 1 1. -0° 1 42" LONG STAINLESS i STEEL 1;RAE3 BAR i )� L.42" L 1?) STAINLE(S q. STEEL TAB 1B BAP ti ) <`r-- 36" LONG 0 if, 7 36" LONG I �E ) • CHAR C1: R -• • - _ 4.14- MENS TOILET LMT j CERAMIC FLOOR 11LES now \�? 1 10) 4� F. . --. WOMEN'S TOILET CERAMIC FLOOR TILES Ica- 0 SLOPE TO FIR DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN WOMEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4'.1' -O' —FLOOR DRAIN t3) Q5 12 l. .1 • "- . 4' -11" 4 .._..• . r o-. .. -. ..' T_ 2991 SIM 16200 l _.. J t 1' 1-- � CT'- R T O • ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER MARBLE SADDLES /CORRIDOR L04 1 CARPET FLOOR FINISH WOMEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SEAL:: 1 /¢ ",r1'_O• - - -_ . MEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4' -1' -O' 6// -PUBUC PHONE 1' -0" X 3/4" PLYWOOD HELVES ON STANDARDS % o DATE DESCRIPTION BY r4ECKEO. BROGKEI1 pop SCALE. 1/8* - 11-0" In • 7 • , ____ MIMI 2991 SIM 16200 l _.. J t 1' 1-- � CT'- R T O • ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER MARBLE SADDLES /CORRIDOR L04 1 CARPET FLOOR FINISH WOMEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SEAL:: 1 /¢ ",r1'_O• - - -_ . MEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4' -1' -O' 6// -PUBUC PHONE 1' -0" X 3/4" PLYWOOD HELVES ON STANDARDS % 4 .. jE;.» t•1r� F ^+!1!111 .-,--4-1.- -'♦•t i 4'--0" LONG x 1' -0" DEEP x 3/4" THK. PLYWOOD SHELVES (F1419.1: PAINT 10 MATCH AD AGENT WALL SURFACE) Ir4ETAL STANDARDS MOUNTED TO WALL STUDS JAN. CL. 109 NOTES• 1. FOR To11ET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE, SEE 7/A-200 2. FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE CERAMIC FLOOR TILES MAR 2 $ 199' WATER :4EATER ABOVE SEE: PLUMBING DVWGS. BUILDING DIVISION ENLARGED TOILET PLAN SCALE; 1 /2".1' -O' 2 MEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SCALE: f eno' -O" CONT. WOOD BLOCKING AS REVD cnrf (3ot3R1CK) OPROMMATOM 3 5/8" . -- STEEL STt.IDS 2 1/2" STEEL STUDS TOGGLE BOLTS ("DP) 3/4" PLYWOOD GRAB BAR MOUNTING BOARD TYPICAL AT ALL GRAB BARS SECURE TO STUDS WITH SELF TAPPING SCREWS 1/4" SEALANT TOP AND BOTTOM 1"x 1"x 1/8" S/S- FIN. S!1TiN FRAME ALL AROUND 1'-4" 0.0 SEA! JG \--LOCK JOINT] CONT. 2X3 BLOCKING w/ \ STL. BRACKETS AS REO D. `— ---.- 2X3 BLOC:,;NG 0 WALL LAVATORY AND MIRROR URINAL INSULATE. HOT WATER 7r UNE AND WASTE LINE WITH APPROVED VINYL INSULATION SOCK FINISHED WALL ESCU TCHEON -- -- (F4N, STAINLESS STEEL -.SATIN) 1/4° POL ISHED PLATE. GLASS 1.4IRROR ON ADHESIVE LAVATORY (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE) TOWEL DISPENSER URINAL (WALL MOUNTED) WATER CLOSET (FLOOR MOUNTED) HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET HANDICAPPED GRAB BAR (3' -0" AFF) SEE 4/A200 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS (FLOOR MOUN1ED) ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE) SANITARY NAPKIN /TAMPON DISPENSER (RECESSED) 10 TOILET PAPER HOLDER 11 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL SEE PLUMBING DWGS. DIRECT PACKAGING, JAMES RIVER SEE PLUMBING DWGS. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 12 MIRROR (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE) 13 LAVATORY SOAP DISPENSER 14 SURFACE - MOUNTED? DIAPER CHANGING UNi1 \ I-- 1 1/2' O.D. STANLESS STEEL 1 GRAB BARS SEE ELEVATIONS FOR 1 MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 1` (FIN: SATIN) '�.------ MOUNTING PL All tiSIM GRAB BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUSTAIN A DEAD WEIGHT OF 250 POUNDS FOR 5 MINUTES, AND AS PER ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 42" MN. FAUCET 16 SLOP SINK 17 WASTE RECEPTACLE 3 2 SEE PLUMBING DINGS. 4 9- -6808 S/S SATIN FIN.-- BOBRit( 4 8- 1081. 835 ALMOND DURALINE-- BO8RICK ► SEE PLUMBING QM. 1 B -3500 S/S SATIN FIN. - BGBRICI{ 3 DIRECT PACKAGING, JAMES RIVER 2 6 -2.54 S/S SATIN FIN. -- •BOBRICK 2 CUSTOM, SEE DTL. 6/A200 4 DIRECT PACKAGING, JAMES RIVER 2 DIAPER DEPO T 4300 4 SEE PLUMBING DVI'(,'S. 1 SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 2 B 168 S/S SATIN FT N. $OBR1CK COUNTER TOP MOUNTING SURFACE GYPSUM BOARD (FINISH• CT -4) 1 RECEIVED LAVATORY ARE RETARD. WOOD- BLOCKING AS RCQ'D. 3/4" FR. PLXV/J00 BACKSPLASH PATH PL. LAM. FINISH (AUCN LAMINATE W/IIIIRROR SURFACE) ;p-i1L 4.3 PERMIT CENTER SECTION THRU LAVATORY GRAB BAR DETAIL SCALE; NOT TO SCALE 5 N HANDICAP STANDARDS A200 Ii SCALE: NOT TO SCALE •■•••••••••■6••■••••, -.•••• STORE PLANNQG AND ARCKr1ECTUia: BY THREE GROUP /.io>aIQSII Ev REM. DM5rO!i Or': 8H FFER, LIITCHFELD. MAGAL;80N, ARC]- NTECTS PC 638 BROADWAY NEW YORK, W.Y. 10012 PHONE. (212! 996.5050 FAX- 121;1 982-3813 Bar Booksellers No 7 TOILET FIXTURE /ACCESSORIES SCHEDUL A200 SCALE: NONE Since 1 873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.63343585 REVISIONS • DATE DESCRIPTION BY r4ECKEO. BROGKEI1 ()RA VIN.; No A-200 SCALE. 1/8* - 11-0" In • 7 • , ____ MIMI 4 .. jE;.» t•1r� F ^+!1!111 .-,--4-1.- -'♦•t i 4'--0" LONG x 1' -0" DEEP x 3/4" THK. PLYWOOD SHELVES (F1419.1: PAINT 10 MATCH AD AGENT WALL SURFACE) Ir4ETAL STANDARDS MOUNTED TO WALL STUDS JAN. CL. 109 NOTES• 1. FOR To11ET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE, SEE 7/A-200 2. FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE CERAMIC FLOOR TILES MAR 2 $ 199' WATER :4EATER ABOVE SEE: PLUMBING DVWGS. BUILDING DIVISION ENLARGED TOILET PLAN SCALE; 1 /2".1' -O' 2 MEN'S TOILET ELEVATION SCALE: f eno' -O" CONT. WOOD BLOCKING AS REVD cnrf (3ot3R1CK) OPROMMATOM 3 5/8" . -- STEEL STt.IDS 2 1/2" STEEL STUDS TOGGLE BOLTS ("DP) 3/4" PLYWOOD GRAB BAR MOUNTING BOARD TYPICAL AT ALL GRAB BARS SECURE TO STUDS WITH SELF TAPPING SCREWS 1/4" SEALANT TOP AND BOTTOM 1"x 1"x 1/8" S/S- FIN. S!1TiN FRAME ALL AROUND 1'-4" 0.0 SEA! JG \--LOCK JOINT] CONT. 2X3 BLOCKING w/ \ STL. BRACKETS AS REO D. `— ---.- 2X3 BLOC:,;NG 0 WALL LAVATORY AND MIRROR URINAL INSULATE. HOT WATER 7r UNE AND WASTE LINE WITH APPROVED VINYL INSULATION SOCK FINISHED WALL ESCU TCHEON -- -- (F4N, STAINLESS STEEL -.SATIN) 1/4° POL ISHED PLATE. GLASS 1.4IRROR ON ADHESIVE LAVATORY (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE) TOWEL DISPENSER URINAL (WALL MOUNTED) WATER CLOSET (FLOOR MOUNTED) HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET HANDICAPPED GRAB BAR (3' -0" AFF) SEE 4/A200 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS (FLOOR MOUN1ED) ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE) SANITARY NAPKIN /TAMPON DISPENSER (RECESSED) 10 TOILET PAPER HOLDER 11 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL SEE PLUMBING DWGS. DIRECT PACKAGING, JAMES RIVER SEE PLUMBING DWGS. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 12 MIRROR (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE) 13 LAVATORY SOAP DISPENSER 14 SURFACE - MOUNTED? DIAPER CHANGING UNi1 \ I-- 1 1/2' O.D. STANLESS STEEL 1 GRAB BARS SEE ELEVATIONS FOR 1 MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 1` (FIN: SATIN) '�.------ MOUNTING PL All tiSIM GRAB BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUSTAIN A DEAD WEIGHT OF 250 POUNDS FOR 5 MINUTES, AND AS PER ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 42" MN. FAUCET 16 SLOP SINK 17 WASTE RECEPTACLE 3 2 SEE PLUMBING DINGS. 4 9- -6808 S/S SATIN FIN.-- BOBRit( 4 8- 1081. 835 ALMOND DURALINE-- BO8RICK ► SEE PLUMBING QM. 1 B -3500 S/S SATIN FIN. - BGBRICI{ 3 DIRECT PACKAGING, JAMES RIVER 2 6 -2.54 S/S SATIN FIN. -- •BOBRICK 2 CUSTOM, SEE DTL. 6/A200 4 DIRECT PACKAGING, JAMES RIVER 2 DIAPER DEPO T 4300 4 SEE PLUMBING DVI'(,'S. 1 SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 2 B 168 S/S SATIN FT N. $OBR1CK COUNTER TOP MOUNTING SURFACE GYPSUM BOARD (FINISH• CT -4) 1 RECEIVED LAVATORY ARE RETARD. WOOD- BLOCKING AS RCQ'D. 3/4" FR. PLXV/J00 BACKSPLASH PATH PL. LAM. FINISH (AUCN LAMINATE W/IIIIRROR SURFACE) ;p-i1L 4.3 PERMIT CENTER SECTION THRU LAVATORY GRAB BAR DETAIL SCALE; NOT TO SCALE 5 N HANDICAP STANDARDS A200 Ii SCALE: NOT TO SCALE •■•••••••••■6••■••••, -.•••• STORE PLANNQG AND ARCKr1ECTUia: BY THREE GROUP /.io>aIQSII Ev REM. DM5rO!i Or': 8H FFER, LIITCHFELD. MAGAL;80N, ARC]- NTECTS PC 638 BROADWAY NEW YORK, W.Y. 10012 PHONE. (212! 996.5050 FAX- 121;1 982-3813 Bar Booksellers No 7 TOILET FIXTURE /ACCESSORIES SCHEDUL A200 SCALE: NONE Since 1 873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.63343585 REVISIONS PROJECT Tff SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE. WA. DATE DESCRIPTION BY r4ECKEO. BROGKEI1 ()RA VIN.; No A-200 SCALE. 1/8* - 11-0" (A; v } I�j g ��,,,,�j s Warr s,;_ �'%.�yGWf%IWiJSR�.N4 NYlii>�•7::1769"KII[6/.'W.:IA]- .. a _ /'7CC. ; r::� S •:r ": .iMf."af✓ 255'" Y'�+ 1L7/. iliQidWYi. '�FicJil7bGSilkilil.&vVtit;•+:�, !I! !l! !I!`IIIJ!I! '!I!!I► !I! !II�II!�!ll�lil�t.l��!i!�!I ! 11111111i t1 11 II��� 1f 111'1ii <!!!!1i 111!1`! 1111 {1 ri! 111i1i1! 11111 !1I1!1I1'!i11111io!1i1111111 0 16 THS INCH 1 2 ..013 4 5 5 7 $ 9 ? 10 11 .A°E'"' R'".'' 12- NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the Original document. oc 6Z Be LZ 9E ILII!! IIII�iIII {Illliilll�i!I!li!!!�1iIlII!;I G,Z '?Z CZ Z3 tZ OZ 61 9t Ll !!!Ilia! III! I�► Ili!IµllIll�i)11:!1s1!IiI1!!!j� }11cuuE,l(111I��;II�:1 0 91 SL VI', Et Zit tit pi, 6 R L 9! S y E Z L' 0 1� 1111h !1i;1�!!! 11111 I i Illl�liiiJ Ill�lt011ll1!!Il�II I�I!' 1J14111,i11!1!1111 ii �i!ilI!!i !l!iI iI Illl ll!! I! Ii!! II !lilIl!III!il!!IIIiIII!I11d PROJECT: BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. Ifif.,91 . t.6 B. DAVIS STATE OF WASIii -GTGi1 9RAWNeG TIM' ENLARGED TOILET PLAN AND DETAILS PROJECT Tff SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE. WA. DATE 12/ 17/93 PROJECT ►;,�. 2645 DPA*N • DLlGGAL r4ECKEO. BROGKEI1 ()RA VIN.; No A-200 SCALE. 1/8* - 11-0" VESTIBULE GYP. 60. FASCIA -- AND SOFFIT ABOVE - HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH VESTIBULE DOORS 5/8" GYP. BD. FAH SIDE PROVIOE 3x321 /4' SF•. ANGLE BRACE ® 4' -0" O,C VERT. OPP. HAND SIM. ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN -- HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH EXTERIOR VESTIBULE DOORS SALES AREA CENTER AISLE ELEV. 43. -0.. A.F.F. r- ---- -- 11' --6" GYP. 8D. SOFF T LINE VESTIBULE 1O GYP. BD. SOFFIT -✓ ARCHED AT 1 1 - 6" A.F.F. GYP. BD. GYP. BO. BY G.Cr--� / - .- IL_, s MULLION DETAIL GYP 6D. SOFFIT AT 11'-8 A.F.F. 11' -6 GYP. BO. --- SOFFIT UNE BEYOND PREFABRICATED HARDWOOD DOOR ANU FR.AME ! I--- - EXTERIOR WALL AND FINISH BY OTHERS MUNT1NS DETAIL HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH ‘csneULE DOOR TRIM (SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.) REMOVABLE HARDWOOD WINDOW --1 MUNTINS BOTH SIDES OF GLASS HARDWOOD TRIM----) TO MATCH VESTIBULE DOOR TRIM (SUPPLED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.) 1. FOR N)DfTlONI4. NF M 410N ON ANISHFS SEE DWG. A-400 AND A-510. VESTIBULE PLAN SCALE: I /7' al' -O" VESTIBULE ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4 -1`-0" VESTIBULE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4- -1'--0" VESTIBULE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4w . 1'--4" manweranioramegramtornalow CROWN MOULDING (MD -1) CONTINUE S1 L. STUDS TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTINUE STL. STUDS TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE Ei METAL SUDS 0 16' O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (Th 11' -6" GYP. BD. SOFFIT UNE BEYOND EXTERIOR WALL BY OTHERS -5/6" THK GYP, 9D. CLG. \l/ A� SALES AREA CENTER , JSLE ` ELEV. 1 ;: -0 A,F,F. _._ B.O. GYP. BD. CLG. ELEV. 10' -Q" A.F.F. WS T j FINISH Fi_OOR ELEV. 0' -0" (OATuM) CROWN MOULDING (KID -1) CASH/WRAP 6,REA CEILING ELEV. 1G' -0" A.F.F I\ FIRE R ARDANT WD. BLOCKING HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH VESTIBULE DOORS 5J8" GYPSUM BOARD ON SS'' GAL.V. 18 GA STUDS 0 16' O.C. P R E H U NG /PREFABRICATED HARDWOOD DOOR, FRAME E & TRIM _(SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED SY G.C..) REMOVABLE HARDWOOD WINDOW - STOPS BOTH SIDES OF GLASS HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH VESTIBULE DOOR TRIM (SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.) VESTIBULE WALL HEATER -- PREFABRICATED HARDWOOD DOOR AND FRAME FLOOR SLAB 1/4- TEMP. GLASS w/ WOOD STOPS AT ALL SIDES AT ALL SIDES POWER DRIVE.N FASTENER WOOD BASE (WE I-1) CERAMIC TILE FINISHED FLOOR --- CT -1. SEE DETAIL 2D/A.-510 FINISHED FLOOR AT VESTIBULE SIDE CROWN MOULDING (MD --1) 5/Er GYP. DD. FASCIA (P -1) 6" MIL. STUDS 16 GA 0 16"0.C, TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE -2 -8' GALVANIZED 18 GA. STUD LINTEL W/TOP & BOTTOM TRACKS FIRE RETARDANT WD. BLOCKING (TYP) G.C. TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HARDWOOD FRAME & TRIM ALL AROUND OP'G. TO MATCH HARDWOOD VESTIBULE DOORS �,�'TIFULE SIDE. SALES SiU� REMOVABLE HARDWOOD GLAZING STOP w/ COUNTERSUNK SCREWS -- 6_ STL_ STUDS 16 GA E016"O.C. -- BLANKET INSULATION W/VArPOR BARRIER 0 WARM SIDE - AROUND VESTIBULE IC r 5/8" GYP. BD. (P-1) WOOD BASE (W!B --1) FINISHED FLOOR AT SALES SIDE FLOOR CITY OF MLA APPROVED MAR 2A 199' A .—BUILDING t iS(ON RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER .ws..v,"......". r..... VESTIBULE ELEVATION KIM ..:" =...,.0....,0.0.a.9111.OM STORE PL‘liNING ANO ARCHITECTURE: BY THREE GROUP ,.1, ›eht I twat 0 P(I�� INNISiON OF SF4WPER. LITC! i1 ELD. MA3M.)&* 4. ARCHITECT8 PC 836 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHOME. l2r2y 9436-606O FAX, ('t2) 982-3813 »."1"4.1.1.,. r.... 41. Barnes Booksellers Nobl Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 womataamsemarjaalaroramor . 1 ,,-�.} .: . .. i _ Y•',�... � .. ... '.,,.,�.,V� ,,... . ,�,Y >.�.:5 Irv...- ,.d���� �-i'.' rJf.(�.fl�d1'�'il..11+✓.�i7F .��"�L`'yF�c.'..1:`�'�i.c'wrs' ye�s�l1��A � . :tUC�:�I�ItA.S!YJ% � � '..�Li�i��" YVt..'Y.+wl31USi['. !II!!t!ilt! !!!!! !j!tl�!!! ! 1 ►j!!I�!!Ijl!I(Ii►j!Jl.111!jr��; �! 1 111 I� 1Jt141!i!ji!i1 1111' P'!!j!t!11!!jr it!tlf11111!1( 0 If 7115 INCH 1 0E: 6z ee e2 9D VESTIBULE SECTION SCALD: 1...1 /2" ..1' --O" REVISIONS NO DATE DESCRIPTION DQA*N: DUG(zAL CHECKED: BROCKEN ,'WING NO. A-210 SCALE: AS NOTED 2 * `3 4 5 6 7 8 ' NOTE: if theymicrof1J _ ed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. f Y_,Cti'Ea;i2iYah:x r;a' 'r .; ;IEI�I!��'!-i�►Ijl�! III! i !!!i!!!!I!!!!!!I!�!i!!!i!!!I!!! 9 10 12. • SD +ID CID Z: L OZ 61 81 II 9l 5: t L CI Dt 111 Q(, 6 9 G 9 S '/ E l wr( Q jlli; l!! I !�li!!1!!II1111111III!l111f11! III! 111!! l�III !ill!lili!!iklt�!Ilil!il!1.111 f!!,i�4±�11 I i�i!I ;i��f,iilll�i!II! E 1 'lljllllIll!!j,l1' ! 11!1!1 Ill1l1 !!!I!!I1I!!I1!!JI!!!!!1I!!I1i! !�f 1 I!f!fl 1!III1!!1!1'll illlill!!I1I!1!!! 111111111► 111! I!! I !!Ili!!!!1iii!1!!f!1I!!I1!! ►.II TITLE BLOCK. PROJECT. BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE. WA. ARCHITEC r JAMES B DAMS " Architect AIA CERTIFICATION C. slcp4i1uRE: 1- GATE SIGNED: 1(CN1( 1 519 4 SEAL 1716 1 Rf11 'UAa.!R S 0. nr: STATE OF WASi:i�tG1O DRAWING 11TLE: VESTIBULE CON ST. DETAILS PROS) CT T11U SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA N.TE 12/17/93 PROJECT NO 2645 DQA*N: DUG(zAL CHECKED: BROCKEN ,'WING NO. A-210 SCALE: AS NOTED i.iN , ..,,a .. oa......: SOFFIT ABM STAGE PLATFOR■ AND STEP (FINISH: C--5) " t' 3 OPP. HAND 230 sIM• /. •• 4, -C. R =5- 4• GRAPHIC PANELTYP ?� P 1, TYP FOR WALLS / AND CEILING INSIDE CAR NUS 16GA BANTAM RIBBED KINDORF CHANNEL #6029-H OR EQUAL, // 1 4" 6IA STEEL HAN ER ROD & SQUARE NUT, AT 12" OC SECURED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE -• 3/4" PLYWOOD RIBS, ----- ----- TOP & BO i TOM, W /VERTICAL FRAMING 3 5/6" 20 GA. METAL STUDS BRACED TO STRUCTURE: ABOVE AT 48" OC MAX AS REQ'D BY SEISMIC CODE SEE DETAIL. 4/A410 • ONTINUOUS WOOD TRIM, TYP FINISH TO MATCH WC • -2 7-- STEEL STANDARDS W/ BRACKETS FOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVING HEIGHTS SuSP ACOUST CEILING SYSTE 3/4" PLYWOOD PANEL - DOOR (FIN.: WD- 2) 7 -DUPLEX OUTLET W/ BRASS COVER PLATE (2 PER CABINET) 1' -6" & 4' -6" A.F.F. .11? _• �Sti• V l STEEL STANDARDS W/ BRACKETS FOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVING HEIGHTS, TYP CONT. WOOD TRIM --- ..._�1 (FINISH: MATCH WC -2) 5/8" GYP. BBD. OVER --' 2 1/2" STL. STUDS CASING BEAD -- TYPICAL • P1 11t:tSI1, TYP 4, WOOD BENCHES SUPPLIED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR, INSTdd.L.EO BY GC. GC TO BOLT LEG TO FLOOR. SEE 6/A230 FIXTURES (SEE FIXTURE PLAN) h • SEE DWG.AI1O FOR LOCATION IN PLAN 3/4" PLYWOOD SHE:kVES •-�' W/ ALL SURFACES FINISHED (FINISH: WD -1) (3 SHELVES PER CABINET) • GRAPHIC PANEL, SUPPLIED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY GC CONT. WOOD TRIM / PTD P5 RECESSED LIGHTING WHERE OCCURS SEE 1/A110 WES: 1. PROVIDE GARCY BOLT LOCK #413 - QCTH CABINETS TO BE KEYED ALIKE 2. PROVIDE 1 1/2 PAIR CONCEALED SWING HINGES PER CABINET - DOUBLE STUDS 0 CORNERS -- TYPICAL SOFFIT DETAIL SCALD 3'0-1'-U CABINET DETAIL SCALE J".'1' -CP 3' x 12" MAPLE WOOD - -- BENCH. SUPPLIED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY GC --- RECESSED LIGHTING n. u rT�l n, 1fr HIGH PENDANT HUNG SIGN N 1/2" DIA. CARRIAGE MIN. BOLT Wi1TASHER AND 2 PER LEC) P 1 FINISH L ^ .___... .._./ PENDANT HUNG SIGN --a 16 GA OPEN END, 2" HIGH BRASS FINISHED CHANNEL MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO EXISTING SLAB RICH INSTALLATION DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2'w1' -0' • '�----- FIXTURES TYP, SEE A120 • FIRE TREATED WOOD FRAMING AS COUNTERSINK SCREWS SAND, PUTTY & FINISH AS REQUIRED DECORATIVE FIXTURE, SEE FOR SPECIFICATIONS CONT. WOOD STRIPS PAINTED TO MATCH WALL CITY OF TUKWIL A APPROVED '99k 8UIL '1 G OI SION RECEIVE-0 CITY OF TUKWILA THEATER SECTION '\713.73 . , SCALD 3/1!'x1' -O j r . PERMIT CENTER LI(HT SHIELD DETAIL =ALE: Di17i STORE PLANNING AND ARCHiT£CTURE: BY THREE GROUP/Joshua surdkik E.....li RUM L. WW1 OF: BHIFFER, LITCHFELD, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC ..-._J 686 BROADWAY NEW VOW, N.Y. 10012 PHONE. (2121 696.6050 FAX. (212) '82.3813 Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 l 2 .633.4,3585 v i .. a �I ii.111111j111111 111 11111111111111111111111111111 LJ 111111111}i l 0 161H51f4CN 1 2 MIfX _- s,' , 4i,kioa,4: Gi�C .^'��i .0 ,i ie hieig. g��d�7�.�t$blLd GGiii ..3:.' ' • 'Sil i 4'e:r 1111111 II 141111 }Iii1 111` {l 111111! 1I 11111111111]i,�iilli.1.01,l' 1 '1,411111111111111111,1111111111111111111111111 9 v 10 11 "X*4 C'EP 12• 1 4 S 6 7 8 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original. document. Qt"; 6Z se LE 9Z 9i; *'Z CZ aZ lz 07, 61 Sl Ll IIIP11III, �II��, i�II, I: I�iI�„ I.... I...: I... �11111I1�I1i11i11i�i1111111 !l1i111,u1i I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 91 S[ bl Cl Zt [t 01, 6 8 G .9 S .l C Z [ w," Q T1111111111 11 111. 6 1, 11111111111011 Illlliiilli111i! Illfl ;i1,{Ill1iiil1,l11111! 11111110111!61111116ll; ll +III111111Ii1111111!`1111111111 TITLE BLOCK PM ES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE, WA. ARCHITECT: JAP IE a EL DAVIS �-�' t�rChl� �� A A CERT1FICARON NO. SIGNATURE: CANE S.GNEO e!` ti 5 19a4 ,IZIAME S'a. oavls' STATE OF WAS;II ;IGTC4 war• •• •awvvsmommo.q w ORAbiNG TITLE, THEATER DETAILS REVISIONS CATE. 12/17/93 PROJECT NO. 2646 NO. CHECK'S). BROCKEN . .......- DATE DESCRIPTION /.:.,......,.�.� BY - 1-- ..._ -^_- A. _- s,' , 4i,kioa,4: Gi�C .^'��i .0 ,i ie hieig. g��d�7�.�t$blLd GGiii ..3:.' ' • 'Sil i 4'e:r 1111111 II 141111 }Iii1 111` {l 111111! 1I 11111111111]i,�iilli.1.01,l' 1 '1,411111111111111111,1111111111111111111111111 9 v 10 11 "X*4 C'EP 12• 1 4 S 6 7 8 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original. document. Qt"; 6Z se LE 9Z 9i; *'Z CZ aZ lz 07, 61 Sl Ll IIIP11III, �II��, i�II, I: I�iI�„ I.... I...: I... �11111I1�I1i11i11i�i1111111 !l1i111,u1i I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 91 S[ bl Cl Zt [t 01, 6 8 G .9 S .l C Z [ w," Q T1111111111 11 111. 6 1, 11111111111011 Illlliiilli111i! Illfl ;i1,{Ill1iiil1,l11111! 11111110111!61111116ll; ll +III111111Ii1111111!`1111111111 TITLE BLOCK PM ES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE, WA. ARCHITECT: JAP IE a EL DAVIS �-�' t�rChl� �� A A CERT1FICARON NO. SIGNATURE: CANE S.GNEO e!` ti 5 19a4 ,IZIAME S'a. oavls' STATE OF WAS;II ;IGTC4 war• •• •awvvsmommo.q w ORAbiNG TITLE, THEATER DETAILS PROJECT TIRE SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA. CATE. 12/17/93 PROJECT NO. 2646 DRAWN: DUGGAL CHECK'S). BROCKEN oPA1v1NG NO A-230 SCALE. AS NOTED Y REVEAL PTD P & L #1751 W/ LACQUER FINISH (RADIANCE) 1/8" x 1/8" REVEAL_ PTT% BM #658 !TEAL) PTD, P t1t L #1751 (RADIANCE) l.. CQUEF'. FINISH PLYWOOD PEDIMENT W/ LACQUER FINISH; BM #844 (WHITE) JUNIOR'S SIGN, (YELLOW) BY SIN CONTRACTOR BM #658 (TEAL) LACQUER FINISH ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING FASCIA BEYOND l J 'n b 1- - MOULDING CAPITAL PTD BU # 6S8 (TEAL) LACQUER FINISH EXTRUDED FIBERC;ASS PEDESTAL PTD LAM #844 (WHITE) 1YP OR (2) LACQUER FINISH LINE OF PED1 HALF ELEPHANT FIRE TREATED 2 REQUIRED r NT w .....,...\- PTO P & L #I751 (RADIANCE) LACQUER FINISH PTD BM #658 (TEAL) 2' -0" 3 ". 2-6' 13'-6" 18' -•6" JUNIOR'S P'MNMFNT SHALL SE FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED k INSTALLED BY G.C. • EO CO • -- 1/2" PLYWOOD PEDIMENT (FINISH: COLOR LAQ.) - --(2) WOOD TRUSS 1/4" STEEL ANGLES (2) 1/4" STEEL PL ATE 3/4" X 2" x 8" FIRE RETARD. TREATED WOOD STIFERS CUT TO INDICATED.? RAD. INSTALLED AS REQ'D,TT'P. 4 "X 4` STEEL TUBE ~ ------ (2) LAYERS OF 1/8" THi{ PLYWOOD LAMINATED TOGETHER, T'YP. — COLUMN REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED (TYPICAL) 1 /4" THK, x 14" x 14'" STEEL BASE PLATE WELDED TO TUBE. ANC44OR TO EXIST. SL.AB w/ EXPANSION BOLTS, BY GC 2.-10 • BOTTOM OF GYP. 80. SOFFIT 2 -0" 1 /r PLYWOOD PEDIMENT (FINIS' 4: COLOR LAQ.) -SIGN BEYOND SEE FRONT E:_Ev.ATION FIBERGLASS ELEPHANT 1/4." PROFILE PLYWOOD ROUND DRUM (FINISH: COLOR LAQ.) (TYR FOR 2) • ELEVATION OF JUNIORS PEDIMENT SCALE: 1 /2" *.1'-0" SECTION THROUGH PEDIMENT SCALE: 1/2" =1' -Cr SIDE ELEVATION AT PEDIMENT ALE: 1/2',..1'-0. 2' -O" NAM. DRUM W/LACQUER FINISH 3/4" PLYWOOD SPACERS AS REQUIRED --- r--- 3/4" PLYWOOD 1/4" THK x t 4 x 14" STEEL BAS£ PLATE: ANCHORED TO SLAB W/ EXPAN TON BOLTS (2) LAVERS OF 1/8" PLYWOOD PREOUF:11tiD AND LAMINATED TOGETHER FOR DRUM W/ STUFFENERRS ANO RiRs AS REQUIRED (F1N!%4: LACQUER) 1 /4 "THKx4`x4" STEEL TUBE STEEL S1 Esg TO RECEIVE TINE ■VaDED TO PLATE HARDWOOD BULLNOSE AROUND 3/4" GRADE AA PLYWOOD ! .Y/LACQUERED FINISH — REPEAL, LACQUERED FINISH SIGN BY SIGN CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY GC ARDWOO6 MOULDING PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 1/2'1'_4" DRUM BASE_. DRUM CAPITAL DETAIL AT REVEAL SCALE: 1 /2 "x.1' -0" u ---7.° x 6" FIRE RETARD. TREATED WOOD TRUSS (TYP) 4" STEEL TUBE HARDWOOD MOULDNG 1,A" THK x 4-" x 4" STEEL ANGLE waDED TO STEEL TUBE BRACING AS REQ'D. /2" FIRE RETARD. TREATED PLYWOOD CASING AROUND W/ LACQUER FINISH -�' 4° STEEL COLUUN (TYP.) BY G.C. DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2' E'- 0" STORE. P;AJINiNC AND ARCHITEGTUR . BY THREE GROUP /Joshua Surat* 0 RETAIL Dvsxw Of SNIFFER, LITCHFTELD, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC 490 BROADWAY NEW YORK. N.Y. 10012 P►'.ONE. 52121 906 6064 t•.Y.• 1212) 982 -3813 AIM WO, rnes.0 ..v Noble Booksellers Since 1873 1.22 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21.2 "'J 3.358 111111111111111111111111111I111111111111111111111,1111111114. V 16 r"s ir'N' 1 7 /3 TRUSS DETAIL SCALE: 1/2"..1' ■ 4 E V 18 O N NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 011.11,0110M7/.......... B Y DRAWING NO. A -240 3 /a /Ei4 IS$t E& WILING DEPT 1111111111 .111111111 1111 1111111111111111111111111111 1Rillif i 4 5 6 7 8 NOTE: Tf the microfilmed document i:1 less clear than this notice. it is due to the quality of the original document. t1- wecacr- aYi�'��i%i"Ps�a�ty`�.' SILL .kli6'?G.�'dN!a_�ht�r�j�r -y�•te fN.L4 ,ILIIIII111`11i111111111111I1 111111111111111 9 10 11 -^c :IN eER -w, 12 • OE 6Z 8d LZ 9Z Sir t, ' £Z ZIIZ i2 0Z It 91 LI. 91 91 �t Cl Y,1 Lt 01, 6i 8 L 9 S ♦i! C Z 1 vri 0 till! 11111111iillll !iiliitalliMIIIII!IIIIIIRi III! WIIIIIIl� 1/ 1llliiiillli�! llEll 4U1111,�!lillgiltikIIR1111! j1' f1f' I jitij1111111 I :11.0ii lilliallli 11111/ !1111il1161111111111 111 Iil11111 llJ;„MLLE!11 111116111!'1411!11111 Iniihiillllllllllli11111i1ii1111I11111 TITLE BLOCK PROJECr. BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. ARCHITECT. JAMES B. DAVIS —MOD muss SEE SECTION Architect AIa CEPflYICAT'QN NO GATE SIGNED 17:!GilATORE L MAK 1 5 1994 , SEN. 17i i ;ST RE STATE or 'I'ASMli GICA CITY OF TUKWIL APPROVED MAR 1934 ..., �I,►,�+' ►,i► BLit WING QitiLSIC,'ht RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER OWING HG Tm,Te,; : .. - JUNIOR'S PEDIMENT ELEVATION AND DETAILS PROJECT TITLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE. WA. --,. Ch:"E 12/17/93 PROJECT NO. 2646 OPAY*N. DUGGAL -,.w CHECKED' BROCKEN DRAWING NO. A -240 SCftE 1/i3' . 1r_D" 6,7) Asa 30" "BARNES & NOBLE" 25' 8" LONG, 24" HIGH "BOOKSTORE" 14' -0" LONG -- -NOMINAL ILLUMINATED CHANNEL LETTERS Nf.n1 V 1ITE FACE & GREEN RETURN (92.2 S.F.) BY BM G.C. TO PROVIDE POIACR Co) ovokismoseryomoscrawassmsmateer • O'-- 0 "A.F.F. 4" STRUCT'L MTL STUDS 16 "O.C. W/ (2) 2 1/2" MTL RUNNERS NESTED (HORIZONTALLY) FIRE RETARDANT WD. BLOCKING STARBUCIC.S COFTEE SIGN BY OTHERS (N.I.C.) G.G. TO PROVIDE POWER HARDWOOD TRIM- -- --f"'� rnes 6 Noble Bookstore 4" CASING SUPPLIED W/ DOOR (G.C. TO PROVIDE SHIMS AS REQ'D.) EXISTING CONSTRUCT!ON TO REMAIN EXISTING PRECAST 7 1 /4" THICK (W.T.S.) EX7ERIOi7R I.F.S. W/ 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWOOD SECURED —TO 2 1 /2" METAL STUDS 16" 0.0. W/ DIAL. BRACING. E.I.F.S. COLOR AND TEXTURE TO MATCH EXISTING PRECAST. FACE OF PIER WEST ELEVATION SCALE 1,//3"t1' -o' SCOPE OF WORK NOTE: ALL EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND ALUM. /GLASS DOORS - BY LANDLORD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. --NEW VESTIBULE DOORS 01- PIER ` ...._— ------ - ------ ~--LINE OF 1 1 /4" REVEAL SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING PRECAST CONC. 474:474744vir.447•174■-•,4004. 4411k asousamasampAsessamimorami ----LINE OF PROJECTING E.I.F.S. FRIESE ABOVE FACE OF PIER PACE OF PER BASE E.I.F.S. 1 1 /4" THK. W/ 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR. PLYWD. SECURED TO METAL STUDS (2 1/2" OR 4 ") W/ BATT INSULATION AS REQ'D. SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING PRECAST CONC. EXTERIOR r--30" HIGH "BARNES & NOBLE" 25' -8" LONG, 24" HIGH 'BOOKSTORE" 14' -0" LONG - INDI VIM AL ILLUMINATED CHANNEL. LETTERS 'MT WHITE FACE & GREEN RETURN (92.2 S.F.) E.I.F.S. 1 1 /4" THK. W/ 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWD. SECURED TO METAL STUDS (2 1 /2" OR 4 ") W/ BATT INSULATION AS REQ'D. SECTION THRU PIER SCALE: 1 1/2-.1.-0. MIZE rises se Ntibj . • Bookstore SIM. [EXTERI j FACE OF PIER NOTE: FURRING AS REVD. TO MATCH EXIST. WALL CONSTN AND THICKNESS FACE OF PER BASE EXISTING PRECAST CONC. CORNERS TO BE CHAMFERED (TYP) -- E.I.F.S. 1 1 /4" THK. W/ 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWD, SECURED TO 2 1 /2" METAL STUDS W/ BATT INSULATION AS REVD. HORIZONTAL JTS. TO MATCH EXIST'G PRECAST JOINTS (TYPICAL) EXTERIOR FURRING AS REVD. TO MATCH EXIST. WALL CONST'N AND THICKNESS --- EXISTING PRECAST CONC. CITY OF TUKWIlA APPROVED MAR 2\9 199' BUILDING DIVISION ,•a".ww"r+.wrs NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8%.1'—Cr STORE MANNING G ANO AP,CW,T$C1UPE: BY THREE GROUP/Jaime Burdick R:7M. WWI Qk [ •. SHFFER, LTTCHFEL.D, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC 636 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 FI-K NE• 12120 986 64 &0 FAX. (212) 1382.3813 1 1 rnes • Booksellers Nobly Since 1873 ".ai..w.mee.wwN. •40011. w 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 1001.1 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO. DATE c. EIY A 3/V94 ISSUED CUILPINO DEPT _ it- 1: [EXTERI j FACE OF PIER NOTE: FURRING AS REVD. TO MATCH EXIST. WALL CONSTN AND THICKNESS FACE OF PER BASE EXISTING PRECAST CONC. CORNERS TO BE CHAMFERED (TYP) -- E.I.F.S. 1 1 /4" THK. W/ 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWD, SECURED TO 2 1 /2" METAL STUDS W/ BATT INSULATION AS REVD. HORIZONTAL JTS. TO MATCH EXIST'G PRECAST JOINTS (TYPICAL) EXTERIOR FURRING AS REVD. TO MATCH EXIST. WALL CONST'N AND THICKNESS --- EXISTING PRECAST CONC. CITY OF TUKWIlA APPROVED MAR 2\9 199' BUILDING DIVISION ,•a".ww"r+.wrs NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8%.1'—Cr STORE MANNING G ANO AP,CW,T$C1UPE: BY THREE GROUP/Jaime Burdick R:7M. WWI Qk [ •. SHFFER, LTTCHFEL.D, MAGNUSON, ARCHITECTS PC 636 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 FI-K NE• 12120 986 64 &0 FAX. (212) 1382.3813 1 1 rnes • Booksellers Nobly Since 1873 ".ai..w.mee.wwN. •40011. w 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 1001.1 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION EIY A 3/V94 ISSUED CUILPINO DEPT _ Illliljlll1Iiililllli1; 1I1j1ii1l111lliIIIIIIIIIHWiIjJIIII Ij Iliiillll d I1!1111i 111�!(Ii!fill,lilll�ijl,Il,il •Ia� }I:I�IIJ 0 to /NS INCH 1 4 5 6 7 8 NOTE; • f th• Microfiimed docwoent is Less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. I II!1i I II 1!111I!IIII!! l! l I I i I' I N(WIli+il 9 1 10 11 MA;,: M "RUMP( 12 - • ()^t• 6Z 8G LZ we SZ hZ CZ ZZ iZ 0: 61 131 Li 91 St *71 CL ZL ll 0I, 6 8 L 9 Si , C ! II! IIIi !Illlli!i!Illlliil!Illlill�l{I! IIII I( il!! lilllllili!► III�Iii�lill� !!J;�aIIJl1!illl�!li(; (j1111 { !II!il;�!f i�L!i' ''III Illllll ILA,�jltill,Jl�li!1l llli�ll!.ill!I!lii!IiI11111i11 ll;j�llllll ljlllil!II�Jl Ii l! I! lli! illlli!! il�lflllillill !Illlili,111111!III!II{I!I!!I M E • SE .1 ON THRU WALL TITLE EtLQCK PRCT: BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. ARCMfltCT: JAMES B. DARTS Architect MA CFFt11f1CAT'ON NO, I DIt1E %NED: mm 5 19.34 SIC. NATURE — alf;cHit c MSS B.DA I:5 Sr € OF tI S:IIIIGTOA STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR SEATTLE. WA. rE: 12/17/93 PROJECT >�o. 2645 DRAWN: DUGOAL CHECKED. B OCI EN DRAWING NO. A-300 SCALE: 1/8° - 1' -0. MD -1I WC --- MD -1 MESSAGE AUTHOR ' �\ POSTER °OS TER \ \ I Ea I �...._ q T -- DEPARTMENT SIGN r AU THOP MESSAGE. POSTER / PC.'STE.R / FRAMED - OPENING j,.,._, -.r._ 4O "x 30" JUNIORS POSTER PROVIDE: N00D BACKING AND MOULDING AT PERIME TER (TYP.) SEE DETAIL 6/A400 1MU -2 I L WC - -1 CONTINUOUS 2"x4` W000 �- gACHING ALONG PERIMETER OF POSTER (MOUNT TO WAIL STUDS) r— — c - cf=P ;) Cn� c;p NOTE,' '',.t; DETAIL E /A400 FOR AUTHCR POSTER MOUINTING ( TYP) r .;-1.-.704*. 0 F -1 ARMOIRE F-1 - GENERAL SALES 1 'ore F - -1 F -11, F-70 JUNIORS THEAIER (SCE DWG. A- 23O) WAIL SURFACE --- POSTER SIGN ADHERED TO WOOD 8A.CKI1-4L. WOOD CORNER MOULDING MD --5055 ALL SIDES (MITERED CORNERS) (FINISH- MATCH WD -1) ti01L,. SEE SIGN PLAN i'1P MORE INFORMATION VERIFY I.XACT QUANIl1Y 'N /BARNES & NOBLE f INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" w 1' -0* MESSAGE ``'� AUTHOR 'F- POST R i POSTER DEPARTMENT SIGN - AUTHOR POSTER MESSAGE FAIC POSTER ` -- r- EXTERIOR GLAZING BY / OTHERS (N.I.C.) LWC -I __T_. J /l ( I t T� MD---i� �P_1 EXTERIOR GLAZING BY OTHERS (N.I.C.) MD-1 1 v -J �� -'l • 1Q' -O" A.F.F. 4 NOTE. SEE DETAIL 6/A400 FOR AUTHOR POSTER MOUNTING (TYP) c, F -6 F -1 NEWSSTAND AREA EH TRAN!E CASH/WRAP INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" Ia 1'--0° (TYP AT GENERAL SALES AREA) WC-1 r [MD-1 PO HORR TER 1 DLr?ARTMENT -'AUTHOR SIGN POSTER M ScAGE POSTER AUTHOR POSTER DEPARTMENT 1 SIGN f- AUTHOR f-- MESSAGE POSTER / POSTER NOTE: SEE DETAIL 6/A400 FOR AUTHOR POSTER MOUINTING (TYP) CASH /RAP F -1 ARMOIRE F- 1 r ENTRANCE TO SOFTWARE ETC. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: VT to 1. -0" POSTER MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: 3° s 1' -0" GENERAL NOTES 1. FOR LEGEND. ROOM FINISH'. SCHEDULE AND FINISH SPECIFICATIONS, SEE DRWAWING A -510. 2. PATCH ALL WALL SURFACES THROUGHOUT Er?TIRE STORE TO ACCOMODATE NEW FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS, 3. PROVIDE WOOD BACKING AND 2 3/4" WO MOULDING PERIMETER OF ALL WALL' POSTERS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION. (SEE, DETAIL 6/A -400) 4. FOR TYPICAL NOTES, SEE ELEVATION 1/A -400. 7 . LEGEND NOTES 0-400 SCALE: NONE WALL FINISH LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 6a: 12/17/93 DESCRIPTION BY PAINT; MFR BY BENJAMIN MOORE BM -918 (MATTE) [P-1 ISSUED BUILDING DEPT i IB PAINT; MFR BY BENJAMIN MOORE BM -968 (W111E- LACQIJE_.RED FINISH) 4 L F1J-- ` i PAINT; NOR BY BENJAMIN MOORE BM - -658 (TEAL- LACQUERED FINIS i) F-ii---;] Wad.! COVERING MB506 OR EGVAL (MATCH WD -2) 1 1/4' CROWN. BOSI.EY 7 MD— 21 -t MAPLE VENEER W/L.ACQUERED FINISH MATCH JUNIORS FIXTURES L D — !I ____ 0,I8-3G3 OR EQUAL MATCH WD -2. BOSLEY r YOB — ` MD--1 CROWN MOULDING PLY1!NUOO W/ BIRCH VENEER WALNUT STAIN WD-1 l(V000 BASE TO MATCH WO -1 we--11 40 "x 30" JUNIORS POSTER 40 "x 30" JUNIORS POSTER PROVIDE W000 BACKING AND MOULDING AT PERIMETER (TYP,) SEE DETAIL --- — NOTE: SEE DETAIL 6/A400 FOR AUTHOR POSTER MOUNTING (TYR) CONTINUOUS WOOD MOULDING, MD- 1 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING F -10, F -7O 1 ATER (SEE CW6. A-230) F-'10, F =70 (5® ca PRESSURE APPLIED VINYL SIGN, INSTALLED SY G.C., TYP!CAL 7-- JUNIORS AREA BEYOND FINISH WC -1 (TYP) 7 - DECORATIVE COLUMN. TYP MAR , 9 BUILD NO DiVIS1ON NOTE: SEE DETAIL 6/A400 FOR AUTHOR POSTER MOUINTING (TYP) (TYP. AT JUNIORS AREA) PEWIT CENTER 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8° 1'--0" STORE PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE: BY THREE GROUP/400%A Burdick RETAIL Dw1S xi 01' SHWPFEFT, LITOHFELD, I,aAC#NU8ON, ARCHITECTS PC 838 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 RHONE. 12121 995 50SO FAY.• !212) 9£9.3813 ENLARGED ELEVATION SOFTWARE ETC. ENTRANCE - B & N SIDE SCALE: 1 /2 °01' -O' Booksellers Sirwe 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 REVISIONS r I 6a: 12/17/93 DESCRIPTION BY A 3/9/04 ISSUED BUILDING DEPT -f _- -t tr. �t�rd `v?,rllik�bU��It�u'ri:�`!'��..: � : � ,.... . • :� i •1*:t+ � .861C'' _ .,f4 *�.:�[t.�+:' <..�s:lofa„i' �III�III�III�IIIIIII+ IIII111I111 lIII�Ij��ill�lll�sjillli�il►i �l 111111111 11111111 IfI III IIIlII111111II 1I 11111111la-iWM11 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 IuOEwOERwwI 12- 0 le 7HS INCH 1 2 ') 3 4 ! I NOTE: 'if the eoiCSofi1 ed document is leas cL2ar than thi3 ( notice, it is due to the quality of the original. document. 1 Oc oZ ee LZ 9Z G. 17F CZ ZZ LZ QF, 6L St L.I. 91 91 VI EL ZJl It pi, 6I 9 L , 9 9 'i C; Z( ww Q Ili! lll1! II1!1 1111111III !II!1Iil!!!i1!!HAILi11!IIIl !!IIIIII!Ihiili,l 11111! iI! Lll 1! i:' lllElf�ll;,, �l} i; �ididitiliillIll '1�. +i1.1,;�(i1j11,111!�!!! j1=1,�I I !1111 id!Ill /1illljIIIIIIIIIIII!iI111 111111011j.41i1!!I I' lii'(IIf,1iejillilli'1!!i!1!ii! III!!! II! Iil�! iIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlI !IIII11i11i1111 TITLE BLOCK oPCVECT: BARNES & NO3LE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEA T LE, WA. AFCr1!TECT: JAMES B. DAVIS — Arohltect AIA CER14ICAT70N NO. SK NATURE. •J ,DATE. SIGNET'.: MAK 1b1494 irv. - • JAM -S B. bA ' 3 STATE OF WASH'. IGTC1':4 oNA71;1a;, nriE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS PROJECT 'STELE: SEATTLE/SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, WA. 6a: 12/17/93 PROJECT NO. 21345 cepo 1. DUGGAL CHECKED BROCKEN DRAWING Na AN*4l O O SC4lE. 1/8c " „ 1, - f ORA% TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE Se DETAIL 4/A410 [:isYMB9L 4 7 /A` EXTEND GYP. 80. TO UNDERSIDE Or C.ECK PAINT ALL EXPOSED .. ACSi P-1) ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTO4 E DETAIL 7/A410 —SPUD ATTENUATING B:.Ai4KETS BA :=AFR=.A 1 SLAYER 5/8" FIRE CODE GYF'. BOARD EA. SIDE OVER 6" STL, STUDS O 16" 0.C. •-- -^ HORIZONTAL MTh. BRACNG O 2` -0' O.C. VERTICAL MERE WALL SHELVING OCCURS. --�- -- � R0O l FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE STEEL RUNNER (TOP AND BOTTOM) FINIS S.) FLOOR SCE ROOM FtNiSH °--- Si,.+<.EDULE FOR TYPE:. _EAA T ) AC �,SEAL UL NO. U 46 5 USE ItaIN. 18 GA. STEEL STUDS FOR PARTITIONS WHICH SEPARATE GENERAL SANS AREA FROM BACK AREA INCLUDING STOCK ROOM, CORRIDOR AND JAN. CL. FULL HEIGHT PARTITION SCALE: 1 1/2" R. 1' -0" - CRBLYN s4OULDY.NG (MD-1) AND BLOCKING SURFACE-MTD 1'x 4• FLUOR. LIGHT F1XT. 2. -V" 5/8' GYP. BM (FINISH P-2) 3 5/8" MIL. STUDS 0 16" O.C. Lc. ACOUSTIC TEE CEIUNO SYSTEM SEE DETAIL 1/A410 Fly 0,‘,. MASONRY EXTERIOR WALL BY LANDLORD ONE LAYER OF 5/8" GYPSUM BD.- BY 0.C. 3 5/8" MIL. FURRING 0 16' O.C. BY LANDLORD 1 1/e IHERMAF1BRE INSUL TYYIEEN STUDS AT EXTERIOR WALLS, UP TO lii4DER DE OF C.ECI< ABOVE. BY LANDLORD WALL BASE SEE ROOM FINISH SESNEDU,LE FOR TYPE. FINISHED FLPOR SEX ROCA1 FTNIs11 SCHEDULE FM TYPE. PLAN SYMBOL 1B 1•_j' 3 5/8" MIL STD. 20 GAUGE, 4'• -0" ON CANTER IN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS FASTENED WITH 00 SHEET METAL SCREWS SECURE TO BAR JOISTS ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 4/A410. -� -3 5/8" N4TL. STUDS 0 16" O.C. TO STRUCTURE ABOVE A.C.T. SUSNNDED GLG. SY5-IEM. EXTENDED TRACK ANGLE FURRED WALL A410 SCALE: 1 1/2" A CONTINUOUS FIRE RET. TREATED WOOD BLOCKING BY G.C. 3 5/8' MIL FURRING CHANNEL BY LANDLORD BY GYPSUM! BOARD U G.I. WOOD BASE VE1 -1 12 _O - - ABUV;• r�N ;--LOOP III 1 STOREFRONT SYSTEM A.ND EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION BY OTHERS (N.I.C.) STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND EXTERIOR MASONRY WAD. CONSTRUCTION BY OTHERS (N.I.C.) SLOPE' [1,u-- RECESSED CLG. SEC. 0 JUNIORS SCALE: 3/4" 1'--0° N1;7 SEC. 0 STOREFRONT WALL SCALE: 3/4" .' 11_O" S(M4D ATTENUATION ISEANK TS CLl1N( aYRSWit BOARD GE)L1.NO 4 7/8" SEE rACOUS1 C 11LE CEtUNO )/A410. . SCUMS ATTENUATING BLAMK -fs -ALT. LOCATIONS PROVIDE 5/8' XATE'R ?RESISTANT GYP, 8D. AT ALL JANITOR CLOSET AND TOILET ROOMS. 1 LAYER OF 5/8" GYP. BD, 0 EACH SIDE Ir OS F.E. STUDS STEEL RUNNER (TOP AND BOTTOM) WALL RASE -SEE ROOM FtNIaSS4 SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. PLAN SYMBOL MINERAL WOOL SAFIWG AT ALL JOIST PENETRATIONS AND FLUTES USE MIN. 20 GA STEEL STUDS. FASTEN TO UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK OR BAR JOISTS. NON —RATED PARTITION SCALE: 1 1/2" 1'- 0" RE PARRTIn1Qh 41f NON -RATED ?MDR pERea ULP. ? 70 L STS 1D A410 ,/ SCALE: 1 1/2" W 1' - IY _ E. f" Fr • "k"1(1END GYP. BD. _,,,._.x TCt UNDERSIDE OF DECK BRACE AS REQUIRYD BY SEISMIC CODE. FIRESTOPPING ? GYP BD AND MINF:FiAL WO0i, SWING 5111111191,14.4 - •-GYP. 130. CEILING SYSTEM SEE DETAIL 5/A410 3 5/8" 20 GA. AN N. ST' .EL STUDS 0 16" 0.G. SOUND ATTENUATION ---ELANKETS UP TO DECK (TYP.) 12' 5/8" W.R. GYP. BOARD ON TOILET :ALES. a 1/2- STEEL S11l)S 48" 0.C. 0 HORIZONTAL BRACING CERAMIC TILE WAINSCOAT TO 48' A.F.F. TYPICAL ALL WAILS IN REST ROOMS ---SEALANT L PL A i SYMBOL Mania CHASE WALL 0 TOILETS ± 1 GA WDE FLANGE RUNNER VERTICLE SLOTTED HOLES DE FLANGE 10 GA. CHANNEL RUNNER W/VERTICLE SLOTTED HOLES POWER DRIVEN TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS PROVIDE RESIUENT SPACER TYPICAL •' �T 1 3 5/8' MTh STD. 20 GAUGE, 4' -0" ON CENTER IN ALTERNATING R A O_ - DIRECTIONS FASTENED 1MTH t1O SHEET METAL. SCREWS. SECURE TO BAR JOISTS ABOVE. 0 -per A# _�.TOJOI7 _ BRACING AND FIRESTOPPING DETAILS SCALE: NONE 1 ..,.."woos• 1E A410 SotJD HORIZONTAL wO00 BLOCKING $CHiHO. TYPICAL. 1 / MAX Ti i� DR/ HARDWOOD TIP'.. 1Ea ' 0121...QLTdL -- C. M' SOLID WOOD CAP w/W -1 F1N)SH 4' -6" • } PLAN SYMBOL - "--- -1 1/2" QUARTER ROUND W /Y*) -1 FINISH COAT 3/4" X 4" ARE RETARDANT' TREATED WOOD NNAU.ERS, TIP. 3/4' FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD VA/HARDWOOD VENEER (V) -1 FINISH) WOOD BASE (W8 -1) WAINSCOT SCALE: 1 1/2" "- V-0" GA. IMRE 0 4'- -0" O.G. FASTEN TO STRUCT. ABOVE:. SEE DETAIL 7/A410 •C' C1-IANNEL. 1 1/2" MAIN STEEL 1 RUNNER ' 4' -0" O.C. L--- FURRING CHANNEL 0 2 "-- 0 "O.C. 5/8" GYP. BD. W /CASING BEAD CEILING (P -2) .2YP_ �161 BOARD OE imth g { MAIN TEE 0 -•-- 4'-0" O.C. MAX ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING SYSTEM SEE DETAIL 7/A410 --- -" -CONT. WALL_ ANGLE (TYP.) -CONT. WOOD MOULDING (MD-1) TYPICAL THROUGHOUT SALES AREA ACOUS'11 _7.iLE:_.. 1L w ti • ACOUSTIC ' IXE CEILING SYSTEM SEE DETAIL 7/A410 BY G.C. MASONRY EXTERIOR WALL BY LANDLORD ONE LAYER OF 5/8" GYPS+IM W.- BY G.C. 1 5/8" MIL FURRIIING STRIPS 0 16" O.C. BY 0.0. WAIL BASE SEE ROOM MOAN �� SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. FINISHED FLOOR SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. L PLAN SYMBOL i,:...1•mrC ,.„,, ,e1 FURRED WALL SOLE: 1 i /2" . 1'--0" TYPICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" A.C.T. CEILING (A('T --1) MD -1 CROVA.4 MOULDING AND *000 BLOCKING 5/8' GYP. SD). (PAINT P -1) SCREWED INJS� METAL— COSINE:: oc.. n (TYPICAL) 3 5/8" STL. STUDS 0 16" 0.C. -N-- -3 5/8" MTL STD, 20 GAUGE. 4' -0° ON CENTER IN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS FASTENED 0.1TH ,$10 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SECURE TO BAR JOISTS ABOVE. SEE DE i AIL 4/A410. 5•' AL ct, A.C.T. CEIUNG (A;, i -.1) CASH /WRAP SOFFIT DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/21* Z° -A" PROVIDE ONE COMPRESSION STRUT FOR EVERY 80 S.F. OF CEILING W/MAX SPACING OF 10'AO' O.G (LENGTH EQUALS CUTTER OF BOLTS~ USE 1/2" EMT FOR LEN G1145 TO 3s-9E USE 3/4" EMT FOR LENGTHS 3'• --9" TO S' -0 12 GA, G.S. WIRE. SPLAY 4 WAYS. PLACE 0 48• CONNECTED TO TRUSSES WERE POSSIBLE CROSS RUNNER °T 0 2 * -0" 0.C. MAIN RUNNER 'T' G 4' -0" 0,v. 4 SUSPENDED G STRUT DETAIL i.E: "- ?' -o" 4_ASL.__CEILING A'SLE ELFV. 13--0" A.F.F. z m SU5P. CEILING TILE (ACT -1) MD -1 CROWN MOULDING WITH WOOD BLOCKING STUDS "� 16" O.G. B.O. SOFFIT EL,. V. 11 --6" A,F.F. 5/8' GY SO. (FINISH: a -1) 3 5/8" k TL STD, 20 GAUGE, 4'--O" ON CENTER IN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS FASTENED 1NITli ii1O SHEET METAL SCREWS. SECURE TO BAR JOISTS MOW. SEE DETAIL 4/A410. B.O.CEIUNG a DES AREA E Fb. 61.1Sp. CEILING TILE (ACT -1) %E DETAIL .... 7/A410 \..,._.. 3 'S 8" mTL. r -o• Sly A. FRA LNG, 44 1 O.C. \- CORNER TEAR SPACKt.ED AND SAND -. TYP. SOFFIT T DETAIL, 0 MAIN AISLE A410) SCALE: 1 1/2' 1--Q° E" ARE RESISTANT PLYWOOD W/ HARDWOOD NEER WO -1) SILL. D MOD ETIDCAP ----�' 111 )OATH MD-1 C)NTiN. EI,RF. TREATED 14f000 BLOCKING AS REQUIRED EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALL 3 5/8' METAL. STUDS t: INSULATION BY LANDLORD 5/8" GYP. BD. BY G.C. INTERN WOOD BASE (VA3 --1) axl --1/4" CONT. SILICONE SEALANT I COLOR CLEAR EXTERIOR 3i►? . t Alfithrts•s3 R531x i g7fritulatt THREE GROUP to .I'd* crolsor, 34.11 F LITCHFSit.DU. MAGNUSON, Aftrot4MTS PC BBB eltigifilt.WAY WIN YolPFIK, ? ,Y, 1U012 HQ (lint) m° FA.'(. OW 9112^•38 1 awriannsolfecoftamposemalmomonommar mtsronoweir 010 KNEE WALL AT STOREFRONT SCALE: 1 1/2",01`---0* STUDS" 0 18" O.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK B.O. CEILING ELEV. '2 --0" A.F., 5/8" G:'P. BD. 4112' Eik V. 11' --6" A.F.F. • • 2 • .... .,.... -.- 3 5/8" MIL STD, 20 GAUGE, 4' -0" ON CATER IN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS FASTENED MOTH X10 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SECURE TO BAR JOIST'S ABOVE. SEE DETAIL 4/A410, t ,•2 •) .,i�rwrr r SOFFIT DETAIL 0 JUNIORS AREA SCALE: 1 1/2* P. 1 °--0` Booksellers x't Since 1873 • ... 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011. 212.633 3585 cr . •• r } ,.I DATA REVISIONS DESORPTION BY A 4/3,,,/'94 f D BU1L9►!t DEP I' • • .N . .N � , `� •�t •• 11 lilt it iiitri� ilt :rI >; re if i iT if �aI i►1 � �ir lwYl rr l � rr�i�f r�i1Y1I 1H5 INCA 1 2 `'3 4 5 6 7 8 OE l;z 111111I1:11IIII NOTE: If. the microfilmed document is Leas clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. 8C LZ 9Z Si~ hZ. EZ ZZ I2 0? 6I 91. Lt ;1, ligi, I I I I I d i III) �,I l Ili. Illlli�.l ,I � ��II�II�I IIfI�II,'�ilfi� kit 1111J1 � �,(� %111;, IU1;Il�.j,,,,1(j1 �,Ililil��lls�l11l .�: • 9 1 O 11 MARE IHOER 444l 12 91 St tt £t Z: Lt G 8 L , 9 S *i E Z t vie. O I III►IIIiyttI{II llill! ( ITli,i;Jullllil {I {IliI1ElI1a I1)"iLIIIIlI ilnll1 !�ilill�lli; 1IllllllllIllllll 1lllllli1ll lll Illllfllll l . 1, :11 . l 171 T - 11..Q.cK CEILING (ACT -1) f 5/8" bwP. BD. (FINISH: P--)) 5 FRAMING 1 Q.C. CORNER SOD $PACKL.ET) MD SAND - TYP. PARTITION NOTES: 1. FOR EIMi11NG HEIGHT CRITERIA OF PARTITIONS, FOLLOW MAUF'ACTURER'S RECOMENDATlONS AND APPLICABLE CODES. 2. FOR TYPICAL PARTITION NOTES, SET:: DETAIL 1A/A-410. 3. PROVIDE FOR VERTICAL MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE UNDER SNOW LOAD. cn,fnF TUKWILA APPROVED t tl�i� - ,4411! BUILDING DIVE; tQt4 IiP.cevED CITY OF TUKWILA 5 •, ' i s�Sr. i 6: Q. PERMIT CENTER PARTITION' JN' NOTES +. ,._ ... sc i.E: NONE PCT: BARNES t NOBLE. SEATTLEMOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. S. DAVIS S1"TE OF WASHINGTON (:RA9114 TITLE: ' +P PARTITION TY%eB ANO. DETAILS ' PROJECT TPubE: sgArti.E /34UTH CNTR: SEATTLE, WA. t)I476z - t2/17/93 PROJECT No — 2645 cw,axx — DUGOAL c>{ec tt . ' BROGKEN t'zxa..G N A-410 AS NOTED :C:..a::r ;i A ... e— IAN ASatAA:s'yvNLE'SE..i.ASS,w'+_SAN4 A. STOF,E PL NIW; AND ARCHITECTI*E: BY THREE GROUP /Joshua wrack c 0 RETAIL CMS>� 1-1 8. ER. L.0'd CI-FELD. MAGNUSON, ARGWTECnn PC 836 BROADWAY NEW YORK. N.Y. t0012 PHONE. (212) 995.5050 FAX (2121 482-3813 J arries No le Booksellers Since 1873 • 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 of REVISIONS . 3 / 4 " DESCRIPTION 1 BY DRAWN DUGGAL I GUT UU7 -> GABLE SLOT OAAi 1140 KC ' A-420 • •■••••■■... ••••. CUT OUT FOR SCANNER-1 8 -0' f _ . • 3/4' .. .....,.......,......•.w...� ••••••••••••••.•••••,.. - ...,,,..... ".... r. . --I �° r 0 S - ::� v _ MD-- i �--- ...r i - - -_ --- �- r pp� �� _, . -. - P-1 f ) FASTEN STEEL SHELVING TO N RUNNER BETWEEN STUDS -- HEAVY DUTY STEEL FRAME WITH METAL CROSS- 8RACINC AND ADJUSTABLE STEEL SHELVES (MOUNT TO WALL STUDS) _ . . 3 5/8" STEEL. '.TUGS WITH +— • 1 "� ryl b 1 _ .___ } 1 1 - , 21 1/2* • `; 4 14' 3 /4' 2U' 3 /4° ;' 18' i _ „_ ___._ RECEIVING TABLE. HARDWARE LEGEND E> L, r "NM ` — Pl.. LAMINATE ANl1QUE WHITE P l✓ .,_ j 1 1 - tf' _ I 1 i i S�'E DET aL 8 A440 TYPE �fAN�. MQDEz. DESCRIPTION --1,--- _ �• • b i 1 1 PL LAMINATE ANTIQUE 4 HffE' ,,/ 1 _ c6 . •. _ L__- 8' PULLOUT DRAWER ()RAWER PULLS TYPICAL - BLk U - EP- DP414LA 3/4" 2 S ;DED NVHITE MELAMINE W/ PVC EDGE 1/4" TEMPERED i4ASONITE (BOTTOM) HINGES: BLUM • 95M5650 HINGE PLATES: 'M 195H/190 3/4 EXTEIiS:ON SLIDE ( AWER PULL CONTINUOUS (BAER SUPPLY -- 1 --800--289- 2231) k r h'�-` 1 ' �j SI;N (SEE DWG. A- 150) a v { i 5/3' GYP. BOARD BOTH SIDES 18 fI - .— .,�- - FINISHED PLYWOOD BACKING SWING ARM PLATFORM CABLE SLOT h---N,-- ~w L• --CPU UNIT BENEATH 1 ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS - KV 255 KV 256 CUPS ce ! 7 1 PLAN PLAN FUU. E?�TENSION SUMS BLUM 43005500 -- '"�' -r. . w ••• -�-- . A4 2� _. ! -- .. 3/4 EXTENSION SLIDES BLUM 23005500 -- --- �' - I 4.- f; i AGE STL STUD BRACING BETWEEN 'STUDS WHERE SHELVING OCCURS. QT; ALL TABLE PARTITIONS A►4D .SIDES SHALL BE 3/4° LN iU 4ATED PAR'il'CLF`. BOARD FINISH: PL -1 RECEIVING TABLE MONITOR BRACKET 6Y IMPART FOR EACH AND 1 � Ec CONTINiO;IS DRAWER - DOOR PULL (TYP.) IMPART' MALL MOUNTED MONITOR ARM BRACKET, iE HMS121 i FOR "RCH RECEIVING TABLE. SEE BEYOND VENDOR LIST. PANEL . ON PULL __ 1' -�. MCNITOR BY G.C. BEYOND SCANNER CUTOUT '--- -- -'OUT SHELF FOR KEY13OARD W /PLASTIC LAM. FINISH COORDINATE W /STORE MANAGER FOR LOCATION) 3•/^1 THS.. NL W000 COUNTERTOP c---- ._ = �. FIXED 3/4' 1 1?' -4 t 2' w ADJUSTABLE ` STOCK I L O SHELVING SYSTEM rr A ) 420 . SCALE: 3/4° 1- 1'_a' _ . •• -•-- -- SiiELF 2x4 WOOD W /PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH io 4! + STAldDAPDa c' o „.1,_ - a.< W, U u, . - =, __� LOW PLATFORM -- '4 kt. . CONT 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING _ :,�4, t' -a GYt✓. 8O. —3/4" NI PiNE SHELF (FINISH. '--1) 1., t r - ¶4:—w— - BLOCKING EXISTING ---- -- WALL. CONT. 2x4 WOOD CLEAT j.. _� PRINTER (B.O.) FINISH LEGEND, SEE OWO. A -510 2' `6" VERTICAL THICK PLYWOOD b'ERTIC�+L SUPPORTS WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE RNISH �, 4' -0 :;:x. MAX. --- �►--._ - WD— �- -- r ,. -- _._..1.... • FINISHED C.P.U.(B.0: ELEVATi1' ELEVATION !R 20' 8' lt3 'o G.W.B. --- BASE (V8-1) y�'+ V" [; 1-3/4" j ---1 j4' ' -3/4. 3 P 44LE ON STANDARDS RIdDADJU 3/4" AS WALL 3/4" 3/ 4". FURRING 1 �, 1'x6 PINE BLOCKING. FASTENED TO STL. STUDS (FINISH: P -1) DIA. POLISHED WB�-1 c0 -^- • _-- --''"' ~rte+ ''" ST€EL /CLEAT ANGLE SECURED 1.0 FOOR AND VERTICAL SUPPORTS 4" A - 41HM1217 CUTOUT CABLE SLOT :... 1/4° CHROME CLOSET ROD • SECURELY FASTENED TO WD BLOCKING ALL SURFACES TO BE FINISHED w/ pus. LAM. (PL -1) P ONITafi BRACKET ', - _ , - _ i' F• • sr G.C, (TYP.). SEE VENDOR LIST I 1 P ..6.' , PL. LAMINATE Clli'OUT FOR 9CFlrR PL#-STiC 7 7/V x 10 7/8 /4• • 1 1 LAMINATE .W4T1QUE WHITE - N • �- el 2 SECTION THRU OFFICE ROOM COUNTER BREAK ROOM COAT ROD 84 SHELF DET. 4 COLUMN ENCLOSURE ELEVATION PL LAM. +-- -- WOOD BASE 'o1 - _ CL LAMINATE A420 y;.A.LE: 3/4" x r--r ' A420 SCALE:: r + 1°-Cr A420 SCALE: 3/4° = 1'--0" , F17tFD PALL + • 1• �" . MIRE DWG - J , .- r — y '--- - F , 1/2' STUDS STEEL COLUMN - _____-- SKIS AREA (SEE A -120) i 5/8" GYP BD TO )4DJUS1ABLE SHELF 11/2" WOOD FRAME AAJLJS"TA9lE SHELF ELEVATION AS R QUs4?ED ON STANDARDS ON STANDARDS SECTION T RS 6" ABOVE SIRING PAINT ALL SIDES F+4OFvI d'-4 A F.'. UP TO FIN. CEILING (P-� 1) TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK W000 CROWN : 0.5:2EDGTI � MOULDING ABOVE -- - - - (WD-1) 'r o . , .._ f _ , ...P .. R lyii . v7 T"P. t COL. ., .. ... .. 2 s , : i M, x� C, "- / ITL • y p/y� I�I�G QV1i 51ni'S NO --- 1 ' °, i 1/2 CUT OUT T «.. I _..._ ._ _-, J C 3. Q i .A 1�UUD CROWN MOUlL�N4G MOW. (: O-1) 7 ..,._ I j; - V , ,, 1 xt3 R CABLES FOR . -- v., PL LF�ld. r `l� k i °1 `cZ� y 1 ' JJJ 2 1 /Z' xCOUT :. / I.j1-.•..a'1. p LYL MINATE' — WHITE z a. t 1/2" ANTIQUE - PL LAxiiNA?E ANTIQUE W14ITE ..\ f� -, WGdD FRAME PS REOUIREI) _ ttt f,,,) 1 s - --- -• -• -• - - _ _. DUSTING 311rEL COLUMN • �' lV i' ~"' �� ['_ •s ti _ LOCK MITERED CORNERS (TYP.) -- 1 •'i ARE RESISTANT PLYWOOD AROW00D VENEER (wD--1) ;' -ct A.F.F. -] rr",,'i' I b..t 5 /g' GYP BD TO ir ABOVE CEIUNG PAINT ALL SIDES UP i0 FIN. CEIt.ING (P-1) __ F —. .. .___.... i 1. " . PL ----- P L. LAM. ■ ,...�.,,.. -..... -..... I _ 2' -3' WOOD BASE 1 t jY -3/4' 2' -2 1 4" WOOD BASE _ t 1 /2' _ TO UN9FRSID OF OECI< '"""'_""".._.'_""""". -_. _._ __ _ . ...V.. :. ---"H"-- t 1, /2' ELEfA T IQN 1 I-3/4" LAMINATED SHELF SECTION SEE i'._;. - a EI,At�i .- 4 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR 3 1 iii , , 'f - _ . . .. .. @ECTION - ; . , ,: s , P. r I • —.- r �.' t .!. i. ':, �•! t` '.. ,. MATCH )R - - -- ---� ' 4 : .. -- ..--- .. -... - WOOD BASE (WS --1) , __AN1,MILUK �v (3' Oe OR 4'-0°) �C/�,, 0 BUILDING DIVISION L_... WOOD BASSE (WB -1) C ca. • A420 SIM. .. _ -. . .M.Y.Y\Y..1�. VMI.v41.M11./.1 . . A420 RECEIVED CITY OF TUK:'VILA . . PERMIT CENTER .. - -. - .. - - .. MO.WfI...►. .. .. . . .4A 1 - • .. , . - J°...w10° .. . . ..b. M.YO,...MwYfYIY— .. TWO[ . . - .. .w.MM.... "MMiwR . . . - . _ RECEIVING TABLE DETAILS 7 COLUMN ENCLOSURE DETAIL - _ COLUMN EN LO 1� DETAIL - _ A420 _ __ -- ___ SCAM 3' . i' -4" _ _ , A420� SGAL.E: 3/e a,° 1,_Or \,A.420 SCALE .:r . 1.-0- STOF,E PL NIW; AND ARCHITECTI*E: BY THREE GROUP /Joshua wrack c 0 RETAIL CMS>� 1-1 8. ER. L.0'd CI-FELD. MAGNUSON, ARGWTECnn PC 836 BROADWAY NEW YORK. N.Y. t0012 PHONE. (212) 995.5050 FAX (2121 482-3813 J arries No le Booksellers Since 1873 • 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 of REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 1 BY DRAWN DUGGAL I CHECKED BROCKEN OAAi 1140 KC ' A-420 SC &LE AS NOTED --I _ • eift,A4:i ia.V.G^ Silgili+ ak://3 ' .d1 EY ? 'liakiteVL.i4 l a0E$4, 0.24 -' '0V a ': aiSS1° 'i+'�' . i� a4rcad6• n��. �J`b 3�r~.�.�1�iu�'i v ,L,;..,,... 0 ,a sots INCA 1 111/111W1114111111!11 11`4'Ijiliill 11fj iiilif 6(I {Iji {Ij {I i1ill{I1 01 4111 i{ Eij I Ij1Iill i !jljijl 1 I {Illjl'Ijlllji jlil {i 1 1{ill{il { 111 {iIl {I,!{ ICI {111j1 {f{11l� I {fIUfliji4 i{ '3 4 5 _ 'h 7 S ` 14 1 ....40,...A., 12 - . ! NOTE: if the microfiliaed document is less clear than this ( notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. OE 6? ee LZ 92 92 172 £Z ee 17, Q' et St LL 9L G. bl CI ZL tt (ji, 6 8' L 9 5 ' E z " 0 11IIII III! 1111 1ii111111i1I1111�'l lli iltllil 'II4111{"ii1111!1i111�i�L ;ii.ill ll.1.1 IULii'll111)1j1 I�;il 111.1illl(�ii!?tit ciik fl �IIIIII11,11j l,l1.1i1„ +.I�illili11111'Ifll11111111111 lillllji IjI ,j��lil1ii.;1,'i,,;il�Ilil.1; 1111i111111IIII 1111 1{ Iliilllll1.11 1111lllllillllliiIlll1111141i11i1 • TiTLE BLOCK. , • PROJECT: BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. ARC i1IitCT: JAMES B. IDAV8S "°°." Architect Ate,. CaVlE .ATION NO SiC,NATURE. DATE SIGNED: MAR 154 VIA \.I SEAT. RE1, ST • �1 \fA?.les $ vi sT!.TE OF ?:S :1I11GiD:; ° AVING TCC . INTERIOR DETAILS PPesECT '1111.0 SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR. $EATTI.w, WA. :ArC 12/17/93 F'ROiFCT NO 2646 DRAWN DUGGAL I CHECKED BROCKEN OAAi 1140 KC ' A-420 SC &LE AS NOTED __ DOOR SCHEDULE ._ NU. n E. TYI >: LOCATION _ _ - DWO U R _� FRAME - - - - - - SADDLE HARDWARE GROUP FIRE RATING _ R E M A R K S FROM TO �L�c THK, MAT. JAMB MAT. 1 A VF.SYIBULE EXTERIOR VESTIBULE 2� 3 -0 ",X 7' -10' 2 1/4' WD 2 /A500 WO 3A /A51D (SEE SPEC.) PREFABRICATED WOOD DOORS/ SEE SPEC. 2 - - A SALES AREA (2) 3'--0" x 7' - -10• . _ 2 1/4" WO 2A/A500 WD 3D /A510 (SEE SPEC.) PREFABRICATED W000 DOORS/ SEE SPEC. 3 F SALES AREA STOCK CORRIDOR 3'--6" X 7' -0" 1 3/4" H.M. 7 /A50C H.M. 2C /A510 10 SEMI -GLOSS PAIN ' TO MAW4 ADJACENT WALLS 4 DO STING EXTERIOR STOCK AUTCMA PROMDE PANIC BAR & PEEPHOLE- PROWOED BY LANDLORD 5 EY]S1ThG SALES EX7E RIOT __..- __ . ...__ , E. PANIC l •' - • t L A.M� ' A1:17: • r �; ` N • ":tr; fi • r 4► I 1 • r'" ° 11 5-- • 6 EXISTING SALES - EXTERIOR ---____-._-, - H.M. - PANIC 4 7 F CCEIRtDoR BREAK ROOM 3.-0" X 7 -0" 1 3/4" H.M. 7/A500 5 �G BREAK ROOM OFFICE 1' -fl' a 7 -0" 1 3/4" H.M. 7/A500 H.M. 2C/A510 _ 9 SEMI-GLOSS PMP:T TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS 9 10 G G BREAK ROAM COPY ROOM 3' -0" X 7' -0" 1 3/4" H.M. 7 /A500 H.M. - 9 SEMI- GLOSS PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS CORRIDOR WOMEN'S TOILET 3' --0" X 'Y--O" 1 3/4" H.U. 7 /A500 H.RI. 2C/A510 2 CLEAR PLEXIGLAS C.4; PLATES 11 1? G CORRIDOR ��� MEN'S TOILET 3 "--0` X 7 -0" ! 3/4" H.M. 7/A500 H.M. 2B/A510 2 CLEAR PLEXIGLAS -KICK PLATES _ _.. E CORRIDOR - JANITOR'S CLOSE 2' -_6" X 7' - -0" 1 3/4" N.M. 7/A500 H.M. 213 fA510 13 EXISTING SOFTWARE ETC EXTERIOR SEMI -GLOSS PAINT TO MATCH INTERIOR WALLS 14 EXJST(NG SOFTWARE ETC. EXTERIOR _ - 15 SALES AREA STARBUCRS SUDING STOREFRONT (SEE PLAN) Z. /GL 8/A500 . - SEE NOTE r BELOW 16 EXi ;TANG STARBUCKS _ EXTERIOR 17 EARNES & NO6L_E SOFTwa.r FTC; 10. -0' x CORNEL L MOTORIZE ROi I NG GIRO LE W/2 REST KEY SWITCHES _ 18 EXiSTiNG STOCK ROOM EXTERIOR - _ _ M 1 ! 19 G STOCK ROOM CORRIDOR 3' -0' X 7' -0" 1 3/4" H.M. 1 7/A500 H.M. 2G/A510 9 W711 DOOR HOLD OP I-'24 CLOSER & NO LOCI( - NOTE 1. RATED DOORS SHAD. BE A TIGHT- FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE 1 /2 PAIRS OF BUTT HINGES AND HASP ATTACHED TO ANGLE JAMB AND WIRE GATE FRAME FOR FIRE DEPARThNENT SUPPLIED PADLOCK. ALL HARDWARE / KICK PLATES EXPOSED TO SALES AREA TO MME SATIN BRASS FINISH. NOTE 2. NOTE 3. NOTE 4. ALL LOCKS S!4ALL BE COORDINATED TO SUIT B&N LOCKING SYSTEMS. PROR1OE HARDWARE FROM T.LC. SECURITY OR EQUA.. (REFER TO VENDOR UST ON DWG. 6 -100) MOTE 5 . SLIDING STOREFRONT SHALL BE KA% NEER 1010 MULTI•- TRACK: FINISH: !(AWNEE•R jt 28. MEDIUM BRONZE; 5 /6• DOUBLE GLAZING, (2) BEST LOCKSETS. (ONE EACH SiDE); (5) FLUSH PULLS DOOR SCHEDULE SCALE: NONE NOTE 6. LOCATE SIGN iN VESTIBULE WHICH STATES THAT DOORS MUST REMAIN OPEN DURING BUSINESS HOURS REFER TO CHAPTER 33. FOR DOOR FRAME AND CASING DIMENSIONS, COORDINATE WTH DOOR VENDOR (TYP.). WOOD FRAME RAISED PANEL 1/4" GLASS LITE; TEMPERED (TYP) SOLID WOOD RAIL 4" 1 1/2. i 1 /;' iii - , I: Q ,ILf_C5 Eli ANTIQUE BRASS HANDLE AND PLATE W/ Oe ADLOCK, SOUO WOOD STILE RAISED PANEL ----- FLUSH BOLT d TOP & BOTTOM OF THE 1NACfl LEAF �i - ; ANTIQUE BRASS KICKPL ATE (80TH SIDES OF DOOR) -- ,\ ENLARGED VESTIBULE DOOR ELEVATION ter',! SCALE: 1/2" 1' -0" rwierrearrreirrwr +HEHMAE.f ILIER INSULATION W /VAPOR BARRIER O WARM SSPE 5/3" GYPSUM BOARD O■fR 3 5/8" METAL STUDS CORNER BEAD - TYP. MAHOGANY FlNtSH ON Al EXPOSED SURFACES (TYF)- -- -- -- 1 /4" CLE AR TEMPERED GLASS LITE (TYP)--- - ----i l_I /, LL i1 11 FLASH AND SEAL (TYP)-1 -- -INTEGRAL WEATHERSTRIP (TYP) MASf1NPY i) ENtINC- 11QTE: WATERPROOF GLUE ALL JOINTS--( TV) USE FIRE RE 1 ARD T1iEATE'D WOOD ONLY - . HARD W000 TRIM TO MATCH \ES' DOORS (TYP ) HARDWOOD ; -ROME: TO MA.TCH VE5' DOORS (TYP ) HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH VEST. DOORS (TYP ) `--CONT. SEALANT RAIL (TYP) RAISED ,PANEL (TYP) MIN. 1 1 /2" THICK \ t i VESTIBULE DOOR DETAILS SCALE: 1 --1/2" V -0" EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION 6" STL. STUD JAMB HEAD .,..........a. HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH VESTIBULE ODORS. HARDWOOD FRAME rTO MATCH u`S1t8ULE DOORS, .1 -- CON T. FiRE RE T. TREATED WSJ. BLOCKING 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 6 METAL STUDS l• 7 1;4" 4 3/ 44 A-1/2 2 1/2-1 ARD wOOD FRAME TO MATCH VESTIBULE DOORS. 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 6 METAL. STUDS. CONTINUOUS FIRE REF. TREATED WOOD BLOCKING HARDWOOD TRIM TO MATCH VES?'18ULE DOORS. VESTIBULE DOOR DETAILS 0 EXTERIOR SCALE: 1 1 /2" nix 1' -• 0" INTERIOR DOOR DETAILS (AT VESTIBVLEj SCALD; raterrrier [ HARDWARE GROUPS SCHEDULE G!cJt1i; " O tNATTOY MFG MODEL 6 B(J FI1Nt AWN STANDARD r45.26U 1 } OC2(T • • ST 1 LATCHES . A1MIE>t MS-1650A V,!' O, 1 I; Stt.ENf,ER VES 438 2 CLOSERS • AWN Lbt' 3410 1 CiUSEFc NORTON E4601 BMA 3 H1W33E STANLEY FkTdl72 -4.5 6K8 3 SSLF.ArI R r is c?1tY N U. 2 2 Ksc4 PLATE i t FLOOR MEP LIES 4Ja _ 628 1 :.tx_ SET s1EST 0.l1(7N1t56 X16 FUNCTION 1 CLOSER NORTON P1'i& OA -P `. 3 MINCE Si•A LNfY F'EaE179 --4.5 P� 3 SLLEN> R tYES SCL OCtY LORCSIfT 8 T 9',fK 015 E2Et Nt1.3 1 CLLR NORTON t95O1BFDA 3 HINGE STANLEY FEQ179 --&5 828 3 MERCER IVES SC . tiR11 1 PASSAGE SET ;EST 9 W7:315 626 No. 4• f FLOOR ST4�? ores 438 ,. BYPASS T1? STANLEY 4O-36O - MUSH PULL STANLEY tN243 No. 5 r, 1 rte:_ 1. ALL QUANTITIES ARE ON A PER -LEAF BASIS 2. ALL. LOCKSETS TO BE LEVER TYPE, CONFORMING TO UNIFORM BUILDING CODE 1991. ..�,.....".....w.�...� PROJECT T :n -a:,: SEATTLE. /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, `NA. NO. DATE DESCRIPTION •�• BY A 3 994 ISSUED BUILDING DEPT 1 eV ii CLASSROOM AUTCMA E. 3 MK REM G!cJt1i; " O tNATTOY MFG MODEL 6 B(J FI1Nt AWN STANDARD r45.26U 1 } OC2(T • • ST 1 LATCHES . A1MIE>t MS-1650A V,!' O, 1 I; Stt.ENf,ER VES 438 2 CLOSERS • AWN Lbt' 3410 1 CiUSEFc NORTON E4601 BMA 3 H1W33E STANLEY FkTdl72 -4.5 6K8 3 SSLF.ArI R r is c?1tY N U. 2 2 Ksc4 PLATE i t FLOOR MEP LIES 4Ja _ 628 1 :.tx_ SET s1EST 0.l1(7N1t56 X16 FUNCTION 1 CLOSER NORTON P1'i& OA -P `. 3 MINCE Si•A LNfY F'EaE179 --4.5 P� 3 SLLEN> R tYES SCL OCtY LORCSIfT 8 T 9',fK 015 E2Et Nt1.3 1 CLLR NORTON t95O1BFDA 3 HINGE STANLEY FEQ179 --&5 828 3 MERCER IVES SC . tiR11 1 PASSAGE SET ;EST 9 W7:315 626 No. 4• f FLOOR ST4�? ores 438 ,. BYPASS T1? STANLEY 4O-36O - MUSH PULL STANLEY tN243 No. 5 r, 1 rte:_ 1. ALL QUANTITIES ARE ON A PER -LEAF BASIS 2. ALL. LOCKSETS TO BE LEVER TYPE, CONFORMING TO UNIFORM BUILDING CODE 1991. GROUP Q Y OES R1P1Xt4 f�AE'G MODEL i 3 ()OWED Sw t i4AQAR 218 • ',KINDER IVES • • ORY 1 PA ' Y BEST ^ ON! ✓ SONS o. 6 i Gt4 P. ± : TON P85O18FD. OFSt 1 0- 8--1 (fC5 • _ ! j; �: I,' 111£5 - tW5 1 PEEP HOLE _ IVES , 1 • R NORTON 135018 ' A-P . 4 HINGE STANLEY FEB1A1-- 4.5XNRP 630 J MINCER MS Std - 1 NEA1I S19iIt� .G.P. 13ONSAX17 62a P�e1s1fOLf N O. 7 1 oolal' t r FLUSH 1701T 1 ' *:►' i 1 �' •�.. r► NIP: . � 828 i -!es ' . . r..... s. 830 1 "�C -fit „�;;ils,lA L ws 1 Di2:' "' ~.► 626 1 I. • 1, rP• 4 X3 PANIC LIAR' 1101 1 CLOSER NORTON 1!501 BFDA 4 HINGE STAIVL.EY F66.1 71� -4.5 3 SILENCER 1Vc"5. $cc Z3RY N o. 9 f FLOOR STOP 1 621' 1 L0 %SET 6 °7 93K7A015 628 1 CLOSER �- NORTON • 8301 &DA SEX, 4 HINGE STANLEY F B179 -4.5 626 N o. 10 3 FLOOR STOP tvES Y_ 1 UNMAN LEVER SIMPLEX 1.1000114- 29 1 }10CK !MATE IVES 8400 _ 1 l lecx PLATE � MS e400 630 INSIDE FACE OF GYP. BD. FURRING -RAI V.1. F. -- HARDWOOD DOORS AND FRAME •-- -PANIC BAR ON EGRESS DOORS INTERIOR I 1EXTER:ORj HOLLOW METAL THERMAL BREAX FRAME 1 EXTERI] CONT. SEALANT NEW THERMAL BREAK SADDLE (V.I.F.) FINISH FLOOR ELEV -4r r--- CONCRETE PAD - HOLLOW METAL FRAMI_ - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH EXTERIOR EXISTING WALL GYP. BO. ON STL. STUDS / STL. FURRING r-. *TYPI ! Pr••4 f (")J TYPE DR W/ SEMI -GLOSS MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED HANDICAP PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT MI OUNTING HEIGHT FOR LEVER TYPE HANDLES WAU_S x 2' - -6" STL, KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES OF DOORS (TYP. THiS DR TYPE) HEIGHT • ACCORDING TO CODE (TYP.) 7 -- CONT. SEALANT ----- CORNER BEAD -1YF. - TAPE/SPACKLE/SAND FINTERIOR1 SMOOTH -- -. EXISTING WALL HOLLOW METAL FRAME - PAINTED INTERIOR] VISION PANEL GIP. BD. ON STL. STUDS / STL, FURRING (SEE D TL. 2/A-420) SADDLE JAMB HEAD METAL LOUVE IN DOOR H.M. DOOR W/ SEMI -GLOSS PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS H.M. DOOR W( SEMI- -GLASS PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS 1' -o" x 3' - -0" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS KICK PLATE ON SALES SIDE. STAINLESS STEEL PLATE ON THE CORRIDOR SIDE 1' -0" x 3' -O" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS KICK PATES ON BOTH SIDES --tE .10.01•1001.".., Moretelandecelreerart 3 \I HARDWARE GROUPS SCALE: NONE EXTERIOR DOOR DETAILS SCALE 1 1/2' = 1' --0" VERTICAL. 4 x 4 x 3/16 STEEL ANGLE 0 43" DC MAX. STEEL ANGLE BRACE TO STRUCTURE ASO4E d 48" OC rwriwwwwgeowerrwreer 3 5/8" METAL STUD, 20 GAUGE, 4' -0" ON CENTER / tN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS FASTENED WITH 110 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SECURE TO BAR JOISTS AElOVE SEE OETA;L 4/A410 SMOKE DRAFT BARRIER, SEE 4/A410 FULL HEIGHT 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING 0 16" OC --- - ----�- 12 : -.0" AFT 3 1/2" FULL HEIGHT SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET .1, 4- 7/8" TYP. STL RUNNER "SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG SYSTEM - V- _- •-5/8` GYP. BD. •--- STL STUD 5/8" GYP BD. sr1 STUD -HOLLOW METAL SIL. STUD - CONTINUOUS WOOD CROWN MOULDING MD -1 CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL 4 X 4 x 3/16 STEEL ANGLE, SECURED To VERTICAL ANGLES CONT. FIRE TREATED WD. BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2 x 8 SOLID, FIRE RESISTANT BLOCKING --- ---- ------ 1 1 /2" DIA HALF ROUND WANE/ -1 FINISH 8 -8• AFT Na„ HOU.OW METAL FRAME KAV NEER SLIDING ALUMINUM r* GLASS STOREFRONT ---- STEEL_ STUD JAMB ANCORS (3 PER JAMB) STAg9!.iCN(S�, TRACK FOR SUDING DOORS FLUSH W /FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD OH 3 5 /8" METAL STUD FRAMING d 16" OC BARNES lk NOBLE 1 FINISHED FLOOR BY STARBLJCKS CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB COLUMN ENCLOSURE W /WOG(i BASE BEYOND 1/4" TRICK POLISHED BRASS DIVIDER STRIP fT_uSH w/TIL.E CER ATV IC TILE FINISHED FLOOR sic: PLANNING AND 4RC:41TECTUR€. BY THREE GROUP /at sirdlok REAM. ONISKA CF. $HIFFER, LITCHFIELD, MAGNUSON, ARCFWI CT8 PC 8 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE. (212) 596 -8050 FAX. (2121 9E2 -3813 Li 7 INTERIOR_ DOOR DETAILS AT TYPICAL DOORS A--500 SCALE: 3 " .k1' --o°' SLIDING STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1 01' 8/8" GYP. BD. SIL STUD FRAMING CH ANNEL RUNNER '<1!0041 MOULDING (FINISH: MAC1H HEAD AND JAMB DETAIL AT FRAMED OPENING SCALE:: 3" ' 1'--0` 5/3" GYP BO. CONTINUOUS FIRE TREATED ma) BLLOCKINn WOOD MOUI.OING (FINISH: !JACTH WO -•1) W000 TRIM (FINISH: MATCH WO -1) CiTY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR A9 199 PEI pD • BUILD! t; * !SION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER » arnes Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 REVISIONS ..�,.....".....w.�...� PROJECT T :n -a:,: SEATTLE. /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, `NA. NO. DATE DESCRIPTION •�• BY A 3 994 ISSUED BUILDING DEPT 1 eV AUTCMA E. 3 MK GROUP Q Y OES R1P1Xt4 f�AE'G MODEL i 3 ()OWED Sw t i4AQAR 218 • ',KINDER IVES • • ORY 1 PA ' Y BEST ^ ON! ✓ SONS o. 6 i Gt4 P. ± : TON P85O18FD. OFSt 1 0- 8--1 (fC5 • _ ! j; �: I,' 111£5 - tW5 1 PEEP HOLE _ IVES , 1 • R NORTON 135018 ' A-P . 4 HINGE STANLEY FEB1A1-- 4.5XNRP 630 J MINCER MS Std - 1 NEA1I S19iIt� .G.P. 13ONSAX17 62a P�e1s1fOLf N O. 7 1 oolal' t r FLUSH 1701T 1 ' *:►' i 1 �' •�.. r► NIP: . � 828 i -!es ' . . r..... s. 830 1 "�C -fit „�;;ils,lA L ws 1 Di2:' "' ~.► 626 1 I. • 1, rP• 4 X3 PANIC LIAR' 1101 1 CLOSER NORTON 1!501 BFDA 4 HINGE STAIVL.EY F66.1 71� -4.5 3 SILENCER 1Vc"5. $cc Z3RY N o. 9 f FLOOR STOP 1 621' 1 L0 %SET 6 °7 93K7A015 628 1 CLOSER �- NORTON • 8301 &DA SEX, 4 HINGE STANLEY F B179 -4.5 626 N o. 10 3 FLOOR STOP tvES Y_ 1 UNMAN LEVER SIMPLEX 1.1000114- 29 1 }10CK !MATE IVES 8400 _ 1 l lecx PLATE � MS e400 630 INSIDE FACE OF GYP. BD. FURRING -RAI V.1. F. -- HARDWOOD DOORS AND FRAME •-- -PANIC BAR ON EGRESS DOORS INTERIOR I 1EXTER:ORj HOLLOW METAL THERMAL BREAX FRAME 1 EXTERI] CONT. SEALANT NEW THERMAL BREAK SADDLE (V.I.F.) FINISH FLOOR ELEV -4r r--- CONCRETE PAD - HOLLOW METAL FRAMI_ - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH EXTERIOR EXISTING WALL GYP. BO. ON STL. STUDS / STL. FURRING r-. *TYPI ! Pr••4 f (")J TYPE DR W/ SEMI -GLOSS MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED HANDICAP PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT MI OUNTING HEIGHT FOR LEVER TYPE HANDLES WAU_S x 2' - -6" STL, KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES OF DOORS (TYP. THiS DR TYPE) HEIGHT • ACCORDING TO CODE (TYP.) 7 -- CONT. SEALANT ----- CORNER BEAD -1YF. - TAPE/SPACKLE/SAND FINTERIOR1 SMOOTH -- -. EXISTING WALL HOLLOW METAL FRAME - PAINTED INTERIOR] VISION PANEL GIP. BD. ON STL. STUDS / STL, FURRING (SEE D TL. 2/A-420) SADDLE JAMB HEAD METAL LOUVE IN DOOR H.M. DOOR W/ SEMI -GLOSS PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS H.M. DOOR W( SEMI- -GLASS PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS 1' -o" x 3' - -0" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS KICK PLATE ON SALES SIDE. STAINLESS STEEL PLATE ON THE CORRIDOR SIDE 1' -0" x 3' -O" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS KICK PATES ON BOTH SIDES --tE .10.01•1001.".., Moretelandecelreerart 3 \I HARDWARE GROUPS SCALE: NONE EXTERIOR DOOR DETAILS SCALE 1 1/2' = 1' --0" VERTICAL. 4 x 4 x 3/16 STEEL ANGLE 0 43" DC MAX. STEEL ANGLE BRACE TO STRUCTURE ASO4E d 48" OC rwriwwwwgeowerrwreer 3 5/8" METAL STUD, 20 GAUGE, 4' -0" ON CENTER / tN ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS FASTENED WITH 110 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SECURE TO BAR JOISTS AElOVE SEE OETA;L 4/A410 SMOKE DRAFT BARRIER, SEE 4/A410 FULL HEIGHT 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING 0 16" OC --- - ----�- 12 : -.0" AFT 3 1/2" FULL HEIGHT SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET .1, 4- 7/8" TYP. STL RUNNER "SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG SYSTEM - V- _- •-5/8` GYP. BD. •--- STL STUD 5/8" GYP BD. sr1 STUD -HOLLOW METAL SIL. STUD - CONTINUOUS WOOD CROWN MOULDING MD -1 CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL 4 X 4 x 3/16 STEEL ANGLE, SECURED To VERTICAL ANGLES CONT. FIRE TREATED WD. BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2 x 8 SOLID, FIRE RESISTANT BLOCKING --- ---- ------ 1 1 /2" DIA HALF ROUND WANE/ -1 FINISH 8 -8• AFT Na„ HOU.OW METAL FRAME KAV NEER SLIDING ALUMINUM r* GLASS STOREFRONT ---- STEEL_ STUD JAMB ANCORS (3 PER JAMB) STAg9!.iCN(S�, TRACK FOR SUDING DOORS FLUSH W /FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD OH 3 5 /8" METAL STUD FRAMING d 16" OC BARNES lk NOBLE 1 FINISHED FLOOR BY STARBLJCKS CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB COLUMN ENCLOSURE W /WOG(i BASE BEYOND 1/4" TRICK POLISHED BRASS DIVIDER STRIP fT_uSH w/TIL.E CER ATV IC TILE FINISHED FLOOR sic: PLANNING AND 4RC:41TECTUR€. BY THREE GROUP /at sirdlok REAM. ONISKA CF. $HIFFER, LITCHFIELD, MAGNUSON, ARCFWI CT8 PC 8 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE. (212) 596 -8050 FAX. (2121 9E2 -3813 Li 7 INTERIOR_ DOOR DETAILS AT TYPICAL DOORS A--500 SCALE: 3 " .k1' --o°' SLIDING STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1 01' 8/8" GYP. BD. SIL STUD FRAMING CH ANNEL RUNNER '<1!0041 MOULDING (FINISH: MAC1H HEAD AND JAMB DETAIL AT FRAMED OPENING SCALE:: 3" ' 1'--0` 5/3" GYP BO. CONTINUOUS FIRE TREATED ma) BLLOCKINn WOOD MOUI.OING (FINISH: !JACTH WO -•1) W000 TRIM (FINISH: MATCH WO -1) CiTY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR A9 199 PEI pD • BUILD! t; * !SION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER » arnes Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 REVISIONS ..�,.....".....w.�...� PROJECT T :n -a:,: SEATTLE. /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, `NA. NO. DATE DESCRIPTION •�• BY A 3 994 ISSUED BUILDING DEPT . wdbt�' ".+ffitr Z'.r" �.... . .. ,. '..i /..ISFbi �L,r ' ` ✓mod .'u.��,•lf .' , , -i 21i�0Y!.."bvMS�{%'C�..� +d�irt�� / - i^ ' ".. �;i �i 'w t•% ,��111�111�111j111f It1�IIl�lilil 1111i1� ►i1�l�l�lll� ►ll�l► ►f ►I��"����11�11'���j111i111� 1( �1���11�I�I�iff��l ►�i�!�!(i�i.fi�:t '�a 0 16 VHS INCH 1 wist/ 4 5 6 '7 a NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this :notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. OC 6Iz Se Lc GZ tie ' CZ zZ Lz OZ 61, at GL iI!! I�I !III!!II�IiiI11!!I�!IIIIlI!1!! III!Iii�III!lIIII�IIf !I1!! L!l�lfii�!lll�jl!' li!I!IU1%ljijl lU�liU�1!i�i !JIIII� I ! III iI fil41lilli'i1I, III11IIIIIIIIIIIIi111111111III1l 9 i I "o�. 10 11 MA WM 12. 0 9L St 17L sL 7t tit i I t1 t 1, S 9 C L ) Re' p LUI► l 111111„i,(IIliJi ,I 1,, 1111. t hIII iIIII III!i llh111I 1I!I� I i111111U : ITI IIthill iIi 1 1111! 11i11. 1II I Ii1111I 111IIIIiI1 11I11111111 TITLE BLOCK P?OOECT: BARNES & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. MCN1 I ECT JAMES B. KAV S - Architect A113 CERT1F}C.AT10N NO �IL�TF SIGNE - MNtt 1 5 1994 SIC.tikrUPE. r.i IMAM s4'.A- U PeNi w U.. tc DRAWING 'RILE DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS ..�,.....".....w.�...� PROJECT T :n -a:,: SEATTLE. /SOUTH CNTR. SEATTLE, `NA. (ATE 12/17/93 PROJECT tlo. 2645 DRAWN: AWN: DUaUAL CHECKED BROCKEN OWING NO A AS NOTED ( r------- FINISH SCHEDULE RM DESCRIPTION FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING TRIM ;Ooh ENTRY FM-1 ` B-1 P--1 P--2 MD--1 tot GENERAL SALES cT, c 3 WB-1 WC-1 ACT—I MD-1 czc 102 JUNIORS AREA CC-.4, C_5 WB-2 WC-1 ACT-1 MD-2 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ARMSTRONG # 51899 103 STOCK ROOM SC--1 VB-1 P---1 NONE P -1 104 CORRIDOR CT-1 WB-- -1 P--1 ACT-1 - P-1 105 BREAK ROOM VC-1 VB - -1 P---1 P-2 P-1 106 OFFICE C--1 VB -2 P-1 P-2 P - -1 107 , CASH /COPY RM. 0-1 VB-1 P - -1 P--2 P---1 108 MENS TOILET CT -6 CB-1 -4 P -2 P--3 c 109 WOMENS TOILET CT - - -6 CB---1 P` P--2 P--3 CT4 110 JANITOR'S CLOS CT-6 CB-1 Pc;-...34 P--2 P---3 111 STOCK CORRIDOR vc:; VB-1 P -1 P---2 I.--1 MILLWORK 0, __ , 1 PLASTIC LAMINATE: IMLSONART, ANTIQUE WHITE NO. 1572 -6 WD -1 INTERIOR F }NiSHEO GRADE MAPLE VENEER PLYWOOD WITH WALNUT STAIN TO MATCH FIXTURES WD w 2 WD-2 INTERIOR FINISHED GRADE MAPLE VENEER PLYWt, NATURAL. COLOR W/ LACQUERED FINISH TO MATCH JUNIORS FIXTURES MD-1. • A.) CROWN MOULDING: BOSLEY, MB -505, STAIN TO MATCH WD-1 - r MD _ 4- O CROWN MOULDING: BOSLEY, MB --505, STAIN TO PAATCH WD -2 WC--1 WALL COVERING: CUSTOM (HGH DESIGN GROUP) WALL w8......1 P--1 PAINT: BENJAMIN MOORE ,918 MATTE /WALLS, SEMI GLOSS/TRIM BTA - 2 1113- , 303 STAIN O MATCH SE: BOSLEY WD P--3 PAINT: BENJAMIN MOORE, PRE MIX SEMI GLOSS # 50 -- COFFEE VB-2 P-4 PAINT: BENJAMIN MOORE, SEMI GLOSS # 686 CT ERM AM A CH CT4 AMERICAN OLEAN. WC--1 WALL COVERING: CUSTOM (HGH DESIGN GROUP) C T— 2 CT-4 CERAMIC 11LE: AMERICAN OLEAN 4" X 4" GLAZED 11LE # 13 CLASSIC BONE C -LOSS WALL 11LE CERAMIC FLOOR TILE: AMERICAN OLERN C -11 ALABASTER 2" X 2., -, SC - -1 SEALED CONCRETE • BASE^ w8......1 WOOD BASE: BOSLEY, MB -303 STAIN TO MATCH WO--1 WB-2 BTA - 2 1113- , 303 STAIN O MATCH SE: BOSLEY WD VB ----1 V1NTL BASE: ARMSTRONG, 14100 BLACK- 4" HIGH VB-2 VINYL SASE: N4" HIGH 569 UNTERGREEE .....5 CT ERM AM A CH CT4 AMERICAN OLEAN. CT— 1 FIELD CERAMIC TILE: DAL TILE, DURA- FLR p)FL- -1904 ASH ROSE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FINISH LEGEND SCALE: NONE _..11.,"_..X. FLOOR , C-1 FIELD CARPE T. STEVENS, GUUSTAN UURAPOINT 4169: 531- PINEHURS7 GREEN C-- 2 MAIN AISLE CARPET: BY SHAW INDUSTRIES BURNING RIDGE CARAMEL SPICE 30164 R :., 0--- 3 _§4151 BORER CARPET: f31r' SHAW INDUSTRIES CYP ESS PAINT III 35- 50533 COLOR : SEAHGRSE 33160 C— 4 OXFORD 35 -CD #5593 PATTERN 8527S STRIKE IF SHAW INDUSTRIES .....5 SPECIAL STAGE CARPET CTS DISTRIBUTORS (800) 444 -6281 CT— 1 FIELD CERAMIC TILE: DAL TILE, DURA- FLR p)FL- -1904 ASH ROSE C T— 2 BORDER CERAMIC 11LE: DAL. TILE, DURA -- FLR #DEL -1922 GREEN GRANITE C�-_6; C•T CERAMIC FLOOR TILE: AMERICAN OLERN C -11 ALABASTER 2" X 2., -, SC - -1 SEALED CONCRETE FM-1 R.C. MUSSON - BEIGE 3/8" X 12" X 12" VC ,--1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ARMSTRONG # 51899 —2 NATURAL MAPLE PERM AGRAIN /PROD.oINC. FLOOR GROUT GT.-1 , TEC INCORPORATED 927 LIGHT PEWTER # 51899, TO BE USED W /CT -1 & CT-2 GT-... 2 O OE ANEOLWAN GROUT OYSTER SANDED TH CT-8 GT —. AMERICAN OLEAN GROUT OYSTER UNSANDED, TO BE USED WTH CT -4 CEILING �C T _-_ 'I ' ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE: ARMSTRONG, EXC€LON SECOND LOOK 2 #2767 P-2 PAINT: BENJAMIN MOORE, CEILING INVITE G.C. • G.C. STOCK ROOM LADDERS MANUFACTURER: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL BERG LADDER PHONE: 708 665-8270 MODEL NO. 58H25S G.C. G.G. O:TiCE CHAIRS MANUFACTURER: GENERAL OFFICE PRODUCTS ERGONOMIC "ETC- CHAIR MODEL NO. AC51391 B&N B&N COLUMNS & SOFFITS: COL.ENCLOSURES, SOFFITS, AND FASCIAS SHALL BE GYP. BD. W/ P--1 RN. PROVIDE CROWN AND BASE MOULDINGS TO MATCH FIXTRUES IN ADJACENT AREAS FOR COLUMN ENCLCSI IRE SEE DETAIL 6 & 7/A420 BRASS SADDLE SET ON SEALANT FLOOR MAT -- tY0 JA14B CE•PTH SELF LFVEUNG SEALENT -7 !MTH PREMOLDED FILLER ---EXTERIOR SIDEWALK �XTER�'tOR II MAT TO EXTERIOR CONCRETE [SALES AREA 1 CARPET ADHESIVE -- CARPET --•- —1/4" TWO< POLISHED BRASS DIVIDER STRIP LUSH Willi TILE [SALE.> AREA CERAMIC TILE BORDER CERAMIC TILE 4- . FLOOR PAYERS -- CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB -TAPERED UNDERLAYMENT L THIN SET LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT SETTING BED O2E LAIPET TO CERAMIC',, TILE SADDLES AND FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS SCALE: NONE MB 503 3/4 X 4/4 MB 502 11/16 X 4/4 MB 504 2 3/4 X 4/4 MOULDING PROFILES SCALE; NONE MB 506 2X/4 CCOfiRIDOR CARPET ADHESIVE - CARPET --• -- CO(1R JAMB DEPTH TOILET ROOMS AJYO JANITOR CL. -MARBLE SADDLE CERAMIC TILE I ELDER PAVERS 1 CONCRETE. -- -� FLOOR SLAB THIN SET LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT SETTING BED 28 CARPET TO CERAMIC TILE I SALES AREA j CARPET ADHESIVE" CARPET -- —1/4" THICK POLJSHED BRASS DIVIDER STRIP FLUSH WITH AtOOD FLOOR IENIGRS AREA OR MUSIC AREA, CONCRETE FLOOR SI.•AB CARPET CARPET ADHESIVE VINYL CARPET EDGE GUARD UNE OF DOOR VINYL. COMPOSITION TILE OR SEALED CONC. Al STOCK ROOM CARPET TO INTERIOR CONC. CARPET TO V.C.T. --PREFINISHED WOOD EDGE GUARD FLOORING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB CARPET TO WOOD MB 501 1 X 5/4 [MD --i,T1 BOSLEY MB 505 2 X 4/4 BOSLEY MB 303 5 1 /e HIGH 1 [W-B-1,21 VINYL COMPOSITE - FLOOR TILE T----- (2) COATS MIN. CONCRETE SEALER r- -FLOOR SLAB CONCRETE V.C.T. TO INTERIOR SEALED CONCRETE EKES AR ----- CDR AMIC flLE_ FLOOR PAVERS 1 f ----DOOR JAMB BEYOND FiYii --- -1V10 PIECE BRASS SADDLE' -- FLOOR MAT -- . ---- -- �- iw : SET LATEX PORTLAND CONCRETE. FLOOP :I AR CEMENT SETTING BED 'SALES AREA C � I -n t....5 -R.7 rI c x.' . MEAT r---CARPET f--- T_ EXISTING DOOR JAMB BEYOND 4. I I i �±--� T1M0 SADDLE PIECE BRASS ! 1124IERRYTn CONCRETE. FLOOR SLAB FINISH NOTES 1. FOR LOCATION OF BASE IN SALES AKA. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 2_ WALL COVERING AND C LING MATERIAL FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT T4 EXCEED 25. 3. CARPET AT CASH/WRAP AREA SHALL BE A1411-STATIC. 4. FOR FLOOR FINISH QUAN11Y ES AND LOCATIONS, SEE O. A-140. 5. WO--1 FINISH SHALL MATCH MERCHANDISE FIXTURES IN GENERAL SALES AREA (WALNUT STAIN), B. WD -2 FINISH SHALL MATCH MERONANOIS FIXTURES IN JUNIOR'S AREA (HA1URAL MAPLE). FINISH NOTES SCALE: NONE 5 M i " ITEMS D NY INSTALLED SY LOCKERS MANUFACTURER: LYON DESCRIPTION: (6) -SIK TIER UNITS 12'x12 "x12" EACH LOCKER LOUVERED vENTS EACH LOCKER G.C. • G.C. STOCK ROOM LADDERS MANUFACTURER: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL BERG LADDER PHONE: 708 665-8270 MODEL NO. 58H25S G.C. G.G. O:TiCE CHAIRS MANUFACTURER: GENERAL OFFICE PRODUCTS ERGONOMIC "ETC- CHAIR MODEL NO. AC51391 B&N B&N FILE CABINETS MANUF ACTURER: GENERAL OFFICE PRODUCTS HON VERTICAL flLES MODEL NO. HNL532C -P B&N BAN JUNIOR PEDIMEN'1 SEE VENDOR UST FOR INTERIOR PROPS. BJIdd. G.C. G.C. G.C. KITCHEN UNIT . KING REFRIGERATOR CORP. 76 -02 WOODHAVEN BLVD GLENDALE, N.Y. 11385 PHONE: (718) 897 -2200 FAX: (718) 830 - 90440 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS SCALE: NONE STORE. PLANNING MA ARCHt71'.CTt.JRE. BY THREE GROUP /Joshua, Burdick WAri. DMS((A . : SI FER, LtTCHFELD, MA NUSON, ARCHTECTS PC 838 BROADWAY NEW YORK, N.Y. 10012 PHONE• 1212) ErJ* 5060 FAX. 12.121 882-31i13 L __■•..00•..,„ Barnes Booksellers AINCIIMPIONNIMMI.OWNIIMINIMPOOMPOW9 No Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 21 2.633.3585 CITY OF TUKWILAI APPROVED MAR 2 t99§ ED BUILDING !VISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA it .t, E 11,11 i•.. . PERMIT CENTER 1111 REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION DRAWN: CHSCKED: DUGGAL l GROCKEN A4 SCALE: AS NOTED . ISSUED BUILDING DEPT J_____. - .-1'.� . . . J✓,11� . 11 , :a o. t %{ Y ✓ 11 " � • � � 11 My ^ Fd : 1111 r � � �1111' 1111 4 11 . M 11I1j hI1ll; Ijl IiI tlIIIIIII IIIIlif111j11iJ11111111� ,l1,ll►I1I[ li (iIIjII illijlIIj ti I ��:1 1M�IW%Af Ik Ti�jWI.I. I11; 1 1Y 2 l j I�Ye �s rt 0 16 THb INCI.; 1 2 ,;t4/3 4 5 e 7 P. 9 , 10 11 une 1111 f NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. OC 6Z Be Le 9E: GZ VE CZ ZZ Iz 0? 61 St L! III{1111111illlilllll1111ii{ III!! Ii�llltllli! iilllll !I!11!I!I!!f!l�ll�llli�lil!LIl kii!i ! h!)1 ; ;14.4",1 {!!11.1N11411L 1111 r. 91 St bl et et tt 01, 6 9 L 5 h E Z I ww Q I I I( I I � 1 I I 17 f! I � 1 !' I I I ( I ! f 1� � I I J.,..111111j 11 I,f,i II (I[1111111� IIf11!11111{11111110111h,i,1, !!f.. Ifi�i!Illl Lll!II!illl lll!il!l,l Ili!{ 111iliil !111!!l!IIIi :L!!1111!111!!!, TITLE BLOCK PROJECT: BARNES & NOBLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE, WA. Nmmur JAMES D. DAMS CERTIFICATION NO. SIGNATURE: Architect A$A DATE SIGNED: 1111 KTt 1 0 1934 'JAMES lS DA1•IS STATE OF I'MSMINGTCN 02404.44■■••*-aleleS4r4.44mwomomem0J MAifiNG 11Tt_[: ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAILS PRO-1E0 1111E. SEATTLE/SOUTH GNTR. SEATTLE, WA. DATE. 12/17/93 r•Rl.JECT !•1O. 284•.. 5 DRAWN: CHSCKED: DUGGAL l GROCKEN DRONING O ^— lot— 10 SCALE: AS NOTED • R 011a11110 STYLI/OWN OiTR MIAMI. WA r I'4 r.a• JAMIS S. DAVIS — � l„ AORFKAT N■O ' ...- MIwa MM .. ...- elk _ _. • • '� C i ♦ - r(�jlp 1 -l+' LLL✓//'+�� l4�yNp[Ny�_J ' STE1 G11AR iA I '_---`,.... e O 1 l 14 . .'.I A\ TEARijE , - .�. '4;1:;:' 0 O 34' LON6 O O - .. 10NO ' .t•+ . I _ P -3 P 3 . 3 R -3 a. I 0 Q-0 v ., .(- .. CT-4 G '- T n N ' © o Q et, Q a 1 - „p pI 1 i, r T CERAMIC FLOOR TILES A I . II. 11 11 t CERAMIC FLOOR IILEs .. , -1 • •, o Cu a , _` .. 1 WOMEN'S TOILET ELEVATION YIfOME�('S El.EVl1TION [ ia� T E Y - n 3 O ILK DRAIN I ROOK DR ....el- ' 1 ia ±?0L. - '� I _ • • DRAM ” - 4• e eIrt I v . • 1. .► CO t:',,` 5 e D 1 . . •. 7Iw T 'D y. _ _` • , _ i1 WV DRAIN N Cs 0 0 .D D I roil reapcs _ iI!!t® .. ( r 1 � • Iii! r CT —� EOM ;. 5 s \ -4 y •_! ' !rI II am we •. ).., TM a 1 a a CO -1 ‘ I. ......_____ eitir WOMEN'S TOILET ELEVATION MEN'S TOILET ELEVATION I MEN'S TOILET ELEVATION 1 I A300 ROAM 1p•.r -o• AI)M SCAM 1 /1•.1' -O' Ala0 WALL 1/p••1• -O• a •T 0 W _ ;.. 4'...0. _ ■ /1 `4111«. PLYWOOD DCVO F10 OWN t1DJKUlT SURFACE • MO► .. • HOLDER OY 0.0 ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER . MARRE SADDLES CORRIDOR STS.■ i CARPET FLOOR SUMS, in t .- . 4 -. _, y .. ... 1 IUBUC / ~ION[ METAL T(SDTANDMDf P -3 �O� �� MALL STUDS Min MEI 0 P-3 5FrIP ,RS ON STANDARDS ` llMI S• ��/ .��/ lit. DERAIIIc ROM Txts / / . ' �q 1�{�� Ap�,tn ,.LfOf��IA{L��S�7 /A-0SS witil i 111A a ..._ -- d1rA aD�1 A !•'!� �,�r / \ WATER NEAIEIR SOW 1 S[E PLI MIND OW0S. :«:;.—' ENLARGED TOILET PLAN MEN'S VI ET ELEVATION ®1 MEN'S TOIL- ET ELEVATION el JANITOR'S CLOSET ELEVATION . O .. ■oAlao yr r.e► ®1 SAM 1/4W-4° Down t/r -r-r . art 1/4,141.-Or 'MI"♦R 2 1 /2' STEEL STUDS YARD RWfaM WOOD ROO(NO AS NMI' WI 11111001PIWN Dry mat) ONIMPOINION CANT. Mt 1 LAVATORY (MA1CICAP ACCtlIBUl) 4 SSE P.LS1s OWN. - -.._ S • I 1/1• SEALANT TOP AND 3 S //B' STEEL STUDS 2 TOWEL 0I10110 2 ORCt PAC OVA own NVER TOGGLE BOLTS (TIP) 3/1- PLYWOOD GRAB BAR 3 URNAL (WALL MOUNTED) I SEE RANS D. ,* 1 arta i -• ,•• 1 /!' SIS ,N (•-♦' nc solo , w- 1.1M .` /-- I ' s NM�ICAMED MITER C►OKT I � y Plr►UI+ (R �1 ~ea iN. NR ALL Al141) ._ 1/2' TR(. PLY7p00 SEE 4/A200 1 EI -41509 1/{ SATIN rok- 7 METAL TOILET IMF/MONS (FLOOR MO1MTt0) ♦ S-tON. Ms ALARM OURALRR -4011110( \ LAVATORY "Par rPI AND 41 wow WATER 000(tl1 (NSW ACCESSBLE) i a Plea DS 111/1•011 AL 4=00 L . ,y. _ .,�• -. - - -.S..i • s SANITARY NAPRN/TAIMOI d/tk1 11 (RECESSED) 1 9 -3000 S/f SATIN 114.- SO•■CN �I / / 1 {n - CO ( JOIN rTJA INS w� AS RECD. 1 PAPER I4( oci at MO NW MS MRfN- 11 SANITARY 2 BOBRICK ! i • _ •( .t • �� . L.,1. � 12 MIRROR (HANDCAR ACCESSIBLE) 2 CUSI'OY, Nt DLL. 6/A200 Tx3 41LOCKMO • WALL INSULATE MOT WATER ' LINK MID WASTE LINE WITH APPROVED VINYL INSULATION SOCK WALL 13 LAVATORY SOAP DISPENSER ♦ MKT PAOLAr10.MRS ARAM j _ fr� T /.- POLISHED PLATE OLASS MIRROR OM ADHESIVE .. Kw COMM TOP • ESCUTCHEON TN.: STANLESS STEtI -SAT,) �, r 14 SUKACE- MOUNTED DIAPER CHANGING UNIT 2 DIAPER DEPOT 4300 _ r� 10 maxi ♦ t<t gIRRN OMO9. , 0.0. ftE4 J$ 1 YAl10NS POR (M. SAVO l >w 1s SLOP SINK 1 RE PLUS 0S 17 SRAM RECEPTAOLE 2 • MSS SARA MK IONS REM LIPS �. WED HOOK MOUNTNG PLATE In MOUNTING SUIKACE GYPSUM some (fINSN CT 4) ELOOLBn t0 Min Y.7R�)� . faiM (HIM ISAR M/Sw10R *rrA� m ip IMI. INSTALLED TO � q TOR 6 1/MJTE�T AND AS ALL NR)CASk[ WDE7 rim �' LAVATORY TOILET MALL MOUNTS) �aR) N TriJ9 SECTION THRU LAVATORY ®1 1 GRAB BAR DETAIL . SICALL roar 10 /DALE • e HANDICAP STANDARDS /MALL NOT T010wE e � PLATE CLASS MIRROR DETAIL KML f.l• -t e � TOILET FIXTURE /ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE MAUL NONE f ..., 1•.1• -t NOW Pala a MWMN WIE BY THREE GROUP/ass Ores 8 RWA sw, Ntra NvOPa* - ---,OM MONITWY S PO ■i&. «. molar Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue .New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.833.3585 REVISIONS . N0. DATI /I.OI•T)ON •Y Tint . LO 011a11110 STYLI/OWN OiTR MIAMI. WA °Nt 11/11/3 rpm ■ pas I NOMA SSATTLI/SOUTN ONT11.. MIATTI.t. WA. M~ • •W ME WAWS STANNWA•MIEM� JAMIS S. DAVIS — AreAlleel AIA AORFKAT N■O 1 own MIwa MM MMR1W 1011 •LARO•D TOLEW PUNS ANO DOTAL* 011a11110 STYLI/OWN OiTR MIAMI. WA °Nt 11/11/3 ' N0 Ie.41 DUGOAL I t"OCKIN A-200 otat UM • t -O' VESTIBULE ASSAM tl•'J MOD 1. ION AO.NIOIIK M0 _- - ON FIMO OE n A-,.. MO A•N111. L Fet Man a Otva.t S OWL Ad.R 4 1/t •1•-e MAO MO SRN (Q. IICCS.) NON 001711011 NNEWOOO OXORS, ■ ■ a ▪ OPAL \ / 1MWMy 1N War 1 MUM* NT*. MO-1 5 K 10 101N11Ona 11' GO Am SO San MU gnill AIM tiEV. 1] : -t Arr. 11.0. O», . . cLO. ELEv. 11F-0 A.F.F. ►-1 1 1 P -1 ravilt* 1M00 e 1 se o.c. .4 . -_ti. a.-{1- MR 11/0/11. 4- ra1`- ooktUY1) -_.. U g0 001N fgLf Ol TO 11e0M 101tILtT 0008 ) 1f70�kA aa& I.A.O. snot Li? WA& 1/r.1• -e A SALES AREA C[lNG r Div. 12• -? *IF*. CMM/NM. MLA C[UNG ,e,. .i►� CLEV 10-0° Ar.r wMOrm000 OSA MRCP YOIOULt DOORS r ntv o• - (DATUM) iia 6 VE TI U VATI 1LAALt 1/4.1'41` 10ALt1 1/4.1.4 salt Pa Al Nt1s1,s11At: BY THREE GROUP/w,Er. me Our eAl.s . MIOR YrOMSI, M11f1N11ON, Sean .11* rO S', WSW Panne r P -1 10M Les 111. 1 MO-1 ►-1 le-t N SIOtS OI :sr AMME. AR.A C(t*G r tay. 12' -? A/F (IO{ e ifie L�V�. 1. OA !1 rLCO.. L EV 0•- (DAMW) CMIO.tp (AID -1) 3 et Thk. 11 0a i f o.c. MOOS FASCIA po III OA Rf0 L 4 1/F COMM( • o.o.'n. sT110S OF 111111100.1111 WPM t. b nit NTMOANT "' ) AID. tan —Ts SALES SIQE FLOOR SAO rise TILE MIMED FLOOR — CT-1. NZ otra 2D /A-S10 b ti SFr 11111 M. SO. CLO. WINO-DOD 7RAI • .OA, �NpIAD[ FRtINR10 MR1a1.D F MAtt ,,DOLE RODS MAT (FM -1) STI =U : CTI scat I- 1/t -r-e OONinR STL 111,'e ION 1/4' '� t STOPS AT At . SOP MVO ONO PASTA 0000 s. (M -1) 111410/41) FLOOR At flA& tSloE s0rlf ID [f/[V010 4- P -1 OAe-1 we GYPSUM IWO ON -.--� • aLV. 1. OA STUD, • tr o.c. r1NISM FLOOR ELEV. 0'-0" (DATUM) f csurr SMw r oa) 0 • 4 VESTIBULE ELEVATION_ SAD 1/901• -e .-A CROWN (1/11-1) mOULIONO SrGW.1O. FASCIA (P -1) ?LOON ILMe Q VE TI = U SECTION i t) 1- I/t.t• -O' Barnes Noble Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.833.3585 wr CO. so. (10-1) ROOD a (e -1) Ft,.1t0 FLOOR AT Mid 1111t COT OF IUNAI A MUM OntrirMA r.:1? 1 8 tssa Fan on RE VISIONS NO OATS 3 /9 /9t DOOpITION OV ISSUED ELEI DING DEPT TITLE /LOCK AAWIfw MATTL1/I018T14 CNTR. MATTIS. VIA. MR 11/0/11. VGiTNe 1046 Afar MES & NOBLE, SEATTL.VSOUTH COSTA. SEATTLE, WA. 4 4,1 �,, ANff .. • STAN M RASINN.ION p! JAMES D. DAVIS — AreAlteel AIA MRS M. 1 II MR Ma NW 1 5 Ma: •0 -IWL 1M,. RILL M1lTMLt 00NOT. MAUI AAWIfw MATTL1/I018T14 CNTR. MATTIS. VIA. MR 11/0/11. VGiTNe 1046 aloes - [ MIOO11iN Iwr: ,. A -210 NMI. Al N015, * MNS, IL � IMO .• .d11 '.1 . 3/4' PLYWOOD RIBS AS REQUIRED, TYP If/&m%oot 0 44ID r 1 f CONT. WOAD TRIM PTD P5 yRECERSSED LIGHTING SEE f/A«11�0 1/2" OWB, W /P1 FINISH, ON 3 5/Its STUD3 AT IN OC • 3/4' PLYWOOD PAICL (PIN.; PO-2) CONT. W000 TRIM (FINISH: MATCH W0 -2) CASING BEAD- 1'PICAL 3/4' SURFACES FINISHED (FINISH: WD -1) (3 SHELVES PER CABINET) TCN wD-7 ' T1T BTRL STANDARDS W/ BRACKETS FOR eallaTASLE SHELVING HEIGHTS //--()Una OUTLET w/ BRASS / C ?0 -s' ` 4 F.F. STEEL STANDARDS W/ SPAWN ION ADJUSTABIc SHELVING H11014fS, M GRAPHIC PANEL, SUPPLIED BY SION CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY GC 1. PROYI OARCY BOLT LOCK 413 - BOTH CANN TO BE KEYED ALIKE 2. CONCEALED SWING SNOBS PER SWING DOUBLE STUDS • CORNc*3 - TYPICAL 21/25PStL ereoS" • �I N • _♦ I MIN GRAPHIC PANE. CONINAIOIA MOIKDNO MD-2 DEOOMTIYM u01RNO, S¢ 7/A230 �— Fixnm M. SCE 4120 g•qy -aia nar 0 0 11 1 1 I l 1 RECESSED LJCHTMO PENDANT HUNG SIGN— LOCK CARPET COVERED 3/4' PLYWOOD PLATFORM - (FINISH: C -5) FIRE TREATED WOOD FRNNIO AS REQUIRED 3' a 12' MAPLE WOOD BENCH. SCUpPNPTUREEDDT BY INSTALLED BY OC n u MICR W3TAU A1ICN OCTAL M! 11/wr -I • a 1 DNA. CARRIAGE T.wLWASoAND . N. 2'NNH�C�H EKED TO aridaaranu MAR 1 8 1994 Par fl ,s AIMS as Al aaI ra; my THREE GROUP/as Das Wi 1nnt wnIEBIL Sr, Po slww... Eritatte B Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 ASVISIONS KO. A BATS 3/9/9j DEBORIfK)N BY ISSUED BAALDIND DEPT • Wen Mt IMAM WASS TITLE BLOCK Not 11/12/93 Tate BAIwte S NOBLE. NAME/SOUTH CNTR, SEATTLE. WA. STAiE N NANIINIIII I BIIO�CKS Nitre JAMIS III. DAVIS — Arshltost *IA OM lame M. 1 um i b eas NIKNIAS • Wen Mt IMAM WASS RIANI ►AG I MATTUUSIX1T11 OM MATTS, WA. Not 11/12/93 "Ilwl s SS Ma I BIIO�CKS ..B - Ka A-230 As NOTED I i "IA00(RW'I a I/r • I/Il REVEAL PRO. IM /ON (11a) II 11E04 %ta t NM no (N►MRI agr =oar an ELE COUND FMCS WEND 1' -a• • e - JP- 40 LAOOLEW 11 ' ="4171 RMEM 4 UAW• L If•t (MNapN -c VS PM IN WWI MK) v-4 OF WOOD IMF w�• • MMUS WI at 4 r -10' WWI NN. 482:41000 (INS COLON LAM � ONO 1SIT FSNYAIION .IIaWLA/I WHOM i r 1NC/ILI PLYWOOD MUM (PINS: COW LAO•) (no. s • • SECTION THROUGH PEDIMENT RO)ALMM 1/x•I.• =Mgr r-r W/W. ONM Ike 1*. t4 ■1r 1IM'. BAR PLAN = Ur v 1 /rfv.r UAL 1 LAWN OF IN PLYWOOD NO LAMS/ TOD glainfailin A M) Mona to a MOM a MIL DWAWD r VIOL Mk to IMt CO TO SWR 11. MAO* N Mtn. vr ,n NMIO. MOM PLYWOOD LAMM FPS MOUND w/ bq4. ii:; PLAN/0E7AiL "� SOMA 1/!'•r •r VOW EMI... A...1RCIa •Y THRIE GROUP' - __ e1n a • wUT . was MINMAOX AAaJEO» PO I fillfiglrft7 retl atinite 91 1/4' 1m / 1 nAll WC 1M rg�gi'Fz i�_zg�8 : A] MOULDING PROFILES 1 IOMtt I f •r -r Vfit wA1m PLYcOODD MO. AWDWDm MAIMS DRUM CAPITAL r31SIDE ELEVATION AT PEDIMENT SCAM I/roar -r ,71 DETAIL AT REVEAL 111. cum t f -r-Or c_ .• 1110\ RAW '81 TRUSS DETAIL _ EDAM 1/r'.r -• 4' Wla COSH (M.) N et `M WIN _ S!0'llpl DMTYNA MAR 18194 Paw an Barnes Noble Booksellers w Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 PI! V 'mom," NO. OATS OEMIOAIPTgM Ir A NAM a! INS lT TITLE BLOCK at 0N11 11/17/113 rRMtltt .11. ERIN iw* .. . r: A IS a SIM N VIAMNeM WANES I NOBLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CIITR.. SEATTLE. WA. "1`"11f4 JAMES S. DAVIS — Arehlteet All �a( _ T saw s' t OWS MI NOS NW al INATWE/SO A M N� 0N11 11/17/113 rRMtltt .11. ERIN _i. ol,►L I anew K a .11 A -240 �a( _ T t flat PS As• A•--at •Y TMRIS OAOUPsr-• Dna Oar MINT wiNCINWUR NS SWIM PO INAWYN. Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO. A OATS AAM Sane ne mar via 1Y TITbB KOCK 17 a) , a • • ® • II ,.�-e�1•LCN - w% r r °" i•,1i 115.x.) S• NM LC to NOW 141x11 ID -W + ® 1.4 •• 1. " 1 erne .t1. IIS1 1 5 $4 .— £XI$TING CONSTRUCTION �r, ^ �� • (.e "---- TO REMAIN PRECAST 7 1/4" •. . '' EXISTING THICK (W.T.S.) N EXTERIOR f, _ 1M ' I 40101-0"A.F.f, 4" STRUM MTL STUDS 16 "0.C. W/ (2) 2 1/2" MTL RUNNERS NESTED (HORIZONTALLY) FIRE RETARDANT *�Dr :: _`�0�■ '' � ��� :' = — " 1' -{1'a" �� 5/8" THK. I.F.S. W/ EXTERIOR PLYWOOD" • WD. BLOCKING HARDWOOD TRIM - -�'� .1 ;s! �" • METAL. STUDS 216� O.C, f1 W/ DIAL. BRACING. ' E.I.F.S. COLOR AND TEXTURE TO MATCH EXISTING PRECAST, o �Q to. 10 NOS •0t°1 • &k • VESTIBULE OF PIER -1 FACE " 4 CASING SUPPLIED W/ DOOR (G.C. TO PROVIDE SHIMS AS REO'D.) •811 /'1 1 1 'I . t, �! • • • .' • • �� .• • • • .I _ _._ 1 _- • ii —. I Ilk jr • a.. .a • • I iR '"' I li • - o SECTION THRU VESTIBULE DOORS ! ! _ - . • ,I ICON Or wool LINE OF 1 1/4" REVEAL EXISTING 7 1/4" THK. NEW VESTIBULE DOORS OF PIER PRECAST CONC. C "' ,' (W.T.C.) 00 N NOTE: ALL EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND ALUM. /GLASS DOORS - BY LANDLORD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. , r, 1 _ 0 .. • ` .. . I V.I.F.." i. O %Er ELEVATION ' :. ► It ,err -o" 2'- TI. LINE OF PROJECTING E.I.F.S. E.I.F.S. 1 1/4" THK. W/ SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH /4 • • FRIESE ABOVE S 8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWD. EXISTING PRECAST CONC. / SECURED TO METAL STUDS (2 1/2 OR 4) W/ BATT INSULATION AS REO'D. OU T S O • ® . ■ s ' • - 1 • - - _ . Atile.�t EXISTING 7 PRECAST CONNC. C. (W.T.C.) T.C.) INS OF 1 1/4" REVEAL SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH __ --It EXISTING PRECAST CONC. •d FACE OF PIER FACE OF PIER BASE . EXTERIOR I•���s •: I —sr MOTH IS • wet u• -r LOA 1 _r.ram X' : .-1 � •, -- - -Ik E.I.F.S. 1 1/4" THK. W/ SOUK ui111wA1D1a.ac citnta t1m OHM ►AOt • Ofd K11.11, MU sr.) .•' 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWD. SECURED TO METAL STUDS •' a (2 1/2. OR 4 ") W/ BATT Q SECTfol,4 THRU PIER T swat 1 strive-et J _ _ __,.. -_ _ _L . '' INSULATION AS REVD. 1 7 �...� t �- NOTE: 'y`7 n4" 1 1 . S 1 • " 4 ,. . • ' . <• • EXTERIOR `� • • • p 1 a • 7 a? T EXISTING PRECAST — CONC. CORNERS TO BE • i Je g CHAMFERED (TYP) Ee1 /;�® • — , � : I' " E.I.F.S. 1 1/4 THK. W/ 5/8" THK. EXTERIOR PLYWD. SECURED TO 2 1/2" METAL STUDS W/ BATT INSULATION AS KO,. • • • • ," " — - • f • • • ? FACE OF PIER • • TAl • �pp P L 1 EXISTING CONC. ■ ■ ;• '•y - FURRING AS REVD. CONSTT4N ED THICKNIESS T% JTS. t MMATCH G RECAST JOINTS N2 (TYPICAL) °i FURRING AS REO'D. TO MATCH EXIST. WALL CONST N AND THICKNESS — •� EXISTING CONC. EXTERIOR '__ K •• 5/8"--) 5/8" 1 1/4" r` FACE OF PIER BASE fit • SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH ■ I EXISTING PRECAST CnY ti IIII A CONC. Af1SOKO �i�►►►►"""" MN 5 qii.....0 1 1 a EXISTING PRECAST CONC. , EXISTING CONC. WALKWAY SLAB SLAB j I WALKWAY WAY CONC. cd,,,...,„,„. *J11 1 t,,,„ 1 6 tyl • a NORTH ELEVATION 0 yt VERT. SECTION THRU PIER 0 ' VER. SECTION THRU WALL •1 111W 1 1/2••1' -0• NOLO 1 ,/!"_,• -e• , 7 fo tt 1/x•1• -4r flat PS As• A•--at •Y TMRIS OAOUPsr-• Dna Oar MINT wiNCINWUR NS SWIM PO INAWYN. Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO. A OATS AAM Sane ne mar via 1Y TITbB KOCK Ift a rmne , TAUS 6 NWL[, SEATTLE/001M wen.. WATTLE WA. • ,• • it; PATE t ►1WAMMIM 1t JAMBS S. DAVIS — Arehlteet AIA 0e111•11a1 1 erne .t1. IIS1 1 5 $4 Sea a STORWMONt at SLSYAT101N , SINE OM . MAMA WA. a rmne wane nm6 OVUM f �"°°�" A -300 - alt • VV • r•o• 1 1 _ ra 1n _AWAR Stitt WA. -. — - » '►�Ir�w n D -1 URIWtms R.. WC -1 sera . WD -1 MD -1 MD-2 WC -I AUTHOR OIP TM[NT KRUK IRMO WD- 2 1D ". 30• JJNIORS POTTER -__. WC -1 OOwnNUOUS 3•.P W000 Of'O 0 ALONG KwIMERR or POST[w (yOUllt TO WALL iR/0i) Wt)-1 Wipe= LNG (T TAIL II/A400 T[R ^-- --r- POS1TR POSTER SIGN POSTEw OTTER .) NOR' f[[ DETAIL II/A400 a� w . 11 J_:noJ, (fINIW MAtPCA1R'RD- CawERi) KUL. so WAFT DUCT ouAWfTYDRwii INES 1 NOM Eli MP OW RP � , _ _ t i L_ _i w I•P . OP RR OW RR MOUNTING ITrP) �,■ .� . ._ 7■ . - . _ _ - .-.. 1 -1 __' _ ^- — _ 11 ___ r -1 _ r -1 J L r -1 AAI� L ! -1 I f- 14,r -TS 11*111 - I_ -1 r+ ARON IV OK 4-270) 1 KERN. tuts NB 1 --. p • 1 tt• .AA POSTER MOUNTING DETAIL, cows, 3' • , -r rwrrn OSP IONA 1/r - r-r POSTTNR[N RII • WALL FINISH LEGEND P -1 • INOlr MD -1 P -1 WC -1 MOT -1 WC -1 ' MD -1 m1 --+- WC -1 �iwac (w. c. Iry WC-1 GENERAL NOTES SYMBOL D[SCRIP110N -® OTTERS (NI:) _.P fWOPiIATM[M1 1 1 �, I Pat MESS Or 11w1Aw•J NOOK EM-111 (MATT) / P -1 - b - b - - _ 1t 1 _ ♦ - -- '� NOTE 1A DETAIL . /AA00 TIII M RR NO AUTHOR tiwa I-x, •> • 1. PENT; M111 lr /ENJAMIN M0011[ OS—N1 (0411E- LAc4u0RD IMREM) M -e r P- 4 . _-ILL _ e-...ASP -_ ir MD a E111 I_ _.t ._ .' .. •. ., MINIS _ :7 3 rag, S R M - 1111 (Mt- SA0 WNW) �OSSL.OL� ... • _T rJ r -I N[1 vwt at — .EWTRMIQ CAW/•IM 4 . - EAU. DOMINO - I WC -1 r -1 (TH. AT GENERAL SALES AEA) ISO ON Must (14A101110-2) 1 1/P COOS. 10112! C -2 total ILO w/xAOOMMED FINISH NAM MOORS PIERS INTERIOR ELEVATION '� - 2 e WALE: 1I • 1•-r I. FOR MEND. 0/0014 FDAa •OC= SO !1074 SPECrICAROWS. in ORW•MIw0 A -110. 2. PATa ALL WAIL "NAM RMOMOIWT omit WWSIR.IO.Acoom AIE *w mom Pia MSS 3. PROMO 11000 MMO MO t 3/41• WD MOIADMO POOK'IE# a A►L 11Mll' POSTERS. COORDINATE =AWNS KKR /blW INKAISM10w (Kt ORAR •/A -400) sa 4. EUVANC*1A1 1i9-303 OR taw. MA/a1 TO-!. NOV — — at _ - KPARIMENT TwOR MOISAOC POMO, POMP WB -2 SKEIN ILO ANN DWAnl[NT MD -1 MD -1 mNOR -1 ME$$AGC MO-1 WC -1 11Dw fosit* Au'n ROSTER POS1[R -ION MAIM w/ MON CO man' re �_, MD -) I l�/11 11= 1 1 I ,.. I _ r I �_-1 !— } • b • • I 1110p SAME A MAIM a1 • _.111!_ lR _- _ Mi. ' ER OP. _ �I _ wit �_.Al.. W9-1 1 NOTE SR OMR II/A400 fmMp1MATIN mama /A-400 I - i 10 10••••• E10 r -, A11wIN I r -1 I • -) SWUM INTERIOR ELEVATION LEGEND / NOTES WAIL I/O' • I'-O' stra: NONE .0•A 30• JUNIORS O -2 �D-2 WC -MO/AMMO POSTER WC -1 40•• 30• JUNIORS POSTER AND MO/AMMO AT PERRAETERS (TT► ) S[E DETAIL NOR' SEE OCTAL 1/A400 row MANOR cONtlNUOU• ROOD MDU10M0. MD-1 _ SAWED ACOUSTICAL 1 COMO C m m m wo (TIP) — -- -- - -- — — -_ MDMMTIIO (tM) Rr .� At! ,: } = mom _ =I MIIII Mill IS UM • •oSTAUrD •T C.C., TWICAL ............_� MI 1 °° ((�� 7 � r i►J @ fi Q ! )1 ® lE OA ' _ E� . EST•∎• - - - -- EMEI ENO e NOW f -wE r -11 F_13 r It f -I2 1 -10, 9-10 I 1 . 1 r (Et C S. A-230) j * In • K /. -rte 1.4. Q INTERIOR ELEVATION • INTERIOR ELEVATION y . TO "\\ ` 1 • N SALES AKA SCAM 1/r is 1'-r t Vat 1/r - rev JUNIORS ILA vOMO 1, ••W"K. LS AjRtA 0•EN SOFTWARE ETC. •[vOND PL / 1 J_I V caua n V nxn,E. Kt 1/A1200 CRY OF MMMA fr1110YtD MAN 9 3 /4• x 3 /4• *nut W/* . / 1 *WS FMSN BOOR _2 MO-2 WC_1 .— T k NOTE: SEE OCTAL 1 /A400 • FOR AUT1401 POSTER • WOWING (Tv) _ _ - - _ _ '- 4 't. •L^ ���M� t iMl.��.�� i l E-0° a^ Of tUKM RA F4 J1•DN MINT r-1 IF tl - i;,;^ 1 4 US4 rMR11F PPM _2 _ (TTP. AT JUNIORS AREA) O INTERIOR ELEVATI • Pr81 ENLARGED ELEVATION 0 SOFTWARE ETC. ENTRANCE - 0 ft N SIDE law t 1/r • 1•-O' Sows) ',revert SMILE VS AM7 MMI.RCMK: Sv THREE GROUP /ase 1 iaa WPM. IF W*WS M MaJU?4 PC f!W !011611!. OPTS Prettelts Hi • Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.833.3585 REVISIONS ND. A DA” 011•01PT'ION 1r 1r O1pa11 1vT TITLE BLOCK ra 1n _AWAR Stitt WA. "iaNSe a NO/lt. SEATTLE/SOUTH 014TR.. eSAns. WA. » '►�Ir�w n .*wS : JAMBS S. DAVI• — Arehlteet ASA URIWtms R.. r na yam•, 1 o yell WE sera . a ••• IN TO as11ATIONS ra 1n _AWAR Stitt WA. 11"11 1/17/11.1 Is lief 11 tuS DUOOAL alcr • MOON C MOON 1M-w IN A -400 Mt „... T.D. ter. , t.' OW MIA tw attatme MWttt en tQ11A171111 EN n».) Mott Ma'°Mo a w --z gUtteall i Ivor ow pram f Ehz11 PLY0000 «/IYUbwee•'RA'� w1s111 M-1 rlSEN> Minn x(00 -1) ( PLAN SYMBOL PLAN SYMBOL ut. NO. U405 OMT PARTITION NON —RATED PARTITION MUD t CHASE WALL 0 TOILETS WAINSCOT FURRED WALL KALE 1 1/r . °AND NssOd!"O"LI1r° l*_Aa -MT) 1'x A' nUON. LIOMT MST. -1 �3 S/r lot SID. 20 CAM. 4' -O' a ran 11 M/EMATNO ONECTONS rAS1tIC WWI 010 SHEET UETM !O EM. CUNT TO UM JOSTS Mott. SQ MM. 4/M10. ~•,.0.C. 10 STNMTA IT 1j -q A80K FIN FLOOR SAtON xE KSsY r E CONSTRUCTON ONUS (N.LCJ MOC RAMS MANIA MINERAL MOOT SATING AT ALL JOIST PDK1NAll&I AND nuns KATCLE SLOT1ED MMES 3 5/S' $1L STUDS • 1S' 0.C. T T i r 4— 12 pA MRE • 1' -0' 0 C. rASTEN t0 STIUCT NOK 7[ DETAIL 7 /A410 V 'C' CHANNEL 0 A.C.T. MIND (ACT -1) 1 /2' MMN SL M NN° • A'- lt[ O.C. MAIN lit • 4' -0' O.C. MAX HMAp- �1pOpMAN AND NOOD RoaONM '^gNS1'MNTO N"ALIgNASAI I •'-r ORC710NS TAMPS 1MN/q IMMT MRK SORB aS 10 4M MVO mot e Ora 4/•10. 01T. UO. QNM P-2) • S' -• OL 5/1' a». sD. N atc KM (►-s) GYPm 1u 9OA RD 1 1NC *Mat 111 MUM > a 7/ MINI. M10 ODIIT. TM T. matt (T17.) CANT. M CCI (*-1) TTIBICATICITOUT SAM MCA AJST)C TILE UMW mi • 0�/0' O+►. S0. (►AMT P-I) NISI pQSC�R�1� N MC !• 1' (T1reU RECESSED CLG• SEC. 0 JUNIORS SEC. 0 STOREFRONT WALL sir . r_M► BRACING AND FIRESTOPPING DETAILS TYPICAL SUSPENDED CEIUNG SYSTEMS DETAIL OVAL 1 1/r CASN/WRAP SOFFIT DETAIL smut 1 1/t • M-0" / oatJOONE OEAUWT tag MOM 1M • _d. OwIO}Mm /MSND AM 0 a at at 10 0041 ,MR a VMS MUMS I. ���T���70NS MO 1. r& MOM. P/1111101 NOM. si[ a YIuN{f[II K1NO+v.t0A0. T as ns HMSO T • r-49 pQ SIN. COS MU (ACT -I) airiumars Fittlto S/S' MP. M. . . MuiwT•(-V a =1. Ar.r, IUVISON. essiblat s_ &— 14 4 -4 i 1 • Oa RSMO ne rw.011a •Y TWINS GROUP fans E1.+r1 s 1ROPSw *tBteYL AROWTOOT6 PO 11 1166) tarn Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISION* 110. DAT6 MSOSPWON SY TITLt HACK WNW 1st WATTLE /6011TH ONTR. MAItIL WA. 0 0 0 • iYr1s r1 A -420 ' 4 t, Mt Lr W • . -1a. d 1 SW JAMO• O. DAVIS — ArwhI1•N AIA R r r q' » / I I t s ,�,�{ 3 ■ 4 jfa-. Is bur- — lif — ; I. RECEIVING TABLE HARDWARE LEGEND it s ti 0 4 '4- 4 ti —5M wm ww. 1� �yp� 1w� frA 6 a 60M 660 �,�11 «KISS 00x616 TYPE MANF. MODEL DESCRIPTION • --• ;t k .._'__'.- MT� 0 PULLOUT 0111166 - - 61111 IMAM w/ '' 1r.. ..r'ti4 ' r III MN 6116. M��y - -' OS • j y� ♦' II - -- 61MNM WLL6 TMK 611IY 61 -6NIM/ _ ► SOAIwMLt MSS S - KV INS NV 666 DOW —. r -- • - PLAN A m al ea ama ' t-MOM6 _ • _ - r 1 \ (++D -+ w. ne sus sun jf66 s 11 n as fi�wl w�+i� MIL um same SS101KT 6r WC ,, a Y .. i ; 1 (M.1 yp�� �yp�r tN61i• ' FOR • • j r-r p �K yp q� 1[[ $IAAOwN N O.C. 6a�1 1611 IOW Ual nd Our Rre116 v01666 uw. Oat SLOT COO 1 - - .. K[Y/6M16 U�L.-On N. CWONAIT w /17001 WHAM ION LOCATION) C00�01 TWA. . PLAMIT mw M110. � f -1 t/l' -.. .... M SH ELVING SYSTEM � .� v •414.- �]L9VS9? 20 W000 VA: T 40A04t RN ITOITOF _ Puna hi}{ W 1 la 1 h- • CONT. 2a4 WOOD SLACKING CONS. 2•4 *000 CLEAT . 1._e MP. 60. ' ♦ I O - SUCKING 1' ' Q - MAO (6.0.) A-6 2' -6' // VORTICAL KSIJ►wORTS KITH ♦'L 0' O.C. MAX. FINISH G.N.P. PANTED MU (VS -1) TO 001 cMT D ASMICAL SUPPORTS "/`0N0 YID -t I t%IS1610 ��� WALL 11JIO1610 —�` Y6VJ ♦ - -- _ - 1• _ .�- ...e..�.. .�. sKO� +) OI1/r r ,r M Kf 1r r j :� �1, OP.LaD�- ELEVATION IN, �/� M `MVO wr ew4 T ti PM (Yr• 1't�,'jj l Ire + 1 t O O M1S17 Fr • O+a3 1 a� to TO SLOWS ,♦ 1 1 1r'/ .{21.\.. -tl \ 1 Si MPS10R �► roams / rl. 1St l , •. ,\ rg r 7 1 s 1/r t 1i DICI WI \: - :gyp t II It SFL L61Wwt r-- Y$O/10X i 1 SECTION THRU OFFICE ROOM COUNTER BREAK ROOM COAT ROO & SHELF PET. el � COLUMN ENCLOSURE ELEVATION e K Mt 3/( • 1 -t ® U t: a/r . r-d Was Is . Vat f 1 4 1S Mn ' i • i. -rr r 2 TD '. , Md AU Fan sm A-t* _ L 1 I ( AAIIlIlI1IIIIIII11IlIlIIIIIlIlI11t"t 1. 1 I ` _ - - - 1/r m Pros MIL cams— - - - - - ,/� as 66 m - - - - 1/Y rr j r r n" ELEVATION SECTION ON Q qa SECTION �' ASOK �;� ... _ _._■ - -- -. - - - -. -- UNDVIIIIN a otcK 6666 a10w1 . _ . . —SP* NIPS- - . _,_ .. O 0 y rte• l 0 ' 11 ._. - _. ..- -- -- 'F., - -- - -- - . - - - -_. - -- -, -- 'I ', -.. r IG FL . ,• 1I .. 1 1 . ! 0000 fM -M. 6000 MRS 101-9 /10,4 ; -. :,, 1 _V -�' 1 1 .r art art r .. -_ _ -. -. _ 1'11600 IIIIr11T10N K L11,111[ ~ M' cv 0111101 COMM (TYP.) r. 1 ., __ _ K 6[1'010 \ - '°c6La,1a ; 1 a.00( � . SOO VOW 00-11 r•4 Alf. a rota PANT au O u► Ill ^11 ■ C3 tD r61. calve (•-n r sn. '61Seii'�16t .' .: so I ri A I1 L 1 r' 1-• 1,12 iiM 6000 6rSt 1,12 f1KOF L1 ELEVATION ,1d SECTION Lye SEE PLAN .. _ at M,M Cm a MS /MOM TAPI MAR )>) ' 5 1, > ©SECTION 0 0 5 qq....,61 la f ,wa ADAM/ Dan COD Mt (w-1) + _ (3' -0• at 4'-t) Lai.• SS t COL. - -60x1 (10-I) M20 ,Ir. A+20 OFSTTUKKWILA 8 Mk SI Mr 01111011 T .E _DETAILS Q COLUMN ENCLOSURE DETAIL COLUMN ENCLOSURE DETAIL ®RECEIVING WAS A/ - v © SOMA t • 1•-d __ 7 ■ 1•-p Oa RSMO ne rw.011a •Y TWINS GROUP fans E1.+r1 s 1ROPSw *tBteYL AROWTOOT6 PO 11 1166) tarn Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISION* 110. DAT6 MSOSPWON SY TITLt HACK WNW 1st WATTLE /6011TH ONTR. MAItIL WA. OM 12/17/66 *.alts 6616 .AGES & MOM, SEATTLE /SOUTH ONTR., MATTIS. WA. iYr1s r1 A -420 ' 4 t, Mt Lr W • . -1a. 11 i SW JAMO• O. DAVIS — ArwhI1•N AIA Ks1nua- "' L me PAN 15 11D4 » / OWNS nit HMO! MASS WNW 1st WATTLE /6011TH ONTR. MAItIL WA. OM 12/17/66 *.alts 6616 teas ► SIIOOKIN iYr1s r1 A -420 1M�11• %�1D000AL AS NOTE • 'i TITLE BLOCK M IrI tt Ai LAPS • Pi gliPtna Ada 14444 t NOSN.E. NAME/SOUTH CNTN.. SEATTLE. WA. /iffy►' 0101 JAMAS S. DAVIS - Armh1/ /N AI/ t SLUE 501.1 r a. inc --- M41 1... mow 1 o lam 1 ImAR1R. OOINti ■*o - TOT nag Dan DDOf{ N 1. 1RATt0 DOOR SCHEDULE �_ NMIDw00D RW Tp yI1g1 OOOIw (rni r HARDWOOD 1�M �(M TO MA fTt DOCILE (M) TO MATER 51 (IR{T. re i ,C'S[{°tT -- es' 'iil ,. 6,_0. ,, *{{ U M) NO. TYPE FROM TO sat �E �� RATING R E M A R K E 1 11171 2_1 1 I I-" `+•F� 1x• AIAT. JAN N I A M MOM T-0• K Y -10• '0 1/111 •� /A� Vat . >A /A {ID �t 1tG� Imetsp t ito {OOP °WV ni 1 •COO ERNIE •ALSO INC • • ~ ...,- • - sr. ` t- -t-- 1 A AMA K.. (t) i-4' x 7 -ir t j1' 1p UfA100 : a /AE1P (M� tfta rPVNIIioAlto we Po011t/ tRt tP[o. I lir 1 1/ !!!!!!!! 1 1/1.1 1 s 1 I SALES AKA {TOOK 0011OIOg1 11-r M 7 -0• ' 1 1/4• M.M. 7/6/00 N.Y. $C/MI0 10 S -SCN PANT 10 OMEN APdA01NT TAUS 411 ���L' Z 1 ♦ tI1{11NO inn q'001{ _ • _ Y LAlAlaq ��_ JAMB 1 DIMS {Alp COMal fNPC -,a ____;‘,.._s_%. 1[ORA 1/6101[6 {IRA (Ts) 101111010 {AL{ Lr1■1011 1 Nw wu- I -1 I�I�, I�1 I 1 `•: �, p1i■ Kart. 1 1 /4. t11I0■• 7 ( CO••AOI1 •EOM Y-Or N T -r 1 1 ♦• C N.Y. 7 6100 / N•w. - Z ya r 1/ S.A{� L�T�, I*IIOI[r 1 0 EI[M mom 1✓ -0• N r -r -1 ,j♦� M.Y, 7/AI00 Na. 10 /A_ 1 -11110M1 PASEO MATOM ADJACENT sal { 0 ERAK ROOM 00►T NON _ 1'-C 1 T -r 1 1 • N.N. 1 /AI00 ILA• - t _OIY1 Pampa wn1 *AMMO GILL{ �" ;e CONT. NA.ANI 10 0 00••0011 01'{ TILT 14' t T -C• 1 7 �♦', M.M. 7/400 N.M. :0 /DON 3 tlLM� MIIt&'l10EI RAR1 Mal (M1 {016 Rat ♦'_5• CONSTRA { t110N 11 0 carnets yell{ TOmtT >' -r K 7 -0' 1 ,p' N.M. 7/40•0 N.N. P O 1 CUM IIpRA01N4f PIATL{ -' ^ •-- ` 1 �, • _ MASONAY o•[NING - .. .- ! .1 . ' 1 % / 1gOD :n PLALR w/ on, 3 f `� 13 t COMM Jaws a01(� 1V• K 7r t 1 7/4" N.IL 7 %A0O0 NM. MAMA 3 11 LYr1N10 SOFTWARE tit tr1�NNON + f -OLOOO 0*? 10 wits Way sus = ._. _ 1.4 I. �°w . o 14 tong SOITwa ETC. Lr1t•Na1 Au (M YGILMM 10 ii /1111.6 {AA NSA 11AP1NT81�1 17M1MON s ■�■ LIONS SR•ORa t (itt RM) Nal 1 /*100 N. - � NOM M MSS • : MO IRE MO /ML KTAIO. TMATW ONLv =I- P IET Marl .. - to 11UD{.� L. 43-.0 IS {CUD WOOD PILL[ •NOR ►*NIL 17 SA{Np 1 MOkt 1QITMML tl,.. 10' -0• N _ COAL COPS RIM RLL Nt7 MT KT tM101K{ y DONONUCU/ Fa 1sT. WARD w000 SOWN 11 [•81.01 Ma •0011 WEOM ^r �. - • - ----�- • )Y, �- kE- 1- IS 0 tlOat 80011 0011110011 1'-0' r t-r 1/4• N.Y. 7/6100 M.Y. WOOD 0 al OOaI NNOLO a ROMI1 • NO LOOM 0 '- --- 3O„) - 30111 NOTE NOTE NOR NOTE NOTE -1 1. HALED DOOM HALL R A TIONT- R1711411 MOs : mD ONMT caauN Al .a t NOW •. LOCATE INN N aaLI eo STARO MAT DOOM WIT MINI OP■ OWNS la PROW( PARS Of R r�� 1/7 WOW Zan 000111. �111�� {{� ��1AN� K1p►► AT MS 01 00 IE --` 1/2 4 S /1• NI (M) HALL (■DO L 1/1 NINO NIA NAM ARAGO A ANSI JAYS MOANS REFER R aural Si AND ON OAR PRAM ION Pal OVMTMINT SWUM PADLOCK. • Rttp 1 1 HEAD 1/ A1D1000 TO YATw PR • vts DOORS. ]. A ARDw14. /Mal PLATES IT/Oa TO SASS AREA 1D NAVE RAIN • INAls 4. AIL LOOM WAL R 00MMIAID TO Ur SIN IOCNNO rata. Pilo** NMOw.n PITON T.L.C. ■CU NTY 1111 EWN. (8088 10 MOOR WT ON 000. t -100) 6. SUMO STOR MO NT WALL R Mal 1010 MULO -TRAM; MI MS KAM M P s. wpm li a sir DOUSE SLAMS (,) ROT LOCKETS (ONE CAM IRk (1) MUM PEAL{ Or par M' ENLARGED VESTIBULE DOOR 1 (_1 ��- �d / ' tl / ELEVATION �� VESTIBULE 00011 DETAILS 9 CA) SCALE: 1 /Z' • t' -0' ) SCALE 1 -1/r - 1' -0' DOOR $ HC EDULE VESTIBULE 0 DOOR DETAILS 0 EXTERIOR . r -o' DOOR DETAILS (AT VESTIBULE) ®INTERIOR SCALE: r.r -D' 1104/1 wart Air EDALa<N , ,/r I . METAL LOU N GOON ARNOW DOORS AND FRAM PNNC OM ON f HARDWARE GROUPS SCHEDULE • OM. erFLOIpUN -� rna o. 1 ;a .. -U. I 'rr1:. I• -- ■ tam I • \ • SO 1 MI- cf., • NATm '' __., AI 1/.• - • Y. •■.:, ■ 6I !.■ r.- l a � as � M .a t..- ra,r;r 4 ' 71111 �yl ' l..E.. /1 {��,,,I••�� • � � 1 • •tar t r ! L • al r.1•r M4.. I. a : :Mt. a_ '•1.- -'I �•. . t •► -1 ..a . ,. ti 1 . ■ • ] .. 12i .• �[ .a CORM DOORS •D2ICAA .a1 .L Ooor Mci b r . - � 7 ..•_I J..�L. 7T • .BSI. MS mil. • r sn. ar,� ' ..ter;. i.•:La1: ,I��1 _- - • ,�. fir, �N�� � 'v.ST� ; E�� 0. 2 NpL�pw,�T A 11g1A MOM IIIIANL Rtw A 1' -1' KDK PIE ON 10TH �t p�� (in• MO DII MO) '.. • • • . •� (Oa [x108108 1 1 1 I'LL' 1 L �1!!I�Et 1. �+�■�EwarE�■i[ I.._J_ . _____ l., ...' EINNr�r '��1. -� ea L - _.. . 1111 -� � ■ CONT. ![6[6011 [x1011011 HOLLOW TA Plait �/11EiD 10 moans . s R PAD L1p1NA tau •`".�- L: '.._ M {Aa■ (V.1 POOH nose•) - ::::1 o. 4 �.r ," aH[ .�L .•- r R1■ i..ar,.'�cat• ■�': ,1. . .t ■ U. ' uL H1 ,HT' ..� *1■ H 1�� � we. ■. Co SR. ELUDE / M. Cali 'I��ESHHI�A►� No. S IN ■ --t♦ ' - -1E -'1 M M ■ 1 --: •'��� [• M�nr��r- •. °a�r•T7MIr• r: °- 1 •• Malt•.. t �1 r aasl•[.r r'- .1_r ■� °...ML •.71, a■t -�I -"TSB - A��t .1.•TNHr }._i�r "M•[.: ::�■L_M awe KID -M. l .. .1.Z•.1. •l�..,a ",.'.�. 1 TOE/SPACKLE/SAM NTMIOR HOLLOW NLTM. IMAM[ - PNMED II NrON PANEL Mi061H cntNO WMi. .ntm N.Y. DOOi1 w/ sLEA -0.0/! ►ANT M NAial MJAC{NT 7 N.M. DOOi1 w/ 1t� ►01011 TO MAlal HHH ■��Ht■ - ■L. �'7 0.1.•:'.70: ■,._:'u� =R1 am ' "a IJ . E'1: �r f•' r1�r ���� 6' '1.....:IR -morn ill..,:. "'' / oM eo. aw sTl STUDS / I .■ .'_'1 STL. r,x1R1Nq (SEE DEL. t/A -420) JAMB HERO MALL{ 1761[! `� SADDLE " ?al Er- -T7 a•i M E� Nor MIR Plf101A1(_ML STEEL PLATE O. CORRIDOR n m ' O RAT[ >: THE RL710.AM RARO - ON BOTH Inn O trill ri •i.Lri.e[ L..E. C1,aa C.>•fl__ [. M ....../111111 E� 1. ALL WAN11*1 ME ON A POI-4EM SASS t. MA. LOOM" TO R LEM T,PL. CENFORAns TO a Sumba° CODE RN. Q HARDWARE GROUPS EXTERIOR DOOR • DETAILS DOOR TYPES WAIL g01R WALL 1 1/• • 1' -0' .. 1CML 1/4' • 1• -0• aciii 4a • 7/{• M. • 7/r TTV } _j iR11C111R • ] • 4ia 4 7 /e• flW ] 1/r CM END. >o OAUO[. 4' -r EN C011[A N AIERNA /NIO OKRC1Iaq FASTENED NM •10 SNOT META SOKw1. SECURE TO 1M SETS A10V[ ![ OCTAL 4/A410 . v►fIA1 p Ip i *�Ai �,w° i iip"oc • WOO MKT Oat SEE 4/A410 ' MT •T� _ : rSfIaAALapMO �/y ryL LT/IgAnb Lt t i I \�,Y_C _ suswD aD Atous,aM alum SYSTEM \ CROWN fi 1/11• OW. ■D. i/1• A � fi fi -E,< WINO I . - - 1/1' on. 1D. rW - -1/1' ow. 1D. • • ._.. Os�ON11M�lW$ ,HC�RpIM�NTAL 4 • 4 . ]/1{ 1711V CONTINUOUS MOOD w0Ulo1N0 L• -1 ., , CONTINUOUS iRA1ED No Pit SOCK/° Oat ElL EIUD 6/S• OM. p. 1 !1L S7M TO ANIOLES risliT siwcc•A°Eal% MN 1 , ,y • �,� Ill I ■ 1 1/t' DMA nor ROUND vs/W)-1 nn, �r -r Nr \ 'J/1• 1 SIT. / i. ■0 v° (PAN NAM M-1) tr (Y �4 yp�p� CAL P1°[ �A a�aR AM 10-1) WIN/ /RAN[ KM�7AWYMNI • 1 ?jr OY►SUY �0� al 3 META S1Up VIII AMMO • '• I5/1e (ns lila C-1) r,eais a 1140a( ::.___:--DUN�71 ! Caplan CLoW RA1 i I _ 15/11 R_. Mit S T /e• b 7/r r ] Pq I, COLWN ENCLOSURE w /7000 SASE SLra° 1/4• TION PDUSNED MASS ORDER ) HEAD AND JAMB -', saw RUSH w/TAZ °8016/ 111E MSC MOOR HEAD - orr7RO Drn(vt• I' :IIR 1 U 19:4 Pan OMIM •Q D IN 1- OR • OOR • TAILS AT TYPI • • • - S La -1 DIN STOREFRONT SECTION 0 DETAIL AT FRAMED OPENING ova r-r-t v T tat: 3/4 a1• -OP !` ';T SELL r • r-D► MK MOM - ISICa la, SY THREE OROUPrit wa+ RAIL OS •: MPPR LROISIRaI WANSMO t AEASIM?S PO •Rri «. :trantr B Barnes Noble Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 REVISIONS N0. DATE DESORPTION Sr A [ltrm bar) Ear 41016 -0 Hilt 000N 001110 LII AND OETAaS TITLE BLOCK M IrI tt Ai LAPS �G •. Ada 14444 t NOSN.E. NAME/SOUTH CNTN.. SEATTLE. WA. se JAMAS S. DAVIS - Armh1/ /N AI/ ellnr N NO M41 1... mow 1 o lam 1 ImAR1R. 41016 -0 Hilt 000N 001110 LII AND OETAaS Nitatr i•a aAtnnotRN rot MATE. NA. lot 11/17/14 IrI tt Ai LAPS [iRB011a1 A -600 *IOUOOAL As NOTED .a se SY THREE GROUP/awn awe AML Mme, MA.a.OM MOICINO'. PC 11101'(05'••• AAb OOFNM el Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISIONS OAT. Oa{afPTION sas a al WIT TITLE BLOCK 1wiIR -,, FINISH SCHEDULE BR x11715. . LO m,1 ^ ,m,, ' 'An Aa{NIS" il` """ PAY.. L.L4,r'e lati 787.44 QMIt _ • • 1 ^•40"" 0001 MA MONO AfMrTS M CANT AoX{�M< "' Rogl A R� ��- RM DESCRIPTION FLOOR BASE WALLS CEIUNO TRIM at WE LI:. r�. ,, L'•''� WILTS MOP MAT 100 ENTRY FM -1 INS -1 P -1 P -2 MD-1 'LOOK 4 '" de MASI EOM MA NNW IRON MS °I P "81�° 101 GENERAL SALES _ WB -1 WC -1 ACT -1 MD -1 C -1 PIt4o CAIMCT: {IfVW{, ODU {TAN OIMAPOINT /IN+BI- �MK/AM {T 7UN i �� . :'.1 COW /L0011 ILIA • Q.14. Eli 00011 NMS J1W TOM �. 102 JUNIORS MIA WB -2 WC -1 ACT -1 MD -2 C -2 i,;.; ' 1 Nib{ .. 103 STOCK ROOM SC -1 VB -1 P -1 NONE P -1 C -3 �r� a;,;.' ' :0ie f'"'t{ 1 104 CORRIDOR tCT -1 WB -1 P -1 ACT -1 P -1 C -4 oMaO WOO OM PATTERN Nf1f smog If PAW MOUS1tCS �+ '"�" TILE 1 INTERIOR CONC. T11M =WC TO EXTERIOR CONCRETE ' � { TO CERAMIC $ i R}�'SI {�TMAND n` aN C.Mar1IC TI4.5 it,4'Lts�R MAT 106 BREAK ROOM VC -1 VB -1 P -1 P -2 P -1 C -5 In°onnnw { (fooi) Iw -ff {i 10S OFFICE C -1 VB -2 P -1 P -2 P -1 CT -1 rgyp ,"4,r,' DO/ DM ON'A- 107 CASH /COPY RM. C -1 VB -1 P -1 P -2 P -1 CT -2 {0"0ER a"A1rc t{t: &AL itt DIMA- M fJ/1 -1134 0"QN aAMlt' ()MAT ()CARPET CARPET TO 0 106 MONS TOILET CT -6 CB -1 P -2 P -3 CT -6 rac nz347,•xA =MIISCA" atm 109 WOMEN* TOILET CT -6 CB 1 P 2 P -3 SC -1 Inu0 CON°"tit ' "oa M gin COO ROW —CAMP _ 110 JANITOR'S CLOS CT -6 CB -1 'P -2 P -3 FM -1 "•c. M SSON- Ka 7/S• X 1r x 17• '121 SAM AMA ...- SAM AKA IAMOM AKA a MOO AKA Om$T$*o 00014 asu etas 4 M 'n` Is. pas mr.A ` l /• -MAI —= • • • 111 STOCK CORRIDOR VB -1 P -1 P -2 P -1 VC -1 W {.0 OS1110N DU A"M{'A01O i --- OAIIKT eat* - CAW mitt Ent CAMST COW- CAM{T -- 80011 lxf n 800" MM a NM - 2 INTO?. StMti x t 7 1 ■f/{ ■N NAM"AL MAIL[ Pk"YA�AMI P"00. wa �. IIOA1 LA{ FLOOR GROUT -UMW MNOakAwcMT TO CERAMIC • MILLWORK WALL GT -1 '‚ fn ra l 05 /LOMt KC -f PL -1 WD -1 APNwATPRLOI SL K C K L N W A t 0Y. M a N-At, :TOWN mhlie Pt aa W WALNUT STAIN TO MATCH mown P -1 p -3 p_ 4 rir4 K" .O /1� Pat N A' 101 Or : MX rat: �qR Moon Ion 0L0j ja{N GT- 2 O1ir a t Toy; OYSTER SAWED NCO OIryM w• TILE TO WOOD V.C.T, TO INTERIOR SEALED CONCRETE 1012. TO rafter FLOOR aN GT -3 u " w° ia MM CT-• . . WD -2 MD -1_ "1Tano" ac OAK mac MARX IN:30 PLYw000. NORMAL ccta w/ LACOUENO r"RIfN TO MATCH affa"f r1xT11IRN 1O aOAN "Teo N watt. M{ -SOf, SMIN TO MATON �-1- ()CARPET ()CARPET ZQ OV19T# WC -1 ;to .wawa OY{TOn ►Ial p"Olw _ r SADDLES AND FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS CT -4 x :r q"�� , '°4 CT -1 fnt crxxa itt: A�wsT"ONO, £XaLON ft00►O LOpI f pm 2 hfr flCAtt, NONE • MD -2 0 -CMp * S Mro 1SC. - f P- 2 ruts fwon M0[ v 1 {?, . MBfr Mel MO= MISC. ITEMS II sus LaoXaRf Mof ilol (/ *wX TER UNln 1 ■1:•nr fAa Loan MOD AWN EACH wc«a ac SC. J :1,::' f M� SOI�A MB 506 SOSL[Y SOSLEY MS 305 IRIS 303 f x 4/4 f I/4 „�, 1. ra LOCATION a w{ a MS AKt fa NM* aevATRSS L MOM. NOYMOT MO m71S WIRMAL RAK >MAO WINO MOT t0 COED fa & CAMP AT SOS S SS N M1Th4?Alt ft OM A.4S ova an 10bA11� • yO-1 rlrl WO Wtal SWAM OWN= M MK {NO ADM Mar QAM* S. Ta-S ne MALL WON LIao1Ma a MC M MINN AKA (MOM SAO. SASE WB -1 rca =nom 1 4-707 •;I l� I/ ii, /1 -- fyOC1f "0011 LA0001 YAAAKACIUIIO! SAN MXJuNnK NR0 LAS 1St 705 �Sf70 O.C. tC. WB -2 MI fIAN• watt. rem fTAM ro MATOI SO-f -1 14100 SLAG( - 110 f X 4/4 MCC OMMM I�pR�A�p 'p�/�r�' MANIIALMIM�1_M 10. Avl O' M�NfOLLI 1 711 MM SW —2 At a/sI NPPa p4uxru 1 fOrrlTa {{S NNR1a0"!{N 1• NNx1 J i i . -1 M AIOSCAM cum. MOM a {�� /A Clpl� IK1 OT► P -1 rw. POOP MO DAR i �� I/IP • ALE CAS•f:TS MAMI►ACIUMOR11p�N K PNOOLICTI NIL NO. /M SSN MOULDNOS raxa t, Nro- _MCEIT AKAf FOP M COLUMN AIL S O 7/A420 p1ne AAMON fa MOOR UST rplR NW, /HOPI {w. at 1'.Pn i C. =PPE 1010I0 NAT IOM() SOOM11:41 S. n- {OOOMA lye 0. l.Alf. N.I. It r**42:45) 520 -05440 a4 at 1 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND FINISH LEGEND r3] MOULDING PROFILES FINISH NOTES MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS WALL NOW SCAM NQR fOILt1 Malt [4] [5] hp j TOM Not • Off Of NNW 6( I a MOOD jEar191 I AR 1 8 1994 13 q cI?, NIwuA � � . honor pinyon .a se SY THREE GROUP/awn awe AML Mme, MA.a.OM MOICINO'. PC 11101'(05'••• AAb OOFNM el Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISIONS OAT. Oa{afPTION sas a al WIT TITLE BLOCK 1wiIR -,, lag/SOWN am► MAMA. WA. BR x11715. -smt Is SC . LO m,1 ^ ,m,, ' 'An Aa{NIS" ice. a No.L.c. MATTU1.outN cNTn. SEAMS. WA. ` A-510 lati 787.44 QMIt _ • • 1 RAe I 1 o 104 soma St S wu: MOON PPS Mal ANC META.{ 1wiIR -,, lag/SOWN am► MAMA. WA. BR x11715. -smt Is SC . awn ouoalK 1 K.N MOO ` A-510 AS NOT.() r a Barnes Noble Booksellers 122 Fifth Avenue Since 1873 New York, NY 1001E .wwrw IS Is MN Ohock M .I.1 .11 11iMNU and r; ava N 11 M fMl r BB 00WIsn of cty 11161,66111111611110101 awAIMd% M 477Aitti SEATTLE /SOUTH CENTER SEATTLE, WA. STORE NO. STORE PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE' ■Y THPSEt aRQUELAIoswa SfAnllnk RETAIL DIVISION OF. •t'NFfga• LITCHP*LD. MAaIUAON. ARCHITECT•. P.C. 636 BROADWAY 9TH FLOOR NEW YORK. N.Y. 10012 TEL: (212) 995 -5050 FAX. (212) 982 -3813 MECH. /ELEC. /PLMO. ENQINEERINO_CONSULTANT. HAROLD ROSIN A•SOCIATSS 545 •TM AVENUE NEW YORK. N.Y. 10018 TEL: (212) 594 -7601 FAX: (212) 594 -7864 LOCATION PLAN SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) LIST OF DRAWINGS (JOS No. 2848) ARCHITECTURAL • S r.•.'f. r.. : ,� �• • lzIm•* af11f 1 t -100 COVER SHEET 8 -100 INFORMATION SHEET A -100 CONSTRUCTION PLAN A -110 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -120 FIXTURE PLAN HVAC PLAN H 2 HVAC SPECS, LEGENDS, DETAILS AND SCHEDULES PLUMBING A -130 POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN A -140 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A -150 SIGN PLAN A -200 ENLARGED TOILET PLAN 11 ELEVATIONS 1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P -2 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS AND RISER DIAGRAMS P -3 PLUMBING SPECS, LEGEND, DETAILS A SCHEDULES SPRINKLER A -210 ENLARGED VESTIBULE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A -230 ENLARGED THEATER PLAN, ELEVATION AND DETAILS A -240 ENLARGED JUNIORS PEDIMENT ELEVATION AND DETAILS its Oa A -300 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -400 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ELECTRICAL A -410 PARTITION TYPES AND DETAILS A -420 INTERIOR DETAILS UGHT1NO PLAN E -2 POWER ! SIGNAL PLAN E -3 PANEL SCHEDULES & RISER DIAGRAMS ELECTRICAL SYMBOL UST, NOTES AND SCHEDULES A -500 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A -510 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND DETAILS 13 1 :+0., Karnes .le .Kr.,,rw SY THREE GROUP/ism &Ma SISTER. urawLa. UASPA1101L AROI1TE1S PC J 100'11 Firratear 1T,wM 6 13c14-011a Barnes Booksellers Noble Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO DATE DESCMTION A /P /P4 ISkUID WU1LDINU Pj.P f BY INN SS S II NNY Ait1SN wM «Mtin TITLE BLOCK 11443 V caila AWt• .en. Bata •A`RIEB 6 NOBLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE, WA. "A`""`' JAM•• S. DAVIS Ar.AItNt AIA «fatsi r r was WW 16 SH fonnfilt / omn iMe wgA EAR 1 8 1994 Pore► 8.800 111SM11q•11s* SIM. si 1 .. .. MAHM SOWS OM1f1. MATTES. MA. Q /1f/N Hooka t` BUILDING 0001 RlOUIRRMENTS '. VENDORS LIST ABBREVIATION • tf a !NB BARNES A NOBLE PROPRIETARY SUGGESTED A.C.T. /SONSTIOM outs IF . BUILDING DATA 3303.0 )TY OF [ OOMPON[NTf 1�I�o1y NBC �°�ii i� to. . BLKI BLOENIIB CEO. OEN,INf CT. OE11AMIOISJI OOIIC. OONOREIL C.J. =RIM JOINT ON. DOWN OA. DMAIDER owe. D11AW1110 L.W.C. LLCM WATER 0001[11 LL ELEVATION L. LI{M0 CO, EXPANSION F.P. IMEMIDOI INN. FIMOM(ED) OA. OWOE OC ORNOMA CONTRACTOR GALV, LAN 04.. CLAN N.M. HOU.OW METAL H.P. IKON POOR LAM. LAMINAR LAN. LAVATORY MX MAMI�KJM MAN, METAL M.O. AABOIST OPENING N.I.C. 011 IN DOHTRACT • N0. WNW O.C. ON corn HAIL RA MS PLAT LAM• PWTTC LAMINATE PL. PLATE PMDO MONJf R[f.CLA.PL REQ 0 MAIMED FL Mtn SUlP. CLG. WSPlNO[D CEILNO T.O.M. TOP OF MASONRY T.O.S. _. TOP Of fTttl _ _ O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE Nat V.C.T. MN1L COMPOSITION TILE w/ WR11 WD. W000 NLIYBER Of n(ef OAT[ t 12/17/B3 mmOJ[CT 1 limn A Noble Bookstore LOCATION Stronde► Retail Center, Tukwila, WA. PROJECT N0. : By 3 Group - 3040 JUMSO CTION Tukwila, WA BUILDING COOL Uniform Building Code 1991 PLUMMNO CODE Uniform Plumbing Code 1991 ORAPIIIO$ GOD[ C(TY OF TUKILA SIGN CODE- ADOPTED SEPTEMBER 1882 SECTION 19.32.140 COMMERCIAL ZONES HANOIGM ACCESS : ADA LOSE AREA 18,048 S.F. (GROSS) -BANES A NOBLE BOOKSTORE SCOPE OF WORK Interior Tenon[ Improvements-BARNES A NOBLE BOOKSTORE ' BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS REQUIRED : ( 3 1 JfSI L. WA tin FMRr (101) 3115-1400 Ixt 1315 Feu Owlet de701w)e mutt 7 KAT" o O0. anal* MMt West ALAN) w•MONO•IY �FfIF1oB••B�s1• rim. a 707f1 Row Mot OINK CRUM► CMPIT a wlrnleuM "" "'° Ras (MT) 340 1110 (11" 337 7/33 Cj� PROVIDED 5 LXR WIDTH REQUIRED: 11SL1�: 1707 MrNM M. ONM, Ti Per elle1;121 3.-101 WINK P or 1e ^'M' yM, 7•-� •M1 ON"�' ((O ))113K ► (711) i 7- 11/00w0 571 X.2 9' -y PROVIDED : DOOR NO. NM - i� R. DOOR NO E7 �� _SEitl111011L TO K KLWITO p1 MAIMS , sere t•1 mil be. N.w. Olen Sun1M, NO 110/1 ) a VI Min T. o. DOOR WPM M1n1M Y N.Y. 10143 ISIS (•14) •e• -•30f MMIe1Y Reed L.Thr seA DOOR NO. �•� MI♦ FT. DOOR N0. O s Q DOOR NO O O MUSA �O�tW Monet (Ott) 710 -0717 OwMMN Oen Sumall SLAINESIGS _, S7eiLiiiikARl M ( 4 tgrllMpT SIM r i,! n FIwMN (•14).JS -I Ora deer Sawa ' �e� MDR Phew (St3) 431 -3143 • Ora M► MN Dews _ EV� j M Pss tweet Mu, o.e.1b ( Ilermt� TOTAL PROVIDED ER FT. DISTANCE TO EXIT! 501.0 •.•.•, .,...a • PERMITTED : fltC.' MAX WITH SPRINKLERS PROPOSED ,Z RETAIL 1 180' 1 (SPRINKLER SYSTEM PROVIDED) 133-19 ,. nueNn•. Nr 11317 Ow (71•) w•-Iwo OenMM: sus enlNe gill IIOI S NM Ler wor Isa. WA 9111103 1 730•) 433-111111 7tt . 179 UMW 3301.0 BUILDING ACCE331BNJTY : HANDICAP REQUIRED MagED - PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO BE ACCESSIBLE YES YES - SALES AREA TO BE ACCESSIBLE YES YES - STORAGE ROOMS NOT REO'D. NO YES TO BE ACCESSIBLE _ . - TOILET FACILITIES TO BE ACCESSIBLE YES YES UNIFORMS PLUMBING 0008 OF 1001 503.0 1BXED SIttilL f O Danes. TX) Pam a (o.n 78137 o p OLMIML OFFICE PMOWCTS neat 2060 ow Ne�lre, • �" 'O"' r`' X112 min het 2) 131 -4710 WOW Monti wtw ! I t 9•11 AM. is.. 10011 lalYi ow Mrs (711) SSO -3MO OrWeb Bee TABLE N0. 5A N(0UI*EO SEPARATION IN HOURS USE : B -2 SALTS' OFFICE STORAGE SALES NR , NR NR p 1T�� Nam (517) 473.0313 Dr1YA /w" Mal Ste; tOt0 2 PAM - SuNe 111 Han, fl041 Ma c. WS* u-7te4 0wM cola NR NR 1 HR STORAGE 1 IIR 1 FIR NR . NR. NOT REOLRREO - ADMINISTRATIVE ANO CLERICAL OFFICE NEED NOT BE SEPARATED FROM THE MAJOR USE TO WHICH THEY ARE ACCESSORY. PROVIDED SUCH OFFICES 00 NOT EXEED 251[ Of THE ROOR AREA OF THE MAJOR USE. 3102 - STORAGE SALES IN CONNECTION N1CI0N 2 SHALL SEPARATED MOM THE PtauC AREA BY A . a1[•NDUR ARE -MIME UPMATIGN. [XCEP THAT A SVMMMON NM NOT BE PRONDW wNEN THE BUILDING IS PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC IPRNIKLER SYSTEM 1701.0 IIIIEBETELSWIEMESL a 10014 a INC. 1x11 Nn1Mwe1 Msnw �� d Pneaervne, h MI5 Plans (1OO) 122- 3004/53•• DOWre KW u-J--in KIIMMW, NC. 1°OIOBt � ° '' Awn.. R •Deo7 -0nt Arta (747) NI -e•/t OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS OMMLIt !U//Um ITEMS, NfTALLATION BY 0.C. MERCHANDISE FIXTURES (AS INDICATED ON 000. A -120) INTERIOR AS E(' M.) DEMON) INTERIOR GRAPHICS (LErn atAtT) NKR SUPPLED MID INSTALLED 11EEEL COOADNAT10N BT C.C. MOSS 1B Ear �M a (747) 11110-1270 510.0 (C) PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIRED AL PERM / LARM SYSTEM EXTERIOR DEMME MIKELLANEoUS ITEMS UST �.E� ' Existing N N (. ?. 51 3EE SCHEDULE OVA A -810 Proposed 1 PROPOSED NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES :40 N u.._; T.71 11 sf The Construction Classification M bond on: MALE 20 GENERAL NOTES SYMBOL LEGEND FEMALE 20 1. vf•rr ALL nn mama NO 11et0YLmY CNN MOVTW1 OF ANY 01•pVNICES PROMS, KM NOON. 2. All wows s1eeL carom To Mt yp�► o► LOCAL CO MOM. NO STAR Lmt. AS ON WIER 101 1) Ma NAM Ane0OlIO fl[1ND1 OR NOT MOM ON 114 WORM > AM TIC 1 CURRENT MO 001lLER NU W OONIIYCf OOCINIORI a TIC Aa1 art 4. UNCI m A NO a. ,M or wSN woRMer PIOML L•NM 11t mono, 0► INC NIORII. 5. MINK AC NOT TO in 1CNm FOR sMOwM/ON. 4. MKT NO MNTAM. M MOUND Of 11411M ,n COMM nw000MOtrt 11* DOIC MOMS OF 11R [JOIN. ALL Wt0I S MD BMI•CAOC F011 W[R IIICUCINO POITNO MEMO 11011, 000110140 UPm RMIAATION• MO PROTECTION Of PROPBtiY. 7. ALL CONC MED NOW 0U1t K STNMED WM ME KIWORMANCt RHINO. 1 CHECK NL GERM •COMA NO Po!•IeeE CEIMO Pw.uw cnmoM FOR CLbIUNCE OF Duff -WORM MO ALL Ot10 ONOIROMI TO AMOK THE Waal OF THE UOM Flat, M ROW ON M L O RND A R4ANCMa, M ra CI e�L I It 10 AMMO TIar wowL •. MOR TO CLOenc OF NW COLNQ ALL Mtt WOK SrfVDS (EL N.VAC. PUIIwnn. NO ELECTIK) MVNL R N*Pt.1110 MO W M M[OINCO. TISIM er Tilt LOCK KITHO l0 W MI1111t1CI10N 10 COUNO KO PROPER IAMMO ED MD NwOIION. to. cciuwo 1CIan1 Mt ONOLSIOIQ N IOAtONI•eP 1O M MOW mow AM/OR Dtat. 11. Lta4T mums SHOWN N COUf11Gt. ILI OD OS OWL a tO I D IN Mt Cone OF TN[ SANEST Lou1M TILE, LANs ORIaweE NOTED a Pta. 12. WEAL ALL Dart MOMS NCUONO LOM N CAwM WDRIC, 111117:0 Ot1CRNg2 NOTED. 13. AL MCKICAL NOW( WALL K 000R0•MIID WRN N.VAC. WORK ►W1�0. w000soRK, AM MON WORM ETC., WNDIE 1COlNM. ,, co MKS SIRS ate' «RAG•, ETC.. THAT ME MyaNt TO THE 15. c0OR U4ATE Al Tt flHO t MONK 0111t 0005 RVRMRAM NO LOCK TELEPIIOIC COMM MOW ITANTNO WORK. it COKR Pudtt FOR OufETS 10 K P0tAIC MEW MOM ARIES Wall( NO/m. 17. Sn0P DROMO 1UMwaoM REOMID FOR ALL MM0N mots. SEE 7PECMICATONS KOOK FOR FURTHER MORMON. 11. ALL a WOW ON MK OR*se I11K1 K CONIIOMtD MEW. UNtE>e UNLESS OTHOMIK NOM. 19. al a WOWS ON TICK DIMKMS WALL K PEWORYEO er G.C.. UNLIW onhtRwME NORD. 1N0 1. COORMAR ML CM•CTwow1 MTh TIC WORK OF ALL WW1 TRAM. 2. ALL LIAR MR 41ER LINT N MPMD N SII•C= ACCORDANCE ��q ONNMAC11RItR'S MOM lflcWld1110M NO 3. ►011 w000AFOwI NITALLATI0N. CH@R MO WARY ALL DIMMOM NO COCOONS AT TIC 308 Wit PRIOR TO WARMS W M. 4. ALL F n a SHALL R 001slRUCRO N M KR THE WIT CMOUL AND MORMON WINK N ACCORDANCE MM DETNUL WW1 911011 CO MII08 110 TIC BMf 14111008 KNOW N 11K ICUSOR. KL OMORK STRUCTURES IHML R MU MRON INNS, KNOWS, OR OuACOMATO Of 5. PROM ALL CONNECTIONS FOR MAW. MUMS ptclwcAa COMM* G. ALL OR IK IIMLL e2 IMTALLO M PQ ant smo 1PecM1cros t. 7. FOR FIXTURE Gay NO INSTALLATION Kt FMK KOK FURNNCD N 119111K WOOR. ROOM NUMBER IOEN1F1CATION ROOM NAME Uniform BWWIng Cods 1081 notion 1701 table 17 -A and landlord Inf0nnitiOn. I TABLE SE T.17 -A FOIE REisrrFICE MNIG TIP .1 DOOR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION INTERIOR / EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS "" - . - -- ' -- - -- -- WALL SECTION r� 0 �• r ELEMEM REQUIRED RI HOURS w SPRINKLER PROPOSED PROPOSED IN (TOURS PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED AND PROVIDED SEX WATER CLOSETS •URINALS LAVATORIES DRINKING FOUNTAINS MOP SINK PartRJone 1* NR - Req'd Providod Req'd Provided Req'd Provided Roq'd Provided Req'd Provided Ceiling/Floor NR NR MALE 2 2 - 1 1 2 - - - - e. ALL nouns 100 COMM FILM .ISSN K MOO TWIN 1TD-1, uEte OTIEwwt N01t0. •. OeCN•IONI�ID, 1O�Y CIiARA ___ FOR COMM , !II[ NO 01100011*. •i o--w-MTE KM rtIRMR MOOR. 10. ALL 0�Nf1 MKS TO t 3/t TNK. PLYWOOD W/ WNW (NB -1. 11111111 CMOt S NOM) 111f1 101W -AIR JOINT AT 004101, sec. • • MICRO M MUM 11. ALL 0011101 Ka M1NL K IMIDA LY ►AMID TO AMMO* • MOO OR Oetm MtOISI PLUO/►ATCH NI! ICIn No SFOM TO IMON TIE MIK TENANT DEMISING WALLS VERIFY NR FEMALE 3 3 NA NA 1 2 - - - - TOTAL 5 5 - 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 Iwo Ssperotion 1 MR 1 MR • • URINALS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR WATER CLOSETS BUT NOT MORE THAN 1 /3 OF REQUIRED WATER CLOSETS. 13q'hcii2 NR - NON REQUIRED 3302.0 OCCUP*I' LARD FLOOR MOH IDE11TfICAnON CT -1 TYPICAL DETAIL DESIONAINXV • USE • B2 OREM S.F. PER PERSON OCCUPANTS LOAD Y1° Ns1u °°°111° 10.074 30 550 OCTAR. rt:: eg. 1.1 15 300 4 1. KM TO PAe1A & ROOK No PROTECT ML fNewHW 1UKACU. VINO- -- KIM NO WRVS PtARt ETC., RERACSO NO 1NOOVOrO TIC WC 1101 PARRe1G MS KM CONKER!). 2. ML euRFAC 110 R PM= OR TO Ie3CENE MAL Mal WAIL MI II A TIR, MOM, LEW Fla MO IIMLL IC CLEAMD FARE 11100 ALL fl at WE NO a ILUER KE NO ALL IQRA1CIQ NUMBER Office 411 100 5 SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWN ToXet /JC 453 100 5 told le.0s3 - _ 570 'ASS AREA OK r 10 A°'N°I MN as s A o OnOd A PLANE OW M Mat FOR Mt AFFECT= wale. LANDLORD INFORMATION 3. MALL COS TO K RUN NIL 1 Maw TOP/K MK EDOE anal POMO (M.) AMOSt_ 1. mix AND Warm MMt AR PRGIOC.ON FOP ALL ?OOHING WORK FOR TIC 0UM110N OF COMMI C11ON. 2. FOR COMLf110N, ALL ROME LI1LL a ct.utc lam ALL SPOTS Of WOK SURFACE an NO ALL MARKS. 3. ALL Gut To K NSTWt M Pin INC FtNON 1CHWAX. CRY Sf ISM SEGALE BUBMEISS PARK MOM 111000 Andover Park West RAE 1 IM 4 Tukwila, WA NI180 PHONE' (205) STS-2000 FAX. f000) 1575-1537 CONTACt' Mr. Dana;,Warr�n onvirticu� uA MAR 1 8199 raft ant MAIM Mow rte r4.rlteUM BY THREE GROUP/an Bwrl ems • OMMSIL MOM* MEOW RL AROMT1OT8 PC iintittr. Suet 8 Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO. A owl EIWN 0990 101 Br TITLE BLOCK FIRM/RE. _ATn&/BWTN CNTR. NATTER, WA. M • tf a !NB 11 OLIOML • RIIRM BABwIN now GAMES ft NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR, SEATTLE, WA. SST _ NB M`""" JAMES I. DAVIS - ArahNoN AIA N4AIeICMw.. r 1 am wed: W(' 6 tai SAMNIM .1 I MMIL INFORMATION SCSI FIRM/RE. _ATn&/BWTN CNTR. NATTER, WA. MR: t/17/9111 • tf a !NB 11 OLIOML I MOO IRrN1 r. -100 SST _ NB • 60' -0' 60' - 0' 60' -0' • • t'• Na l / / / 60' -0" CASH/EOUIP. RM. EI43 RROOM 1 • • • CTRIGAL Rs. C.) / / / / / CORR. If�L DRS. flie WS mu,--� CORRIDOR I EEO GYP. BD BY G w -t SOFTWARE TENANT SOFTWARE ETC. (NJ.C.) TEPANT tau/mom TO 6E FEED UNDER SEPEMTE BUILDING PERMIT JUNIORS TIP.) GENERAL SALES OKI 24'4 *awe ■flomiol.. 4 CARPET PATTERN (SEE DWG. A -140) CARPET IN GENERAL SALES APEA (SEE DWG. A -140) (TyP.) I 5[( w000 FL.OR,No II DWG. A -140 - / W. g- A- 210._J 4 ur JUNIORS gE YBL[PEDIMEENT iNSTALLEg fY G C. CARPET THROUGHOUT SCE A/MORS DWG ARCH SEE DWG K 5/r GYP 6D 0/ER 1 Sic METAL STUDS Br G C rat STUDS R .tLS BT LANDLORD (TYW.) EIMTMO MASON/PT WALL itt- SWASOL ® k • 17 -rjlr GENERAL NOTES 1. MO art ALL COMIC 00110110111 POOR 10 COMMONOtT Or NEW LORE ANY OIBMOw1CSS O WL _ w ED 10 TIC ARCMRRCT 6ICONTLLY. 2. OCNOW UR WORK 11114131 ALL TRAOLI PIRM.'6is 10 1110 NIDaacT. .IOIAI06M ti110O1M0_ PLS0 NO 0.ECTINCAL MINN ALL FLOOR. MU. NO COMO WAWA= A6 MOUS FOR MTALLARON Or r.r16 I1001IN6 THROUSW IT. 4. PROIAOL ALL ROOT PVCMA110M 0 0001I616 Co0110601E W/ 61Ld1MRG4. MOO 6. tk,t ON 660I1117ROM SYSILN M OTNR. (N.I.C.) 6. ALL *60161Y 0036106 N OR[RS UNEl16 0116/316163 NOTED. 7. PRONOL t x t MOONS AT 67 t/t NT. ON ACC Or NA PLR6R[fR MLL6 TO R6C04 WILL MOIMI00 IORIWO)1R /LIMITS. 0a OWL A-t20 FOR PMIIRR R ALL RETURNS ON inc KC Of DOOM SWILL R t UROS OR[Rw[ NORD. B. FOR AOOIIONN ROOM NOM ICE O CT 6-100. 3. • L SECURITY DETECTION MONITOR SYSTEM (SEE DWG A -S10) r STARBUCKS TENANT .. - CERAMIC TILE (SIX DWG. A -140) r EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM .Y LANDLORD 1' t6it''rf CERAMIC TILE (SEE DWG. A -140) STARBUCKS COFFEE (N.I.C.) TENANT INSTAUATOM TO BE FILED UNDER SEPARATE BKMDINF PERMIT VENDING MACHINES VT OTHERS KITCHEN UNIT • W1 DR. 5/A910 VESTIBULE 17 -7 1' -f 6' 27 7 I I I r -r a 1r -7 PORKER SOWN) SLAPIED N eO1NES & NOBLE. INSTALLED BY G.C. f AISLE 0 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER L- ,- • COUNTER W SNELYES MOW (SEE 2/•20 f 2J /A2 LEGEND MISS _ _a ■nIN• Elk In DESCRIPTION DETNI FULL H ECHT PAVOTION NON -RATED PARTTIION TOUT CHAR MNL 1 DESCRIPTION Eta 1NDt WiNjulligoti N JAMS 01T. I0. N O.C. 1411 110101:011 AT CORRIDOR 104 6.D DETNL NORTH W000 WA:NSCOT- Put /. C PHONE SFE OF IF, A410 MRN. STUDS WILLS N LANDLORD I `- -ALIGN {' 6_ 3. -CT .T' -p FRAMED OPENING. SEE DE, 9/A -500 Y {' — FOR FLOOR GRAN SEE PL UNSING DM. N01E: FOR TOILET ROOM FIXTURES. ACCESSORIES. ANO DFTNLS SEE DOC. A -200 10 - 0" «TY MAR 1 8 1994 wr SIR L CONSTRUCTION PLAN SWAM 1/1" • 1•-09 SACK AREA DETAIL WALL 1/0• . 1• —OP Met MSC AMC a.F nt,AN B Y THREE GROUP /Aar ewer NMA {PION f. •NIR Uremia IMINI Ben. MOMTEDTS PO S IY9I99.910NRt A .I 19 e Barnes Booksellers Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York", NY 10011 212.633.3585 Since 1873 N0 A REVISIONS OATH DISC rt10N Mir REM /BUNS Or Sv • TITLE BLOCK Nw but 12/17/0,1 ..SRC, No 2046 F.Ro�ccrr .MINED 1 NOBLE, SEATTLE SOUTH CNTN.. WASHINOTOIN. NJ �L6 6U1E 6P RRSRN01011 """r"' JAMIS A. DAVIS — AriMtNt AIA IXPIBNAIWN Rc f we KIRK i l 9a6NtE Ole RNA CONSTRUCTION PLAN -.Ar.w NM ISATYLI ROUYN 0011. wAM(NOTON but 12/17/0,1 ..SRC, No 2046 eRtA91 Htul-(6 l MOCKER Ma No A -100 AertD000AL All NOTED t 60' -0' 60' -0" w' -a • • --1 MAO NL1GNl 12%4 A.FA', • CEIUNC LEGEND SYMBOL rearralirsis OTL EEE r i'A►°' c1 CEILING HEIOM 10' -f A.T I. Mt C[IUNG GYP 90 CRAG lo. -o• Art • J D • t or NsLE • 13614-6iia • REFLECTED CEILMIG PLAN ntLL 1/e' • 1'-9 O 1. MRS 11; IO K11MM M O E 2. iy'011 ilk. ! IRAOR gF vvar `Sr OI.D A.D LIMING LEGEND SYMBOL OCSCROTOM • grrean e a VIAL►- MaIMRD LLD .u: * Y AAA MI D. DAVIS MA1i.i WSW rents --s aR.+eNgN Ae. can 17 V (17 ti !A WI We MIK1bam et... SINFACI-MAIIIM Met IANT ao'Ir►4.4%!- Freenta [>� 1 SL .1 Teal r er I_1 nut ar ias 0 moat Lt 0 taD " " "LO! ♦ RS n • ami !"' . . nor a suDUs DrD `on WM VAW' :16 TZ :,D. 0 anwer DI.-7 NM OECd1A!)E UONtiNG OM7UI WARD AT l0 -6- AFT OMtUI DOMO AT 9' -0. AFT 1 NDR ON A Ara 7Q D.0. A ]IO 0111104PAILA MAR 1 8 19g4 LO WON MAIM • NO NOUFICIVAL sY THREE OROUPrD.r6 swat an flea* maw mown PO Maar B Barnes Noble Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 REVISIONS NO DATE DESDMPTION 1! A &'SJ 6 an eA SI NM TITLE BLOCK "" MORCT tmc MIAMI/OWN CMTR e[ATTII. WA a amnO ��pp��ccr�__ BA1l ES b NOBLE. UEATTLE /SOUTM CNTR, SEATfTLE. WA. LLD .u: * Y AAA MI D. DAVIS MA1i.i WSW a.n. JAMNS 0. DAVIS — Arendt**, AIA aR.+eNgN Ae. 1 WI We MIK1bam ICL.Nit 6RAw16 TIM ne aua ILAN MORCT tmc MIAMI/OWN CMTR e[ATTII. WA a amnO ':661tr N6 SS ms"L B" `II" A -110 yr • r•• H 0 O 4 0 SO' -0' so. -et $0• -d' u' -s -�— CASH IS • • - I — . . r. f x"1'57-12; 1r] f '07"11 -1 • ■ O�O OO NEWSSTAND BTARRUCKB COFFEE t&2SLJ Rai WSJ ICJ WWWBJ:JW4l6J ICJ W D .a ecisI -aria 0 zJ mbamm SOFTWARE ETO. GROSS AREA' $TARSUCKS GROSS AMEX BARNES 8 NOSLE OROSS AREA. TOTAL OROSS AREA. 4.000 SOFT. 1,478 SOFT. 1t64/ SOFT. 18.10 SOFT. FIXTURE DESQNAT)ON SHOWN REFLECTS NUMBERING SYSTEM PRIOR TO DECEMBER 1993 ANNUAL FIXTURE MEETING. SQUARE FOOTAGE aA1O1 Ol aML Sac MLA 13.470 AMOR" ABA 2.724 SILO MLA TOIL 11011 -400216 STOCK mos wawa ARCS M01f400a AMA TOML 14,074 1.116 1.115 2.270 TOIL MINIS • NOaS MT AR• 10.11• Ss. LINEAR FOOTAGE a AMMO AMA OVAL LOOTS 001180 WOOS • DISPLAY MM. MY MGR TOOTS inc. /MO AR A WALL UN TS 00110010 WAGS 1,1112 0,7111 1200 071 L►. 456 662 71 .RIGOR Ls MOMS 1,4711 Lf. YOWL IS ru a IO,MO V. • • INSTALLATION LEGEND Swain OF 'WSW moans N 1•11011011•0 N 0000 CCNT .'IOR NON-0•041) 11x2% met MO Ina IN Milne MOM HATO0P40 Of FUTONS 1KiR0 -1112 UgatiCe FURNITURE DESCRIPTION OUAKTPY GUMMY .r a'- •-:11' !AMMO TOME . • •. 'r:- . •':,a��a Oar '•••' •••. ••••l Z. .!• ••:•' . iSl WINO : . i!. • t ••r 7•;:ar 1afaaf>•iaft• ■•: •. . •.... =la •. •awe a_a • ■' VI�f>! ■; ,.c�L -. 1�::...1•itf, el= At U. •affle� CORNER FILER SCHEDULE NO. HCOIfT 110E -FM 10P -FIN ••a Sal H6 -M a•C easel Melee a0 •48af•a1a -i Of a•.a•MO ! 3 MOO WO a sCP i'i.0 i s.C• all n 5 1•v •4 a: 11111015. i-f •C • i Mac ma C a aGft' •411.1•S1C i417afrra1•.C•ai5 amp ammo •4a_Mt srr EC• SOS n•it1?fft•� •3111 •'lfSaff7G f• iff r••a•n afa •ale ••c Sera a-ia iir•Ja? it•ae l •aa I_•a- Slits iie ai6 •moo - ft_ft_�fi ft•�i>_st�afsss - ft_afS'f� r FIXTURE LEGEND SYM'OL DESCRIPTION 11121/ wow of •FORA ow / 1111010f COMMA ,-4 MOM OtIgIMMON JAMBS S. DAVIS • COLUMN 0•GOtll• a p0' -' ca ,WAR mOMOON D SLAT Ss ENO N14 © SALES A11tA CALM CD as MOON CALM • • FIXTURE SCHEDULE NO. DESCRIPTION •ara . •a•-1111T NOW... ■at. a• a . ,•••• .•• •a••••. a • .. •It al. ■a "•G a • •••(a'•' • a •a• a • ■a••• a• ■a'• •• a •••a• ■a •• a •va'• ■C •■ a •11'0• •C •■ a • • •. a• . ■r •■ M '•. a. ■aa•i. a •••a•• • a. eat .•Brae •O• •••• • • ••r i'• ■O. •i.a • '•.a'• • ■O• i.a • ■C _■ Al • VIGIL ■■ •a• • • 't' 41( Alt 111/Z11.. .1 '-!' • a •a' •.a•• AMMO' a • •• ••.a'• •t• ■01•••■'a'' • - • '•a• •■ •••ca•• „• • at let it OUANTTTY ■' •J •MI =•SS SO of •1•• l • M. J' •• all ae i/ /f1 a �lNael wft♦ a it>• mom ��afs•RIM Ma MIMI are i>• •1•■ a111•11—ai•i• _I ■al • aft•aft•af aia uea f>•� f>A•11••11 11.1 IS 1•• sap ■l a • • .• a ••' • Oa warms an • •. ' a ■a la a . !a• .• •• '• ' . ' 1'aNIMIIMa!a ■ar •••.' 21'. • .•u ' NUM ■a1 at . IMM an ■0'ac : ■ 1•.1•'.'.l'.af>_aa na ■a •'. ■ a••.'..• aa�tle��ma ■O • 1 . •• •..■ •..a• .'..1i .•t..• RIM fMI •bit•• . . J- Salf>•SS S MO ■O •'.• ■ -. 1 . •-• Mai lie ■O• i4: • • ••• aaiali• • 0'. J• • a' �� fi ■8•. ll.... •.'• •, .•• •• ••• ' MINI= ce• -■ • ■8,• . ■....'.. • ... ••.•. a■ •a • — 0.• •'111.. •• • •.' •. •r•.•• . Al . •1 Mal — •8 111 .• . 41. . lea WM •o- n•...'.,. ••.• f_i ile■ •8 as •• .• .• ' aai •8 •• '. • • ��MO •Q 3••- .J.. • • i't ma •O •■ . JI . •. a' . 1 —a• a a u INC MU' r ■.' •' x.1. .1 a•'..•l: •.'•. •.iMOM •I•• •8 ,• a ■. •' — IS- Aaft•!A •O • a a, a. ••. •.•iall mil •O VW • • • •• • , if>•fl fafa • •C MVI-' •'•. a . • a a f1 •a' M■ • i ■' aaL• •L1 •C '•�. •.. a • • a_ a ll •C 4e' • , • r • 'VI_ ileiIMMO •C>al Mr al • a•n •••I •a •■ • • • - as MO •G •a. • J. aaaa• a a a• •G aa• . • - . • . f_ •C `a■ f 'a' 1' a'• OM •C )!.1■ . • • aaa• le C. •• • • • MIMI •C a • a' MN •G -•■ • • 'a • a' •U i'. • Ilea •C •a. ■ . •• •—•fta ia 11116.•.• a • l• • ___�•af_a• -1•le -■ .O.i••, i- •• • • •. . MCMIW. MM. OW, • •'l. • •' II MIMEO NOM • ' • =OM ft♦•■ a= IMIN • ••• a' . • ••a•. 1. to. !W2. AGOG= ••111100. 0•1aa0110• TO ALL Ma anal Ma 0•100 Me MK -U•. 1Q '■1•AUA1M 12NR. n 0•0. 2. ,1x M Oa Ms P as /i1 -0008 NllAS ON NL MUMS MIN IOO IOIU•BGaaa, a at w al- ). a► fns IN Aran Ala 11{2. a Olaf OMR. Mena IMI•\ VMS M -* as 011a ana .ML IMa •-, IaION. 4. .Inn -zeal to ISM AL 1OIOYati MUM a A• MOT aNOa1 t• •aalIA10A•, ts..t. TN• 011. 0. POMO MOON !Wu ii , se 11/1.2. ALL Maw artr p 1iAC°wu MAR 1 8 1994 MI .leas a• NWl•CMR: BY THRUM GROUP ma wl a. •1• S B 1T . MIS* IMEM 800 AROW1B0T/ PC td,7N... rtesnar Barnes Booksellers Noble Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.833.3585 REVISIONS M0. OATS odo1S►UON BY A �O as aO Ia t /NW 0100111 a wit Pea RAN TITLE 'LOCK a *040 M. MIA A�s�ayt TARS 1 NOBLE. SEATTLE/SOUTN CNTR.• SEATTLE. WA. , ■, iAV1 STAN a wAlRM10N Ma JAMBS S. DAVIS — AIshltfait AIA • a [ OR a 1 6 OM WM /NW 0100111 a wit Pea RAN ,•ae, fl L MATTLEnouTN WM MATRa, WA . 1!/17/1111 *040 M. MIA at l2. ea I Mad a N• A -120 a•a //e' • 11-0° E • 60-0' 60' -d GO' -CT 60' -CI 9' -C NT O /EN OOfR M[LC MATER • OONT. PIAIOIOLD ASV. 00*MWR l T - + . - [ i T 1.— _--.1 ► ! 1 i T 1. 1 D 'I r -F NT I — Jiro I.. � --r_1 r4 r-0 T1'-0 a L_ a.__--_- a_________________- ___________a m ■ • IM MO NEANERPROOF SWIM DONS FOR ENRAION COOMD PAR W// PWI 91N00R rO EXACT PER J-1101. ROM D MOUNSNG NEOMQLOITS. (SEI SCHEDULE M. FOR ALL MOM SIGNS) sqqeso (1;4 0 0 • • DHOW 1[•TIOMOGF JUNCTION EONS r O9 ~ D[NIOR NASA= ' CIRCUIT O -t W /IN MOOR FOR MAY /OMRAt WANING MUNIMENTS. (SEE SOI<DULE TN. FOR ALL EMUNN 10/41) POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN SCOLD 1/ft • V-o• 0 GENERAL NOTES 1. FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. SEE ELECTRICA'. DRAWINGS 2. FOR SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING ELECTRICAL WORK. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 3. COORDINATE GANOSOX LOCATION NTH FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 4. COORDINATE FIXTURE JUNCTION BOX MUNIMENTS W/ FIXTURE VENDOR. s. PROMDE POLISHED BRASS FINISH COVER PLATES FOR ALL WALL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES IN SALES AREA AND CORRIDOR. S. PROMO( CHASE IN FLOOR SLAB FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE W/ ELECTRICAL DWGS PATCH FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED. 7. ALL EXTERIOR 000RS TO SE WIRED TO STORE ALARM SYS1tM. 7. MERE REQUIRED BY CODE. PRONDE ADDITIONAL RECEPTACLES ABOVE CLG AT STOREFRONT. !AnanumCIMCA: OO.)'LrM00 ELECTRICAL LEGEND snMSOL DESCRIPTION LFM is AVM MN flf 1 AI0MIM III PASHA I - AJI. TN.) er SI-Y10 IN MILIN SAN RUN ON/4T (MOWN RILL • NNTIR OAR) �M 0 SONS QA Mang AIWNI= an MAO ON ISA = -41 M NOMi ll) 0• 1. 0 wri 0 inaliellt DATA 1/[ MTh I I S Non• - ail• a 0 Mann SAE 11/W WOIMNT To r St rMtORD CELAN O Y O-_S�M PROVIDE 3/r oast TO r mow MOM PON D•CMOAL Gunk IN FLOOR ELM OWA NFLL -PAOI USNT FM IRE O naps LIrNT at DDEN a SUES CM W IO•INA rusl SUTTON no wwwi MFROYED • ITON[N COUNTER W/ SINN AND /ACNSPLASH KEYED NOTES: 1. J. MIN MOUNTW • II-0° MS. (IL4O�ATOI) •, 2. 0.$J. Ol1LLT MOUNTED o • n' -C ` �-` 3. O.F.R. OVTLLT MOUNTED '9°7\ gyp • D' -0 LLt COUNTER AREA OF C ASH /WRAP UNIT E0 CO ELECTRICAL - _ -- ACCESS PANEL —+' i \ - -- , IN UNIT GAMODON MIO TO ROOR ENT1 tUNWNA t 4111 trier - — CASH REOS1TR AREA OF PEWIT Mar CASH/WRAP UNI1 W 1 KITCHEN OUTLET LOCATIONS TOMES 1/1• • 1' -D• CASH/WRAP GANGBOX DIAGRAM WALE: NOT TO /CM[ NSW .IAa Ale APICIMONIW Dv THREE GROUPnniui. awn El Ina a • IIMPN WOAD, IMSMUSON. AROMISOTS PO 11V. se Pfilaserir Barnes Booksellers Noble Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.833.3585 REVISION* N0. OATS OSIOIVflON Or A a SIB IMEM PVT TITLE !LOCK NNW nut � n EOUN CIT LFM is AVM MN flf 1 AI0MIM III IN ZIes & NOBLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE. WA an JANIS •. DAVIS - A►EAItst A1A HIMMAtNN NO Mit 91046 151194 <., 6 I /I.. ,.,. Ma IRtt. POWON AN0 MON& PLAN NNW nut � n EOUN CIT 6A9E $ fl7 /IS ' memo le inI OA9NI. DNOOAL W rO IOCKEN 6NtlNli NO A =130 <., 6 I /I.. ,.,. S 6- 10' -0. SW -0' •0' -d • 60' -0' • • • CASH /COPY RM. IN/ 1141 • • CORRIDOR CUM JUNIORS GENERAL. SALES 24. -K ;r -ir SALES AREA t • »w.. • !LP •ft• t. 3r -r ► DOA* c nn = or SALES AREA n DiZEI D D 13114-o112 • D GENERAL NOTES 1. FOR LEGEND, R001A FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS, SEE DWG. A -510 2. PATCH ALL FLOOR SURFACES TO ACCOMODATE NEW FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. FINISH LEGEND SWAM DESCRIPOON "" 111/17/N t1#N MOST NO lE411 +fir MIS & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE. WA MroxM 110aD& lfo NCt MEA CT -1 alkt JAMES E. DAVIS — AFOhltoot *IA CaMtAnON Ilo. Oil 4° IOW TAE • MONT MSFA T -2 sant !x 2' CERAMC ROOK TILE M TOASTS MO mM ITOITS CLOSET 1 MORNS ZMOOD zMUD CONORETE MNri COMFOEMCM TAE t•C -1 San ARIA cer C -1 I M I MILE CMMET C-2 GMT R, AODROaII A C -3 APRONS OAIMET C -4 MS (*WET C -5 MAT pFLOOR Off W loom WOO NAZI 2 IIP ortrays MAR 1 b 1994 Any o ® CERAMAIC TILE BORDER IGILG ur • I•-' ..n RS •e Mx rw aR sY THREE onOuP n.—. -n sHlFSEI, UfpSiRS. IMENIMION. AIIUNJSOTS PO SIMAriN wor itistatzte B Barnes Noble Booksellers Since 1873 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 212.633.3585 REVISION. NO. DATE OES011PTION Ir A EAM MAD MEENI NF TITLE !LOCK a e-Aht SIATTLVSOUTH CNTN. NATILS. WA. "" 111/17/N t1#N MOST NO lE411 +fir MIS & NOBLE, SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR.. SEATTLE. WA ass I BROOKIES A ..+,1,�4 i AW L ` Mt' EASiSM1M -wu alkt JAMES E. DAVIS — AFOhltoot *IA CaMtAnON Ilo. ION, was MAN 15 134 sant as ma PLOWMEN FLM1 a e-Aht SIATTLVSOUTH CNTN. NATILS. WA. "" 111/17/N t1#N MOST NO lE411 6Mn OUSOAL ass I BROOKIES 014010 •6 A-140 *41 ,,.• • . -D• • • •O' -0. • • = DIY SD= _ — s I g I01 NI: =IY YI= = I� Y _" T -- t_ .-r=-- $I s= T� ; — I _IN Ili - 2� i TC l DIY I= I =TT= I nil 61-27=-1 110; L 1= a} 6I =1 i �l� -1 =1 �r1 YI_ =— _;DIY —• ..1 - - - r' --.1-- =,a st Y sr _ O YIl j YI = L A =1Y MID .._I _ IY Y Lj=I, =IY to YL = L_1 ={-=,= Nazi =1.._L =TT= i r- �T- u • I� Is = = Imo=- I —i —� • 1 F- ` —I j as � 1 - - _ —161 sr r --[ I 1 I�i !, == • r.- _ _ T^�-� —_T— -��- •r- — Y = — — = Y _ —i =� --- ...___ -. =IY [=I=Tr -I=ii & 1 tie a '_J fl•'!l"':9G_:71•2!' le; 'J • r- T - -r--._ • — -� • • i '. 7) - T _ r— r. r - r _ a GENERAL NOTES 1. NEWT Ml LAIN OUN TMCI AND LOCATIONS Writ SMICI • NO•IL DIMMO .tt•OvoiINNI. CoOROMMrz ono MINK SuPPUO *0 !HOLM[ IN•TNSER. 2. Al MAIL NOUN•D 01001LiS TO NAVE 11000 Ceo•I AAOLADMO ALL MOUND. ?[[ OCTAL • /1100 SELO• foe COOLS MD 3- PROVIDE Lo•AOL f01 ARM • MoNNM MOWS AS IMAM ON 00YE•00 COOL. •. O.C. So/LL SUPPLY • IMTML ILL •AC• MLA Nowt As mamas Or SMWS • 110•LE. QSV (SEE DETAIL • /A400 TOR POSTER DETAIL) PRAM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY t COMM 3 SOS •M- MOIMIED LEIS - S•NLOEO ��,.A • ap - DO OM IOLn MAW W MAD M -eOpr' SIRS SIN OVAL MOUNIOD) • 0 NUMB Se (se•E•') 11 •-.04-0/41 MKS PBC NOBIONDL (ORE YID.) 1 I41/4".4 NCO[ FI uct alma ISM. YID.) 1 ® AURcm POMP pew ■ STN) 13 -•qr- MOORS POEM (Kw • 7IN) • BOOR SON CC, 1 1 c • n . NIIIIIIITANB ION IMRM ses) 1 c•'. A C 1 - uAMMMOD'OM! OM I C AMOR MIOM 1 .O 1:r.'.:...., Cl suadiPaTOD AMOR MLA cnE•aM. MN • e DO COP ONIVCITR = NO FIMML TOP s DEPARTMENT SIGN SCHEDULE NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY t COMM 1 2 NRTORr 1 3 Matt CL 1 • INS 1 • 1RNRi 1 • FICTION • 7 NIT • • NOIM • CIO • BOOR SON CC, JUNIORS END CAP CHARACTER SCHEDULE NO. DESORPTION QUANTITY • ' as • mg M POSE . 1 0 � s 1 . \urTE[ 1o0 1 0 woo oot a•L 1 • WISOIM MOM 1 0 TOTAL • JUNIORS WALL POSTER SCHEDULE WICK AREA SIGNAGE NO. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY • UM ow= 1 • Eat 1 • 00010E YOUM 1 • CUM, M 0 000 1 • WISOIM MOM 1 0 TOTAL • WICK AREA SIGNAGE NO. DESCIIIPIION oUANftrY m •.-t 1 1 SoaOO TOUT MOM 1 CB ea TOOL? MOOS 1 ISE Una OILY 1 0 TOTAL • JUNNORS NJ�J usw sow lC11tDULE NUMBER DESCRIPTION DUMMY m Wet at MOON 1 2 I CAN KO 1 O an WOOS 1 m CIr• 1 0 McINs 1 0 NOUS • ONUS 1 TOTAL • OTT OF MOPES orrr oiM�Daa• i-a 1 8 1994 OMIT =MN SIGN PLAN SCALE 1/•• • 1' -0• MN luso re 4104•(11R. J BY THREE GROUP tams awn •H!•MII. STONRILII. IMefllON, AAOIM OT• Po RCS OW Barnes Noble 122 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10011 Booksellers ' - Since 1873 212.633.3585 REVISIONS DATE DESORPTION ST MUD PAPS Cpl TITLE DLOCK J rM v►• O►R1t SP Na. W M r a�t� ■MINEe E SOLE. SEATTLE /SOUTH CNTR., SEATTLE. WA. ' as DAVI * IMMNN•TIN "M`M1t, JAMBS D. DAVIT — ArehItsst AI* atNrrlc•t•N •o 1 Oh w10 - 15 gm .. fnrnMt as ma WEN KAN moat IMLL MIAMI/SOUTH OHM NA?T'V. WA. not 1E /t7 /•S SP Na. W M 011001 DUOOAL west° MOCKER swop q. A -160 kMt ... T.D. ,,